[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner e.Lib Home   1.0c
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Location (Dornach)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: king
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • present period of his evolution — taking this period so widely that
    • is speech that elevates Man above the other kingdoms of nature.
    • relates to the cosmos. In short, what would be expressed by speaking
    • poured out over the matter-of-factness of life. In speaking today, Man
    • waking state. It remains unconscious and essentially forms the actual
    • mineral, plant and animal kingdoms. After this life between death and
    • vowel there is the H. You can trace it in speaking — AH, IH, EH. H is
    • Something is expressed that is the cosmic working of four planets. Let
    • speaking, Man felt himself within the cosmos. When the child learned
    • experience of the impression of the planetary movements in thinking,
    • in thought to comprehending and working on what lived in Man out of
    • How does one picture 1, 2, 3 to oneself today? It is done by thinking
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • When man is studied by modern scientific thinking, one part only of
    • fluid organism in earthly man without speaking of the etheric body
    • if we are thinking merely of the solid organism which is shut off by
    • This shows us that by taking these different organisms in man into
    • sleep, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking;
    • therefore the interworking of the Chemical Ether and the etheric body
    • From the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking, the astral
    • astral body by the air organism during waking life. We can speak in a
    • thinking takes no account at all. But everything in us
    • and the etheric body that remain as they are during the waking state;
    • When we turn to consider waking life, from what has been said we shall
    • a way during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • which in waking life we have driven out through our Ego which is part
    • Waking life and sleeping life may therefore also be studied from this
    • the cosmic spirituality which on waking we drive out through our Ego,
    • for in waking life it is the Ego that brings about in the
    • elaboration of perceptions from the moment of waking to that of
    • only. If we adhere to the principles of spiritual-scientific thinking
    • shall we seek in dreams for knowledge as we seek it in waking mental
    • on waking, finds that he is feverish or is suffering from some kind of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • to us in waking life from the moment of waking to the moment of
    • waking consciousness, there is dream-consciousness, and we heard
    • for it again on waking. It is through the deprivation undergone
    • between falling asleep and waking that he is able to feel himself
    • Taking this as an example, we may say: Moral ideals come to expression
    • theoretical thinking, matter — substantiality — is brought
    • to its end; through his moral thinking, matter and cosmic
    • does by speaking of the law of the conservation of matter and energy.
    • nothing but theoretical thinking, and the ideas thus formulated
    • asking himself: How can my moral impulses take effect in a world in
    • or of the fixed stars, they were speaking of spiritual beings.
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • Man stands in the world as thinking, contemplative being on the one
    • links the two poles of our being: the pole of thinking and the pole of
    • deed, of action. Only through the fact that we are thinking beings are
    • fundamentally speaking, everything we accomplish between birth and
    • thought. When we picture the thinking human being in this way, when we
    • elaborate these thoughts. — Fundamentally speaking, therefore, in
    • Not by taking in as many thoughts as possible from the surrounding
    • this inner radiation of will into the sphere of thinking, the more
    • thinking becomes what I have called in my Philosophy of Spiritual
    • Activity: purethinking. We think, but in our thinking there
    • sphere of thinking. But pure thinking may equally be called pure
    • will. Thus from the realm of thinking we reach the realm of
    • will, when we become inwardly free; our thinking attains such maturity
    • progressively strengthening the impulse of will in our thinking we
    • that has now become thought, or our thinking that has now become will.
    • mightier and mightier force in our thinking.
    • speaking, deliberate intent and absence of intent, volition and
    • life; speaking is largely connected with organic life; walking really
    • inherent force — into our thinking, when we permeate our thinking
    • with will. We bring will into thinking and thereby attain freedom. As
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • continue working in a changed way.
    • working there. Just as the Egyptians imagined Ahriman-Typhon working in
    • of Christ, the Isis of Christ is lacking.
    • luciferic; theology is luciferic. Of course if we are speaking of the inner
    • This is the mystery of modern humanity: Fundamentally speaking, Mary-Isis
    • universe. The willing of Christ Working in man Shall wrest from Lucifer And
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • A part of Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • In speaking of these matters, we cannot always avoid the appearance of
    • with the mystery of evil. Taking the mystery of death to begin with,
    • After all, in speaking of the railway system it will occur to no-one to
    • course be talking nonsense, though it cannot he disputed that the
    • as a by-product of their working — bring death to man, is this: To
    • important matters. Our modern thinking — I say this once again not by
    • way of criticism, but as a pure characterisation — our modern thinking
    • How often do we see men arising here or there, making this or that
    • implications, is thinking truly in accordance with the times. Those
    • intensity, taking hold only of a portion of his being. If we would
    • upon one to-day, if one is speaking in all earnestness and does not
    • want merely to call forth a kind of torpor, making the lectures a
    • the tendencies making for social separation have to be overcome, and
    • has to enter into the evolution of mankind. An engine making a long
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • marking the essential birth of the etheric body. Likewise we can refer
    • ray out, in a manner of speaking, previously they were more star-like;
    • All the etheric forces that are working in man until puberty tend to
    • aforesaid process is taking place in the etheric body, this highly
    • When the baby is kicking with its little legs, you notice very little
    • We then see how his movements — intelligent movements, now, walking
    • actions. Here, then, you have a complete linking up of karma with the
    • speaking, begins only at the moment when the astral heart takes hold
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • physical organizations. After first taking along the astral and
    • by working through his food. This stream flows in the human being
    • from below upward (speaking schematically), pours itself into the
    • itself with the astral forces, taking hold of oxygen and only then,
    • taking place mainly in the super-sensible so that it cannot be traced
    • working with the astral body, from acting alone. The healer has to
    • the breakdown forces are working strongly, cooling phenomena occur.
    • is not satisfied by taking up just the etheric; instead the fruit
    • of oxygen directly from the ego or the astral body. Thus by taking in
    • deadly nightshade poison; then the forces working from below upward
    • it leads the outer world inward after cooling it (making
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Generally speaking, we
    • they were speaking of some ancient memory, that their ancestors used to
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • into his capacity of intellectual thinking in its narrower sense, which
    • importantly, they learned to know the so-called three kingdoms of nature
    • people these days, did not exist among those working for initiation in the
    • all these together: mineral, plant and animal. Looking back from the
    • Undertaking to obey the injunction ‘Know Thyself’, however, he found
    • thinking becomes his; for with pure thinking he can become a free being. It
    • lay hold of the inner strength of pure thinking in the act of self-knowledge.
    • relation to the other parts of his being, outside his pure thinking and his
    • fully man. For as a modern man your inner task is the working-out of what has
    • and warmth our mere thinking that is otherwise dead and abstract.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • usually ask. That is why so little importance is attached to making
    • something. Looking at memory is the best way to understand how absurd
    • it and looking for the spirit within it.
    • forces of the earth are perpetually working into man. And it is our forces
    • twenty-first year. The will working in us up till the seventh year works
    • spiritual-scientifically that in everything working in the child up till the
    • The important changes taking place in humanity at the present time are
    • must be put into practice to the point of making us conscious that man's
    • Everywhere, people are still working contrary to this requirement. For
    • making practical use of them for the good of humanity. In this case, if
    • spiritual science. It is necessary to develop a totally new way of thinking.
    • The kind of thinking we develop when we accustom ourselves to
    • working with super-sensible thoughts is the kind of thinking that has an
    • natural scientific, materialistic way of thinking has done more damage in
    • And this is particularly true where it is a matter of people taking an inner
    • people open themselves to the possibility of making the transition to
    • thinking in quite a new way about man changing himself in his innermost
    • lacking today, to bring down to a material level what we think of on a
    • Thus it is virtually a matter of aiming towards a way of thinking that
    • social impulse. A way of thinking based on anything else is not adequate.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • A part of Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • order in civilised humanity. Fundamentally speaking, the tendency
    • of this epoch. In speaking of such matters one must keep bluntly to
    • Among those who of recent years have been talking a great deal about
    • about Hermann Grimm — not thinking of him as a personality but as a
    • personality, for the thinking of thousands and thousands of scholarly
    • Taking it all in all, what Hermann Grimm said about Goethe is really
    • pointed gropingly to the spirit. But speaking quite objectively, it
    • life by emancipating it, making it independent of and separate from
    • where it could unfold only in shackles. I am speaking here only of
    • happen only in an epoch when scientific thinking impinges on a culture
    • direction of natural scientific thinking he must have known the odour
    • But that is not all. These trends in economic thinking did not go
    • thinking, seeped into the economic usages and methods originally
    • “grapho” — writing. One can picture how the peasants, thinking
    • measles’, in a manner of speaking. In the old Imperium Romanum a
    • here was a man who had made a little headway in natural scientific thinking
    • the result being a monstrosity of human thinking. To study modern
    • literature on law is a veritable martyrdom for sound thinking; one
    • influence of human thinking and feeling, to take the form that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • this spirituality is active in him only during his waking hours or in
    • to activity from the time of waking until that of falling asleep.
    • when we are walking; but we can see ourselves stepping forward. We form
    • mental images of the workings of our will and in this sense are
    • for then inner processes are taking place, processes that are also
    • outer will. The workings of the outer will are made manifest to us
    • asleep. Strictly speaking, the inner will is not revealed to us;
    • activity. The will that is working while we are asleep has to do with
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • flow, life-processes are taking place. The will takes effect in the
    • dream. But at any rate it is clearer than the workings of will. It
    • will: an inner will in the sleeping state, an outer will in the waking
    • itself out in the antipathies — taking the word in the widest sense
    • illumination will be shed upon it. Waking life arouses in us sympathy
    • egotism, the more strongly is the element of antipathy working in him.
    • that it plays into his waking life, his whole being is permeated with
    • waking life, in the outer will — rises up into the conceptual life,
    • the ego and astral body are outside the physical body; but our waking,
    • sleep. When the Persians woke from sleep — I am speaking of course of
    • We no longer feel that at the moment of waking from sleep we summon
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • is to exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling
    • things of which I have been speaking — and which were actual
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Elijah refer to the same person. In non-English speaking
    • countries refer to Elias, and English speaking countries refer to
    • into all our hearts, I did not want to let pass without speaking to you at
    • we have seen taking place — partly on earth, partly in super-sensible
    • worlds, the realm of spiritual evolution, taking with him the power of his
    • the being of whom I have been speaking to you today — all those with whom
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • resurrection of thinking: how dead thoughts can be awakened to life in
    • understand this, we must begin by taking into consideration the frame
    • evolution of the earth, but, in making use of him, they have forced
    • into mankind and if they had not succeeded in taking off the sharp
    • speaking together while they are still battling with their doubts:
    • The gods found a new way of speaking to us. This way went through the
    • thinking, we are not really alive, that our life is poured into the
    • out of the force of pure thinking, and where we learn to understand
    • the freedom in man, through the impulses of pure thinking.
    • earnestness and responsibility. When speaking of such things, one
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • plant, and animal kingdoms was also touched upon, and this then led
    • that it is essentially a process of taking in substances that are
    • as old as I am. The discovery I am speaking of is the following.
    • from speaking.
    • you only need to imagine that we have the habit of making certain
    • gestures while speaking, such as Ah! (corresponding gesture);
    • speaking are experienced by the left side of the brain.
    • getting their entire brain confused through making them write with
    • pedagogically speaking, you would achieve the very opposite of what
    • of making people do the same thing both with the right and the left
    • look at the clock to see if we must start working or if it is time to
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • imaginative way of looking at things that was characteristic of Old
    • the emergence of soul-powers which have the character of thinking,
    • thinking, feeling and willing as they normally are on earth, but
    • thinking back into the Old Moon, not to the extent of having visions,
    • working only as ordinary life-processes belonging to the physical
    • organ for understanding Aristotle was lacking. The phrase has been
    • have to add the spiritual to a thinking that remains in the realm of
    • thinking. What is the use of speaking of freedom where this necessity
    • one come upon matter without spirit. Thinking remains mere thinking
    • point is that our thinking must be brought into line with reality,
    • comprehension of the world into untruth. There is always this forking
    • opposite — a thinking that is not in accord with reality.
    • materialistic thinking; but, as in many other cases, the outcome of
    • materialistic thinking can work to the benefit of the human faculties
    • had not developed the kind of thinking we have today. The Greeks were
    • not possessed of the purely abstract thinking we have, and need to
    • thinking, but with truth.
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • much greater change in ways of thinking than is generally appreciated.
    • much more deeply. It can sometimes be heartbreaking how little the
    • Looking back before the nineteenth century to the end of the
    • impulse working in Schiller when he wrote his Letters on the
    • working in a sense-perceptible medium. And he would produce something
    • interpretations. They are headed by the Golden King, who represents
    • (not symbolises) wisdom, the Silver King who represents beautiful
    • appearance, the Bronze King, who represents power, and Love who crowns
    • way of looking at things, developed by Schiller in an abstract
    • do we find no trace of the peculiar way of thinking we are impelled to
    • thinking, and a man who had spiritualised instincts, such as Goethe
    • the structure of society. Looking at the French Revolution, he writes
    • way of thinking about the best social conditions is equally powerless.
    • them. That is no way of making progress. Progress can be made when
    • Spiritual Science re-inaugurates this way of looking at things. It
    • spiritual life. Now we can see a trend towards making these three
    • abstract thinking on the other, particularly in relation to the social
    • undertaking concerned with production is unhealthy when managed by the
    • undertakings into the realm which should be responsible only for the
    • in this present time, where earnestness is knocking most solemnly at
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • relatively speaking, self-dependent. We have within the human being
    • roughly speaking, the breast system — is connected with the
    • the system and organisation of the limbs. Relatively speaking, these
    • them in the following way. In ordinary waking life Man is fully awake
    • thinking and ideas. Everything connected with the life of feeling
    • waking life with a life of dreams. What goes on in the sphere of
    • contains within it thinking, feeling and willing. In the head system
    • periods of about seven years in length. Roughly speaking, the first is
    • see them working together with the rhythmic system indirectly through
    • the influences and workings of these elemental beings. Man spreads out
    • elemental beings from the Elf King's realm intervene in the destiny of
    • THE ELF KING'S DAUGHTER
    • Elf King's daughter amidst them is seen.
    • For Elf King's daughter did I see.”
    • plant and animal kingdoms — in the very same way do we live with
    • of taking note of external nature in a more objective way. Earlier, he
    • year. This is one of the most striking ‘returns’ — this
    • events which comes back in a striking manner. The same observation can
    • Babylonian kingdoms, of the ancient Persian and Egyptian kingdoms and
    • you will find no mention of the continued working of the Christ
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • it were from the objects themselves. In this respect Goethe's thinking
    • ’ to himself, he experiences a force that is working within him,
    • and the Greek, as he felt the working of this inner force, related it
    • forces which are also working but in a different way. The Moon forces
    • Moon forces are working, for instance, in the shaping and moulding of
    • forces. Metabolism is primarily an outcome of the working of Earth
    • but for all that they are still working from outside.
    • drinking. But within the organism they are received into the realm of
    • astral body in which the influence of Sun and Moon are working. But
    • directions of cosmic space are also working in the human organism. The
    • influences working upon that part of the human organism which lies
    • above the heart — speaking very roughly, for it would be
    • body — this is due to an irregularity in the working of the
    • working in us nowadays. Naturally the Saturn forces work in us, just
    • they are caused by an irregular working of the Saturn forces.
    • active in thinking.
    • the thinking faculty, and Jupiter is responsible for permeating the
    • The development of the faculty of thinking takes place essentially
    • Just as Jupiter has to do with thinking, so has Mars to do with speech.
    • Jupiter:    thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • WAKING
    • not unveiled. If this waking consciousness, as it serves us for
    • waking condition of consciousness, something is concealed, and
    • walking along a road and comes to a mountain. He passes into a
    • it has lasted until the time of waking.
    • waking life.
    • what is consciously experienced on waking. The pictures in
    • falling asleep and awaking. Between falling asleep and awaking
    • the body with their soul and lose consciousness. On waking they
    • waking life, they can now say: ‘The Earth has
    • existing kinds. When human beings consider their waking
    • consciousness they can distinguish between thinking, feeling
    • and willing. But just as the waking consciousness has these
    • falling asleep and awaking people are not always in the same
    • condition any more than they are during the period of waking
    • consciousness. A person is awake when thinking or feeling or
    • two other conditions of the life of sleep, just as in waking
    • Thinking, the possession of thoughts, corresponds in sleep to
    • from which nothing can be brought into the waking life of the
    • person can bring back something into the waking life through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • the impulses living in Plato and Aristotle were working on and of
    • thinking are making their appearance. In Plato's time, thoughts
    • sixty heavenly Powers are working and weaving therein, sending forth
    • abstraction, albeit working on in the guise of revelation, took its
    • of Iamblichus of the spiritual forces working down into every animal
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • assumes a materialistic character, or whether in his speaking he
    • that the words that ring in his speaking, coming as they do from the
    • allows idealism to disappear altogether from his speaking, then he
    • days designated the plough. When anyone was listening to or speaking
    • a word, it was not so much his thinking that partook in the
    • schools. Generally speaking, however, it is possible to trace a
    • the Greeks. You could not have more striking evidence of this than
    • And so, if we are speaking of the Hierarchies as described in
    • was completely lacking in spirituality. It was really so. There you
    • language of will, and behold there the wonderful working and
    • weaving of the Divine Archangels, behold too how their working and
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • fragment only of the world in which man lives and moves as a thinking
    • away from the sphere of human thinking. Man's thought to-day is
    • thinking had not begun to function in the mind of man. Knowledge came
    • and the building of logical connections in thinking denoted a later
    • of everything that is associated with the activity of thinking.
    • faculty of thinking was turned to practical application in the
    • activity is lacking in our present age, whereas in Scholasticism it
    • a veil. And in the case of which we are speaking, a decadent culture
    • rigidly to an inwardly pure, inwardly austere activity of thinking of
    • working of the faculty of pure reason now dawning in the human mind.
    • forces of this astute, keen thinking to the needs of material
    • of sense. In this way the realm of human thinking became easy of
    • life-breath is provided by the thinking of the West, permeated as it
    • Luciferic, rationalistic thinking of the West. And human beings on
    • West to East and from East to West forces are working and weaving in
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • have frequently remarked that knowledge, that way of thinking
    • come again to such a thinking, such a grasp of the universe, as will
    • acquainted with the nature of that thinking which underlies the mode
    • mind the nature of the thinking employed in the myths, how deeply, or
    • thinking that still rules in the soul today is connected with the
    • preparation of food from the plant kingdom, the building of cities,
    • one can call it thinking! The Greeks related that Chronos had
    • than looking up to the connection with the stars, as Dupuis supposed,
    • with this ancient forefather, this ancient king in Thrace, or in
    • Epirus. The Greek had in fact this idea: There was once such a king
    • being of man — but who then went on working no longer as an
    • must have ordinary objective thinking. But the Gods have not ventured
    • thinking, so they have not descended to the earth, but kept to their
    • different, and that this looking back went hand in hand with the
    • understanding of the Greek consciousness! Thus the Greek in looking
    • overcome atavism, making use of sulphur atavistically. But Zeus and
    • speaking — it is the excrement of that which was understood
    • far beyond talking of sulphur processes in the cosmos when thunder
    • the Earth, who only belongs to the Kingdom of death.
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • scientific thinking. The realization of what each one can do, no
    • of looking back of mankind, and this looking back to other states of
    • could really say: we see them. Entirely abstract thinking has only
    • the course of mankind's evolution. We are there looking back to an
    • fact, expressed in the myths. Thinking gradually passed over to
    • nonsense.) In the air spiritual events are taking place around
    • but spiritual events are taking place. These spiritual events,
    • perceptive process and a thinking process spread out in time; whereas
    • sleep.’ Thus people connected perceiving and thinking with
    • man develops in perceiving and thinking of the kind that I have
    • perception and thinking with the day, with sunrise and sunset —
    • arrange social conditions in the Roman Kingdom. This, however, means
    • perceiving and thinking, according to the rising and setting of the
    • what can be the most impure, lowest way of thinking, as is shown from
    • taking place continually on a small scale. Think for a moment: words
    • taking place in humanity.
    • distinguishing marks of the Assyrian kings or of the Egyptian kings,
    • ancient kings had) were, for instance, these.
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • archetypal forces working in nature and in man. If the Egyptian was
    • peculiar situation of taking words in a false sense, not relating
    • them to their true reality, but taking them in their most superficial
    • itself a looking-glass (Spiegel). And it is related that Till
    • is depicted the owl with the looking-glass, was because another
    • speaking as we have spoken here today! There are a fair number of
    • however, another way of looking at the human being which
    • art of Education. This is not the looking back at having been
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • today, the Egyptian, as too the Greek, at least the Greek thinking in
    • If things are understood rightly, talking of superstition has
    • corresponds in man to the thorax. So that, speaking macrocosmically
    • thinking with reality. This head-civilization, this Aries-culture,
    • shall be speaking of this immediately.
    • with all its forces, purely as physical thinking-instrument, as
    • one could say that in a certain respect Mars was the rightful King of
    • the rightful king of this world because nothing can really be
    • of making himself spiritual. No age has been so favourable to
    • of Brest-Litowsk. You know that various people are taking part in
    • them. The chief people from Russia taking part — to single that
    • if indeed these things men are taking part in are actualities. It is
    • and a looking-glass, then Till Eulenspiegel did not live! If I want
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • changes taking place in a single individual. The individual as the
    • of course speaking of the science, the political life of his time,
    • behaviour is any kind of proof that they are not seeking what is to
    • obvious, immense veneration for one who had grown old; a looking up
    • am not speaking of such things. But after he had grown so old, in his
    • not come naturally as a rule. And yet, unless a man is always taking
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • thinking and feeling flow into such currents as are necessary
    • result of our always seeking to understand through abstract
    • understanding of man. One must put oneself in the position of taking
    • so indolent, so theoretic in our thinking as we now prefer. For you
    • this. Man is rooted with his being in the kingdom of the lower Gods,
    • in the kingdom of the Chthonic Gods.
    • man in the kingdom of the lower Gods then one must complete this
    • has but a slight feeling for what is taking place at the present
    • lacking for really giving to children today something that refreshes
    • and a supporting of life. Two things are lacking. The one is that,
    • depth, is precisely what is lacking to our life, what our life does
    • powers have taken part in working upon what is being accomplished in
    • seen externally. What is now taking place will be transformed into
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • meditating over all these things one can gain great help by thinking
    • speaking lightly — that everyone has his own head. Man
    • special time at which one observes the stars. So that by taking the
    • we ourselves take part in working in the cosmos. And from the
    • work, namely, that the earth is working there. In the case of the
    • the animal kingdom is also to some extent involved — inasmuch
    • connected with a proper mutual action taking place between head and
    • furthered. A direct way of thinking — but one perhaps that has
    • be a straightforward, direct mode of thinking. But a thinking that is
    • appreciation for our Lenins and Trotskys’. (He is speaking of
    • which is nevertheless lacking in what man gains for himself today.
    • speaking.
    • confuses it with reality, one is not really looking for reality at
    • existence. Merely by making the statement ‘there is a
    • existence one actually proves that one is talking nonsense. For if it
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, its contents were obtained through super-sensible vision,
    • eminently intellectual in his way of working.
    • thinking, evolved up to the fifteenth century. That human beings were
    • Catholic Church. If we observe the disorderly way of thinking which
    • spirit does not possess a real technique of thinking. How many things
    • thinking, that is to say, as a technique of intellectualism!
    • cannot accept, nevertheless it reveals a thinking activity which
    • Essentially speaking,
    • century was, therefore, the development of a technique of thinking.
    • This thinking activity has now adopted a definite attitude in regard
    • forth the position of man's thinking activity towards the contents of
    • technique of thinking in order to approach with it the contents of a
    • this: their intellect was grappling with Nature, it was seeking
    • struggle of the intellect that was seeking to gain a knowledge of
    • the same way in which the universities were, generally speaking, the
    • of the senses offered to them. Fundamentally speaking, just about the
    • as yet exist, for Darwin's first epoch-making book only appeared in
    • Generally speaking, the
    • made to apply this manner of thinking, which is contained in all the
    • Fundamentally speaking, materialism already existed; it had its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • without taking into consideration the special definition which
    • to say, by speaking of Haeckel's neck-ties and the complaints of
    • intellectualism, a technique of thinking which Scholasticism had
    • “Riddles of the World” are, fundamentally speaking,
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep. Even then, he
    • may say: During his waking life, from the moment of waking up to the
    • waking up, it escapes your consciousness, you do not know anything
    • thinking part of man, the head of man. And we must ask: What
    • the time of falling asleep to the time of waking up?
    • the abstract thinking logic, which merely takes hold of the head, and
    • super-sensible knowledge is, fundamentally speaking, not a relation
    • anthroposophical spiritual science for speaking so little of God. But
    • I have often said: It seems to me that those who are always speaking
    • important than continually speaking of God. Perhaps, at first,
    • To begin with, we have the technique of thinking contained in
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • thinking about the world and about life.
    • early life — how as a boy of seven he built an altar by taking
    • different kind of thinking, a different way of approaching the world,
    • the bent towards abstract thinking, the tendency of thought to work
    • fifteenth century that our thinking has been so influenced by our
    • speaking, of measure, number and weight. Students of Pythagorean
    • and word. When they were speaking it seemed to them that the idea
    • carried into the word itself. And their thinking was not abstract and
    • intellectualistic as our thinking is to-day. Something like the sound
    • his thinking, but to him speaking was thinking. Thinking was
    • instead of making calculations based on the results of experiments,
    • they observed the changes and transformations taking place
    • viewing the world has developed out of the Greek way of looking at
    • even only as an Italian, the world for which you are really seeking
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • Boehme spoke of the working of the salt, the mercury or the sulphur
    • in man, he was speaking of something absolutely real and concrete.
    • be outside man and in seeking thus to understand human nature by way
    • spectre the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing also come into
    • body, had been taking place since the beginning of the fifteenth
    • mystical meanings. Jacob Boehme connected the thinking — the
    • perception of the processes taking their course in the etheric body —
    • the Logos is working. The crystal-formations of the earth are the
    • working of the salts in etheric form must be thought of in a more
    • this airy element and by the breaking up of the etheric thoughts, by
    • from the working of the ‘astral man’ in the ‘air
    • spoke about ‘thinking’ he spoke of the salt-process just
    • times. If they had been confronted with our concepts of thinking,
    • of people when they speak of thinking, feeling and willing, consider
    • taking place in his image being. In outer nature there transpires
    • old Folk-Wisdom living in Jacob Boehm conceived as taking place
    • Kings. This story of the visit of the Three Kings to the Child Jesus
    • connected with this visit of the Three Kings from the East. These
    • Kings relate that they have come from regions where conditions were
    • World-King would appear whose coming would be heralded by a star.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • One of his lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • One of his lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • an old Persian legend. “Djemjdid was a king who led his people
    • dead are perpetually working into our physical world. The forces of
    • which under the influence of the impulses working in men to-day are
    • order to reach them. What is lacking to-day is the application of
    • worst plight; it is healthy logic, really sound thinking, and above
    • speaking the truth at all about certain things, because of national
    • light itself, then for the first time he becomes aware that thinking
    • Thinking that is bound up with the body is proper to physical life
    • only. Directly we leave this body, our thinking loses definition; it
    • the moment our thinking is received into the light, it is no longer
    • just as here in earthly life he makes use of thinking in the physical
    • things through thinking.
    • possible when thinking is based on the bodily functions. This kind of
    • thinking is ingrained in them from their youth onwards. But healthy
    • in the element of thinking that is truly free. As long as such things
    • kingdoms of nature, is behind the ego that is an image only. We must
    • reversal of feeling has been experienced. Then, when thinking is
    • social thinking. When the ego is allowed to remain a mirror-image,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • taking of these steps which must bring blessing to the
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • thinking, feeling, and will. I remarked first of all to those who
    • came to me in this way for help in what they were seeking and could
    • only find where anthroposophical Spiritual Science is making its way
    • drawn into the forms of thinking and ideation prevailing in various
    • Taking for granted therefore that the Anthroposophical Movement will
    • Movement, and so on. Taking into account the fact that the opponents
    • were to do so, he would be working for two ends: firstly, for the
    • together as in one organic whole, but this working together must take
    • essential impulse of the Anthroposophical Movement — working
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • working upwards from below, from the earth itself, so man’s
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • that during the waking state we are both with our ego and astral body within
    • taking place in the inner light-body. But we do not see them as light
    • distant way what, for instance, is taking place amongst us here. Because
    • of the New Year is a kind of sign marking the progress of time generally; and
    • all thinking souls, things called into being by this black printers' ink
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • life from Aries, Taurus, Gemini etc., we are then thinking in the
    • Earth are working. But it is active in what exists only in the mother
    • transition is found from a very remarkable ancient thinking to what
    • and that of ancient Greece. Our clumsy thinking believes that thought
    • must not speak of such a mode of thinking as is normal today, but of
    • thinking, where one draws the thoughts out of oneself, where one must
    • thinking in the modern sense might take root in the modern human
    • concerned with a thinking that is still not man's own
    • need arose to give certainty to thinking, — to prove thinking as was
    • see thoughts as perception. In the former Greek thinking that would
    • becoming aware of the subjectivity of thinking.
    • perceptive thinking, was still deeply influenced by the sentient
    • the external. The thinking of Thales, of the first philosopher was
    • Angeloi Thinking (Jupiter)
    • etheric bodies. And the laws of the Sun-existence, working from epoch
    • example of the working of the Sun-evolution in human earthly life. I
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • Working, this lecture is also known as:
    • Working, this lecture is also known as:
    • this amounts to no more than making an image of — let us say —
    • speaking not in a very remote past — when the Moon was still
    • Thinker in our planetary system, and thinking is the activity
    • efforts to develop his capacities of thinking, he cannot, even if he
    • genuine activity of thinking. Jupiter is the Thinker in our universe.
    • of mankind. A man who has tried hard to apply clear thinking to some
    • that it is the Jupiter powers who imbue human thinking with mobility
    • slowly, very slowly, round his orbit, taking some 30 years. Jupiter
    • moves faster, taking about 12 years. Because of this quicker movement
    • many things concerning the past are revealed through thinking.
    • is why in ancient times, when active thinking was still at a very
    • dream. Mars has a great longing to be always talking, and whenever
    • Mars does little thinking. He has few thinkers, but many talkers, in
    • of the Masters of co-ordinative thinking; Jupiter, the habitation of
    • the Masters of wisdom-filled thinking.
    • The inner will-impulse contained in acts of free thinking is due to
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • — in all the kingdoms of nature, in every star, in every
    • explained yesterday, this has the effect that thinking, by no longer
    • rhythm of the external cosmos. We must go with our thinking out of
    • If one has in mind their physical aspect only, when speaking about
    • logical thoughts, but by uniting ourselves through our thinking with
    • eight, making out that two times two makes eight, or something like
    • Nothing is achieved by looking at these things merely from an
    • them to the recognition that a spiritual stream is seeking to enter
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • connection with the being of man, and with the kingdoms of Nature around him,
    • Saturn, Sun and Moon periods of evolution, during which no mineral kingdom
    • existed. The mineral kingdom as we know it today came into being for the first
    • separation of the moon and the incorporation of the mineral kingdom into the
    • kingdom into earthly existence. Man became a personality, and freedom was
    • century, super-earthly Beings have been seeking to enter the sphere of
    • But, speaking generally, what is the
    • earth-existence and seeking to gain a foothold there. And they will be able to
    • are speaking of concrete fact when we say: Spiritual Beings are seeking to come
    • even in the human kingdom itself — all these thoughts which have no reality
    • and the plant kingdoms, and possessed of an overwhelming power of intellect.
    • I have been speaking today of a matter upon which we cannot form a
    • in the mineral kingdom itself or in the kingdoms of plant, animal and man. Even
    • when applied to the plant kingdom, science must become a form of art, and still
    • more so in the case of the animal kingdom. To think that the form and structure
    • have been seeking to come down to the earth since the last third of the
    • earth-sphere, would combine with the moon-substance to produce that new kingdom
    • with the brood of spidery creatures of which I have been speaking.
    • events of fundamental and incisive importance are taking place? I have already
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • Looking back into very ancient times
    • consciousness between those of full sleep and waking, in states where
    • the leaders of the Mysteries were working at the development of a
    • ascribes it to his own activity of thinking. He forms chains of
    • themselves the product of his own thinking. The man of olden times
    • the thoughts which in reality other Beings are thinking
    • thinking and he is then permeated by these powers. He can avoid this
    • Those who were capable of thinking in
    • When therefore we are looking at the
    • be understood in the right sense. By looking back over the evolution
    • In seeking for knowledge of the world
    • by looking upwards to the Sun and the starry heavens at the time of
    • But it once pleased a French King (whom even history acknowledges to
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • creakings and rumblings of the wheels and machinery of the train. It
    • towards initiation, one can notice on waking from sleep how the Ego
    • passed just before waking.
    • The effects of all the discordant hubbub, the jerking
    • waking consciousness — is fully aware how little it conforms
    • Naturally I say this without making the slightest
    • implication, either general or specific, for in speaking of such a
    • During waking life, therefore, we are also entangled in
    • in such terms are speaking the language of Ahriman. We will try to
    • initiation brings back with him on waking the effects of what he has
    • to be truly Man only by seeking for it in his inner life, by being
    • and intellectual thinking, and now also, as we have seen, because
    • To face the waking life of day with dullness and
    • other sciences do. Speaking in the style of the other sciences, one
    • thinking that is customary in external life. There is really very
    • passions and emotions when speaking.
    • Rhine” they can be thinking of the river-bed, the indentation
    • or heard others speaking, something as yet undifferentiated in one
    • the Middle Ages or in antiquity without taking account of the fact
    • conception. Recall to your minds the shockingly homely simile I used
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary way of looking at the world today does not really enable us
    • animal kingdom, and only during the 7th epoch the real kingdom of
    • The most striking fact of all is this change in humanity, this
    • cooking; i.e., in domestic economy, so that there they are truly
    • advertisements in all the local newspapers making propaganda for the
    • after him while he is working, but also when he ceases to work, by
    • On taking leave from you again for a couple of weeks, my dear
    • working in the world through our Building. For this Building is,
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • which conflicts with their habitual thinking, they would soon see
    • second decade of the twentieth century by talking about the
    • blood relationship; consequently all that has happened is the making
    • ‘My kingdom is not of this world.’” For man will
    • have to say to himself: — “My Kingdom is not of this
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of nature, the men of those times beheld spirit and soul. They
    • was walking along a river bank. If someone today walks along a river bank
    • depend only on our senses and nervous system as instruments of thinking.
    • rhythm. We never think without this whole process taking place, of which
    • element in his thinking within the rhythm of breathing.
    • thinking, which he had hardly felt as a function of the head at all, streamed
    • thinking to be merely a shadowy, logical process; he rather felt how
    • thinking followed the breath. When he inhaled he felt he was taking
    • the breath into his thinking. With his thoughts he took hold, as it were,
    • his thinking pervading his whole being. This made him aware of his thinking
    • the physical world he quite rightly does not pay attention to his thinking
    • soul-filled thinking pulsated through his inner being with the result that
    • but along the more inward path of thinking itself. The right path for man
    • logical thought sequence; it is a thinking that is much more
    • achieved to that of the yogi in ancient times. He blended thinking
    • thinking from breathing. Thinking is not on this account torn out of
    • rhythm, because as thinking becomes separated from the inner rhythm of
    • breath it is gradually linked to an external rhythm. By setting thinking
    • towards separating thinking from the breath and letting it dive down into
    • Thinking must pass over into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • world-history it shall be possible for him, through the working of the
    • not an event that can be grasped by any thinking concerned entirely
    • mankind through the working of the Christ Impulse.
    • those times which possess to a striking degree the characteristic
    • the words: “My kingdom is not of this world.” He was not to
    • divine and spiritual kingdom that could be reached only by inward
    • for man in a new kingdom of light,
    • [KingRomans 13:12]
    • knew that he must be giving himself up to delusions, he must be mistaking
    • bring men out of the habit of looking to the spirits of air and of
    • [4:9 But now, after that ye have known God, or rather are known of God, how turn ye again to the weak and beggarly elements, whereunto ye desire again to be in bondage?KingGal. 4:3,9]
    • working of the Event of Golgotha, He is here. But you must find Him; He must come again
    • rest content with looking at life in any superficial way; it is
    • festival, all their thinking about Easter runs along the lines of old
    • with thinking at all, and go on repeating the words they have learned from
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • by saying: With his whole thinking, insofar as it is
    • looking back, as it were, into his own self. For when we
    • the world with his thinking that is connected with his
    • as it were. By looking back upon ourselves, we discover the
    • are taking hold of something which is your own self. You
    • a tiny bit poisonous. For life consists in taking in
    • inorganic world and seeking the balance.
    • taking his place culturally in the external life on earth.
    • pouring out water, by walking over the fields with urns and
    • contained in man, best be symbolized? Perhaps by taking the
    • always looking back; this gesture of Aries looking back is
    • Aries in the human being who is looking back on himself, on
    • characteristic lies in the gesture of looking back.
    • Taurus, you will find that he is always looking sideways
    • thing, the gesture of looking around and activating the
    • looking upon the human form: In regard to the shape of the
    • to obtain metabolic man with his limbs, seeking to become a
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • in their I, but also in all their feeling and thinking, in their very being
    • spiritual kingdoms and want to bring Man down and lead him into evil, who are
    • hatred and mocking and irony against the Good, with all these the Templars
    • thinking leads also to the very extreme of intellectual
    • Working alone,
    • unconscious and takes its course there in a good and healthy way, working
    • Fundamentally speaking, seen from a deeper aspect, we all
    • hand, what happened through the working of Mephistophelian-Ahrimanic forces
    • has actually been taking place in modern times.
    • impulse one has recognized as proceeding from it and working on in European
    • working in the world; and those who were responsible for the French
    • then is one speaking in a sense and meaning that is in accord with the inner
    • workings are focused in a point, the point of the I. There we are alike, and
    • spiritually, between the workings of the nerves and the blood. They were
    • the influence of the inspirations of which I have been speaking to you today,
    • the sole influence working in history, quite a different evolution would have
    • recognize this principle of which I am here speaking.
    • speaking. “Person,” did I say? Here we must remind ourselves that
    • good forces are working, but others also. And a man like Goethe uttered in
    • and with whose working the working of the other stream is united. And what
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • our lifeless inorganic Earth, the mineral kingdom of our Earth. This
    • belonging to the mineral kingdom. We shall not occupy ourselves with
    • entirely different from the laws of human consciousness. In speaking
    • plant world, for we are apt to look on our waking consciousness as
    • our complete consciousness, without taking our sleeping consciousness
    • When speaking of this consciousness which as a second
    • our ordinary waking consciousness, we think of the things round about
    • in a superficial way, thinking merely of the stones against which we
    • can. The thinking consciousness of the plants — not of
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    • THINKING.
    • thought — of clear, precise thinking.
    • This decline in the power of thinking has taken place
    • regards the certainty of thinking has spread widely through all the
    • thinking and at the same time it is an age of the blindest trust in
    • nation, race or colour; that a certain element of cramped thinking is
    • like, has now for a long time been extended to the whole thinking
    • get no further. This unworthy thinking of the nineteenth century is
    • The fact is that such inaccurate thinking does not
    • only exist in the domain of which I am speaking, where it comes very
    • what they are if the thinking of all humanity was not permeated with
    • slip-shod thinking of the present day. Spiritual Science should
    • stimulate us to intensive, courageous thinking; that is what matters:
    • by the careless thinking of the present day. I have explained to you
    • how this careless thinking acts; I quoted: ‘results only do we
    • they are not making the same mistake that the whole world makes
    • little it is recognised. It enters into our everyday thinking, and
    • makes itself felt there, just as in the more advanced thinking of the
    • how important it is to be interested in such things, how lacking in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of Central Europe) learn to know in secret societies what
    • was something quite outlandish when Bulwer travelled about, speaking of
    • reflections, the mirror-pictures, of external life, when looking into
    • to tell how feeling and will are actually working. For this reason he
    • inner being. By looking into our inner being we get only to this
    • consciousness as we are to look behind a mirror without breaking it.
    • thinking, which is the highest attainment of modern times, could not
    • penetrate deeply into the connections of modern life by looking at
    • although only a crude idea of them can be had by modern thinking.
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • to something like a breaking of the inner mirror. The memories can as
    • conception. Thus we come to the point of thinking in a living and
    • with a certain inevitability this modern thinking leads men to
    • theology, too, has fallen into that way of thinking which has
    • so speaking because for him both the Father and the Christ are
    • destruction of which I have been speaking the laws of nature are
    • when we behold moral laws working upon matter which has been thrown
    • taking place within us in a natural way. We become aware of the
    • speak or hear in intercourse with other people, hearing and speaking
    • being where speaking and hearing go on at the same time.
    • Hearing and speaking are once more united. The “inner
    • natural science way of thinking? How is it for him, when this way of
    • thinking has been grafted on to him from early childhood? He learns
    • sinking world, and it will drag man down with it if he is completely
    • nature, we are looking in a certain sense at the spread-out colours
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • resurrection of thinking: how dead thoughts can be awakened to life in
    • Speaking
    • properly speaking, upon human consciousness.
    • Looking deeply
    • finding all doubt vanishing, were talking together. The one might
    • this means: when man is thinking he does not truly live; he pours
    • spring from the force of pure thinking, and where in the
    • operations of pure thinking we understand the reality of freedom,
    • speaking of such matters one is always aware of the difficulty of
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • by asking someone who is firmly rooted in modern culture: —
    • divine thoughts. That is, in my thinking I create a link with the
    • spiritual way of looking at things had passed. Nominalism took hold of
    • possessed in a certain sense a way of thinking which had a direct
    • is, of course, placed into modern life, and in working out natural
    • thinking and of feeling in respect to most things. In Anthroposophy,
    • as we contemplate physical images; a new way of thinking must be found.
    • change our ways of thinking and of feeling — otherwise we
    • cannot reach a really spiritual way of looking at things. This gives
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • Metaphorically speaking, (yet it is not entirely metaphorical, but
    • world, and they avoid speaking about it concretely. They chiefly
    • undoubtedly succeed in making the third generation entirely
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • beings made their workings felt. The commonest everyday
    • civilisation is gradually sinking into something where it can
    • lacking this, it lacks also the strength for true altruistic
    • are asking, “What is good absolutely?” —
    • They are not asking, “What is good for Europe? What is
    • is good for the twenty-fifth century?” They are asking
    • about absolute Goodness and Truth. They are not asking about
    • about the social question, but the temperament is lacking. On
    • it has in it the makings of a cosmogony. Although this
    • working it out and giving it shape; but no talent for
    • is, strictly speaking, peculiar to Asiatic culture. America,
    • to-day of anyone who is in earnest and sincere about working
    • it working as though Justice were sitting over there beyond,
    • what is taking place under our eyes ; we are always more or
    • — of which the American is making towards Cosmogony,
    • impulse of freedom — for talking about freedom is by no
    • very way of speaking, that the altruistic spirit is anything
    • making of a civilisation.
    • and believe that they are talking about realities
    • they would not be astonished; if they met a pig talking like
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • entered from the opposite side. What a wretched-looking
    • only seen myself, for a looking-glass was hanging opposite
    • occurs. Fundamentally speaking, every one who sets his foot
    • Latini now beheld the laws and principles of Nature's working
    • — enhancing our being, or making it smaller; making us
    • or your ears. There you perceive how the forces are working
    • within, he then breaks through the eye, and breaking through
    • its own way of seeking the spiritual world. Already in the
    • Initiation are always working in the progressive stream of
    • but that the spiritual is working everywhere. We must take
    • however, of the Mystery of Golgotha has been working ever
    • working through these dreams which could not be understood or
    • was working in them — livingly, actively carrying
    • Kings, the 6th of January. In this connection we remarked,
    • the spiritual science which we have been seeking to acquire
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • Moon is working on the embryo. Then, you have, as a result of
    • the Moon working in from the Cosmos — in connection
    • move your legs in walking you have always to overcome the
    • between these forces of gravity and the forces working
    • working upon him by way of the Moon — only because of
    • to the working of the Earth alone, however, and the Cosmos
    • the year being involved, due to winter and summer working in
    • should be a pillar. This combined working of cosmic and
    • human strength, working there also as will, has from ancient
    • system, working through the heart and lungs and the
    • further by taking on, in soul-spiritual terms, the form of
    • if you follow up everything, taking note of what has been
    • which people today have no liking; they find it disturbing,
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • cannot help asking: What is the real attitude of social life to all
    • one cannot help asking: ought not an attempt be made to apply such
    • of taking any particular side. I have no desire to uphold ancient
    • chemical process taking place in matter. But the fact that a few
    • soul-and-Spirit, and realise that through the working of these
    • been happening to the body all the time, as a result of the working
    • the material workings of the Spirit.
    • No purpose is served by making statements in a religious or
    • within him, and then working in the different branches of science
    • are all that we see in the working of the nervous system —
    • atmospheric and extra-earthly influences are working on him as the
    • are ill, but he will always be working to keep them healthy —
    • psychical or mental diseases. As a result of materialistic thinking
    • rational way with what is actually taking place in the human
    • matter. What is lacking in materialism is that it has no insight into
    • Spirit right down into its material workings. Spiritual
    • the Spiritual-Scientific mode of thinking leads to a social, communal
    • making men and women out of the children who are being educated
    • enough to have, as well as the school teachers who are working merely
    • power working deeply into human beings. Intellectualism remains
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts themselves — our earthly thinking. Here on earth, our
    • thinking is gradually adapted to the earthly conditions. In
    • Walking, Speaking and
    • Thinking: — let us now consider, of these three, the middle
    • or song is but the final culmination of something that is taking
    • structure of the human body. We may say therefore, without speaking
    • — we are now taking, the human body is nothing else than a
    • spiritual world than in our thinking system. And it is of course the
    • thinking system which takes hold of speech when speech becomes
    • thing as this, we seem to be speaking in images, but our images none
    • totality. (It really looks as though we were speaking figuratively,
    • bodies it is singing, speaking as it sings to you, singing as it
    • speaks; and all your perception is a listening to the speaking song,
    • now formed for his earthly needs, just as his walking is transformed,
    • as human beings speaking upon earth.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • of my age were young fellows, not one of them dreamt of speaking of
    • so closely connects itself with a definite manner of thinking. If
    • speak today, as I am speaking now, then the people whose heads are
    • entity. …But I am not speaking correctly ... for, in reality,
    • others, so that they saw them walking about with Faust's malevolent
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, which had a spiritual quality and would have enabled human
    • Origenes working and struggling with the problem of how the Christ
    • Tauler, Meister Eckhardt, and others were seeking the Christ through
    • of what the ether body had become as a result of thinking, feeling,
    • working on ourselves inwardly in this way, during our earliest
    • seeking, we must truly have the feeling that we cannot reach our goal
    • seeking that belongs to the shepherds who are united with the
    • Christmastime, so that we may continue to become seeking shepherds,
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • but of the thought no open-minded, unbiased thinking person can
    • thinking.
    • a spatial, a physical-bodily process. Simultaneously, while this is taking
    • have gradually come to this pass; our purely intellectualistic thinking
    • of approach, which is only made possible once more by taking our
    • if we are speaking of the will as of an element of soul-and-spirit, there
    • unless they were working one upon
    • three-dimensional. Man is a painter working from two
    • way, striking out pretty intensely with your Will into the
    • shall we characterise Thinking? To begin with we must admit with open
    • at least the foundation of our Thinking. Without
    • the brain we cannot think. Thus our Thinking takes its course in
    • connection with the activity of the brain. If Thinking had nothing to
    • old, you would have grown out of your Thinking. But that
    • is not the case. As we grow up, we do not leave our Thinking
    • even with our Thinking we are somehow in the world of Space.
    • experience our Thinking meditatively, as something that only has
    • extension upward and downward. Thinking is one-dimensional. It takes
    • the Feeling a two-dimensional and the Thinking a one-dimensional
    • we pass from Feeling to Thinking we pass from the two dimensions to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking
    • during the waking state is never entirely one-sided; thinking is not
    • thinking in that we correct one thought with another. Hence even if
    • hand, unless we are actually raving, or given to walking in our
    • origin. And in this case the one pole of our soul-life, thinking, has
    • find that thinking always bears reference to something that is already
    • there; it takes certain presuppositions for granted. Thinking
    • of such thinking, and we are guided by it. Thus this kind of
    • thinking also is in a certain sense meditative or reflective.
    • stands mid-way between thinking and willing.
    • that which determines our thinking, that which enables us to think and
    • before birth, before conception. Fundamentally speaking, the faculty
    • first won for himself the power of making these sprawling,
    • is a pressing, a pushing of thinking into the forces of the will,
    • that, speaking from a more or less schematic point of view, we might
    • At the moment however we are speaking of normal human beings. Such people,
    • usually lost his power of thinking.
    • appear as though they really were thinking. In reality, however,
    • from thoughts given to him by Spiritual Science, such thinking is
    • thoughts have previously been embedded. This taking in of thoughts
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Vortrage: Denken, Fühlen, Wollen - Das Muspilhgedicht
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life (publ. 1931).
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • events now taking place are the opposite of our own intentions,
    • speaking, no one in the world knows what they want, and no
    • actually taking shape. Later generations will be able to use
    • the events which will be taking shape in Eastern Europe over
    • and reality. For you see, the generations of today are taking
    • fact still waiting in the wings, and they are wrong in taking
    • that we'll be making peace just as peace has been made before
    • set vast numbers of people thinking. But people never notice,
    • spirits seeking to gain access by reducing human awareness.
    • taking root deeply in a certain soil. People are taking it as
    • They are not at all interested in looking for the roots of
    • are speaking of states as something which have existed for I
    • asking themselves the question: What does it really mean that
    • chaos will certainly not be reduced if — speaking
    • people's thinking stops at the very point where it should be
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • acquired habits will have to go and a new way of thinking and
    • humanity. I think it is fair to say that, generally speaking,
    • and fail to notice many of the tremendous changes now taking
    • Taking note of
    • riddle I am speaking of is the discrepancy between
    • thinking have lead none other than the Darwinists to this
    • cannot penetrate to the deeper sources of human thinking and
    • ‘physical body’ we are speaking of something that
    • waking, the ego and astral body, having been outside in the
    • from the world of the spirit and intellectual thinking can
    • which we are between going to sleep and waking up again does,
    • to sleep and waking up again you are in a world devoid of
    • world in which we are between going to sleep and waking up
    • intellectual thinking, even our genius — for geniuses,
    • undertaking should go awry, we should not draw the wrong
    • evolution is taking. Individuals will gain in years, being 1,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • time, going back several decades and also looking decades
    • not be absolutely the case, but, relatively speaking, it is
    • ‘My kingdom is not of this world’,
    • illusion that their kingdom should be very much of this
    • it is not evil-mindedness that stops us from thinking their
    • agitators making great words about it, or in specific
    • said: ‘My kingdom is not of this world’, and why
    • Jesus Christ did not want to bring a kingdom of perfection to
    • kingdom of the physical world and make it into one of
    • had just made an important, epoch-making invention. Oh, I
    • had to start it up. This was certainly epoch-making! You will
    • having been thought up without taking account of reality.
    • making everyone happy, it will not be immediately obvious.
    • will typify a way of thinking which at heart is utterly
    • talking nonsense about things relating to the higher worlds,
    • not in the habit of working hard in the general rather than
    • next. Outer interest may have been lacking, but excitement
    • effort than to take up the points the opposition is making.
    • These asses are talking of contradictions in my works. I wish
    • saying in all the other places where I have been speaking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • live, one would be speaking of something that would seem like
    • whose minds and whole way of looking at the world give them
    • looking at a world that is immediately next to our own, a
    • actual form it is taking now and in the immediate future to
    • involved and helping us in this. People are not taking the
    • them — keeping them dwarf-sized in growth or making
    • an unpalatable truth for people who never tire of making
    • it means to enter into iron necessity. Looking for an easy
    • seeking to be perfect in a particular direction, this search
    • up an ideal, but in making it part of the process of
    • time. Her thinking is: People will come to know God again
    • devil to be walking around in the street with horns and a
    • Modern abstract thinking immediately needs an apology, even if
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • walking on something which is crumbling away; it is no longer
    • today. You find an excellent description of the breaking up,
    • just as Suess, looking at the earth, realized that it is now
    • today who simply are not themselves. Bodies are walking
    • Our souls are even now making preparations for the
    • ‘My kingdom is not of this world.’ But it will be
    • Looking at the
    • Looking at the way they do not immediately appear on the
    • when it comes to taking an inward look at the human being.
    • order was created by establishing classes and taking these
    • only the body speaking. The spirit has withdrawn and already
    • of a drug. Taking a ‘sound point of view’, people
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • thought is with us wherever we are in waking consciousness.
    • being you are also a breathing human being, walking in a
    • when someone has died and a living person who is walking
    • with the senses when in waking consciousness. Our own
    • the senses and drag around with us when in waking
    • thinking consists in having those corpses of thoughts inside
    • are not in the habit of making the distinction, and anyway
    • thinking about it, or you can actually produce the thought: I
    • switch off your own thinking and always get up like a
    • people still had the ability to live in waking dreams, and
    • that the way of thinking which enables them to reflect on the
    • thinking about them. Today the idea is that individuals are
    • may bring into the kingdom of this world a kingdom which is
    • not of this world but is present everywhere in the kingdom of
    • into a study of spiritual science. The whole way of thinking,
    • about the human being. The principles of political thinking
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • Working from Spiritual Reality
    • real weight — comparatively speaking — as if they
    • weight is lacking.
    • not believe in a devil with horns and tail walking around in
    • with these words. Luther was caught up in the thinking and
    • post-Atlantean age, taking this with him into the godless
    • not as light as air, this knowledge has not come from looking
    • always look, it will also weigh the same. Just looking at
    • looking at objects provide? Illusion! If you regard the world
    • like someone who is looking at weights made of cardboard.
    • seeking to develop and how it must unite with the
    • have to be made from the familiar, comfortable way of looking
    • quite certain, that, generally speaking, people were afraid
    • of fire even then; they did not enjoy walking over red hot
    • speaking figuratively when they say they are afraid of
    • class. Later, the boy was walking in the street when a man who
    • we can actually say: These people are not thinking for
    • themselves, they are thinking in the general thinking
    • difficult than working with mere corpses of ideas. Humanity
    • first. And if this cooking process were to include the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • and purely intellectual thinking, and thinking which is based
    • on reality, in order to relate our thinking to the reality.
    • The natural tendency is to make our thinking
    • form of thinking like a net over everything in order to
    • for I have to apply unrealistic thinking to reality.
    • Unrealistic thinking is, of course, also part of reality. The
    • unrealistic thinking which has developed over the last three
    • thinking about the physical world in abstract terms. We can
    • then in human actions. And we can see how abstract thinking
    • philosophical and ideological thinking. We see philosophers
    • compared this with the idea that the best way of making sure
    • achievements of abstract thinking when it is addressing
    • Fundamentally speaking, such ideas are part of the
    • also provide the background to the forms we are now seeking
    • speaking, the people who are considered to be most
    • enlightened today are often working with old ideas, without
    • work I am speaking.
    • are dealing with reality in making them. It is especially
    • in taking the thought to its conclusion. If you do so with
    • negatively speaking, that so many people are still asleep to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • forms taken by the ahrimanic way of thinking.
    • same way the ahrimanic, mephistophelean way of thinking has
    • thinking. Once again, it is necessary to be fully and clearly
    • way of thinking, and carrying this on into ages when,
    • materialistic way of thinking and want to keep it, would then
    • thinking, too, is in great danger of sliding into the
    • ahrimanic way of thinking. Consider how some scientists are
    • thinking today in the field of geology, for instance. They
    • taking note of how its organs gradually change, or partly
    • up with the materialistic way of thinking that they cannot
    • materialistic way of thinking will unite with the moon powers
    • war and the events taking place in Russia — what would
    • this with the old ideas is barking up the wrong tree. The
    • behind all physical things. Talking about the spirit in vague
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • was speaking of something quite concrete, namely the battle
    • thinking, the inner responses and the will impulses of human
    • epochmaking literary works would remain unknown? Surely we
    • appeared at that time which was more epoch-making and of more
    • certain views and ideas which were taking root in people's
    • human intellectuality, human thinking, responses and
    • What they are doing is no different from asking the stove to
    • Science is looking at life that has died.
    • clever then as the present generation does now in looking
    • Speaking of Laplace's theory and of Dewar they will say:
    • fully into the Spirit and attitudes of scientific thinking
    • childish then, with people taking dreams seriously! Just
    • Human thinking would be dry as dust,
    • empty and corrupt, for the vitality in our thinking has its
    • and modern thinking to be right, is like someone who cannot
    • see the need for roses to grow on bushes, making it necessary
    • present age; yet that particular way of thinking has provided
    • direction of life. The breath of life comes into our thinking
    • and acquire scientific attitudes and thinking; their
    • thinking, as it is called today, is not really done by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • different spheres of life. Speaking of processes deep down in
    • what you would expect! Much of the thinking in our
    • that the thinking in their world is largely childish, but it
    • they are just hunks of meat walking on this earth or
    • are a living reality. Let us assume a creature walking this
    • Sun, which relates to sleeping and waking and takes 24 hours,
    • typical instance of the abstract way of thinking which must
    • real thought to them, yet are positively smacking their lips
    • have no more than this strange modern way of working in the
    • has gone so far in his abstract thinking that he identifies
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • spirits of darkness now walking among us are of the same kind
    • spirits’, the spirits of light. Fundamentally speaking,
    • was done by taking human beings from the heights of the
    • the individual and seeking to establish laws based on this,
    • of the ideals of race and nation would have been speaking in
    • tribal membership today is speaking of impulses which are
    • souls are taking in impulses which they will take with them
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • of materialism as during those decades. All the thinking I
    • have characterized, thinking that leads to technical
    • physical thinking and is bound to the brain. A materialist
    • well defined and critical thinking so well developed as in
    • spirits of darkness were seeking to achieve in the 40s, 50s,
    • physical acumen on the one hand, and a way of seeking
    • become poets. Speaking of the time when they first began to
    • particularly striking example of many things which will come
    • things that everybody is talking about today is especially
    • yet before people will feel embarrassed at taking seriously
    • waking will only come when people begin to feel embarrassed
    • evidence of their being used up without anything new taking
    • seriousness. Many are still thinking exactly the as they did
    • sense of reality to see that this kind of thinking has a
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • are in the image of the spirit. Looking for the indirect
    • route by which the Archangels guided humanity by working with
    • attraction for the regular Archangels who were seeking to
    • which I have been speaking.
    • happening in reality. Looking at events in outer life, one
    • A significant battle is taking place among us, you will find.
    • the world today serves the purpose of rocking people to sleep
    • even at the most popular level of thinking, exactly during
    • organic evolution taking its course without involving
    • live on into the decades of which I am now speaking. Their
    • social democracy does not compare, historically speaking,
    • above all to encourage the physical intellect by working
    • not teach us anything. In materialistic thinking, sciences
    • thinking is based on premises according to which a science
    • position of the sun. Generally speaking, however, the course
    • whole civilized world. Salvation lies in making the whole of
    • scale capitalism had succeeded in making democracy into the
    • You need not be afraid that someone speaking out of
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • decision-making ability that is independent of the divine spiritual
    • just this kind of human decision making. As I said, we do not want to
    • speaking in Old Testament terms. If we look at this interpretation,
    • can investigate, has limits to his whole thinking, in fact.
    • kingdom represent the content of all our thinking today. These
    • activity — he attains pure thinking, when he, attains this pure,
    • willed thinking which is something positive and real, when this
    • thinking works in him. And in
    • purified thinking.
    • abstract thinking, but in real thinking.
    • something has remained with us: pure thinking, namely, the real,
    • energetic thinking that originates from man himself, that is no
    • longer mere thinking, that is filled with experience, filled with
    • wanted to say that this thinking can become the impulse for moral
    • filtered down into pure thinking — and how, from there, one can
    • energy and power, the goal, the ideal, of again taking the fall of
    • natural scientists, these dreams were delivered in croaking tirades
    • “Huckle, get up! The sky is cracking!” But our modern
    • in turn is connected with the fact that along with a possible waking
    • this of course without making any insinuations) it has sometimes been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • particular conception of the thinking human being, and, on the other
    • man uses his thinking chiefly in order to know as much as possible of
    • the outer kingdoms of Nature, and to grasp human life with the methods
    • of thinking gained through the usual way of looking at Nature. To-day
    • in the light of this thinking, acquired through the natural sciences as
    • believe that this conception of the thinking human being, of man who
    • arrange their life) has evolved from earlier ways of thinking. Modern
    • thinking is the direct outcome of mediaeval thinking. I have pointed
    • thinking are thought out with the methods of thinking that have
    • evolved from mediaeval thinking. An essential trait of
    • mediaeval thinking which entered modern thinking is that the activity
    • thinking is ignored altogether and there is no philosophy leading to
    • the contemplation of thinking itself. No notice at all is taken of
    • on the kingdoms of Nature are dead thoughts. The life of these
    • thoughts that we form to-day on the kingdoms of Nature and on the
    • life of man are dead while we are thinking them; they were endowed
    • habits of thinking were alive, were living elementary beings during our
    • are dead and for this reason they are abstract. But our thinking is
    • continues working there, within us, in a way which remains concealed
    • philosophers of a theory of knowledge speak of thinking, they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Man. Looking backward as it were, he speaks of a deeply
    • that those who shared Saint Martin's way of thinking still
    • to supplant his ways of thinking?” No, we should rather
    • conceive all that is working towards the Earth from the
    • to-day a great number of things are working in social life;
    • chemical, physical way of thinking can in a peculiar way be
    • way that the brain which is thinking these things is at the
    • outlook works upon the things which he is thinking, of
    • compatible with a non-national way of thinking.
    • international in their way of thinking.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • how the knowledge and awareness of super-sensible impulses working
    • of thinking which was typical of the 19th century. This
    • latter way of thinking is convinced that all
    • working of mankind, is subject to a certain law of historic
    • human being; and inasmuch as I do so, I am already working
    • to ripen, — then it goes on working. A seed of thought
    • — to ripen. When it is ripened, it goes on working in
    • be recognised in its working through three generations, that
    • that the Earth has its true waking season; then it is that
    • have often pointed out, have not refrained from attacking
    • one on the first page of which [in German- speaking
    • Christmas Festival, properly speaking, belongs to the Easter
    • for the working out of world-historic seeds. But there is
    • would truly understand the working of events in history.
    • working in a favourable or in an unfavourable sense?
    • no matter how profane the impulse of your speaking is —
    • working with us, giving us that which becomes the guiding
    • it is working in the outer physical world.
    • will be those thoughts which take their start from seeking
    • taking seriously things which if seen in their true light can
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • were speaking through their constellations, — they did
    • that is to say, if, taking our start from birth, we find our
    • broadly speaking, they only want to “guard their pounds
    • say, I have been speaking of all this only in the briefest
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • modern thinking it may perhaps sound strange that we are
    • taking place particularly in the present day both in the visible
    • and in the invisible world. We see people making presents to each
    • greatest reverence can be felt for it when looking back from its
    • civilization in general shows a faint trace of looking upon the
    • superficial way of looking at things makes people say that in
    • grasp this by looking upon it as a kind of prophecy that one day
    • man! The whole way of looking upon life was inspired by a
    • of looking upon life was inspired by a world-wide cosmology which
    • world by looking into Jesus' inner being and by establishing an
    • everlasting Cosmic Word speaking out of the stars. The Mystery of
    • Jupiter days are like a sentence speaking out of the cosmic
    • taking place in connection with the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • gained by looking at the world, as Paul did before he approached
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • man's inner life. But essentially speaking, also the senses which
    • From inside we bring towards them our thinking, the power of
    • eye, I obtain an impression from outside, and my thinking power
    • through the representing or thinking power which comes from
    • outside to the inside, whereas the direction of his thinking goes
    • things in the right way must even say: We are then looking upon
    • earthly man is the living human being walking around, and to him
    • grasped by the thinking or representing capacity pertaining to
    • horizontal direction and are met from within by the thinking or
    • thinking capacity. This process, however, remains chaotic and
    • to us from the earth's metals, even as our thinking or
    • of fixed stars. Even as our thinking capacity streams towards our
    • waking consciousness and may then look upon the process of
    • waking life on earth, we perceive the objects around us. Our
    • thinking capacity counteracts. For this we need our physical and
    • the perceptive and thinking forces. If we imagine this
    • sense impressions and with our thinking activity. When the human
    • faintly, during his waking condition. When he is really asleep,
    • that a very faint sleeping state exists even during the waking
    • service of technical-earthly interests, it is, cruelly speaking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • us when looking out into the world, it is an illusion which
    • which fills his waking consciousness. But when he considers his
    • waking concepts, then all this is not only a semblance or
    • semblance, which constitutes our waking perceptive life, did not
    • in short, into everything which, symbolically speaking, lies
    • — the higher beings of the kingdoms of Nature: plants,
    • of free impulses born out of pure thinking. But in the same
    • danger of passing through the portal of death without taking with
    • Mystery of Golgotha and the old way of looking at the beginning
    • aid of the forces working through the Gospel. This is what
    • When speaking of Christ, it pointed to the Sun.
    • have to teach, will not only imply looking at Christ, but being
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • older forms of thinking can show us that in the past everything
    • whole extent of the mineral kingdom, was to him ashes falling out
    • speaking, in a world of light. But this light continues to shine
    • attacking the truths, and lay chief stress on personal attacks,
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • thought. But in olden times, for those who through deeper thinking,
    • forsaking his original state, when he submitted to the Luciferic
    • the whole time man remains on Earth, ever looking forward to the
    • the Three Kings offering their gifts. A great deal of this was
    • people passed, each one took part by rocking the child for a moment.
    • events now taking place show us, for the very reason that, if we look
    • called the little children who may enter the kingdom of heaven. We do
    • men, that they can in a sense remain children — speaking
    • transform the Christmas thought into an impulse; and while looking up
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • with the play of the Three Kings, who bring their gifts. Much of
    • people began thinking about having to perform these plays during
    • curious. In looking at how these Christmas plays arose and
    • things had to be made more comprehensible to the people. By making
    • only a rocking cradle was placed in front of them, and people began
    • to take part by walking by the cradle, each person rocking the
    • have just been speaking. The situation itself poured its holiness
    • This book by Ernst Haeckel points to what is now taking place on the
    • mentions these thoughts with the background of looking at the world
    • prohibited from looking for a meaning of the earth in a spiritual
    • This is what Haeckel means. Looking for meaning is not permitted!
    • for and believe in meaning by looking just at what is going on now
    • different from looking at the same matter in a completely different
    • events that are taking place so painfully today that earthly life
    • conquered hearts, souls: the power that arose on looking at the
    • enter the kingdom of heaven” — this is not where it
    • our life (I am now speaking directly, not in a pictorial way) in
    • we can do this by looking toward the human being as he develops
    • taking place. But this spiritual aspect takes place in the right
    • Since looking up
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • Nature — as a rule people do so rather without thinking
    • to be aroused regarding the actual working of this Spirit, we cannot
    • In thinking
    • the scientist do? Generally speaking he takes scant notice of Nature
    • working and only concerns himself with the microscope, in other words
    • so, but anyone speaking the truth is deemed mad. People really view this
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • and women (for ladies, too, are taking part in these things)
    • meaning this wrecking of a plan in life may have for the human
    • also working in the man's subconsciousness certain
    • aspects of his life, which, by a true working of destiny, have
    • then you will understand how many things are working upward
    • waking life largely belongs to the present incarnation,
    • I quote it here because I am now speaking in a wider sense of the
    • school, I dreamt I was walking past yonder lake, and in the
    • teacher had been talking. No doubt he kept his thoughts to
    • working. And it works in such a way as to expunge from the soul
    • to another. There is a whole complex of forces, working
    • incarnation. We may say therefore: The working of the
    • comes from the etheric.) The working of the astral body is
    • much of the working of the Karma of vocation finds expression.
    • physical body is developing, forces are working in (or rather,
    • is what shapes the situations of our life. (It goes on working, of
    • works to re-create it. In the working together of these
    • say, primitively speaking, 1 and 4, and 2 and 3, work upon one
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • product of the thinking of the present time. So many of us
    • intelligence. In their artistic creations they are looking
    • was making the report, the Government policy had changed and
    • there; nay, more, he was making good, for he proved just as
    • the law-courts. He hears nothing; only once, as he is walking
    • two points into relation — looking at them both together.
    • societies knew how to reckon with human characters, taking the
    • at length to reach the goal which we are seeking in this course
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • speaking of this question, no calling need be thought
    • this connection they are generally thinking more or less
    • seven-year periods. Broadly speaking, as you know, the physical
    • transmitted to the descendants; but speaking in the sense of
    • in some way can be near to his soul, then, looking downward,
    • goes into our bodily organisation, making it the image of our
    • looking out upon wide perspectives, — but they have very
    • are working to bring about the very things they judge so truly.
    • stronger individuality was speaking; one felt the active rising
    • Stuart Mill and Herzen! Mill, speaking in the first place
    • conglomerated mediocrity! ... Looking to what was said by
    • followers and make it appear that one is speaking out of very
    • peculiar constitution — for immense forces were working
    • circles. Most of the occultists who were working with serious
    • People to-day are fond of thinking at short range, and so there
    • was working in a town belonging to the Section of which I was
    • that time in eliminating or side-tracking many things. Well, we
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • and so on. We speak of these kingdoms of the super-sensible
    • Worlds just as we speak of the animal kingdom, the plant
    • kingdom, the mineral kingdom, the elemental kingdom, and
    • kingdoms which he then finds in his physical environment: the
    • human kingdom, the animal kingdom, the plant kingdom, the
    • mineral kingdom and so on. And when he passes through the
    • rises to the higher kingdoms which tower upward stage by stage
    • from below, just as the kingdoms of Nature descend from above.
    • thinking of his God, but whether he is really doing so. We from
    • conceiving, who imagine that they are thinking of their
    • are only looking up to an Angel-being. You may search through
    • man, then the animal kingdom, the plant kingdom, the mineral
    • kingdom.
    • fancy, every one of them is speaking of his own God,
    • am looking up to my Angel,’ but says to himself, ‘I am
    • looking up to the one and unique God.’ He is living in a nebulous
    • that he is looking up to God, while in reality he is not
    • even looking up to an Archangel. By this untrue conception he
    • who ought not to be working in the soul creep in. That is to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • his way to something new. In speaking of the course that the external
    • the various kingdoms of nature within it. This is the milieu in
    • activity of the forces and substances within our skin, so, by taking
    • blossoming of every flower, in the breaking open of the buds, in that
    • our overcoat in winter and lighter clothes in summer and taking an
    • waking-sleep, one might say — to enter into the doings of the
    • generally speaking, people feel they
    • wanes and autumn draws on; the season of sinking down and dying that
    • cosmic waking-sleep, with the elemental beings to the region where
    • sensitive to the secret workings of nature, and thus participates
    • will come to realise how he has been living through a waking-sleep of
    • taking form: my life is full of shooting-stars, miniature
    • blood. He must learn to keep the Michael Festival by making it a
    • turns from the iron which is used for making engines and looks up
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • looking at the sulphur-process. When we consider the tendency of
    • looking at the mercurial process. And if we turn our gaze to the
    • see as growing, sprouting life, we are looking at the salt-process.
    • result of the cooking or combustion process. This falling down of ash
    • still be working on a miniature scale. The flea would never come to
    • taking this in the widest sense to connote a physical deposit,
    • exemplified in the way ordinary cooking-salt dissolved in a glass of
    • reinvigorated. The quicksilver principle, working into the
    • is always seeking to tear itself away from the Earth. If
    • whole experience of thinking would be different. We should then have
    • garment has to be inwardly rounded, taking on the quicksilver
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • the cosmos. The limestone's spiritual thinking qualities are dulled,
    • is much more exposed to all the Ahrimanic workings in the
    • him, so that he becomes a crude materialist, thinking and
    • Lucifer, working in the astral and striving towards the
    • influences by studying the working of the Ahrimanic beings in
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • thinking of the Christmas season, we had to start from the way in
    • have been turning our eyes on the active working of the spiritual in
    • So we can say: On looking downwards, we have an impression of
    • silver-sparkling crystal lines and waves are working within myself?
    • were speaking of autumn, I had to name Michael as the most
    • seeking to embody himself in a vesture of light, appears in the time
    • intelligence arises fundamentally from the working together of
    • working of the fixed stars of the Zodiac; Uriel, who in his thoughts
    • seeking to become the living growth of the following year.
    • of the working together of Spirit-Father with Earth-Mother, bearing
    • instantly, perhaps by making artistic use of vaporous substances or
    • looking up to the heights we would be looking at the weaving gold of
    • fact that the Christ, though the working together of the
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • WORKING TOGETHER OF THE FOUR ARCHANGELS
    • of man in the world, we must seek it through the working together of
    • talking in just the same way as if someone said: “There is no
    • these people talk in speaking of the combustion of oxygen and carbon
    • (red arrows), seeking to permeate us with the Sun-gold of summer,
    • souls the midsummer working of Uriel through nature into man —
    • nature, have the effect of making us citizens of the cosmos. For they
    • working in the springtime forces of nature as Uriel does in
    • Earth's silver-sparkling radiance, while Raphael below is working in
    • breathing. And this is connected with the fact that the workings of
    • his gesture of blessing. So during summer we have the working
    • Earth. Thus we have the working together of Michael in the cosmos,
    • transmute them into healing forces, working and weaving in the cosmos.
    • Gabriel, Raphael and Michael work together, one working in the other,
    • Archangels — permeate the universe in harmony, working and
    • these forces are led over into the breathing system. And in working
    • spiritual forces, active in sense-perception and in thinking.
    • Uriel and Gabriel, let us say, working in one another, but also
    • working with one another, one giving his possession to the
    • how Uriel and Raphael and Michael and Gabriel are working together,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • It is also known as, Working with Sculptural Architecture - 2.
    • Working with Sculptural Architecture — 2.
    • Working with Sculptural Architecture II.
    • waking-consciousness, man lives with his ego and astral body in his
    • few days that this waking state of man, from waking until falling asleep,
    • thoughts are awake, from waking until falling asleep, but the Will is
    • because people have not noticed that what they know of the Will in waking
    • only dreams in daily waking life.
    • ordinary waking life; and most things, we do not even dream, but sleep.
    • more refined existence that self-enjoyment afforded us by eating, drinking
    • they can still live with the after-pleasure of eating and drinking;
    • itself up ever more thoroughly to the impressions of eating and drinking.
    • asleep till waking in a state of longing for his physical body. Sleeping
    • during waking conditions, nor by diving down into this body from outside
    • not taking up.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • It is also known as, Working with Sculptural Architecture - 2.
    • Working with Sculptural Architecture — 2.
    • Working with Sculptural Architecture II.
    • we all know, from the fact that, during daytime waking
    • emphasized that this waking state of man, from waking until falling
    • really only partially awake. Our thoughts are awake from waking
    • waking daily life is really only a dream or a tale of will
    • waking life.
    • willing during ordinary waking life, and in most things we do not
    • drinking and similar things. Just as an inner after-effect arises
    • the after-pleasure of eating and drinking, in fact these have even
    • eating and drinking. We can easily observe the complete “volt
    • asleep till waking in a state of longing for his physical body.
    • our body from within during waking conditions, nor by diving down
    • being taken up, not taking up.
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • Again in a striking way, in the 5th Post-Atlantean epoch,
    • him. Every tine you go to sleep until the moment of waking, the
    • Atlantean epoch knew that, from sleeping until waking up, there
    • from waking to sleeping, still continued to work, but in other
    • forms. Their waking life of truth dived down, as it were, into
    • going to sleep and waking, there arises an experience which is
    • talking of Mystery-knowledge and not merely giving forth
    • there would be no such thing as Birth in all the kingdoms of
    • kingdoms of nature and man, is dependent on the activity of the
    • throughout all the kingdoms, there ruled the laws of the Moon,
    • various kingdoms of nature. That is a deception, a Maya. It was
    • playing into it. (WE know that even waking-man is
    • “Try to recognise that in your waking-life consciousness
    • shines; for the Sun-Forces pour into your waking-life, just as
    • scientifically-thinking men. What we think and feel in our
    • which St. Augustine was speaking, and for which there is no
    • directions of their thinking, and one may say that Auguste
    • longer looks to Metaphysical concepts when seeking the basis of
    • Christ is lacking in the Positivistic Church of Auguste Comte,
    • speaking of religion but of Theology) is
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • the human spirit is not seeking admittance to any universal
    • see a spirit such as Winckelmann seeking a truly religious
    • prove how far the culture of the present day is taking up the
    • backward-looking vision. The thick night of modern
    • “In, and with man, God is seeking a guiding principle
    • “God is seeking a guiding principle.” As a man he
    • feels himself incapable of thinking out guiding principles,
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • thinking man must be inclined to ask: ‘How has the present
    • have generated the Earth with its kingdoms of Nature, the Earth
    • To-day we are not in the habit of asking, how does one breathe
    • thinking, feeling and willing were present among the ancient
    • described by saying: Mercury was working in that person.
    • Through the fact that we to-day put our puny thinking in the
    • time however there was no such thing as making notes even in
    • olden times, has arisen the whole custom of making monuments
    • looking principally to the external phenomena, by investigating
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • evolution (we are now speaking of what may rightly be called
    • feeling, such as we have to-day was unknown. A thinking that
    • had in those times a thinking that was inwardly experienced as
    • contained in the three kingdoms of nature, he had around him
    • that which weaves throughout the Cosmos, working upon what is
    • waking dream; it was a dream condition that with us only occurs
    • Everything outside in the kingdoms of Nature was transformed in
    • Hierarchy. Asia he perceived in his ordinary waking-dream
    • utterly strange region is approaching me. It is taking me to
    • consciousness — the waking-sleeping,
    • sleeping-waking and the sleep, in which the Third Hierarchy
    • waking-dreaming, dreaming-waking. As long as he went about with
    • this waking-dreaming, dreaming-waking, he saw everywhere
    • This is, however, broadly speaking, the substance of oriental
    • For in this waking-dreaming, dreaming-waking, the will does not
    • about on Earth with very nearly the perception of the kingdoms
    • Hierarchy, there they would meet some Being from the Kingdom of
    • than a king in the realm of the shades. Neither to death
    • And in this contrast is expressed what is taking place on the
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • waking condition, bears the Ego and astral body within him
    • the substances of the external kingdoms of Nature.
    • are speaking he had already experienced many Earth
    • seeing that the two personalities of whom we are speaking were
    • Something that is really a higher spiritual force, is working
    • in it the working together in the two personalities; but now in
    • speaking, it was a matter of clear and exact knowledge to man
    • knowledge in this way by making a journey over the human being,
    • looking into the spiritual world, or at least of receiving
    • we think and feel to-day. His whole thinking and feeling was
    • upon the kingdoms of the Earth that were round about him
    • of his connection with the kingdoms of the Ether. He felt
    • animal kingdom. And the human being felt himself within all
    • spoke in Stuttgart and of whom I am speaking to you again here,
    • earlier incarnations. And now, as the origin of the kingdoms of
    • Ephesus. And now this working together was able to continue
    • From 336 King of Macedonia. Died in Babylon.].
    • understand, as I explained in Stuttgart, all that was working
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • the times when all these things were taking place, we must look
    • working of the Sun in the Cosmos, and how its working is
    • influence of the Sun-statue, is because other forces, working
    • in from other corners of the Cosmos, ‘mummify’ this working of
    • us, or from the experience of our ears can tell the working of
    • speaking goes a wave-like surging and seething of the whole
    • to him through the experience of speech into the working of the
    • whom we have been speaking. Verily it was as though a torrent
    • kingdoms. Underlying his Song of Alexander, there was this
    • Earth the kingdoms of the elemental beings.’ How different from
    • described — the entry of the Nature-elemental kingdoms,
    • fine and delicate workings, that Alexander was perfectly able
    • looking from Macedonia, towards Siberia — men had the
    • and said: There I feel the Water-Spirits working upon the
    • manner of speaking that was as closely bound up with the
    • and mighty change that was taking place in the world's
    • have therefore to see in these events the working of a
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • Through all that the human being learned concerning the working
    • of the elementary spirits in Nature, and the working of the
    • growing up, being changed, taking on different shapes and forms
    • the animal kingdom and the plant kingdom. In relation to the
    • plant kingdom he was the bearer, who bore the seed to the Earth
    • the Gods. In relation to the animal kingdom he felt as though
    • Some experience or other could perhaps only be found by making
    • brought to man a vivid sense of his relation to the kingdoms of
    • went through, making himself ripe, by sacrifice and devotion,
    • of the astral light is, comparatively speaking, easy for one
    • Greece was however gradually working herself free from the
    • civilisation and taking on more and more the character of a
    • can see this taking place. In the dramas of Æschylus we
    • impulse working in them all, — to tear mankind away from
    • his idea of making an expedition into Asia, going as far as it
    • hitherto bound the people. He permeates the kingdom of Persia
    • all this we see two elements interworking; one that had gone,
    • Looking across to the East and letting our imagination be fired
    • by the tremendous events that we see taking place, we are able
    • you, it will give you a true insight into the hidden workings
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • passes between death and a new birth, and looking only at its
    • beholding them in the several kingdoms of Nature. He was able,
    • What remained was a looking back. In the time, however, of
    • stupendous change is again taking place.
    • suggestively on men, making it possible for them to behold the
    • opposition to the working of these beings. For what was it they
    • that speaking lives as intensely in the whole human being as do
    • the art of speaking; thinking was all that mattered. The
    • There is, in truth, a wonderful interworking in all these
    • fruitless undertakings are fraught with deep significance for
    • asleep to important events that are taking place in the
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Soul is taking place, and it is an age that is
    • working in all the kingdoms of Nature work in the human being;
    • kingdoms of Nature. In modern times however there is no longer
    • Earth, it has weight. We discover other forces working in the
    • distance — comparatively speaking — away from the
    • unmeasured distances forces work upon the Earth, working
    • working in everywhere towards the centre of the Earth. It is
    • to the working of the entire Cosmos.
    • disorganisation, the breaking down of the albumen cannot go far
    • the oak in order to get help in the breaking down of its
    • Here we can gain an insight into a strange working of Nature.
    • But this same working is present in Nature in other places too.
    • sucking in the juice, and then, having gone into the beehive,
    • circumference, working, as ethereal-astral forces, and building
    • the human being we may see working together, first of all the
    • understand them when you know that in them are working together
    • lung to the too strongly working etheric forces, then you will
    • search the whole kingdom of the plants to discover something
    • possibility of speaking about the healthy and the diseased
    • the relationship of the human being to the surrounding kingdoms
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • ritual at the very time when it was taking place physically
    • so. I am not speaking in mere pictures. I am relating a
    • receive within you the mineral kingdom and transform it, you
    • to continue working in the spirit of the Goetheanum with the
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • least most of them were still thinking only a short time ago,
    • men. A kind of revolution is taking place in the Cosmos, the
    • that must be working in what is now to go out from Dornach must
    • Fundamentally speaking, it was this that was demanded by the
    • waking consciousness were to be seen. In our present time, when
    • souls who in waking consciousness lack the strength to approach
    • consciousness then prevailing — in the waking state
    • they would feel on awakening: I am incapable of thinking,
    • a time. During waking life souls would have no inkling of the
    • ideas in their future earthly life; and all thinking, all
    • speaking as he did, Dr. Zeylmans also indicated what attitude
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • The wise Heads of Kings.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • and waking up; that is, the sleeping condition. Of course,
    • world, I told you in yesterday's lecture that in his waking
    • man by day; in his waking condition there only comes to his
    • to sleep until waking up, or, let us say, if he became conscious
    • Although throughout the whole of man's working
    • this consciously during the waking condition; and that constitutes
    • the deception in man's waking condition. He remains aware only of
    • is the essential — that throughout the waking condition man
    • time there is working into his Ego those Beings of the third
    • Imaginative Consciousness when we so experience our thinking that,
    • because, from the moment of sleeping until waking he is permeated
    • member of all humanity, we are generally speaking, already far more
    • going to sleep until waking up, the reality of man's ego and astral
    • waking condition, the state of affairs at the present cycle of tine
    • ourselves above the deception which belongs to the working of our
    • by reason of the forces working through our present epoch of time,
    • effective working of Christ Jesus (and of this we shall speak
    • working at the present time, they are acquiring reality in
    • If man in the waking condition could perceive
    • Mystery of Golgotha, man in his waking condition stood in a more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • at all with our thinking into the spiritual world. It is
    • organism, We shall never grasp the working of consciousness
    • what we have destroyed during our waking life of thought may
    • to believe that man's waking life is to be compared with life
    • waking life — with the Christ Impulse — that this
    • signifies a conscious union with the waking Earth-spirit. It
    • mighty Earth-being sleeps and wakes, taking the whole year
    • outside this figure; in waking life, however, we must picture
    • processes It is an inner working at one's own organism and,
    • strictly speaking, lies at the root of all works of human
    • speaking, we do this in all works of art. We do just the same
    • have a true idea of what the waking consciousness brings
    • being. We are wrong in thinking that the man lies there with
    • express in a few words the feeling of this working and
    • consciousness of the earth, the waking earth-life, in the
    • since the Mystery of Golgotha, we do this by taking the
    • life is the expression of the thinking, feeling and
    • perception of the waking Earth-spirit. But we must think of
    • thinking, especially of what it is thinking during winter,
    • within the thinking of the earth, in all that weaves and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • our physical body in the waking state whenever we wish to
    • people strive again and again after this, asking: What is the
    • seeking the unitary principle of the world.
    • belongs to the head, we must, even if we are merely speaking
    • significance, for fundamentally speaking, in our present
    • various kingdoms of the earth; whereas head-clairvoyance
    • see all this working, constructing, and creating of the
    • I especially mentioned there, that our thinking
    • we develop a thinking freed from the body. On that occasion,
    • We must say to ourselves: Our thinking ceases, and our head
    • thinking, and it is therefore not surprising when this love
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • without taking the time to announce him in the proper manner.
    • “every working force and seed.”
    • the animal kingdom, on to man, to history, and even to the
    • all the kingdoms of nature up to God. He then did this in a
    • this. And thus, a profound longing to perceive “every working
    • lacking in skill as a lawyer. That was by no means the case. He
    • not at all lacking as an attorney. When lawyers these days
    • taking up history and becoming acquainted with it. The way in
    • in a vital way into the silent working and weaving of the world
    • He wished to study the connections within the plant kingdom and
    • speaking about him, for many this Goethe period belongs to the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • am taking, although I really wish to discuss something that is
    • he was five, making him an imbecile. Anyone who traces the
    • but is more diffuse, it does not appear so strikingly. Anyone, however,
    • things, as I might call it, without taking hold of them
    • lacking. In accordance with his individuality, he had to write
    • non-working persons living on their private incomes who are
    • fact is not that we sleep because we are tired, but waking and
    • of sleeping and waking stands. It is a reproduction within the
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking must be drawn from the cosmos,
    • the morning thinking he is unchanged from what he was when he
    • the same upon waking as we were when we fell asleep but, as a
    • inner impulse just as the rhythm of waking and sleeping reveals
    • individual human being. In the last analysis, the laws working
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • ego. In explaining the alternation between waking and sleeping,
    • we say that in the waking state the ego and astral body are
    • speaking generally, sleeping and waking are really a sort of
    • cyclic movement. Strictly speaking, the ego and astral body are
    • indeed, during sleep, when the ego and astral body are working
    • the head in the waking state is exerted upon the rest of the
    • relationships are lessened during the waking life of day. They
    • Taking
    • sleeping and waking. Thus, you will not be surprised when the
    • about that so little is known of that vivid state of waking
    • system and that in the waking state the possibility is given to
    • waking life between his soul-spiritual and his organic-physical
    • loosening of the etheric body influences the entire waking life
    • relationships during the waking state with his spinal cord
    • was taking his direction from his trainer and followed nothing
    • light, working everywhere, even through the animal kingdom. In
    • abstract thinking whatever, but only through the succession of
    • it strange how closely actual thinking is approached and
    • indication through an equally slight sound, like the clicking
    • system, are greatly impaired during the waking life of day. But
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • quite shortsighted in their thinking, usually assume that
    • waking state. At that time the aura of the earth is permeated,
    • ponders the outer universe, just as we men, while in the waking
    • that is, the fine manner of speaking so much admired today,
    • there they are in spiritual science talking about many spirits
    • even though the one working at the vice is unconscious of them.
    • thinking would be tantamount to a woman's arguing that men had
    • the experience of working people these days. In the new age,
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • his life. He comes now to the King's palace and produces paper
    • position in life. So far as her daily thinking and feeling are
    • very region where present preconceptions are working in a
    • present thinking tends strongly to take its directions, since
    • place in a person's conscious life from waking until sleeping
    • consciously during our waking life belongs largely to the
    • falling asleep to that of waking, and this often influences our
    • I will introduce here because I am speaking of vocational life in
    • father and his son. They are walking together and, after the
    • in which I was walking by the lake over there and in my dream I asked
    • these four strings of life may interplay in many ways, making
    • of his life. I refer to what is there taking solid form; not
    • astral body manifests itself in a special way by working back
    • working of vocational karma.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thinking of the present, and even though many of us suppose we
    • have attained to unprejudiced thinking, it is always well to be
    • especially the unprejudiced character of our thinking. Before
    • without taking into consideration that what appears in the form
    • while he was working on his report, the market changed, as
    • am speaking is no longer alive — he produced a very
    • societies had a way of dealing with human characters by taking
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • vocation through the vague and unconscious working of certain
    • thereby making us a copy of our preceding vocation. In the
    • rather than taking fantastic ideas as truths — fantastic
    • Naturally, we are here looking out over wide perspectives, but
    • himself or herself in a connection with what is taking place
    • taking on the nature of China. As you can deduce from the
    • significant fact that the age is taking on a certain character
    • also give the impression that he is speaking from profound
    • our circles much.” Most of the occultists who were working with
    • truth as their objective but are really seeking quite different
    • discontinuity in his thinking. He is one of those people who
    • direction. There are, indeed, many individuals working as
    • the present distressing conditions. Right thinking about it
    • bourgeois nothingness. The Chinese way of thinking is the final
    • thinking.
    • thinking? Why may we not expect that the so-called most
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • truth as it meets us in life with the one-sided thinking about
    • had a dream in which he saw himself walking over burning coals
    • without thanking him. He became fairly prosperous but not
    • taught Gustav Adolf, who later became the king of Sweden —
    • refrain from speaking my mind. For twenty years now, and indeed
    • and also of everyone who might support me in such undertakings,
    • Grace, as if I were seeking for support without a corresponding
    • the dream where he was walking over glowing coals and ashes.
    • that much knowledge is lacking in what many think. They
    • example of right thinking about the question of heredity. It is
    • certainly impossible to think correctly of it without taking
    • highest point — of materialistic thinking, feeling, and
    • with this materialistic thinking, and we shall still have to
    • may also be seen on certain occasions making use of whatever
    • while looking into the face of the one under whose nose he held
    • of all. But I saw so many decent working class couples here
    • knowing what has been working at the bottom of it before it has
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • and so forth; we speak of these kingdoms of the higher
    • mineral, and elemental kingdoms within the earthly world. It is
    • the super-sensible world to the kingdoms of the human being, and
    • to the higher kingdoms that tower upward from below just as the
    • other kingdoms descend from above downward. The individual
    • ascends into the kingdoms of the angels, archangels, archai,
    • really looking only to an angel. If you examine all the
    • archangels and angels — then comes man, the animal kingdom,
    • the plant kingdom and the mineral kingdom.
    • this, believing on the contrary that he is looking up to God,
    • while really not looking up even to an archangel, he deadens
    • boundless pride that they are speaking of God, whereas they are
    • speaking only of an angel, and incompletely at that. In the
    • period of time. When we are talking about an individual's
    • is lacking in our age for a real view of the world, capable of
    • impossible when a person is really speaking of Christ. So the
    • making speeches here and there about these things and that what
    • ancient times because in speaking with words we must speak with
    • He is a real power. Now, while we are speaking about karma, we
    • believe that today's science is capable of thinking of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Taking
    • this looking up to an ancestor in ancient times? In those most
    • between waking and sleeping such as was universal in the
    • angel more, even making him often somewhat more egoistic than
    • earth into his spiritual kingdom. He had no interest in the
    • “Thinking is the true communion of humanity,”
    • knew very well in my youth, is again in the process of seeking
    • spiritual things. He is not seeking them in spiritual science
    • neutral person not taking sides with any of these opposite
    • book. As I said, I am speaking in this supplement to our
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • forces, working into the present time. And to understand what
    • is working anywhere nowadays it will become increasingly
    • own that they are thinking of a great world machinery.
    • forces of this great world machinery is ruling and working;
    • speaking, simply as a kind of glowing ball in universal
    • who were thinking at the time of the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • Mystery of the Sun, making mankind forget this mystery, not
    • instance, they have today applied their way of thinking,
    • present time, are talking utter nonsense about their own
    • believe that they are talking, have talked, more
    • reflection that they are simply talking nonsense — pure
    • between sound thinking and the thinking of the times.
    • to follow the same theme that he used in speaking to his
    • the kingdoms of mineral, plant, animal and man; look at all
    • looking for the seeds of the real future of the world where
    • them in any other creation or any other kingdom. But before
    • spirit — saw through the kingdoms the cosmic All. If we
    • they saw Sun and Moon, air and water, the various kingdoms.
    • human organisation, with the human kingdom. It is literally
    • saying: Just listen: So and so has been speaking quite
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • waking conditions. One definitely cannot say that the
    • other diagram of waking man saying: when physical man is
    • waking and sleeping man.
    • these formative principles will be working at their full
    • already known. There is a beautiful saga concerning King
    • becomes conscious during sleep. What today man has as waking
    • look within on all your memories you are actually looking at
    • ego sense, and the senses of thinking, speech, hearing,
    • suppose we have to note down as senses: hearing, speaking,
    • thinking, the ego-sense, and the senses of warmth, balance,
    • the interchange of day and night in his waking and sleeping,
    • might say ego-sense, sense of thinking, speech and so on.
    • by the concepts that are working in historical life.
    • years they have been thinking a tremendous deal. We can
    • gather up what they have been thinking for two hundred years,
    • about the various ideals, men have been thinking during these
    • quite different, by the thoughts that have been working and
    • In recent years people have been breaking each others heads
    • this head-breaking but have left those alone who have looked
    • abstract way to avoid the breaking of heads. Thus in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • is something in them for which men should be seeking a
    • sense in speaking of Helios, the soul-Sun, or for that matter
    • anyone accepts when taking as his authority modern physics,
    • there is nothing there I am not speaking quite
    • instrument of the soul-life, of the thinking. The reverse is
    • brain and imagine we are looking at the soul-life of an
    • behind, checking itself, not so well able to enter, held up
    • of liking and disliking which I should have to give to the
    • all this ultimately of which we have been speaking but an
    • without reference to this world, means that we are speaking
    • are not talking of what lives in man between death and a new
    • between death and a new birth we live with the kingdoms of
    • a week, perhaps, we shall be speaking of them) shall we
    • sense in speaking of this figure only if we have first spoken
    • know everything that is working together in these souls, how
    • the higher hierarchies are working together on these souls.
    • There is no sense in speaking of this figure if our gaze is
    • yesterday and about which I shall be talking further in these
    • possibility of thus speaking was lost. And gradually the
    • (for those whose thinking is sound, it is amusing) in which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • Eurythmy, the Visual Expression of the Speaking Soul,
    • Eurythmy, the Visual Expression of the Speaking Soul,
    • evolving a theory, but only of making myself clear.
    • the individual, making him or a group of individuals into a
    • with difficulty was quite negligible, the remainder taking
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • of the mineral kingdom; at most understanding something of
    • of our present age tends absolutely towards making this
    • developing its own economic thinking. The East would come
    • actually cultivating the soil, of working upon the immediate
    • the East by the West in an economic way. That means making
    • working-man, of world phenomena. There what rests an the
    • So it has come about that this way of thinking, which is
    • march of this Aestheticising making itself felt, especially
    • of thinking, the inner soul-constitution of the Bethmann and
    • Ludendorf way of thinking, and those human beings who guided
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • only with ideas concerning the natural world, man is making
    • deeply into the material world that he is no longer speaking
    • thinking. Man is becoming a kind of automaton in the
    • altogether. Looking at clouds, mountains, rivers, at the
    • that surrounds us in the mineral and plant kingdoms, and to a
    • certain extent also, in the animal kingdom, but apart
    • Past. When we look at Nature we are looking at
    • something which represents the spiritual Past, we are looking
    • concepts, man has been making his inner being empty and void.
    • And to what end has he been making himself empty? It is in
    • highest kingdom of Nature are the point from which the Divine
    • speaking, the element we speak of in a representative sense
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • The wise kings' heads.
    • By thinking
    • hierarchies by making the salutation more abstract. He wanted this
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • to what extent it is valuable as a foodstuff, would be making a curious
    • of which they are fully conscious. The forces that are weaving and working
    • itself? It is true that during the 18th century a loose kind of thinking
    • over into another sphere of working altogether.
    • sphere of working. I beg you to take this truth in the deepest earnestness.
    • knowledge we acquire without making it a holy offering to the evolutionary
    • the teachings of Spiritual Science, nor of making them into a body of
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • evident — from the moment of waking up to the moment of
    • which we can study our waking life and all that it
    • we do not only live in the world during our waking condition,
    • and we look back without really thinking about it into
    • obvious to our ordinary way of thinking that we must be
    • very elementary development of the thinking forces. Oriental
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep, he felt
    • different way of thinking.
    • before you schematically. In the waking human being, the Ego
    • vicinity of the head. Strictly speaking, when we are asleep,
    • without speaking metaphorically, that in the most remote epochs
    • waking up, the human being thus found in his head the deeds of
    • gods. And when he then lived through his waking life and was
    • essentially speaking, they had the same thoughts, feelings and
    • from his sleep, because on waking, his fully developed senses
    • during his waking condition, because his senses were not
    • Now, however, a time came — speaking generally, in the
    • really have to admit that this is the way of thinking of the
    • during his waking life man's own natural development no
    • will lie the possibility of breaking away from the forces
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • earth's mineral kingdom; let us look upon everything
    • consciousness which forms part of the mineral kingdom. We
    • we study the vegetable kingdom from the standpoint of
    • kingdom as a whole is an independent being in respect to the
    • kingdom which develops upon the earth. The laws which govern
    • consciousness of the vegetable kingdom of the whole earth,
    • kingdom. In the height of summer the vegetable kingdom
    • external physical development. The vegetable kingdom is then
    • earth-consciousness pertaining to the mineral kingdom and the
    • vegetable kingdom have ONE consciousness; that is to say, the
    • thinking consciousness of the vegetable world (of the WHOLE
    • vegetable kingdom, not of single plants) is far more limited;
    • vegetable kingdom becomes aware of the secrets of the stars, it
    • when all human thinking developed under the influence of the
    • development of the vegetable and mineral Kingdoms during the
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • and from there over again into the waking state, we see that on one
    • on the other side ego and astral organism. Though in waking state these
    • first have to make it clear to yourself, while looking at this large
    • But, while looking at the large red surface, during this time, the red
    • this wants to go. There is always a tendency like that taking place,
    • four times slower pace of the head has in its working all that which
    • it, so that the act of striking from outside will be sufficiently fastened.
    • kidney system works very fast and brings its inner working to the etheric,
    • will show. What is working there, what basically is a thrust pulsated
    • coming from the head is working, that wants to slow down these processes,
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • animal, plant, and also partly from the mineral kingdom. But what man
    • we receive it ordinarily — at best prepared by cooking
    • way the whole process is taking place. By taking articles of food into
    • outer surrounding, from the animal kingdom. But by eating it man drives
    • organism from the animal or plant kingdom, has to be thoroughly killed,
    • In our cooking we accomplish
    • in there the forces of,the astral body are working. This is then something
    • not working in us, which maintains us through the astral body within
    • higher animal kingdom, not with the lower animals, not even the gallic
    • if it is working too strongly. I had said, the ether body might be all
    • right;, but let us assume now, that it is working too strongly. If this
    • condition and the astral body working too strong the kidney is not engaged
    • enough. What is radiating across, because the astral body is working
    • too strongly, will be claimed by it without the kidney working along
    • not working together in the right way.
    • is stimulated too strongly, so that really everything that is working
    • it can also be that the plastic activity of the kidney, is working too
    • ourselves to looking at a God who is separate, but instead follow God
    • It is so, that the kidney also develops an activity of thinking. The
    • particular that kind of thinking which has also played a direct role
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • it in this way: in him death is fighting. And making well one regarded
    • forces are working. Therefore one prepared these or other plants by
    • always was asking: what does one have to do regarding the ether body?
    • light comes from the plant kingdom. This we do not take up at all any
    • But all that is there in the animal and plant kingdom becomes something
    • one takes something out of the mineral kingdom. It does not matter if
    • especially in the plant kingdom.
    • transition from a mere looking at the darkness in substances —
    • today — to an imaginative way of looking, by “striking the
    • making a diagnosis of, let us say, an enlargement of the heart. He does
    • question of looking at what the finished organ is, since it simply is
    • are making a row — and now the tools for instruction are making
    • Fichte had something of an inkling beforehand of this in making the
    • of his Faust. It was really provoking for Goethe, of course! So one
    • of the West — or taking the trouble to adjust ourselves to the
    • The plants were, so to speak, drinking the cosmos light and man in turn
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic thinking and feeling, on the earth became more
    • these things in their seeing, speaking and thinking. The
    • aims of Eurhythmy, not just superficially seeking sensation,
    • (naturally you must take this in the right way, I am speaking
    • gradually into their language, into their speaking into their
    • thinking something written over from the abstract to the
    • Where then is the concrete thinking,
    • or where in the whole world is there any concrete thinking,
    • conception of the right? Let us examine the matter by taking
    • means of such things that one can succeed in linking concrete
    • the fifteenth century. But this thinking in imagery has been
    • thrown overboard. We must once more cultivate this making of
    • conventional use of words. Who today in speaking of
    • adjective is much better than the noun. I'm speaking much
    • speaking of it for the most part, everything significant is
    • one speaking concretely the only possible conception is that
    • be speaking of spirit, spirit, spirit. Take the word
    • to think of Spiritus, spirits of wine: in thinking
    • will again support imaginative thinking. Through forming
    • should be made a practice so that in speaking one begins to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • People become more and more different in their thinking,
    • and farther afield making enormous demands of the people.
    • to abstract, unimaginative thinking. What must be evolved
    • Furche (furrow) we make in walking over the ground;
    • beings walking about on the physical earth, but with men
    • that language is a mere medium for making oneself understood.
    • consideration in it as a means of making themselves
    • speaks of a table he means a chair, or when speaking of a
    • merely as a means of making ourselves mutually understood is
    • others so that no one knows what the other is thinking. You
    • other is not thinking! Well now — we understand each
    • life because we happened to be speaking human beings; but we
    • speaking we are simply producing sound-gestures, hinting at
    • have been speaking, men must, if they are to evolve
    • light he was taking in: this feeling was an experience in
    • what man today holds to be most essential. For on looking
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • must above all be borne in mind as a particularly striking fact at present
    • modern thought is taking, within the limits, that is to say, of what
    • still taking the standpoint that must be taken in Spiritual Science.
    • that has an extraordinary way of hoodwinking the modern thinker. It
    • shining lights of protestant theology in Berlin strictly speaking in
    • has schooled his thinking to the point of being able to grasp the whole
    • The curious thing is, however, that the abstract concept is not lacking
    • thinking back to the most elementary, the most instinctive perception
    • happening. It has to draw attention to what is now taking place in the
    • all conceptions enabling them to direct this conceiving, this thinking,
    • To make thinking in accordance
    • him? It actually takes him back into the animal kingdom. And this explains
    • images with the spiritual, by taking up the spiritual into our
    • him of sinking back to the animal. When man in primitive culture epochs
    • the animal. Strictly speaking man is thoroughly unobservant about his
    • all the warm-blooded animals. I was walking once with a university man
    • man would really arrive finally at thinking differently about himself
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • world, making it necessary at present for man to take a new standpoint
    • taking into account all the prejudice belonging to certain religious
    • Pantheism that is forever talking of how behind the outspread world
    • today of making man capable of being permeated with the Holy Spirit.
    • in his acting, thinking, feeling, and that because the Holy Ghost is
    • working in him the practice of certain virtues becomes easy which otherwise
    • Rome. And it in widely recognised that anyone thinking differently about
    • St. John of the Cross, admits the possibility of God Himself taking
    • and cast its shell. And by then taking beliefs which has nothing to
    • today all thinking men are candidates. This exactly represents the progress
    • thinking men—in the actual sense of John of the Cross one turns
    • evil that would come were man to throw back the breaking wave of the
    • cosmic lrws in any case in the unconscious, is taking place in the soul
    • God Iho is working. ( within the soul, that is to
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • For you certainly know that taking earthly evolution as a whole it divides
    • new relations are making their way into mankind's evolution. I have
    • the surrounding world in the mineral kingdom, plant kingdom, animal
    • kingdom and in his own human kingdom. This is what is visible around
    • man. And in the visible human kingdom there is played out what comes
    • side man can look upon the mineral kingdom and the plant kingdom; on
    • the other side he can look on the animal kingdom and the kingdom of
    • man himself. Both—mineral kingdom and plant kingdom as well as
    • human kingdom and animal kingdom—unveil themselves to him in such
    • of the way in which on the one hand the mineral kingdom and plant kingdom,
    • and on the other hand the animal kingdom and human kingdom reveal themselves
    • unwilling to go into all the doubts which arise from observing the kingdoms
    • the mineral and plant kingdoms, as well as in our view of the connection
    • with the animal and human kingdoms. Unconsciously men already have,
    • pressing on so that they come to this change. I am speaking in Imaginations,
    • looking at the mineral and plant kingdoms with this transformed power
    • people just get frightened. When such knowledge is acquired, on looking
    • at the mineral and plant kingdoms, one always experiences something
    • as if in a vivid feeling what is living in the mineral and plant kingdoms.
    • kingdom and the kingdom of man, there is always a sensation that can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • We have been speaking of
    • arises above all about this is why so many people today avoid making
    • far less liking today for sound human understanding than people imagine,
    • in mind our entire life in its alternating states of sleeping and waking.
    • to sleep and waking up again: (Compare Z-233) we do not know it, however,
    • the same things to begin with in which we are when making use of our
    • just from the external facts to gather what I have been speaking of.
    • Now in that I am going to say I am not speaking here to you individually,
    • to as the thinking about nature and natural phenomena. It is on this
    • to be active. Thus in social life there are always taking place between
    • clear thinking about these things is sent to sleep simply by men being
    • whether these, while thinking out their so-called social and political
    • making an objection. You will say: Yes, on earth matters are so arranged
    • to succeed in making all mankind into one family; whoever wanted this
    • it is not only physical sound speaking but the divine spiritual being
    • when speaking of such things as these, for the simple reason that people
    • stage not only of taking things materialistically in accordance with
    • science, but also of taking life itself materialistically confounding
    • men. To be sure, speaking of these things today, people believe one
    • really strikingly conspicuous, at times even taking grotesque forms.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • into harmony with the working of the Jahve God. The whole tragedy of
    • kingdom is in fact indicated, in which are the good and the evil and
    • this is rather different from the Kingdom of Nature. It may be said
    • man in that he was thinking about himself was nearer the divine not
    • taking place inwardly in mankind, he would have had to says mankind
    • then for earth to give mankind. In other words looking to Golgotha and
    • For what strictly speaking
    • the path of those seeking initiation in the Ancient pagan mysteries.
    • the external social structure for mankind. Christ became a special King,
    • be described as seeking a personal relation to Christ Jesus in contrast
    • the kingdom of ideas. When he spoke of ideas, it was not to the abstract
    • forth from his intimate inmost being because Goethe is so honestly seeking
    • does not grip the heart. what can modern man do if he wishes to awaking
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • this force, for making oneself acquainted with the spiritual world by
    • outer form. It would be shocking prejudice to think that English civilisation
    • is working with all its power to bring to naught, to
    • him in the studies he was then making concerning the spread of mid-European
    • to be the spiritual king not only of mid-Europe but of all mankind.
    • lengths to serve as herald, had it been a question of making Goethe
    • king of all earthly culture. But neither can one get free of the other
    • the task of our time is to find the way back to Goethe. Strictly speaking
    • making every effort to model, to form the human, to work out of the
    • finds in them the thread to which to hold when seeking that way. There
    • has done. Goethe would have nothing to do with the abstract thinking
    • who really could give Goethe what was lacking in the intimate circle
    • case of Linnaeus, but, Goethe needed the possibility of taking from
    • which enables the bridge to be built from the kingdom of the physical
    • world of the senses to the kingdom of the superphysical; and between
    • supersensible kingdom may be experienced.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • representation of that which is of a spiritual nature, was lacking in
    • a certain intellectual thinking, an intellectual feeling concerning
    • with the sense of something new making its way into the development
    • about these things, but this evening we will begin by making a survey
    • way of thinking. This does not imply that the form of an organic being
    • quite originally and elementally, out of the intuitive thinking.
    • a natural organism, he then possesses a kind of thinking which is able
    • the lobe of his ear; if you have the right intuitive thinking and feeling,
    • On the line dividing the two will be the speaking-desk, on both sides
    • on the one hand it is an instrument for thinking and on the other hand
    • arches which can only be understood by organic structural thinking.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that the law of change from Saturn to Sun is an inward law whose workings
    • can be seen. This inner law whose workings can be seen has been expressed
    • sinking from every-day consciousness into dreams we cannot sufficiently
    • and where possible avoid thinking, which is so very exhausting, when
    • we are following our everyday concerns, cooking or tending machines
    • for a shaking-up and not less for a becoming more aware than in ordinary
    • that it is exactly with regard to the things that are at present working
    • speaking of the paintings in the cupola, to speak more of many things
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, especially in the art of painting must make itself felt. This
    • produces in the seeking man. You see it brought to expression especially
    • seeking few men as yet are conscious. Since the 15th century we have
    • freedom. self-consciousness. Humanity can only do this by breaking adrift
    • he who to-day is not himself dead as regards his seeking, finds in the
    • seeking of these principles an incentive to what makes man free but
    • Hero you see the seeking man, who to-day is under the impress, under
    • Trinity is to be understood: Death, the Seeking Man and the young Child
    • indeed our powers of thinking because we continually bear the forces
    • for the purpose of thinking to penetrate our whole organism we should
    • you must give up asking inartistic questions. When an artist paints
    • here wholly lacking.
    • here we are shown how man is seeking the state of equilibrium between
    • the point of view of the spirit: man is continually seeking the balance
    • is always seeking the balance between these two conditions, and we may
    • undertake the,risk of making it known to and understood by those to
    • to-day without taking up the impulses which come to us from this knowledge
    • which is fermenting and working in humanity, and the moment one occupies
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • the further working of its impulses was something very
    • looking back to the ancient magic, to an older type of
    • self-knowledge; seeking the spirit within itself.
    • particular moment. Those who know the workings of the deeply
    • on working, and now they influence an action of Faust's which
    • sinking lower.
    • of sense, thinking, because he has an astral body. Faust
    • is rising higher but he is sinking lower.
    • and the physical body are working together in him, through
    • these impulses prevail, for the external barking of the dog
    • him, and by making use of the living force of what dwells
    • truth, are working, and now he sees himself with a clearness
    • — and represented also by his final waking. Then Goethe
    • short passage, and we may be sure that many seeking spiritual
    • “The King's crown should be of
    • by hunger. Throw hire the body of the King that he may
    • certain process. “King” is a name given to a
    • Wolf”, and the other the “Golden King”,
    • devoured the King. ...” It comes about, therefore,
    • mountains, is amalgamated with the Golden King, a certain
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • irony. The underlying idea of linking this scene with the
    • calamity, Faust is to be seen full of vigour walking with
    • may be objected, no doubt, that is asking too much of us to
    • just thinking out something about spiritual worlds and their
    • speaking thus to a large congregation, for he himself
    • strange-looking individual with a pale face moving towards
    • before the other, but making himself glide forward. —
    • For this deeper element Faust is seeking
    • making use of the luciferic arts at his disposal, but how
    • given an accurate picture by Goethe of a scene taking place
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • spirits of men were seeking with infinite enthusiasm for
    • mind of men like Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, when I'm talking
    • pit-goers, looking there, as Goethe imagined it, for
    • Faust has lived, while Homunculus traverses all the kingdoms
    • away by abstract thinking and the desire to live in abstract
    • Mocking itself, not knowing what befalls it.”
    • where Homunculus is speaking to Mephistopheles, by some
    • soul doing while the animal is digesting? The soul is taking
    • processes taking place within her, but truly, though all that
    • have to draw the processes taking place between the stomach
    • is lacking, on the other hand we have the inevitable parallel
    • when men talk so, they are indeed not talking of anything
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • poets, in speaking of the Mysteries, refer to those who were
    • into regions, into kingdoms, that Goethe thought to be like
    • that kingdom of the Mothers into which the initiate into the
    • however, by an external cause end not by gradual painstaking
    • Mephistopheles, the force of evil working into the physical,
    • anthroposophical circles, are seeking knowledge of the
    • that takes place through the interworking of the cosmos with
    • embryo. That is not so. A working of the cosmic forces of the
    • those forces that, working down out of the cosmos, prepare
    • has the feeling that an unknown kingdom is making its
    • still working — working on into our own time. And those
    • prompter's box making his insinuations from there.
    • flowed into modern history, were already there, were working.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • Looking into
    • fundamentally speaking, was after all but a faint repetition
    • Faust sees the picture in the magic looking-glass. Faust, as
    • Witches' Kitchen, in the magic looking-glass, Faust is to a
    • magic looking-glass in the Witches' Kitchen. You can perceive
    • his Thinking. The ‘Classico-romantic
    • king Proteus was ruling. Slaves who had escaped from Paris'
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • of the nineteenth century there have been working among human
    • speaking.
    • working in a magical way, — it was the descendants of
    • by Paris are accomplished by something taking place in the
    • Goddesses with the conflict that is taking place among them.
    • working of the Dark Powers since the, last third of the
    • you can tell from the whole context; the seeking of social
    • certain. This preparation, this making-ready, can, however,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • taking place and the lecture can therefore be independent of
    • wish to stress the fact that I shall not be speaking from the
    • We should discover the working-together, the mutual relations,
    • As I said before, I am not speaking to-night from the
    • surrounding us in the kingdoms of nature can combine to form
    • works. This is a heroic undertaking before which any other
    • knowledge of the kingdoms of nature. And that is actually the
    • feeling, thinking and willing as men, but we really only know
    • lies at the root of his taking Faust to Greece, of his
    • course than the ordinary life of waking consciousness. This
    • conscious, waking life in which our bright ideas run round,
    • springs than do his waking moments.
    • world-order is different from what it is in ordinary waking
    • us to perceive the difference between the life in waking
    • the point of view of our waking consciousness, we speak here
    • world out of which dreams are working, there are no such
    • are with our waking consciousness, no longer have meaning, As
    • asleep and waking. With our physical body we could not
    • asleep to waking, and out of it spring dreams.
    • is quite unlike the world we see today during our waking hours
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • making of man's being than can be known or fathomed either by
    • experiences in waking, life, between waking and falling
    • themselves to know a little more about waking. If they would
    • would find that, during this waking time, they do a great
    • between waking and sleeping is really only apparent. We might
    • say that not only do men dream during their waking hours,
    • things. As we all know, we are in a genuinely waking
    • Sleep-life projects itself into waking life. We could be far
    • evoking all kinds of images as they come and go, ideas that
    • his waking life, very often there are moments when he
    • thinking power, with which rightly to follow their daily
    • waking life, few are able to set the right value on
    • intellectual thinking, and yielding conclusions beyond the
    • totally different, from the experiences of waking life. We
    • in just one case as to how far dream-life differs from waking
    • people were the same in waking life as they are in dreams.
    • you speak, for speaking is only learnt in waking day life,
    • this were continued into waking life. You see, it is the
    • consciousness. That is all covered up in waking
    • man would never attain the ego-conscious thinking he is to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • thinking where natural science is concerned is precisely what
    • thinking. He took a peep through the prism; the wall was
    • this lies some kind of working together of super imposed
    • matter of any theory. Darkness and lightness are working
    • And he was looking for something of the same kind in the life
    • is willing to apply thinking only for assembling phenomena in
    • organization was such that while looking into things thus his
    • used by him that in looking at it thus he is not deluded by a
    • theories and hpotheses — for in the realm of thinking
    • phenomena but theories and hypotheses — and seeking to
    • thinking is developed, it is not possible today to unite the
    • the phenomena; it means making merely a useful servant of
    • thinking, but not letting it interfere in results. Where
    • conception — and death. And by looking on one side into
    • reflected in the other; that is to say, instead of seeking to
    • that were already being prepared in Goethe's way of thinking
    • thinking works with tremendous reality and in accordance with
    • which had been working in him since his childhood. It was
    • the sun with a burning glass, making it light his candle. He
    • the sense of the theory of metamorphoses through thinking of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • special significance in foresaking the land and sailing out
    • this is not said in any belittling sense — by making
    • of soul and spirit where, between falling asleep and waking,
    • origin and evolution of mankind. Thus, by evoking from the
    • abstract concepts, and taking them for symbols. the more you
    • whoever wishes to understand the sometimes grotesque looking
    • when so speaking? That is why very modern and sceptical minds
    • talking, even if it is about the spirit. Follow what is said
    • becomes free, even during the waking condition. Only, a man
    • active of the forces of nature — then we are speaking of
    • that can be created artistically, out of what is working in
    • — the waking world of day, and the world that is
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • that the Greek felt when thinking of his Kabiri in
    • echoed in his own feeling. He expresses all this by making
    • applied, the same laws that he himself was tracking down. And
    • her he is making one look back from the superphysical to the
    • Homunculus-Homo problem by looking across to the
    • these elements overpower what is here taking place. And it
    • physical waking existence. These forces are identical. Every
    • over us unperceived. The holy mystery of waking is
    • concerning this waking. It may be understood in imagination
    • world, towards making a Homo of Homunculus, is dashed to
    • wished to do; the moment of waking has to be brought about so
    • making him wake to life in Greek reality.
    • penetrating the art of the south, of making the spirit of
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and willing; sometimes it partakes more of thinking
    • consider the one pole of forming ideas, thinking, and then
    • an thinking and a willing being. But there are special
    • features about this thinking and willing. The
    • on the path of thinking, that with his thinking in the
    • thinking, my dear friends, it is exactly as if a man were
    • farther. And he says: Thinking, the forming of ideas, drives
    • be able to reach the goal thinking itself has indicated.
    • the goal of thought by thinking, he is doomed to
    • arises. It is not so much that in our thinking we are stopped
    • thinking and willing. But it is on these paths of complacency
    • intention themselves of making good. And then look at the
    • man does what he pleases on the physical plane, making God
    • feelings of the boundaries to thinking and willing may also
    • arrive at our own human nature, cannot with our thinking
    • only by looking clear-sightedly into these relations can we
    • very qualities you find attractive in the animal kingdom, in
    • animal kingdom rises to a certain height; then comes the
    • this Homunculus is. We come from the spiritual world seeking
    • clear conception just before waking, when all the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • intellect, the life of thought, making the intellect the judge
    • subsequently discovered. (Roughly speaking, this is how they
    • in the personalities of whom I am now speaking, the ‘I think’
    • the personalities of whom I am now speaking, it was a profound
    • speaking did indeed imagine the receiving of thoughts as a kind
    • Consciousness Soul. The human beings of whom I am now speaking
    • by the quasi-Arabian philosophers who, working from Western
    • Speaking of the ghosts of the dead, they meant precisely what I
    • intangible working into my soul. I cannot rise against it
    • so constituted that they were generally aware of the speaking
    • thinking even as in hewing wood, if I may use the trivial
    • comparison. Today the thinking of many people has become quite
    • active, basically speaking, to this day. The one — albeit
    • now only working from the spiritual world, yet all the stronger
    • that are taking place outwardly on the surface of our life, we
    • historic ones taking into account the concept of reincarnation
    • younger man said, ‘Thinking takes hold of men. Thought, the
    • reality. The realities are there indeed. Thinking itself is not
    • Spirit from our thinking.’
    • older man replied, ‘In thinking, through the very fact that man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • made possible by their working together: namely, a new pastoral medicine.
    • Their working together has indeed often been discussed; it has even
    • during this course. A proper working together must certainly not be
    • two professions working together hand-in-hand. The course will stress
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, have had specific medical training.
    • the working together of the flame of offering and the Mercury staff
    • have been speaking more from the administrative angle. But the matter
    • Section of the Goetheanum, and the theologians are taking part in it.
    • receiving communion while recovering from a severe illness. Looking
    • at the spiritual aspect, one has to ponder on the working of the
    • everyday life, whether it is taking of nourishment, or exposure to
    • consciousness: waking, dreaming, and sleeping. The moment we apply an
    • instance, is surrendering to the usual process of taking nourishment;
    • then, if this has proceeded normally, waking, dreaming, and sleeping
    • you are working as a physician or therapist you draw the patient's
    • is spiritual. They take place before the waking consciousness of the
    • polarities working together in this world, and these are no
    • their working together were to consist of priests knowing a few
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • looking at things, to what they brought out as “criminal
    • organization. In waking life these four members of the human
    • Then, in the waking state, the so-called normal relation prevails among
    • the first place confronts us in the waking condition. Such people are
    • the astral body from their waking life.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • that can never happen in ordinary consciousness: in half-waking or
    • quarter-waking or three-quarters waking condition they have conscious
    • perception and ordinary thinking grasp hold of the physical world.
    • their working together out of these two different fields, not from
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • have their physical organism. The most striking phenomenon in the
    • the artist working in the human being (who consists now in these
    • look at a tree, the same spiritual forces are working in it as those
    • body. During this time, therefore, the child is working with the
    • What is really working when spiritual forces are working? Obviously
    • that is working? In reality, whatever has to do with an ego nature.
    • reality, all this is working upon the child. And out of these
    • first life period very special laws working within all that activates
    • in all kinds of behavior after the onset of puberty is a working
    • depths of human evolution. We will stay clear of speaking of heredity
    • activity of the child, and in the child's human thinking.
    • been working in the body between the fourteenth and the twenty-first
    • that the moon forces are working there? After that period, even
    • the sun, moon, and planets are working in succession into human
    • middle is the point at which we stop working with cosmic forces and
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • physical-etheric organism. This is in the waking state. What is the
    • again in the waking state. Then there is not illumination, as with
    • clouding, a lowering of consciousness — in the waking state
    • begin to talk about something quite foreign to what one is asking.
    • physical and etheric bodies — again in the waking state. Then
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • have the opposite: dreams are carried over into waking life, with the
    • waking life: dreams do not appear, but an active “dream”
    • consciousness, a lack of coherence in daily waking life, and so
    • complete waking sleep given over to the bodily functions, which are
    • processes are working in a human being they do give human-like
    • body and making it weak. Idiocy will then appear in the latter part
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • looking for the defects. And they did find defects in many instances.
    • But the man of whom I am speaking was no friend of animals. There in
    • the ones he tortured most shockingly.
    • (“The King of the Alps and the Misanthrope”)
    • something is working that appears in the rhythmic system,
    • remorse, of deeply crushing insight was working continually after
    • his breathing system, the upper rhythmic system, we see working in
    • The King of the Alps and the Misanthrope.
    • work. This is an example of karma working itself out completely, in a
    • something is working in from the anxiety demons. Sometimes you see it
    • Likewise, we must be able to see how karma is working in such an
    • longer bound merely to a physical healing process, seeking the why
    • working through the illness while keeping professional command of the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • outside the human being. Comparatively speaking, this science is good
    • then the thoughts about this are continued unchanged when speaking of
    • inhalation. It consists of our taking in external gaseous substance.
    • reality to be continuously creating the human being, working
    • of the lungs, we are looking at the coarse breathing process in the
    • process of which the inhalation is indeed a taking-in from outside,
    • not studied today in a real sense. It is lacking entirely from
    • of this other process that, to begin with, is the taking-in of warmth
    • looking at the single, separate processes of seeing, hearing, and so
    • that all this flows in, is taken in together with the taking in of
    • of the breathing, out of the paths of the senses and thinking to the
    • organism that wills. Thus thinking, feeling, and willing come
    • everything that is above: within, it manifests as thinking, but
    • thinking is unsubstantial. Behind it lies all I have described to you
    • paths for thinking.
    • to see the spiritual working in the physical. Only this will perfect
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • working with the sun forces. Then as blossoms unfold below, as leaves
    • working. On the one hand if we want to understand the structure of
    • working everywhere counter to the Venus and Mercury forces: namely,
    • in from the past. We can go still further. If we have working into
    • fairly easily, by strengthening thinking — strengthening it by
    • think very well. Thinking is not in the least extinguished, but
    • first, thinking remains the same, except that one can think more than
    • for instance thoughts about the macrocosm. Thinking becomes wider.
    • distinction between the kingdoms of nature on the earth. A person
    • in the etheric body thinking — the thoughts of the universe.
    • this shattering secret, but in picture form — the moon working
    • The working of the
    • pastoral medicine is not just a theory, but embraces the working
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • alternate between waking and sleeping. You all know in general what
    • mineral kingdom; they are suited to the mineral kingdom. They are not
    • physical processes in the same way that the mineral kingdom is. We
    • condition during waking life. It is constantly interrupted by the
    • needs for waking life to unfold the next morning. If too many
    • place in the plant kingdom. During daytime consciousness, when the
    • going to sleep to the moment of waking, they take their course in the
    • same way that they do in the plant kingdom. Thus they too are not
    • from this point of view those who during waking life do not go down
    • missing. They go on without really any inner working
    • kingdom for that part of the ego that the person lacks, to cure what
    • waking life. Then we have the right remedy. If you give the substance
    • that the etheric body is lacking proper penetration by the astral
    • body. Then we must search in the plant kingdom for the proper
    • kingdoms of the world. It is the spirit, not the substance, that one
    • talking about during the last few days. They descend into their
    • etheric body. Now the normal human being in waking life has the
    • accordance (figuratively speaking) with their exact atomic weight.
    • memories of spiritual perception into waking consciousness. In
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • do with the working, and the wanting to work, of the spiritual world.
    • the field of theology. For human thinking in recent times,
    • particularly scientific thinking, has come enormously under the
    • must be asked: How is it possible for active, creative thinking to
    • arise out of today's passive thinking? How must priests and
    • power in our thinking is connected with our education, which has been
    • one wants knowledge. With today's passive thinking one can only
    • our thoughts creative — for it holds the secret for making
    • Thinking can't go any further. Clairvoyance must then come to our
    • that? Sleeping and waking. Sleeping and waking are repeated 25,920
    • But now we must ask, what is this rhythm of sleeping and waking?
    • breath of sleeping-waking.
    • Sleeping-waking, a larger breath.
    • This way of looking
    • of our creative thinking. It starts our legs moving toward things we
    • mere abstract, intellectual thinking and to an external observation
    • arithmetic, all the thinking, all that can be calculated rationally
    • possibility of taking the wrong path in this endeavor. You can even
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • did not simply take some substance out of the mineral kingdom if it
    • could be obtained from the plant kingdom. In other words, they looked
    • into the physical organism than they should in ordinary waking life,
    • gods come to human beings. They have been thought of as working in
    • beings, first in day-waking consciousness, then in night-sleeping
    • full waking consciousness individuals are living as they have been
    • this sense they belong in their waking state to the earth; by their
    • nature they stand within the sphere of the earth. In waking condition
    • balance by the normal course of sleeping and waking. Supernature is
    • ordinary human life at will. If someone is unable upon waking from
    • bring back into the full waking state, into the natural course of
    • it chapter after chapter, still you were making no progress in your
    • death on Golgotha not death but the working together of all that
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • be made possible by their working together: a new pastoral medicine.
    • Their working together has indeed often been discussed; it has even
    • during this course. A proper working together must certainly not be
    • two professions working together hand-in-hand. The course will stress
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, have had specific medical training.
    • the working together of the flame of offering and the Mercury staff
    • have been speaking more from the administrative angle. But the matter
    • Section of the Goetheanum, and the theologians are taking part in it.
    • receiving communion while recovering from a severe illness. Looking
    • at the spiritual aspect, one has to ponder on the working of the
    • everyday life, whether it is taking of nourishment, or exposure to
    • consciousness: waking, dreaming, and sleeping. The moment we apply an
    • instance, is surrendering to the usual process of taking nourishment;
    • then, if this has proceeded normally, waking, dreaming, and sleeping
    • you are working as a physician or therapist you draw the patient's
    • is spiritual. They take place before the waking consciousness of the
    • polarities working together in this world, and these are no
    • their working together were to consist of priests knowing a few
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • looking at things, to what they brought out as “criminal
    • organization. In waking life these four members of the human
    • waking state, the so-called normal relation prevails among these four
    • the first place confronts us in the waking condition. Such people are
    • the astral body from their waking life.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • that can never happen in ordinary consciousness: in half-waking or
    • quarter-waking or three-quarters waking condition they have conscious
    • perception and ordinary thinking grasp hold of the physical world.
    • their working together out of these two different fields, not from
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • have their physical organism. The most striking phenomenon in the
    • the artist working in the human being (who consists now in these
    • look at a tree, the same spiritual forces are working in it as those
    • body. During this time, therefore, the child is working with the
    • What is really working when spiritual forces are working? Obviously
    • that is working? In reality, whatever has to do with an ego nature.
    • reality, all this is working upon the child. And out of these
    • first life period very special laws working within all that activates
    • in all kinds of behavior after the onset of puberty is a working
    • depths of human evolution. We will stay clear of speaking of heredity
    • activity of the child, and in the child's human thinking.
    • been working in the body between the fourteenth and the twenty-first
    • that the moon forces are working there? After that period, even
    • the sun, moon, and planets are working in succession into human
    • middle is the point at which we stop working with cosmic forces and
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • physical-etheric organism. This is in the waking state. What is the
    • again in the waking state. Then there is not illumination, as with
    • clouding, a lowering of consciousness — in the waking state
    • begin to talk about something quite foreign to what one is asking.
    • physical and etheric bodies — again in the waking state. Then
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • have the opposite: dreams are carried over into waking life, with the
    • waking life: dreams do not appear, but an active “dream”
    • consciousness, a lack of coherence in daily waking life, and so
    • complete waking sleep given over to the bodily functions, which are
    • processes are working in a human being they do give human-like
    • body and making it weak. Idiocy will then appear in the latter part
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • looking for the defects. And they did find defects in many instances.
    • But the man of whom I am speaking was no friend of animals. There in
    • the ones he tortured most shockingly.
    • (“The King of the Alps and the Misanthrope”)
    • something is working that appears in the rhythmic system,
    • remorse, of deeply crushing insight was working continually after
    • his breathing system, the upper rhythmic system, we see working in
    • The King of the Alps and the Misanthrope.
    • work. This is an example of karma working itself out completely, in a
    • something is working in from the anxiety demons. Sometimes you see it
    • Likewise, we must be able to see how karma is working in such an
    • longer bound merely to a physical healing process, seeking the why
    • working through the illness while keeping professional command of the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • outside the human being. Comparatively speaking, this science is good
    • then the thoughts about this are continued unchanged when speaking of
    • inhalation. It consists of our taking in external gaseous substance.
    • reality to be continuously creating the human being, working
    • of the lungs, we are looking at the coarse breathing process in the
    • process of which the inhalation is indeed a taking-in from outside,
    • not studied today in a real sense. It is lacking entirely from
    • of this other process that, to begin with, is the taking-in of warmth
    • looking at the single, separate processes of seeing, hearing, and so
    • that all this flows in, is taken in together with the taking in of
    • of the breathing, out of the paths of the senses and thinking to the
    • organism that wills. Thus thinking, feeling, and willing come
    • everything that is above: within, it manifests as thinking, but
    • thinking is unsubstantial. Behind it lies all I have described to you
    • paths for thinking.
    • we are coming more and more to see the spiritual working in the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • working with the sun forces. Then as blossoms unfold below, as leaves
    • working. On the one hand if we want to understand the structure of
    • working everywhere counter to the Venus and Mercury forces: namely,
    • in from the past. We can go still further. If we have working into
    • fairly easily, by strengthening thinking — strengthening it by
    • think very well. Thinking is not in the least extinguished, but
    • first, thinking remains the same, except that one can think more than
    • for instance thoughts about the macrocosm. Thinking becomes wider.
    • distinction between the kingdoms of nature on the earth. A person
    • in the etheric body thinking — the thoughts of the universe.
    • this shattering secret, but in picture form — the moon working
    • The working of the
    • pastoral medicine is not just a theory, but embraces the working
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • alternate between waking and sleeping. You all know in general what
    • mineral kingdom; they are suited to the mineral kingdom. They are not
    • physical processes in the same way that the mineral kingdom is. We
    • condition during waking life. It is constantly interrupted by the
    • needs for waking life to unfold the next morning. If too many
    • place in the plant kingdom. During daytime consciousness, when the
    • going to sleep to the moment of waking, they take their course in the
    • same way that they do in the plant kingdom. Thus they too are not
    • from this point of view those who during waking life do not go down
    • missing. They go on without really any inner working
    • kingdom for that part of the ego that the person lacks, to cure what
    • waking life. Then we have the right remedy. If you give the substance
    • that the etheric body is lacking proper penetration by the astral
    • body. Then we must search in the plant kingdom for the proper
    • kingdoms of the world. It is the spirit, not the substance, that one
    • talking about during the last few days. They descend into their
    • etheric body. Now the normal human being in waking life has the
    • accordance (figuratively speaking) with their exact atomic weight.
    • memories of spiritual perception into waking consciousness. In
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • do with the working, and the wanting to work, of the spiritual world.
    • the field of theology. For human thinking in recent times,
    • particularly scientific thinking, has come enormously under the
    • must be asked: How is it possible for active, creative thinking to
    • arise out of today's passive thinking? How must priests and
    • power in our thinking is connected with our education, which has been
    • one wants knowledge. With today's passive thinking one can only
    • our thoughts creative — for it holds the secret for making
    • Thinking can't go any further. Clairvoyance must then come to our
    • that? Sleeping and waking. Sleeping and waking are repeated 25,920
    • But now we must ask, what is this rhythm of sleeping and waking?
    • breath of sleeping-waking.
    • Sleeping-waking, a larger breath.
    • This way of looking
    • of our creative thinking. It starts our legs moving toward things we
    • mere abstract, intellectual thinking and to an external observation
    • arithmetic, all the thinking, all that can be calculated rationally
    • possibility of taking the wrong path in this endeavor. You can even
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • did not simply take some substance out of the mineral kingdom if it
    • could be obtained from the plant kingdom. In other words, they looked
    • into the physical organism than they should in ordinary waking life,
    • gods come to human beings. They have been thought of as working in
    • beings, first in day-waking consciousness, then in night-sleeping
    • full waking consciousness individuals are living as they have been
    • this sense they belong in their waking state to the earth; by their
    • nature they stand within the sphere of the earth. In waking condition
    • balance by the normal course of sleeping and waking. Supernature is
    • ordinary human life at will. If someone is unable upon waking from
    • bring back into the full waking state, into the natural course of
    • it chapter after chapter, still you were making no progress in your
    • death on Golgotha not death but the working together of all that
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • world-history it shall be possible for him, through the working of the
    • death is not an event that can be grasped by any thinking concerned
    • happened for mankind through the working of the Christ Impulse.
    • times, and especially into those times which possess to a striking
    • inner life. He had to learn to understand the words: “My kingdom
    • spiritual kingdom that could be reached only by inward struggle and
    • vision of the spiritual was now to dawn for man in a new kingdom of
    • delusions, he must be mistaking some demon for the Christ.
    • all his power to bring men out of the habit of looking to the spirits
    • for He is there. Through the working of the Event of Golgotha, He is
    • enough in these days to rest content with looking at life in any
    • want to gather together to keep the festival, all their thinking about
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • striking but at the same time tragic article which included the text
    • thinking of the forcefulness with which a personality like Paul at the
    • times it was a matter simply of looking with the eyes, for the
    • looking to themselves alone, relying upon what comes with them at
    • intellectual apprehension. Intellectualism and materialistic thinking
    • are one and the same, for all the thinking that goes on in science, in
    • thinking unfolds only through processes of destruction,
    • death-processes, which are taking place in the brain. If this kind of
    • thinking is applied, as it is in Leninism and Trotskyism, to the
    • as a God, were also making sacrifice to him. The Christians could do
    • no such thing; the only King whom the Christians could acknowledge was
    • King” which appears on every ministerial decree, really mean
    • bring to fulfilment the words: “My kingdom is not of this
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • physical existence the working of the spirit within the physical body
    • a continual process of dying is taking place, but is counteracted by
    • thinking must be applied.
    • Christ Who hovers above the Cross, looking down upon that which —
    • making the right preparation for the mood of Easter — which can,
    • the Man of Sorrows on the Cross, is looking down, not upon the eternal
    • the earthly into the cosmic. Modern thinking has made the
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • symbol of all waking life — not only in Nature, but also in the
    • counsel with the divine-spiritual powers working and weaving in the
    • everywhere living, working and weaving. And at the moment when the
    • is today seeking super-sensible knowledge cannot proceed in the old
    • would like to know everything as quickly as possible without taking
    • related to the rays of the sun, how human forms of thinking are
    • speaking to their pupils. It is, of course, necessary to translate
    • taking possession once again of a physical body which has been
    • earth, and we look upon the moonlight in this way only, taking into
    • their way through space, they are all the time working towards the
    • such a moment very special processes are taking place in the plant. It
    • cooking-salt, we find the cube again in nature herself, and here we
    • thinking, earthly forces of will — are present in the root of any
    • What we do today only when we are thinking in terms of mathematics, we
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • when speaking of these things and making use, as it were, of the
    • what is taking place spiritually. The true state of affairs can
    • You know that according to a more materialistic mode of thinking, our
    • solar system originated from a kind of primal nebula. Thinking that is
    • forces working in the growth of plants. Such an explanation of cosmic
    • materialistic thinking, a spiritual reality is contained and that this
    • The purely materialistic way of thinking and of formulating hypotheses
    • ideas, based on similarly materialistic thinking, of the genesis of
    • actually looking at something that is the product of an earlier stage
    • physical sun I am speaking of something that comes out of the past.
    • light, I am speaking of something that is preparing the future. The
    • rightly what is meant when, in what follows, I shall be speaking of
    • abstract, impersonal form, in the converse of which I am now speaking
    • the initiates were conscious of speaking to actual Beings,
    • which makes thinking and reflection possible; but they are also the
    • And so it is with all these forces. Speaking in accordance with the
    • way in which Saturn is working in him.
    • the Mars-forces are working too strongly, so that they break through
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • therefore, we are speaking of the universe from the human standpoint,
    • we are speaking from within the universe, for we are standing at some
    • earthly existence but not answered there, because thinking can take
    • looking back upon the earth we see man once only, both in time and in
    • spirit-and-soul in face of the chemical processes working in his
    • the other side. — I am speaking, not of the fully conscious moral
    • as rooted in pure thinking, but of moral impulses in which there is
    • from the moral aspect. He is now looking back upon the cosmos. But he
    • understand them, not picking them to pieces with criticism; but as
    • conception sprang from the different modes of thinking, which were in
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • this is why human thinking is so far from grasping reality and men
    • independent existence. Taking a human skeleton by itself, you must, to
    • animal and human kingdoms belong to it, just as muscles, blood and so
    • blossom. Generally speaking, it floats cloud-like over the vegetation
    • spiritual. The entire animal kingdom is at the same time intellect.
    • And this whole animal kingdom projected into man's inner life, so that
    • animal kingdom needs the lime-formation to build up its forms in the
    • Man has carbon working in his organism in manifold ways. Carbon is
    • knowledge, seeking the spiritual in all purely material things, and
    • people today who are already talking about a kind of revival of the
    • and waking if we could not immerse ourselves in nitrogen. Our physical
    • earthly existence. And when between falling asleep and waking we
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • of feeling and thinking among those gathered together here in the
    • working, thinking and feeling together, there will develop what must
    • perceiving and working out of the spiritual life and essence of the
    • the scientific mode of thinking entered mankind's development.
    • times on various areas of natural scientific thinking,
    • research in recent times and the mode of thinking that can and does
    • essence of scientific thinking is easily misunderstood, if we look
    • different form of thinking, which was still active through the Middle
    • form of thinking. He is Cardinal Nicholas Cusanus,
    • In a manner of speaking, the Brethren of the Common Life were
    • return voyage, when he was on the ship and looking at the stars,
    • looking up at the starlit sky, his twofold soul mood characterized
    • what surrounds us in the kingdom of nature. But these concepts grow
    • repeatedly he saw how thinking extends itself over everything
    • which thinking has dissipated. Only if a man has developed (apart
    • realm into which knowledge gained only by thinking cannot reach.
    • thinking to the actual spiritual world (with which it feels united,)
    • By saying to itself that with all this thinking and theology it
    • It tells itself: This thinking, this theology, these ideas, give me
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • actually taking place.
    • scientific form of thinking and research I described two men, Meister
    • can intercept by looking into one or another soul. Yet, by doing
    • Looking into this matter more closely, we see how a man like Meister
    • like living beings, permeating everything with spirit and speaking to
    • spoke to him. In consequence of the universe speaking to man, science
    • of speaking, the body was only the vessel, the artistic reproduction,
    • were speaking to him only out of a tradition preserved from earlier
    • working out the traditions of his age, withdrew into his quiet
    • Speaking crudely, I would have to say that the soul had inwardly
    • speaking crudely, the corporeal world became denser while the soul
    • ancient times. This contrast is the central trait of all thinking in
    • almost equally dim feeling, and an abstract thinking. Instead, he
    • Only now, at this point, does the modern era of thinking begin. The
    • in its primeval form. The second is mystical, taking the world in the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • scientific outlook and manner of thinking, such as we know it today,
    • whole character of this scientific thinking, emerging at the
    • depends on the way in which mathematical thinking was gradually
    • perception in regard to mathematical thinking itself. We are much
    • own manner of thinking.
    • system with mathematically oriented thinking of the kind to which we
    • of scientific thinking is to be correctly understood, it must be
    • I would term a self-sufficient inward capacity for thinking. What do
    • In view of the increasing superficiality of psychological thinking,
    • understand the origin of the later mathematical way of thinking that
    • corresponding to modern thinking. I divided the human organization
    • striking aspect of this member, we see that man accomplishes the
    • directions. In walking, we place ourselves in a certain manner into
    • taking place purely in abstract schemes of thought, when I find
    • direction in order to remain upright. I am also aware that in walking
    • which has appeared in recent times in mathematical thinking, was once
    • that you are walking slowly, one step at a time; you begin to walk
    • blood experience at each stage, with the slow walking, then the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • looking at a body found in it the image of spirit. One then looked
    • the birth of scientific thinking, the Copernican system. It is not my
    • am only speaking of the historical fact that the Copernican system
    • mankind's soul mood. The origin of modern scientific thinking
    • But to give the scientific mode of thinking its proper value, it must
    • thinking in general, entirely divorced from human experience. This
    • phenomena of nature with abstract mathematical thinking. Hence, as a
    • modern scientific thinking.
    • cleverness and thinking avail us nothing. No matter how much we think
    • than Newton was, but Berkeley illustrates the conflicts taking place during
    • the emergence of scientific thinking. In other respects, as we shall presently
    • It is indeed true that all thinking about these concepts is of no
    • the particular quality of thinking in his age, he already has the
    • fourteenth century. Thinking geometrically about space, man did not
    • rise of the scientific way of thinking. Berkeley had no quarrel with
    • always elude our thinking, as it were. Our thinking refuses to
    • absolutely necessary. The time that we are speaking about was the age
    • and imbued his mathematical thinking with poetry in order to retain
    • the new direction of thinking altogether and with it the whole trend
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • thinking. Let us place this process once more before our mind's
    • looking around inside for whatever it was that, as an effect of the
    • wrote in his Mechanism of Thinking, though he himself did not
    • thinking. We see it entering bit by bit into the spiritual life of
    • It is interesting to place a recent example side by side with Locke's thinking.
    • from any connection between the world and his thinking, his inner
    • external sign is necessary. But this only proves that in his thinking
    • From the uncertainty that has entered all thinking concerning the
    • unlike today's thinking. Therefore anyone writing history
    • If we want to understand modern thinking, we must continually recall
    • phase of scientific thinking, we have come to the point where this
    • picture matter in a continuous form, making it convenient to conceive
    • will be periods when thinking favors either continuity or atomism. He
    • continuistically, they are thinking mainly of life. In one in which
    • they think atomistically, they are thinking primarily of death, of
    • other is suited to the dead. But there is no justification for making
    • The gist of this is that in the phase of scientific thinking
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • moment of falling asleep to waking up, he knows that he is really
    • waking condition, man is only within himself, he cannot experience
    • and so forth are experienced. During the waking state, however, the
    • of thinking. I set it forth again, in philosophic terms, in 1911 at
    • waking state, but still remains inwardly independent. If one senses
    • scientific thinking since its first beginnings in the Fifteenth
    • taking place outside us in time and space. Such enthusiasts describe
    • neurasthenic. Through the peculiar character of this kind of thinking
    • scientific thinking since the Fifteenth Century. Then they will throw
    • that we must not constantly fall into the error of looking to science
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • by asking: What do we experience in regard to it? We experience what
    • effects that are unquestionably working within us. We obliterate them
    • mathematics, a way of thinking which from then on was combined with
    • It is inert. Lacking an external influence, it continues on and on
    • experience; and to find ways to speak of space without even thinking
    • Looking at what lived in external nature and
    • see these if we look at nature. But, looking inward and focusing on
    • by thinking of moving points that do not alter their condition of
    • way, the world spirit's revenge for our making everything
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • whole manner of thinking and feeling was quite different in former
    • risk of speaking disrespectfully of a work that is after all very
    • thinking, feeling, willing, as well as memory, imagination, and so
    • cast out chemistry and physics; thinking, feeling and willing were
    • people who still spoke of thinking or willing as late as the
    • person speaks about thinking, that he speaks as if this thinking were
    • Wahle, who declared that the ego, thinking, feeling, and willing were
    • In the age when man felt that his walking was a process that took
    • experienced thinking, feeling, and willing together with the world.
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, or in the circulation of the fluids
    • was taking place. He regulated his breathing process in order to
    • progress his thinking. He knew that thinking, feeling and willing are
    • experienced when the astral body is experienced in thinking, feeling,
    • Jacob Boehme's case a very simple man is speaking out of
    • speaking, so robust that they can grasp outer nature. Unfortunately,
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • the soul life) and ego. Let us be clear that properly speaking the
    • other hand, thinking, feeling and willing, the subject matter of
    • we actually do when, in our thinking, we cast inwardly experienced
    • its mode of thinking can take hold only of the dead. The same is true
    • realize that we are looking at a corpse.
    • case, we consider today's manner of thinking to be the most
    • different, then we are looking at history the wrong way. As an
    • never get beyond mere semblance. The way thinking, feeling and
    • semblance, inherent in pure thinking, becomes the impulse of freedom
    • when inwardly grasped by man in thinking. If something other than
    • be free. But if this semblance can be raised to pure thinking, one
    • the anthroposophical way of thinking is applied in earnest to
    • in speaking to a smaller group of people. The
    • attained through cooperation, through people working together. So
    • thinking is; namely the semblance from which can be brought forth the
    • man really penetrates to pure thinking, then he finds in it the
    • today's mode of thinking arrives at the nothingness of his
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • what the soul experiences in its activities of thinking, feeling and
    • volition, but rather something which is reflected in thinking, feeling
    • and volition. One cannot imagine thinking, feeling and volition
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    Matching lines:
    • by their very nature their real content, but in waking dreams, which
    • rather that of picture-making.
    • All ordinary thinking is dependent on the super-sensible spiritual
    • the rhythmic processes for their own regeneration. In a waking
    • possibility of thinking through the physical organism, though such
    • thinking is not rooted in a real world; only in an apparent world
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • self-possession taking a purely psychic and spiritual course, impulses
    • In the process of viewing this progress the working of the etheric
    • of the conception, but rather in the form of the working of the
    • consciousness what in past times man had to experience in waking
    • his growth, and the chemical changes of his body, as in waking
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • the body. When in waking the soul begins, with the help of the body,
    • soul-saving effect which corresponds in the waking condition to his
    • Christ. He overcomes his fears through the working of this into his
    • prevents it in the waking state. The leadership of Christ overcomes
    • that of the waking condition. The physical and etheric organisms
    • continues to have an after-effect in the consciousness after waking.
    • of the Twin Stars. As the bodily organs are sensed in waking, so a
    • into a purely spiritual world. That the soul in its waking state
    • unconsciously from falling asleep to waking up, he would have a
    • After the deepest state of sleep man returns to his waking state
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • in the same way in which, in waking, they can become again the
    • this organism by working in the spirit world on the spirit-cell
    • The experience of the human soul in taking unto itself the etheric
    • is an active memory, an unconscious working of the physical organism
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • sharp distinction between sleeping and waking. Dreams now are the only
    • Through the taking-up of the Christ-experience a Philosophy has grown
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VIII: The Event of Death and Its Relationship with the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness as does also the psychic activity of thinking, feeling
    • the previous studies, thinking is the first to be seized by the higher
    • consciousness. Without being lost first however, thinking cannot be
    • thinking. One does actually feel oneself as an independent inner
    • degrees. The inner activity grows and the power of thinking is kindled
    • passing through not-thinking and arriving at imagining, one
    • Such memories are at first lost when image-making begins. The past is
    • own life in image-making. The course of events in time is presented as
    • one into it. Ordinary thinking fully controls imaginative experience
    • When Imagination takes place ordinary thinking is recognized as
    • this ordinary thinking. Ordinary thinking may indeed be compared to a
    • sinks into the physical, etheric and astral organism. This sinking is
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • of thinking, feeling and willing. In thinking we have a mirrored
    • In awaking, the astral organism and the ego enter into the etheric and
    • physical organisms. Through thinking the sense-perceptions are
    • this thinking, but its reflection is presented to ordinary
    • reflective activity of thinking in the physical organism, it can only
    • physical organism. In the waking state it is similar. The inner
    • differentiated inside the head-organization during the waking state.
    • the waking state; one building up through the etheric organism and one
    • during this experience in a cosmic world in the making is expressed by
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • corresponding with thinking. At the same time we have in the astral
    • The connection between the thinking part of the soul and the
    • from it and remains psycho-spiritually alive. Only when the thinking
    • thinking part of the soul is founded on a destructive activity of the
    • physical organism. During the making of thoughts this destruction
    • human organization, as they are manifested in the thinking, feeling
    • begin working at the construction of the spirit-cell which is to be a
    • working for the future physical organism in conjunction with the
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Again in a striking way, in the 5th Post-Atlantean epoch,
    • Every time you go to sleep until the moment of waking, the
    • until waking up, there was a time in which all that they had as
    • ideas, as feelings from waking to sleeping, still continued to
    • work, but in other forms. Their waking life of truth dived
    • during the time between going to sleep and waking, there arises
    • talking of Mystery-knowledge and not merely giving forth
    • there would be no such thing as Birth in all the kingdoms of
    • kingdoms of nature and man, is dependent on the activity of the
    • throughout all the kingdoms, there ruled the laws of the Moon.
    • various kingdoms of nature. That is a deception, a maya. It was
    • Moon-forces are playing into it. (We know that even waking-man
    • “Try to recognise that in your waking-life consciousness
    • shines; for the Sun-Forces pour into your waking-life, just as
    • scientifically-thinking men. What we think and feel in our
    • Augustine was speaking, and for which there is no guarantee of
    • directions of their thinking, and one may say that Auguste
    • longer looks to metaphysical concepts when seeking the basis of
    • Christ is lacking in the Positivistic Church of Auguste Comte,
    • nor a worker, but simply a believer; I am not speaking of
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • waking up that is, the sleeping condition. Of course,
    • lecture that in his waking condition, man does not grasp the
    • come to the consciousness of man by day: in his waking
    • sleep until waking up, or, let us say, if he became conscious
    • Although throughout the whole of man's working life he stands
    • consciously during the making condition; and that constitutes
    • the deception in man's waking condition. He remains aware only
    • waking condition man does not progress beyond experiencing this
    • become conscious that all the time there in working into his
    • when we so experience our thinking that, through the free life
    • sleeping until waking he is permeated by his Angel, that
    • humanity, we are generally speaking, already far more
    • until waking up, the reality of man's ego and astral body is
    • of the third Hierarchy. In the waking condition, the state of
    • working of our epoch of time. We are, as it were, compelled to
    • of the forces working through our present epoch of time, give
    • consciousness. The reality, the effective working of Christ
    • electricity and magnetism, only they are not working at the
    • man in the waking condition could perceive that his ego and
    • the Mystery of Golgotha, man in his waking condition stood in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • sun, working in all earthly fertility, begins again to unfold.
    • nothingness at death. And so, in speaking of Immortality, all that is
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • working in the development of our own age. First, however, I must
    • manner, taking them right out of reality, but the men of the fifth
    • present age than does Greece. Many souls among us are seeking the
    • thinking of the peoples of European civilization and culture, and of
    • and thus the thinking of the European upper classes who are involved
    • am taking Greece and Rome as belonging to modern times) a greater
    • working of the Greek idiom. Nothing has as yet come of his suggestion,
    • flesh and blood, as it were. (I am speaking, of course, of the soul.)
    • kings, who were more than myths, ruled and met their ends finally
    • this is taking place on Roman soil, Roman rule gradually spreads until
    • colonies and the peoples they conquered. Looking at Rome from this
    • history. If one were looking at the matter with sympathy or antipathy,
    • Latin as a language and thus came to Latinize its thinking. With the
    • world, who points down into the material world looking for the
    • moon forces light up again at a particular time, thereby making
    • political-legal thinking, although they did so in the sense of which
    • we have been speaking today. In contrast to what the Greek saw among
    • different kind of thinking, an imaginative thinking that was not yet
    • political thinking, a politicalization of the concept.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • post-Atlantean epoch. What was it they were really looking for?
    • soul world, in an everyday thinking, feeling and willing that would
    • decadence and a special luciferic kingdom would have begun. This did
    • always be that two forces strive together in this kind of working.
    • ahrimanic powers desired, because in Rome, too, something was working
    • and self-seeking, seeming to tend more and more toward a
    • brain-free thinking on the other is developed in Boundaries of
    • with reality. They must get busy, like Goethe, and, working in quite a
    • imaginative life was working within him. It must become free; Boehme
    • divine creative thing that was working in him. So Boehme was, in a
    • “I declare before God,” he says because he is speaking of
    • powers are working in this fifth post-Atlantean age to disturb these
    • working with primal phenomena. At intervals — by fits and starts,
    • impetus had to be present bearing along with it the after workings, in
    • the descendants of the old Atlantean teachers who were now working
    • working into the fifth post-Atlantean epoch — all this unrest,
    • it had upon her! You can observe how strong the specter-like working
    • or Charles V, the ruler of the kingdom over which the “sun never
    • We find, therefore, many forces working together when we set out to
    • thinking, we can place another great figure, Thomas à Kempis, who was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • our age of materialistic thinking, the ideas and concepts for doing so
    • are largely lacking. They must first be acquired through spiritual
    • that, on the whole, he has become somewhat lacking in courage. If one
    • such studies as we are now undertaking.
    • impulses of humanity living and working beneath the soil.
    • taking shape in the course of past centuries. The general population
    • “save” humanity, however — I am now speaking as Ahriman
    • examine the Society, we find that, in looking back over the twice
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • spirit that is ruling and working within these little beings that we
    • can describe in movements or inner laws, are, figuratively speaking,
    • thinking and the very manner of life, then this difference becomes
    • Speaking in the Goethean sense, it is a leap when, through
    • forces making possible an intellectual grasp of the world through
    • achieving the faculty of making free decisions and developing freedom,
    • necessity in historical evolution because conscious thinking, through
    • of the thinking that had become powerless in the new age and could no
    • making experiments, for example, as to how one man affects another,
    • by the senses. The solution is to be found by thinking of individual
    • connections linking men with one another. The mediumistic
    • is to say, the souls who, speaking spiritually, are our
    • working that is felt in respect of the outer material natural order
    • modern way of feeling and thinking, as it has developed in the last
    • develop further the thinking habits already evolved.
    • I will not elaborate Ku Hung Ming's ideas on the methods for making
    • good through its own force; that is, a knowledge working morally
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • “Better to be a beggar on the earth, than a king in the realm of
    • himself, as it were, Ahriman, working in the Roman Empire, set out to
    • impulses and workings had been victorious, these mysteries would have
    • all the forces of death in earthly working. These forces would have
    • into the kingdom of Lucifer and Ahriman.
    • The aim of his cult, working in opposition to those of Taotl, was to
    • when, in the Eastern Hemisphere, the Mystery of Golgotha was taking
    • Investigations into what is thus working in the subconscious reveal
    • that culture is really created by an interworking between the normal
    • ahrimanic forces alone because interworking has taken place between
    • sensory existence on the earth, to found a kingdom where the good is
    • thinking is influenced by the problem of death, and by the problem of
    • remember that the working together of the evil and the good, the union
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • working from the past and interpenetrating the impulses of the present
    • in which the Golden King became the representative of wisdom. Since spiritual
    • completely under his control, thereby making Church officials mere
    • bondsmen of the kingly power in which gold ruled. He thereupon caused
    • a tool completely in the hands of Philip. Gradually, under the working
    • working so intensely, creates powerful forces in the soul. At the same
    • arose in Philip of what can be brought about by taking life in the
    • his willing, feeling, thinking and sense perception. These, indeed,
    • You are looking here into a life of soul of which outer history
    • “Have you denied the Host and refrained from speaking the words
    • into making these subconscious avowals.
    • working actively through the inspiration of Philip the Fair. We see
    • gold flow through the fairy tale, he is looking back into earlier
    • for which gold also stands, hence, “The Golden King of
    • working to attain it. Let us take his poem, “The Mysteries”
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • civilized humanity's present-day thinking and feeling, the social
    • sentiment and thinking is essential to mankind, a transformation of
    • Official history today is really of little help in making a man
    • king's divorce could only be brought about through his creating this
    • strongest influences working in a spiritual sense in the eighteenth
    • had an immense influence on Voltaire, who influenced European thinking
    • through Hume, and later on through Darwin, human thinking is
    • specially developed, abstract rationalistic thinking that makes an
    • faculty lives that is transmitted to European thinking and feeling, so
    • it. This faculty creates a kind of thinking that is peculiarly fitted
    • thinking to the sphere of religious life. Not one of them —
    • to apply thinking to what he considers to be concerns of the religious
    • generations, centuries. This way of thinking about religious matters
    • into the progressive spiritual world in waking consciousness by having
    • Our age stands under all these influences — the thinking and the
    • this age are striking; they are grand. Over and over again people
    • nature of thinking in astronomical fields, that wonderfully effective
    • thinking from the sixteenth to the nineteenth centuries, has had
    • their thinking and reflecting, and also in their social organizations,
    • striven for in social thinking. Regarding our thinking, we — or
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • The Experience of Thinking
    • thought, without looking at the outer world, and follow further in
    • abstract thinking. He may create world-systems, or he may make
    • this inner thinking, devoid of outer impressions, may develop, but we
    • thinking. You will find therefore a fundamental tone or feeling in this
    • far in their thinking as to experience in it an image of the outer
    • thinking something of a super-physical world, but it would have, to
    • and which is acknowledged by our thinking to be outside of us. Thus
    • this thinking which is within us would have to be able to experience
    • of thinking.
    • book thinking is so experienced that within the experience of
    • thinking we come to this realisation, viz. that if a man really
    • experiences thinking, he is living, even if at first somewhat
    • thinking experience with the cosmic secrets is the root-nerve of
    • you find the sentence, “In thinking, man lifts an edge of the
    • but it is meant to imply that when a man really experiences thinking,
    • man attains to the reality of thinking within himself he attains to
    • acquire this experience of thinking, he rests no longer within the
    • thinking as it is portrayed in the
    • in our thinking — and there are various things outside —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the soul back into former experiences; thinking leads the soul, as I
    • a taking possession of the physical by the soul and spirit, and if,
    • tendencies.” As you see, this is a peculiar kind of thinking,
    • the habits acquired through observing the lower kingdoms of nature,
    • Luciferic and Ahrimanic kingdoms. These Beings work in the whole
    • in making efforts to put as much as possible into heredity, succeed
    • thereby in making the ego fit very loosely into the human being;
    • can be seen everywhere; I am simply speaking of something which can
    • himself to the feeling that his thinking is like a breathing in
    • light. Man then feels his thinking, he feels it like a breathing in
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • memories — everything which arises in this way making us
    • falling asleep until waking up figures in this way as memories, that
    • born later), yet it is working already, for naturally it is bound up
    • The thinking forces
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • the depths of the mineral kingdom. He is then able to grow together
    • there is a tower open at the top, then, because you are looking out
    • But the first feeling of which I am speaking may be
    • Roughly speaking, we can have no lead in us, but
    • speaking more accurately, we cannot exist without lead. What would
    • requires the same capacity to perceive the workings of metals in the
    • walking, in learning to speak and in learning to think lies that
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of these things for they could only be present as such after
    • be compared with that of which we are now speaking.
    • cosmos. In the period of which I am now speaking we have to say: This
    • taking place the whole atmosphere was filled with sulphur in a finely
    • creation he has become prepared for his life on earth as a thinking
    • still of a psychic and spiritual nature, sinking itself in the ether.
    • from him, and which then became the other kingdoms of nature. They
    • him as an earthly human being with willing, feeling and thinking.
    • For that which man is today as a thinking, feeling and
    • kingdom. Owing to this separation they have metamorphosed themselves
    • manifesting only in colour, such as I have described when speaking of
    • from earth-forms. I arise out of the heavenly kingdom. I am here
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • greatest possible range of speaking through his throat, and at the
    • same time to observe the surging up and sinking down, which is to be
    • forth. But in speaking, the air transforms itself into the next
    • feels as taking place within himself. But how does he feel this
    • look at a skeleton? We say: Do not merely look at it. It is shocking
    • the animal-kingdom lived in the Logos, in the resounding cosmic
    • macrocosmic, that which was the arising and evolution, the working
    • for a solution. Like a question the animal-kingdom arose within the
    • opportunity for looking spiritually into a revelation which leads us
    • wonderful colours — variously speaking colours — colours
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VII: The Mysteries of Hibernia
    Matching lines:
    • with the impression, which as I have already indicated was working
    • And now, because they had inwardly realized the working
    • And the other statue, as if speaking, said: I am
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • my sense of thinking, in my sense of speech, in my sense of touch, in
    • images belong to it; Being is lacking. The pupil had now experienced
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • thinking of oneself as enclosed within one's skin. Of such furniture
    • had earlier been capable, of dreaming in the waking-state of
    • Word spreads itself out. Everything in the Vulcan-planet is speaking
    • took place, which were really not so fearfully striking outwardly as
    • men of today represent them, which were indeed only striking compared
    • and more breaking in upon humanity, depending merely on the power of
    • the event was taking place in physical reality on another spot of
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • of speaking, dimmed; that means that they could not develop any
    • their insight that the Mystery of Golgotha was taking place
    • necessary, for their way of thinking, and the manner of knowledge
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XI: The Secret of Plants, of Metals, and of Men
    Matching lines:
    • write a history of their own scientific thinking they should really
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • those epochs of which I am now speaking further back still, towards
    • and as mountains, and the mineral kingdom, All these are simply
    • which he learnt to feel while speaking, and while the pupil
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • to you; but speaking quite generally, one can say, that right up to
    • speaking now of that epoch which culminated in Rosicrucianism about
    • glycerin working there passes into the lungs, and into the air that
    • world is spread. Now, of course, radically speaking we find oxalic
    • Oxalic acid is everywhere in the vegetable kingdom, and we find
    • answered: You can no more learn Astrology through thinking or
    • through thinking, or experiments, or by observation would have seemed
    • hand the inner being of man, and on the other the weaving and working
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • human thinking.
    • Just consider how far removed thinking lies from human
    • in an intellectual way; but on the other hand he cannot by thinking
    • bring about any change in his organism. Man's thinking has become
    • more and more powerless; but thinking is set in motion by the
    • organism can bring back power into thinking. It restores to thinking
    • body; thus thinking can be animated by gold.
    • between the substance gold and the cosmic working of the sun was
    • thinking, so that human thinking can work down as far as the etheric
    • becomes capable of working down into the etheric body. The etheric
    • pole, the opposite working, and this effect is what is produced when
    • should reveal to them the working and weaving in the processes and
    • conscious way. He felt the blood streaming and working through his
    • Macrocosmos, seeking the Cosmic Intelligences; and shuts it again
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • making an unwarranted hypothesis; rather I am assuming thoughts
    • phenomenon for me. I would not be making an unwarranted hypothesis if
    • I assumed something like that; similarly, I would not be making an
    • insightful thinking, it becomes clear that what underlies them could never
    • sequential thinking within experience and making unwarranted
    • feeling, a definite kind of thinking. In social interchange we have
    • out of himself, shapes his willing, feeling, and thinking to a certain
    • thought element taking its own course in an emotional way. The
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • foundation of all his thinking.
    • the inner formative force; this is what we develop in our thinking, in
    • In looking into the age of childhood one witnesses the work of
    • oneself to perceiving the developed thinking processes, but these
    • breakdown processes are particularly suited to making our
    • by taking the spiritual into consideration.
    • have to dam up what is active in this thinking, conceptual, sensing
    • point of unconsciousness, to a working of the spiritual in
    • If we are looking for the cause of physical illness, we must
    • processes of the sexual organs when speaking of hysterical phenomena
    • Spiritual science is not always simply seeking the spirit. This can be
    • everywhere we are driven into the social element if we are not seeking
    • human existence, of human community, if we are seeking with a truly
    • false seeking after the spirit, by materialism in the spiritual realm,
    • remaining stuck when seeking the origins of existence. The proletariat
    • like, if in its spiritual seeking the proletariat is compelled to
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • especially in medicine, if one is not speaking to a purely
    • actually speaking about, attack nearly everything they call academic
    • organ, as it should, thus wreaking havoc in it. When this happens we
    • activity takes place in the waking state, when we perceive and form
    • images that can really penetrate into the working of something that
    • the case, that what is present in the upbuilding system, working into
    • organism, a poisoning and unpoisoning are continuously taking place
    • We are therefore unable to regard such a natural process as taking its
    • into two processes working against one another, where one is a process
    • working in a way too strongly poisonous on the metabolic system, its
    • on the other hand, the metabolic-limb system is working in a way too
    • strongly poisonous on the head system, which means working over
    • forces working downward with the forces working upward, tending toward
    • process. I can only indicate this here. By looking at how the
    • fundamentally speaking, the human being has the same form of forces in
    • him — if we consider the breakdown process working from above
    • in what is active in the forces working downward from the head system
    • taking place outside in nature and at what takes place within the
    • the human being, that peculiar process taking place as poisoning and
    • looking together at the outer workings of nature and the workings of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • system — working oppositely to the metabolic-limb system; these two
    • cause mischief there. In fact, by looking in this way into the
    • works in a certain way by virtue of its striving upward, working in an
    • the particular activity of the blood, through the working together of
    • activity, though working merely physically. In a certain way we thus
    • manifestation of phosphorus. I am speaking to you aphoristically and
    • extended further, combustible substances reveal themselves as working
    • examples. What I have just been speaking about could be illustrated by
    • the conscious life of the human being from waking to falling asleep.
    • for the head system, for the nerve-sense system, is waking
    • which consists of making conscious through outer measures what
    • digestion, the taking up of substance.
    • therefore, that the metabolism that proceeds inward is not working
    • are examples through which one really comes to see the process taking
    • blood, working in accordance with the ego-activity, is brought about by
    • Thus we see male and female working together in this way in
    • matter, who wishes to ask questions without seeking the spirit, is
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • introduction to point out this peculiarity of the economic thinking of
    • conditions were taking their accustomed course in a way that might
    • almost be called medieval, human thinking was undergoing a fundamental
    • thinking. Why, they actually looked upon it as a real liberation of
    • way in which Richter or Lasker or even Brentano were speaking in
    • Now that people have knocked each other's heads in, instead of seeking
    • asking how to do the very thing which the Threefold Commonwealth was
    • Now I am speaking, in effect, for students. I am trying to show how
    • said what man needs for his thinking. The human brain, if we weigh it
    • Ladies and gentlemen, to think thus and to regard this way of thinking
    • Political Economy, human thinking upon Physics was in such a condition
    • economy of the animal kingdom — does not reach far up into the
    • human kingdom, Possibly in the case of the magpie we may indeed speak
    • that our economic thinking fails us once more in another direction.
    • story of the ambassador of the King of France who once came to
    • King of France was announced, he said: “Ask him to wait a
    • ambassador of the King of France.” But the attendant brought the
    • ambassador of the King of France!” Rothschild answered:
    • I am the ambassador of the King of France!” “Will you take
    • Human economic working has to a very large extent been drawn into what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • or sell. In the last resort the instinctive thinking of every naive man
    • on economic matters culminates in the process taking place between buyer
    • thinking to say that the land has not increased in price during the
    • — by seeking to grasp it with sharply defined notions. In the
    • ways of thinking remind one of many a method in book-keeping —
    • reasons. In fact, none of these ways of thinking comes near the
    • of taking hold of something static and giving it a definition, whereas
    • (thinking, to begin with, of the purely external economic aspect)
    • than their legs and wings. In seeking to build up economic concepts,
    • place to another, is irrelevant. If we are seeking the determination
    • Economics borders on uneconomic matters. Purely economically speaking,
    • thinking at this point is a colossal piece of nonsense.
    • just now, labour, economically speaking, is some-thing neutral and
    • Properly speaking, it is wrong to speak of an exchange of goods. The
    • thinking along these lines. For the apple has been picked somewhere
    • point in talking round and round about Value and Price. The important
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • No one uses for himself what he produces. Economically speaking, what
    • Suppose there is a tailor, making clothes. Given the division of
    • labour, he must, of course, be making them for other people. But he
    • of his labour to making his own clothes, and the remainder — by
    • far the greater portion — to making clothes for other people.
    • tailor to make his own clothes and then go on working as a tailor for
    • labour. Consequently it is more expensive. Thinking the division of
    • speaking, egoism is impossible. I can no longer do anything for
    • economic life. Taking it, therefore, in its purely economic aspect, we
    • speaking neither idealistically nor ethically, but from an
    • their way of thinking, men had not yet been able to get beyond Egoism
    • follows: If a man is working in this sphere, for example
    • decrease in value. If on the other hand a man is working directly upon
    • will soon recognise it if you study the typical business undertaking;
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • some of you a good deal of “brain-racking.” I refer to the
    • making clothes for other people, he bought his own from a tradesman in
    • will stand directly after he has finished making the suit of clothes.
    • We must not confuse the issue by thinking in the narrow spirit of
    • more expensive. Taking his total balance after a certain lapse of
    • so — so very near at hand. All your thinking on Economics will
    • half-absurd examples, so as to detach our thinking from the familiar
    • conceives the idea of making a cart and using horses to draw it.
    • still shine through. But the moment we emancipate ourselves, thinking
    • working in the economic process; but there is really nothing left in
    • Precisely the same thing that we do inwardly in our logical thinking,
    • be talking — economically — sheer nonsense. It is immaterial
    • economically speaking? It is, as we have already seen, a value. I will
    • present in the economic organism (taking as “Money” not
    • thinking, so as to be able to think a process through to its end quite
    • would have to he a creature taking part in the heat, boiling with it,
    • in that way. But with our thinking accustomed to see things only as
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • working upon Nature, so that from the mere raw Nature-product —
    • process now goes forward by the Spirit “making good” the
    • for, apart from a few occasional hints, I have been speaking only of.
    • speaking of production. And yet, the economic process does not merely
    • force that is working itself out. There is here a true analogy with
    • diamond in the King of England's crown has such an immense value. For
    • credit based on the security of land — even to a person working
    • further the economic process by working upon it, then, you see, the
    • do so by working upon it. In so far as it is mere Nature, the land can
    • grow real and have real consequences. And, economically speaking, it
    • working of the English mortgage laws with those of Germany.
    • indeed speaking of realities. And, that Consumption is a reality,
    • speaking of realities. Ideas by' themselves have no effect in the real
    • taking part in the economic life — whether as producers, as
    • the necessity for an increase in the number of those who are working
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • rents. Now, as I said, fundamentally speaking, the return for land
    • practice without taking additional steps. 100% interest for money
    • in economics is to be working from the past into the future.
    • — taking the word “market” in the widest sense. But
    • fundamentally by thinking. But spiritual work is not an easy thing to
    • of thinking begins the very moment Labour itself is organised and
    • the spiritual work of one who directs some undertaking within the
    • spiritual work. Nevertheless he is still working with the resources
    • speaking, we can call it free. For whatever materials are derived from
    • of our children if we gave them nothing. We are constantly making free
    • evolve real economic thinking. I think we may take it that anything
    • thinking. It is a thinking based on resentment, on feeling. People
    • it only from this point of view if we claim to be thinking in an
    • diseased through the fact that payment is not working together in an
    • working together in some way. If you abolish giving on one side, you
    • others. They make their thinking more mobile, and these others are
    • way that when too many people are working in any sphere they can be
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • not foster the exchange of products, making the process not only more
    • them it is his business to impart to them a higher value, by making
    • enterprising or “undertaking ” spirit. It is really this
    • speaking now not of the Labour, but of the products of the Labour; it
    • it would become fixed, but into free spiritual undertakings where it
    • figures only within undertakings dependent on mind or Spirit —
    • working on into the next; in the other movement something arises
    • speaking, Spirit realised in the economic process; so that I can write
    • difficult; for when the thing we are seeking is shifting to and fro in
    • constantly be taking place. Such ascending and descending processes
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking into the actual course of economic life. For an economic
    • their own accord through the working of supply and demand. The theory
    • economically speaking, even to establish them. As contemplative
    • people into the market to observe how supply and demand are working.
    • enough into the working of the economic processes? Can you make any
    • trying to grasp. You look at the market; you see the working of
    • whole working of the economic process, he cannot become a supplier of
    • evolved from that which has, generally speaking, to be evolved for our
    • instead of making another pair of boots. He might do anything with it,
    • extracted from the Labour as a surplus value. By economic thinking we
    • same. Economically speaking, that which obtains as between the
    • “Every time I send a picture postcard, I cannot help thinking:
    • observe these things, we should be able to reckon it up: By making
    • men who stand in the most varied spheres, are working together.
    • changes, but of seeking for the proper associative union and
    • painfully, for at this point, after all, economic thinking does to
    • some extent coincide with moral and religious thinking. To me, for
    • a pun, but the genius of language itself is working here.)
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • Europe. It is a striking example of the complicated way in which
    • farmers or estate owners speaking of their work, one often hears them
    • certain margin of profit. Taking the actual prices of rye in this way,
    • fortnight in which to go on making boots as before. Economically
    • speaking, we can now ask: Who manufactured the boots? Economically
    • speaking, undoubtedly — at this moment of the economic process
    • more, we come to the same conclusion: It is, generally speaking, a
    • economic process taking place within a larger whole, it is really
    • quantitatively speaking, of Loaned Capital, Industrial Capital and
    • at the head of the undertaking — Siemens & Gwinner, for
    • Further — and I am not defending or attacking anything, but
    • keep pace with things with one's clear thinking. In many places
    • ideas, by taking things that can be surveyed as a whole; but you will
    • Spanish possessions in the West Indies, because it was looking for
    • advance a step. Speaking of this second buffer, of the hunt for
    • industrial undertaking and its sources of raw products and its
    • especially serve the process of lending — I mean the banking
    • of the banking system, falls into the last two-thirds of the
    • evolution of the banking system, borrowing and lending develops on an
    • expansion of the banking system, the control of the circulation of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • speaking to a few among you. I mean the relation between Labour and
    • working in Capital which keeps the movement going. To begin with,
    • Speaking of this movement, we must be aware of one thing above all,
    • imagine, for instance, that a purchase is taking place: A buys from B.
    • In ordinary lay thinking, we generally apply the concept of profit to
    • I sell something, I must be so placed, economically speaking, that the
    • seen by taking another illustration.
    • Fundamentally speaking, the line of thought I have just opened out can
    • Economically speaking, what have the peas become by this process?
    • economic thinking the work or Labour which is active in
    • thinking about Physics. The physicist does this by developing a
    • more pronounced if there were not only a pressure working from here to
    • of making an advantageous deal is also present in me when I sell a
    • commodities which I possess. At this point, I am already taking a hand
    • the economic process in a striking way.
    • mutuality comes. In the division of Labour we have a process working
    • this feeling-experience is not to be eliminated. That is thinking in
    • process can grasp anything of it by working abstract concepts into it;
    • it is only by working imaginative perceptions into it that we can
    • with a picture-thinking. We must be ready to enter into the real
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • While in the animal kingdom, for example, the more primitive forms can
    • gigantic farm — was the so-called kingdom of the Merovingians. It
    • was a “kingdom” in a quite external sense, but it was
    • Merovingian kingdom was really no different from this: — the
    • was this working together of private economies which they actually saw
    • the older economists retained to a large extent a way of thinking
    • radical example of what I mean by their working together industrially.
    • described as an actual working-together in the industrial life. But
    • “wholes” did not take place with the object of making
    • as in fact it did last were thinking in terms of national economies,
    • Economic Science capable of thinking in the spirit of world-economy.
    • thinking in terms of national economy. Whatever results they arrive
    • at, unless and until they are permeated with world-economic thinking,
    • speaking, world-economy exists today; and therefore, relatively
    • speaking, a Science of World-Economy will have to follow. The domain
    • actually on the way and our thinking will have to follow suit.
    • in the body social, even economically speaking, by this reshuffling
    • So long as we are only thinking in terms of national economy, it is
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • in the subjective sense. Economically speaking, the subjective is only
    • different way of thinking. For instance, it is said: In the first
    • Speaking of money, the first thing we have to deal with is ordinary
    • beings, economically speaking, became money. The slaves became money.
    • value of the pound of meat cannot, properly speaking, change in course
    • purchase-money; for him it becomes working capital.*
    • that this working capital, this loaned money, has an essentially
    • seizes it. Human thinking sets to work and it is through this entry of
    • human thinking into the process that loaned money receives its actual
    • gift-money. Gift-money, fundamentally speaking, is all that is
    • where gift-money is working? It loses its value. Thus we may say, if
    • them wild, taking no pains to tame them. But we let money circulate
    • with money for my undertaking? Suppose, according to my calculations,
    • my undertaking must be planned for a period of twenty years. Shall I
    • of long-period undertakings young money receives its peculiar economic
    • suppose I have to embark on an undertaking which involves calculations
    • question of free gifts. If you are thinking in a true economic sense,
    • collective experience and taking the proper corresponding measures.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • on division of Labour, the Nature-product has, properly speaking, no
    • Obviously the first stage in the process — in the taking-over of
    • Everyone would be working with his hands and the spiritual life would
    • all, even in picking blackberries (which acquires economic value only
    • stupid and makes extra work for himself by picking where they are
    • worker are of less value, relatively speaking; he will not get more
    • into the picking of blackberries. (Things that take place in real life
    • taking hold of a real process. It is not that physical Labour is done
    • working-together, as between all that is represented by land-work
    • The first thing necessary is that we should begin working on definite
    • agriculture, or the working of the land in the widest sense, upon the
    • is that this problem, which should really underlie our thinking about
    • comprehensive way of thinking. There is no doubt that Spengler makes
    • consists, therefore, properly speaking, in spiritual work. But he
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • which I have myself been taking part — is it my opinion that all
    • to give you pictorial concepts, ideal pictures, to aid you in making
    • unhealthy way. Or again, speaking of costs of production, it may be
    • each other. Nevertheless, by taking hold of the economic process from
    • given area, say x square metres of land, taking
    • Yet if the economic life becomes permeated with a way of thinking such
    • main value of it, economically speaking, consists in the Labour saved;
    • Looking at things in this way, we shall admit that even in our present
    • It is reality. Once more, speaking pictorially, let me say: While I am
    • fortnight, thinking through the realm of Economic Science. I thank you
    • us look forward to an opportunity of working at these things again
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • Europe — it was by lifting it into consciousness, by making it
    • sketch. I could go on speaking of it for a long time. For the moment
    • and Thrones, press into the space that has been formed through the working
    • through the working of the Sons of the First Hierarchy, through
    • this? The further evolution comes about through the working of the
    • colour signifies a working together of Light and Darkness. But this
    • the fluid, the Element of Water. As, for cosmic thinking, the
    • shadowy. And yet we live today in this way of thinking, in this way
    • today, in a number of pictures, the nature and manner of thinking in
    • a chemist standing in a laboratory, making experiments with retorts
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture II: Hidden Centres of the Mysteries in the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • into the fifteenth century. The spiritual streams that were working
    • recognise that behind these creations stands the working of
    • such was the manner of speaking in those days — and this
    • Earth, was now for the pupil like the content of his day-waking
    • could take place, guided by the teacher, but in reality taking place
    • able, by speaking with the pupil in a special way, to bring to his
    • He felt the inworking of the plant-world, in its blossoming, in its
    • Fundamentally speaking, all the seeking and striving of Meister
    • impulse was working in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. The
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture III: The Time of Transition
    Matching lines:
    • be placed out-side the kingdom of the divine-spiritual Will that
    • to human thinking as the means of attaining knowledge.
    • the Middle Ages we can see this human thinking developing and
    • speaking. There were however men who yearned for knowledge in the
    • few men were there gathered together, making devotion, so to say, of
    • seeking for it again in the world of the Spirit. For those however
    • All the more striking is
    • kind of shrinking back before this knowledge. Let me give you an
    • happens on Earth. Speaking in the sense of Pico della Mirandola we
    • this creative working from out of the unknown spiritual worlds. And
    • your attention from what you are trying to find in him by talking in
    • described. Such was their manner of speaking. And they might go on to
    • not give thoughts. What they gave, however, had an after-working that
    • more to say on this from many aspects. For the moment, taking my
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture IV: The Relationship of Earthly Man to the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • When men are speaking of knowledge nowadays it is very seldom that
    • here and there as a late straggler, as it were. But speaking
    • from out of the mineral and plant kingdoms, and the Sun then to
    • interworking of Sun and Earth, and only afterwards, going about the
    • the kingdoms of the Earth. Thus — they thought — should
    • none the less making the Fourth Hierarchy.
    • earthly kingdoms: mineral kingdom, plant kingdom, animal kingdom,
    • human kingdom. This was the picture of how Man stood in the world.
    • — has gone over into the kingdom of the Sun; the Sun has become
    • happened in recent times? (The teacher is speaking to the pupil.)
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture V: Occult Schools in the 18th and First Half of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • far back, the whole manner of thinking was nevertheless entirely
    • than a talking around the subject, for the pupils were at that time
    • Thinking, unless you know that in reality man experiences Thought by
    • making their own organism into these symbols; for only so can symbols
    • are speaking, not very much could be attained on this path; something
    • You will find this where I am speaking of Spirit in
    • mineral kingdom itself they come together in crystallisation. When
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture VI: The Tasks of the Michael Age
    Matching lines:
    • speaking to you again of the Rosicrucian Movement. Rosicrucianism, I
    • working naturalistically in the soul. (Even religion has become
    • what man discovers in the human and animal and plant kingdoms
    • battle of the upward-attacking Ahrimanic spirits who would like to
    • already told you, generally working as doctors. But at the same time,
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas IV: A Michael Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • speaking to you again of the Rosicrucian movement. Rosicrucianism, I
    • creations of naturalistic art, or the religious sentiments working
    • what man discovers in the human and animal and plant kingdoms
    • battle of the up-ward-attacking Ahrimanic spirits who would like to
    • told you, generally working as doctors. But at the same time, while
    • forth once more to-day, man, looking back to this abyss, can relate
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • corresponding Heathen festival, taking place about the same time of
    • Golgotha. But while this “memory” was taking shape, the
    • century A.D., instead of looking upward to the
  • Title: Lecture: Moon-birth and Sun-birth. Necessity and Freedom. Stages of the Ancient
    Matching lines:
    • time and then met once more — I am speaking in modern terms,
    • of which I am now speaking, the Moon influences and the Sun influences
    • Sun is working; and this is the power that makes man free. Think for a
    • these forces of the Christ, looking down upon me through the cosmic
    • forces, the forces of the Christ, are also working in many different
    • beings looking upward to the Sun — this in their own down-pouring
    • of man, and then imagine he is looking into himself. But he is not
    • Suppose that I have a house before me here, and instead of looking in
    • But in thus looking inward he became aware of what had entered into
    • he already knew the kingdoms of Nature — he knew them in their
    • was the chamber of Thinking. Seen from outside it is the head. It is
    • discovering how man is organised in his organs of Thinking, Feeling
    • and drinking all manner of things. He knows: These things are now
    • earthly sight. Speaking in modern words — though they spoke with
    • do study it, we shall be talking in superficialities.
    • drives anyone who is seeking for real knowledge to despair when he has
    • by looking back to the ancient Mysteries, where the human being was
  • Title: Lecture: The Moon-secret Spring and Autumn mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • other planets, taking the Moon, as it were, as the point whence the
    • could get beyond the mere looking outward through the eyes or
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries of Ephesus The Aristotelian Categories
    Matching lines:
    • it once more in sacred Mysteries working forth into mankind, or be it
    • But as the Temple burned something was really taking place.
    • forth from the working together of Alexander and Aristotle.
    • only learn to deal with. And fundamentally speaking, all that
    • say today: “Anthroposophy itself, in all its working, is an
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture I: A Convulsive Element in Humanity in the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • for speaking of many aspects of it — for illustrations will
    • were taking place in the invisible worlds.
    • that was astir at that time, linking it on to a personage who
    • always been engaged in the trade of making gods, and he is an expert
    • she still cherished. The Shaman at the head of the shrieking,
    • about Art except what is laid down by the canon for the making of
    • The chief character is a Polish Count; speaking to him
    • despot stands with a friend, looking upwards towards a high rock
    • breaking up around him, nor he himself who lives in the immediate
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture II: Ancient Occult Magic. The Ahasver Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • the world as the outcome of a dialogue with the Spirits working in
    • I chose only two particularly striking examples from many that might
    • strength; without taking the Christ into the Ego, he desires to bring
    • prevailing in our time. We know that, properly speaking, the
    • ranking higher than men but who during the Old Moon period of
    • and so forth, is a very abstract way of speaking and leads to no very
    • intensified, enhanced. These higher Beings working in human bodies
    • the natural-scientific way of thinking, and who was told by a friend
    • have ever entered the kingdom of heaven has as high a place as a man
    • pious, and not one of the fools who have ever entered the kingdom of
    • world. Mere looking will never suffice even to understand the Mystery
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • Fundamentally speaking — and indeed it is evident —
    • which I have been speaking here in recent weeks.
    • want to rouse themselves into embarking upon a genuine, individual
    • own individual forces of thinking and feeling. But this is not to
    • people's liking; they prefer to accept knowledge that is ready-made
    • of the great wave of philosophic thinking, the man of whom I am
    • speaking was young. He lived with all the great thoughts and ideas
    • of thinking to reach the sphere where the world-riddles are unveiled.
    • sought to show that a certain rigid, one-sided kind of thinking can
    • transition to the time when this thinking was held to be of no avail,
    • unveiled in this way. It was the time when men were saying: thinking
    • The man of whom I am speaking was one of those who still preserved
    • their belief in the power of thinking in days in the second half of
    • the 19th century when a certain mistrust of thinking became
    • lived on from the time of the sovereignty of thinking into that of
    • to abandon all seeking. A soul of this character is usually one who
    • that is blazoned abroad as great and epoch-making and that they
    • in a happy-go-lucky way accept such a discovery as epoch-making; but
    • from making similar mistakes at any time. He does not, however,
    • thinking, how easily it is prevented from making even an approach to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Probably you have all, in thinking over the task of the physician,
    • to comprehend this working of cosmic forces into terrestrial
    • interlocking of this perishing heritage of the past with attempts such
    • newer medical thinking. Cellular Pathology derives all the
    • exist. They must operate. In seeking them we shall find that which has
    • unique and not to be found in the other kingdoms of nature. Forces
    • in action, as something working chemically from outside the earth into
    • purpose of working towards a certain restoration of medical science.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Something is seeking for equipoise; it is as though there were an urge
    • and working up of food, and the upper activities, the lowest of which is the
    • offers a striking example of the interaction of various processes in
    • one another as positive and negative images. The particularly striking
    • organic activity taking place during sleep, which should really take
    • place during working hours, during full physico-spiritual awakeness.
    • Corresponding to the conscious soul and organic functions of our waking
    • hours, are always processes of excretion. Even our thinking does not
    • substance, that is, the qualities essential to its working when
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • basis for every future consideration, taking into account what I have
    • speaking, that therapeutics are dealt with concurrently with pathology,
    • the nervous system; the influences working through the rhythmic
    • system, breathing and blood circulation; and those working through
    • vegetable, animal and especially the mineral kingdoms.
    • growth should strictly speaking be the immediately adjacent part, its
    • thinking, feeling and willing with these same forces, which I have
    • follow up the processes of thinking, feeling and willing, as to show
    • lacking. We help the organism by adding and returning what we first
    • discover among the products of the vegetable kingdom, the exact forces
    • mineral kingdom. The mineral kingdom was envisaged merely as being
    • mineral kingdom, a changing over of substance occurring at some
    • animal life to man, and another, descending to the mineral kingdom.
    • kingdom, but somewhere in the middle kingdoms of nature. There would
    • greatly lacking in internal formative force. During the whole span of
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • The method referred to would consist in making every possible effort
    • individual result may be most striking.
    • rationale into what is otherwise merely an empirical thinking on a
    • in ordinary medical and biological thinking.
    • extremely well fed and healthy looking cattle. Would it occur to you
    • ruin of sound thinking, could occur.
    • thinking out of the gland itself. You perform the activity apart from
    • us, but working in the rest of Nature's order. The external natural
    • intestinal vegetation, which you deprive of formative powers, taking
    • you would not be a thinking being. You take away from your intestinal
    • upper: that is of making his lower sphere sick, by depriving it of
    • mineral kingdom that we must set free the forces opposed to the action
    • of the external forces of that kingdom.
    • Let us assume that you are making comparative investigations into the
    • for men capable of thinking, to arise on a physical basis; for man
    • possesses the brain, the organ of thinking at the expense — I repeat,
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • has discarded and released the other natural kingdoms out of his own
    • details for later addresses. Strictly speaking, in the light of the
    • animal kingdom.
    • corresponding substances from the inner workings of light and other
    • interiorise them, making them their inner properties. This is the
    • metabolism; and as circulation is the bridge linking nerves and senses
    • is in fact nothing less than the image of this macrocosmic working.
    • kingdom; it has the forces that sprout into vegetation.
    • kingdom.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • working upwards from the earth, and on the other, something else,
    • working from above downwards, is inserted into the carrier.
    • We have to visualise the place and office of the imponderables working
    • position for working on a certain portion of our sphere. Assume Saturn
    • is the link between the workings of metals and the formation of
    • the light and is therefore akin to the workings of light; and we
    • divisions. All these ways of working are connected one with another,
    • taking us part of the way to our goal. We can take the standpoint of
    • and animal kingdoms to extra-telluric forces. And as I indicated
    • also within that sphere: but with the animal kingdom we leave the
    • minerals are also within that sphere: but with the animal kingdom we
    • hopes, completely masking the danger in the background.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • On the other hand and this is why I have emphasised the need of taking
    • extra-telluric factors working from birth or from conception onwards,
    • waking state, but its “installation” means that the collaboration
    • the working of the ego upon the three other human vehicles. It
    • earth has its own lunar principle working outwards from within.
    • destroys their working by developing its own urge towards independent
    • working of planetary forces in the earth's substances. Were it not for
    • it depends on making the cellular process remain under the
    • study the correspondence between the process working in lead, and the
    • follow up the same process working between iron and the blood, until
    • referred to and the workings of copper, mercury and silver.
    • the vegetable kingdom, as you will see later on.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • foundations of existence. But this must be done if medical thinking
    • the lime blossoms. Realise that something is taking place between this
    • taking place in your olfactory organs. The fragrance flowing from the
    • that of taste is more inward (we are speaking here with reference to
    • the whole plant-kingdom because one now begins to realise what takes
    • give the key, between the process taking place within the eye, and the
    • so close that we could hardly avoid looking for an analogy with the
    • sense of which you know from other lectures. For in thinking and the
    • thinking are simply continuations of visual images; compare for a
    • your own! In thinking we have an interiorised continuation of seeing.
    • carefully examine our thinking processes, especially the connection
    • our discontinuous, analytic thinking is very like its counterpart,
    • Thus we find thinking and representation as the one end of a
    • and radiates back into the interior in thought. In thinking we try to
    • crude: — Picture to yourselves man standing looking on into the
    • looking out and around. And suppose that the tiniest dwarf imaginable
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • but into the mineral kingdom as well. You will find that the same
    • Law must be constructed upon all the elements obtained by the taking
    • upwards, we must consider the workings in man of the silicon process
    • Again, it should always be borne in mind that all substances working
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • away from the blood the forces working normally by means of the iron,
    • can watch in this plant how the working forces diverge. The forces
    • substances which tend to the mineral kingdom, i.e., silicic acid, work
    • kingdoms of nature in himself; in addition to the human kingdom, there
    • evolutionary stages, with all the other kingdoms of nature. Indeed in
    • kingdoms outside, and are able to reabsorb what is needful for us once
    • that in the course of evolution we have detached the mineral kingdom
    • that seeking the relationships to the plants alone is simply
    • one-sided. Nevertheless the vegetable kingdom retains for us its
    • the mineral kingdom. At the same time, we must bear in mind that the
    • effort in assimilating and taking it into the human unity, than in the
    • interpolate here the emphatic statement that I am not making
    • food. Man throws upon the process of cooking, in all its forms,
    • and the same is true for the complementary process of thinking and
    • shows itself in the habit of cooking [i.e., changing] the raw
    • forces, manifesting in different ways. All peripheral working
    • Then taking these two diverticulums, we
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • superseded by the working of higher potencies, to turn sharply at
    • the animal kingdom, are in perpetual motion away from the earth,
    • forces working down into the earth, and it is an absurdity to seek for
    • wonderful workings of the human liver.
    • vegetable kingdom from mankind.
    • hypertrophy were not checked by the workings of the extra-telluric
    • In seeking for the next process, situated still more deeply in the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • bond between the etheric and physical bodies; so even in the waking
    • the working of this correspondence. Pass in review all the substances
    • It is important to remember that in speaking of oxygen, hydrogen and
    • working of lead, as something associated with the fact that hydrogen
    • emergence of new types of disease shows the necessity of taking these
    • — to observe certain workings of extra-human realities in one's
    • to practise meditation. By taking that course, mankind decides in a
    • walk. It is indeed the case that the awareness of the iron working
    • working which comes forth from the upper bodily sphere, and ramifies
    • instance the vegetable carbon already dealt with — is lacking in an
    • the body, we are taking for the whole, what is only a part. The
    • account not only the workings acting from within, outwards, but also
    • all these workings which give a general direction to his organic
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • in working order. Thus we may be sure of being able to do something to
    • workings, so as to make it a healing source. Our aim is to direct the
    • that the etheric body may once more extend its working to the region
    • or better, from the light workings of summer; there is something of
    • representative only of the light workings: but this subject forms a
    • of a certain conceptual rigidity, a blind sticking to a certain system
    • immense diversity, with its way of often working by mere indications,
    • masking of the true nature of the case; one fails to recognise an
    • The habit of tea drinking, on the other hand, helps us to avoid
    • linking up pedantically one thought to another like a professor. For
    • materially conducing to the habit of making aphoristic remarks and
    • sugar in the Western world of the English speaking peoples. And we may
    • large intake of sugar. Nevertheless in such cases, the fact of taking
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • astral body and the ego, which are constantly working upon and
    • structure. Although we remain unaware of it in everyday waking life,
    • come to a striking difference between short-sighted and long-sighted
    • conditions, or the reverse, by looking at the
    • process working from outside. If we take the trouble to see and
    • emphasise it still more here. People are in the habit of thinking: an
    • untenable. It is making the same mistake to explain the human eye and
    • other hand, if the organism cannot help itself by making the
    • striking proof of the need to acquire this macroscopical view. One
    • working abroad signifies the formative force of the whole human
    • something which, working from out of the astral organisation, may so
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic markings are due to this involvement in extra-telluric
    • begins to work, the working calls into activity the defensive and
    • External reason and external intelligence sharing in this working of
    • speaking they should not produce immediately — i.e., as excitements
    • being man really rests, and above all our human thinking which goes
    • we must search for in the mineral kingdom itself, in order to cure
    • of thinking is based on the disruption of mineral substance. On the
    • virtue of sulphur. Now sulphur is within the mineral kingdom that
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • difficult to define these delicate workings of our organism in the
    • by external activity. These animals are really taking care of their
    • working centripetally. In the legs and feet, the will works through
    • metabolism, especially on that part of the metabolic process taking
    • These facts illustrate the interlocking of the individual regions and
    • thereby strengthen from within the forces of the cosmos working into
    • unless one is thinking of the human being, and it is essential to keep
    • developed in childhood and youth, remains lacking, and only that is
    • Suppose you educate the child in liking and eating some wholesome
    • remedial method. We are at present making efforts in this direction at
    • able to confuse the whole of human thinking. Indeed it is true that
    • a devastating effect on organs already too old for such working up.
    • also an extremely fine, spiritualised inward sucking action. We must
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • different varieties — that is, comparatively speaking, for very
    • Indeed fluorine is always present in water, even in our drinking
    • aspect of the fluorine workings. The constitution arising if the
    • fingers and the legs become supple and skillful, is the working of
    • working. But if the external fluorine workings are disturbed, then the
    • importance usually bestowed. I am speaking now with reference to the
    • (in the wider sense, speaking of the whole organisation) has been
    • and one of great value for the whole reform of medical thinking that
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • the forces working from the earth itself. There is a constant
    • solve the riddle of the working of bacilli in it. But unless we go
    • alternation between waking and sleeping. Every time we wake, there is
    • there is the other beat. And this rhythm of waking-sleeping
    • waking-sleeping, is intersected with other minor rhythmic oscillations
    • which are due to the fact that in the waking state, we wake in our
    • waking and sleeping.
    • breaking through of more subtle forces; but by this fact a special
    • working of the bacilli whether vegetable or animal — we need not
    • These physical manifestations include the working of the bacilli
    • tailoring or shoemaking, but with little knowledge of the craftsmanship
    • wider rhythm determined by the alternation of sleep and waking, form a
    • determined by the alternation of sleep and waking, form a separate
    • others of which we shall treat later. If this lower rhythm is working
    • breaking through from above downwards, and its main origin is as I
    • thinking activity is used mainly for the formative processes of the
    • direct working upon the physical; but the need persists in early
    • later stage, by the working of warmth. One might say that during the
    • more dependent on activities working chemically, then passes on to
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • as shown among “bleeders.” You will find a striking phenomenon, known
    • If you analyse the aforesaid facts, you will find a striking concrete
    • coagulates. For coagulation of the blood is caused by forces working
    • working throughout, are in fact ubiquitous; and that if certain
    • Speaking in terms of the planets, it is the co-operation of Mercury,
    • antimonising forces are those which, working from the outside, so to
    • take place in working upon the substance introduced from outside. This
    • in some degree an antidote, restoring the rhythms between the working
    • regular interplay through rhythm. Indeed the real reason for drinking
    • especially rubbing with antimonial ointment and simultaneously taking
    • striking resemblance to the process of awakening from sleep which is
    • same process that occurs when in awaking dreams still hold their sway;
    • and tuned down: confined to the moment of waking. Now suppose you wish
    • awakening to that of full waking consciousness, and makes permanent
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • indicate in these chapters: the “thinking together” of the whole human
    • accustoming the patient to practise walking backwards, as a form of
    • drinking to perceive his own interior. For his own organism now
    • of asking the patients how they feel, and where they suffer pain, we
    • irregular function of the astral body, working through the etheric
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • spirit-soul. Soul life of thinking, feeling and willing only a
    • thinking builds the brain. Lower uses it as reflector. Metabolism
    • thinking, whose apparent defects are often those of will. Inherited
    • at the right intervals in speaking, so that either the words fall
    • thinking, feeling and willing, this means no more than that it has
    • possible grounds we can have for speaking of the normality or
    • stage of making pronouncements as to what is clever or reasonable, in
    • it manifests in thinking, feeling and willing. This soul life that
    • manifests in thinking, feeling and willing is, however, as we said,
    • process, a process of breaking down. Substance falls away.
    • outer world is reflected in it, and this produces the thinking that
    • functions or activities of thinking: there is first the one which
    • brain — this one is the permanent element in human thinking;
    • and then there is the thinking function that is not real in itself
    • we fall asleep; it subsides as soon as we stop thinking.
    • the basis of thinking. Whatever we have in us in the way of organs is
    • this body, he builds up a new body, working from out of his own
    • must therefore distinguish, when speaking of a child, between the
    • case how strongly the individuality is working.
    • organ. In the very young child, however, everything is still working
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking, feeling and willing of the soul are symptoms behind which
    • stands the thinking which builds the brain synthetically and the
    • own ether body. This living thinking forms the brain which becomes
    • saw yesterday, the real life of soul is working. We cannot here enter
    • significance for you, in view of the tasks that you are undertaking.
    • think about any knowledge you have gained from looking into some
    • scientific way of thinking, you will find it full of the forms and
    • from the manifestations of the life of soul, from thinking, feeling
    • application — we must observe how thinking is related in its
    • thinking, feeling and willing as no more than symptoms. We saw that
    • thinking, as it expresses itself in the superficial soul-life, has
    • begin with, let us consider thinking, with the synthesizing activity
    • capable of thinking. One person will have a great wealth of thoughts,
    • thinking, science makes this very hypothesis; science is just as
    • Science (and we have been speaking of these now for more than twenty
    • we have here the symptomatic life of soul — thinking, feeling
    • nerves-and-senses system. For it is the living thinking that forms
    • earthly substance, in all its various processes and ways of working.
    • broken down by the activity of the living thinking, so that here
    • thinking but with the life in them being perpetually killed all the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • Difficulty of helping adults as compared with children. On waking,
    • have been speaking of the connection between etheric body, physical
    • difficulty. I am thinking here of illnesses of a particular kind, and
    • it is with ego organisation and astral body in the waking state, when
    • and here the etheric body, then, at the time of awaking, the
    • first the ego organisation. When, at the moment of awaking, the ego
    • as a force working in this direction — the direction of the
    • forces of weight. Now there are two ways of looking at the matter.
    • equilibrium, and so on. This is one possible way of looking at what
    • happens: on awaking we lay hold of the physical body with our ego,
    • so during the whole of waking life. All that we include under the
    • perceptions of sound, is in reality speaking merely of their external
    • being has no possibility of making direct connection, by means of
    • it were, making it impossible for the human being to find contact
    • time a fit occurs, an inner congestion is taking place at the surface
    • with them, making Eurythmy movements, or other gymnastic movements,
    • Watch some old man taking off his hat while he is walking across an
    • speaking of it later. Today I want only to show you how the things we
    • have been speaking more fully of the way in which the human being
    • him; and then we have to discern within this the working of his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • justified in asking the question — we do not formulate it in so
    • arises there. This causes fits. For what is really taking place, when
    • the secretion is not strikingly present, you will find that it can
    • looking at such things they are, of course, bound to bring this
    • said to be suffering from hysteria. He has difficulty in making
    • means. He has difficulty in taking hold rightly of the equilibrium
    • Spiritual Science. When speaking to those who will have to intervene
    • description can see it taking place in the patient before him. And in
    • inner anxiety or shrinking, the feeling of tenderness and soreness,
    • interior of the human being, making its appearance not at all quickly
    • earth takes place. But in the condition of which we are speaking now,
    • Working
    • speaking. And now we are at last rightly equipped for tackling the
    • combating this other trouble of which I have been speaking today. To
    • organisation. It manifests as a kind of working
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • demonstrate a condition that is strikingly typical.
    • exact in our thinking, and do our best to grasp the matter as
    • astral body. But an interplay is always taking place in man's
    • taking place, all he can do is to describe. And since this is all he
    • into this beholding of the world — not a thinking about, but a
    • dense. The child will then be absolutely incapable of sinking his
    • catching hold of everything, kicking out in all directions with his
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • therapeutic methods - taking medicines internally, injections,
    • namely, of sucking his thumb. Cardboard splints were on this account
    • which I was speaking yesterday. He is also learning quite quickly to
    • he's amused! I think Fraulein B. was asking him why he keeps his
    • therefore here a beginning of what manifests so strikingly in the
    • nothing else than a working of karma, for it can have no connection
    • inclination to start working upon the nourishment that does reach it,
    • metabolism-and-limbs system. The working together of the two systems
    • age of intellectualism. The thinking, the mental and spiritual
    • is adapted for making its way into the bony system, but in order to
    • now you can also see in this boy a striking confirmation of what I
    • to each single movement they are making with their hands, to see that
    • barking at the pony, and the pony is going like this with his
    • must obviously be familiar, making plain to him in this way that we
    • both are completely lacking in the pedagogy of the present day.
    • with lessons in painting, working in the way I indicated a little
    • it that needs our support, our backing, as it were? The nervous
    • the metabolic system. You reckon, do you not, on the medicine taking
    • metabolic system and nervous system, by making use of a secretion of
    • arsenic baths and Curative Eurythmy. With these three working
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • speaking to it, talking with it and altogether treating it as a real
    • astral body is not in good working order. The astral body should by
    • would not be able to tell, from looking at the boy, how old he is. He
    • upbuilding processes and breaking-down processes. With the latter are
    • process of disintegration, a process of breaking down, is taking
    • to the outside world. Try asking the boy to do something which he
    • organisation does succeed after a time in breaking through the walls
    • process is taking place here which it is important to observe.
    • He has no liking for fruit or vegetables or anything acid, but shows
    • plants. And we must not omit to note a trait that is strikingly
    • looking at him. There is however another feature of the case to which
    • making its way right into the digestive organisation, has a hankering
    • there are signs that a natural betterment is taking place. We have in
    • be constantly making things himself. This will bring his limbs into
    • would be good if along with foods for which he has a liking, the boy
    • staff of teachers to train actors for speaking on the stage,
    • with instead of one. For if you should ever succeed in making some
    • importance to making the course of the lesson lead up gradually to a
    • while this is taking place, while you are undoing, as it were, the
    • all will be obtained by making direct attack on the symptoms
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • dreams on falling asleep, not on waking. Treatment of these three
    • whom we shall be speaking later on. He makes very good pictures. He
    • the size of the head by looking at the little ears which are of
    • internal tendencies that make for enlargement are working. I am
    • A striking fact that
    • of course whatever we can observe for ourselves by simply looking at
    • the child — and then, working from these, win our way through
    • does one come upon such a striking resemblance as here stood
    • this child, the cosmic forces have simply continued their working
    • the same, extending its working beyond the change of teeth. Or again,
    • speaking, send its light into all the events and doings that occur in
    • egoistic in the matter. He is quite capable of making presents to his
    • things and just where they all were, making a long story of how it
    • falling asleep or before waking up. Up to now, according to this
    • But the waking-up dreams must also come under observation. If we can
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • His interest is in "discovery". Good and bad mean liking
    • and disliking. Authority of teacher especially needed. Early
    • superficial thinking of the present day — that where the Earth
    • colour-blind. It's no use talking about colours to one who is
    • taking pains, that lives in the vowel sounds.
    • now for the other difficult child of whom I was speaking yesterday,
    • in their working, sharp and spear-like; whereas when the same forces
    • are distributed as in gneiss, they are mild in their working and
    • crisis. The child was crying, and blinking, and passing a great deal
    • taking its inevitable course. For one must, you know, retain the
    • frightened and disturbed at the turn the illness is taking. In cases
    • where breaking-down forces should be at work — and is not a
    • preponderance of upbuilding over breaking-down forces the fundamental
    • medicinal influence of lead. The knowledge of its beneficial working
    • the most powerfully working forces of cleavage produce in lead the
    • muscular system that is involved in walking had not developed
    • talking to him! A deformity is of course a bit of a shock to a boy of
    • Altogether, the breaking of some habit or trait of character in a
    • how in Eurythmy we have to develop an artistic speaking in order for
    • working of the Genius of Language we elaborate in Eurythmy, so as to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • to intervene with our pedagogical therapy. Taking as our starting
    • being is in his case lacking. Once, however, he can be brought to
    • especially taking care to see that the toes and fingers move with
    • are going on in his limbs, let him watch himself making the
    • nature of a life-work such as you are undertaking should not allow
    • children — taking our start, that is, from painting, and
    • and ether body is precisely what is lacking in a boy of this type.
    • making too great demand upon the astral body and not allowing it to
    • cannot be making their appearance for the first time at this somewhat
    • comparatively speaking, well able to have them. Anthroposophists have
    • speaking) beneath an accumulation of dust and rubbish.
    • speaking, people are not able to achieve anything of this kind in the
    • Taking it as your starting point, you will be able, by meditation, to
    • meditation; it will be like sinking into a snug, warm nest! No, the
    • feeling must be continually present in us that we are taking the
    • connection with the various undertakings that have been begun within
    • is deformed. We have already been making very careful tests here in
    • more striking manifestation of a sulphur-aura. Here it has the effect
    • process working outwards, so that little sulphur islets occur in the
    • to him; and having first had a good look at each in turn, talking with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • that is, not before puberty. Working on these lines, we must first
    • the first epoch of life. You can see at once what is lacking; the
    • need to find something which will have, while working together with
    • that he is incapable of making the right approach to the external
    • doing this, there will be clear signs also of a transformation taking
    • was speaking to you yesterday about the albinos, and I came to
    • find; and we have here a clear instance of how by looking at what the
    • takes place within the child iron will be lacking, whereas everything
    • of teeth is taking place — a time when particularly powerful
    • we turn our attention to striking facts such as those I have been
    • influence is working, wherever this complete irregularity is
    • importance of the task they were undertaking; they felt they were
    • members. Anyone taking such a path would find himself in danger of
    • — very early, comparatively speaking, and not without
    • what has been lacking all along is just the very thing that can
    • dawn upon Goethe — so I kept asking myself all through the
    • this kind of thinking that we can ever hope to attain insight into
    • made a speech in Jena on his sixtieth birthday. He was speaking on
    • of delivery — speaking slowly, with a good deal of “padding”,
    • of speaking and yet never made himself quite master of the art.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • related to blossom in plants. Making a map of illness. Old belief
    • and even the fruit can become deformed, we would be able, by looking
    • by looking at the matter in this light. Starting therefore from this
    • influence. Taking first the root, we have there something that works
    • still believed that the animal kingdom inscribes into Nature all
    • generally occurs only in the lower animal kingdom. These are
    • Earth consciousness; the true I can be seen only by looking back into
    • immediately before taking some decisive step, before doing a deed of
    • you have the intention of undertaking work with backward children.
    • we who are in this spiritual movement are constantly thinking: how
    • for the right working out of your will.
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of a man when he has inhaled a breath of air and is working on it in
    • of his message was formed, not by looking at the sunlight directly in
    • the Earth is in a certain way not speaking with the heavens, a time
    • human evolution by taking part in the right way with our own
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • partaking in death in a human body He was enabled immediately after
    • divine heights and taking on the form of man, He became able actually
    • by His deed, working out of the heavens into the Earth, set forth the
    • Wherein then did the spiritual strength of man consist, making him
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • or its imperfect way of speaking. As we connect specific
    • would be if we were to succeed, for example, in making the Michael
    • spiritual foundations, out of esoteric foundations, in making the
    • People today are like earthworms, I might say, looking for sunlight
    • rhythm: a physical-material, a spiritual, a working-in-each-other of
    • activity and the interworking of primordial trinities. And when we
    • their souls on what is taking place, but the activity of their own
    • counting a chance pile of sticks or stones. But the working of number
    • working, and hence to interweave it also into all human creating and
    • Christ. This means, taking the risen Christ into one's soul during
    • If then the time could come when there are actively working
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • just in the sensible workings of Nature, as is the case today, but
    • the ancient times of which we are speaking did not have a full
    • full ego-consciousness was lacking; and when this is the case, people
    • of ancient times. We can characterize the human by thinking of it, in
    • side and the perception of the general mineral kingdom on the other.
    • speaking out of this later intellectualistic age, says: “I sing
    • configuration of the animal kingdom, streams back to the Earth on the
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • with Nature. His whole thinking took on this character. If we want to
    • perceptive feeling and was not characterized through thinking
    • particular trend of thinking, with his feeling way of perceiving, the
    • thinking, feeling and perceiving is a man who is
    • And thus again it will be best to have as the most strongly working
    • speaking in meaningful cosmic language. The trees are becoming bare;
  • Title: Lecture I: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • very soon realize that, properly speaking, it is not the physical but
    • will come when a great many people will find themselves asking: “Why
    • which, lacking the definition imparted by the senses, remain
    • I am speaking here of a familiar experience of dream-life. It may
    • groping in a phantasmagoria. But this way of working coarsens and
    • Mephistopheles — but in this case Mephistopheles is working in his
  • Title: Lecture II: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • hypothetically — delicate nerve-processes, and says: The thinking,
    • deeper and deeper root into the materialistic thinking of the near
    • following would be. — Suppose someone walking along a road discovers
    • man has also been walking on the road and made the other impressions
    • himself from this anatomical and physiological thinking and work
    • through to a spiritual-scientific thinking. Then he will feel as an
    • solve the contradiction of which we were speaking — that the gulfs of
    • Now the working of Lucifer and Ahriman is not the same in all parts of
    • Thinking, pure thought as such, is very little disturbed by Lucifer
    • generally speaking, alike. We have, however, already seen that this is
    • and backward orientation, looking before and behind. Instead of
    • where the effects of their working are thrown together in confusion.
    • working. We are beings of surface between left and right because the
    • working out of their creative thoughts and purposes, took as it were
    • find the plane by taking the skeleton and removing from it the skull.
    • working from without. It receives its distinctive character from
    • with the true cosmic working in the world. I mean our building here in
    • external and spatial. And in these aspects too, where the workings of
    • the human soul are concerned — if not in so striking a way as in the
    • all the activity of the soul, Lucifer and Ahriman are working one upon
  • Title: Lecture III: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • working outside the realm where they belong. We spoke on this subject at some
    • of Willing, Feeling and Thinking.
    • not of course see this willing, feeling and thinking. Only in its
    • movement, is continually giving expression to man's thinking, feeling
    • feeling as the most important force in man. But as to how thinking,
    • inability to form a correct idea of the relationship between thinking,
    • more the character of willing or feeling or thinking. It is exactly as
    • But by taking all three ages together we acquire a knowledge of
    • “man.” It is the same with willing, feeling and thinking. The
    • thinking, but willing is still a child. When it grows a little older,
    • it becomes feeling, and when it is quite old it is thinking. The
    • quite old willing (i.e., thinking). The different ages are in that
    • of making the will young. When the activity of our soul is streamed
    • soul-activity, he hardens it, it becomes old, and thinking is the
    • result. Thinking, the having and holding of thoughts, is quite
    • thinking. In between stands a region where Lucifer and Ahriman are in
    • expression of thinking; when the Luciferic forces are in ascendance,
    • us imagine, to take a simple case, that a man is walking along a road.
    • When he is walking along a road in the daytime with his ordinary
    • walking along a path by night. When we walk along a path by night, it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • breathe: that is also a way of taking in nourishment. You take oxygen
    • can see, since long, long ago there could have been no human kingdom
    • or animal kingdom alive on the earth unless plants had had a very
    • different character from those kingdoms. Plants do not take in oxygen:
    • Worms find no lodging in a human body if the head forces are working
    • then they become quite especially strong through the process of making
    • cooking it for them first! But human beings have come of themselves to
    • cooking the grains. And now, gentlemen, what happens when we cook the
    • do there with the seeds, grinding them, making them fine, I'd
    • doing those things, I relieve my body. And the same with the baking
    • itself: all the things I do in cooking, I save my body from doing. I
    • potatoes undergo a preparatory stage through cooking or some other
    • into the head. So you see, by cooking our foods, especially those that
    • late summer and autumn, when the sun forces are no longer working so
    • only their forces proceed to work, cooking is not so necessary. That's
    • we've planted, all those leaves that we eat without cooking because
    • into the body, making the work of nutrition easier.
    • state. And the assistant was shaking in his boots as he said timidly:
  • Title: Lecture II: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • what substances are in the manure and then taking them out of the
    • mineral kingdom: mineral fertilizer!
    • fields was really better. It's no use thinking that one can make
    • But if something is lacking in the diet steadily for weeks, then the
    • and he is in fine health. He is not so keen on thinking as on
    • our time, just to bring the newspapers out! All that thinking, it is
    • talking of the tendency to have it — your hay fever is a kind of
    • habit of thinking was good for us. Later, as it happens in life, we
    • should give him the things for which he shows an instinctive liking.
    • You see, if a child is watching all the time and thinking, when will
    • Father or Mother not be looking, so that I can take that sugar: then
    • article. But if you're a diplomat you can be talking about night clubs
    • at the same time that you're talking about the economy of country X,
    • — while there sits the journalist in the coffee shop, drinking one cup
    • food or drink can have on our whole thinking process. It is so, of
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture One: The Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical Society. And in this context may I begin by speaking
    • these paths on which human beings are seeking to realize themselves;
    • consist of working together with the beings of the higher
    • possessed of a homeless soul, became acquainted with a way of looking
    • group. And those who were not considered worthy of talking to about
    • and similar books by a group of people who were undeniably hard-working.
    • thinking in the spiritual world this was simply impossible.
    • quite what he was looking for: it was something or other in the
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Two: The Unveiling of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • were looking for at the start of our century as anthroposophy was
    • order to understand their thinking. After all, they gave expression
    • walking around in flesh and blood. The naive impressions of
    • talking in a language not of centuries, but of millennia past.
    • speaking theosophy. But Hegel, when in Zimmermann's view he allowed
    • possess something which is eternal. Zimmermann was seeking an answer
    • God in human beings who is thinking, but human beings themselves,
    • of course to everyone who subscribed to modern thinking at that time,
    • Now, by taking the biological theory of evolution seriously, it is
    • continuing their discussion and talking about theosophy I was
    • Boehme's thinking and extracting from it something which immediately
    • certain sense, taking into account differing national
    • they thought, making members of the first, second, third grades and
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Three: The Opposition to Spiritual Revelations
    Matching lines:
    • Such things have to be taken into account when taking full stock
    • attacking us.
    • ignite, in a manner of speaking, in these female brains through the
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Four: Spiritual Truths and the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • all thinking, their whole inner orientation, is directed toward this
    • talking about start to experience a vague feeling within themselves
    • give them anything for their soul life. A secret thinking, feeling
    • And now those souls are being born who can feel working within
    • room in which beer glasses were clinking in the background. And once
    • straddling the ages as human beings, making them stronger than the
    • could only be met by making it clear to them that the most profound
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Five: The Decline of the Theosophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries enjoyed in ancient times had disappeared, taking with it
    • follows. Let me begin by talking about Nietzsche, whose father was a
    • to what present-day traditional thinking and the modern faiths were
    • began by seeking a way into the Theosophical Society.
    • and making the right choices.
    • was present right from the beginning and was striking in its
    • making him the vehicle for the resurrection of Christ. There is
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Six: The Emergence of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • to London and slowly began to feed, in a manner of speaking, on
    • to overcome. Many people were working towards something, but it was
    • the former to defend itself against modern scientific thinking during
    • fact that a critical assessment of modern scientific thinking took
    • theosophical subject matter by means of natural-scientific thinking.
    • A special version of this way of thinking was evident in the
    • authority of so-called natural-scientific thinking exerted its
    • valid way of thinking than the natural-scientific one. So there was
    • it began to grow at a very fast pace, relatively speaking, and we
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Seven: The Consolidation of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • Now we are talking in the first instance about the start and the
    • he is engaged in organizing certain singular commercial undertakings
    • anything in speaking about or working on this material other than
    • Working from the centre like this, which was, of course,
    • were present here and working together; it must be emphasized that
    • In talking about these things in an objective manner, I do not
    • and were looking for something to fertilize their endeavours.
    • Researchers were no longer looking for atomic structures, as they had
    • movement if it can find a way of working purely from anthroposophical
    • thinking is carried unconsciously into the anthroposophical movement
    • not what they were seeking. For something happened which turned out
    • and in the book, without seeking links with any particular party
    • that has been put into practice so far has not succeeded in making
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Eight: Responsibility to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • working with these ideas it becomes evident that they take hold of
    • the physical world in a spiritual way. By making use of Goethe's
    • latter was achieved in ancient times by looking outward and seeing
    • his response to the direction in which modern thinking was
    • Napoleon could not understand how God was to be found by looking at
    • thinking had to be demonstrated and corrected by returning to his
    • Haeckel's thinking had pursued the approach of natural science to the
    • only emerged in the third stage, when people working in the
    • he has learnt. But a whole group of spiritual beings are working
    • way seeking the spiritual connections. The modern scientist says:
    • become mechanistically thinking Europeans, but spiritually thinking
    • endeavours to introduce anthroposophical working methods into all
    • to reflect on this issue to the extent of asking whether each
    • talking about in these lectures. What I certainly do not mean is that
    • we can achieve a great deal by making use of the sources of
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • color and tone, and working with sculptural architecture.
    • rumbling and braking going on in the wheels and the engine of
    • notice on waking up that when the ego returns with the astral
    • machinery right up to the moment of waking.
    • into your waking consciousness, you will notice how little it
    • making a general allusion, of course, let alone a particular
    • can stand any amount of hammering and knocking and are still
    • right through the hammering and knocking of the ahrimanic
    • waking life of day, we are only conscious of our will life to
    • our waking day, too, we are involved in all that modern life
    • are speaking of the time which began with the fifth
    • hear people speaking like this. However if we speak like this
    • we are speaking Ahriman's language for this is using the
    • by looking quite superficially at what happens when we
    • of taking what we have extracted from nature and putting it
    • it like if we look below the surface? Looking at it from
    • him into his waking life all that he has experienced outside
    • not just a matter of taking in what spiritual science says
    • capable of speaking to the human soul forces that are asleep
    • person who is speaking out of the spirit of spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • color and tone, and working with sculptural architecture.
    • considerations I shall be speaking to you about the important
    • acquisition of the upright posture is only the most striking
    • want to point out that the making of any movement involves a
    • than that required by a watch-maker in making a watch.
    • nothing but lie on the earth immobile, making concepts in
    • in our way of looking at things, that the etheric body is
    • attached to the physical body. Looking once more at any work
    • taking nothing of the etheric body, nothing of the astral
    • ego, taking with us what as yet can only be dimly felt of the
    • the human being has in turn seven members. So taking into
    • pointed out that properly speaking we do not sleep by night
    • At night it is principally the thinking and feeling parts
    • that in which we live when asleep dives down into our waking
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • color and tone, and working with sculptural architecture.
    • must appear to our present way of looking at things as
    • everyday waking consciousness man does not know the origin of
    • divine will, working in the cosmos itself.
    • essentially a process of life taking its course in tones,
    • mankind. It is almost, one feels, lacking in modesty to say
    • Spiritual science must live in the soul, taking hold of all
    • science, taking in this case the last chapter of
    • this image will then be invisible inside us, thus making us
    • ourselves. And the more we succeed in making clear to
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • color and tone, and working with sculptural architecture.
    • being in the world order equipped with thinking, feeling and
    • are also beings above the human stage of thinking, feeling
    • contain the most profound wisdom. Fundamentally speaking we
    • souls during the years we have been working with spiritual
    • feeling that infinite wisdom is speaking to us there and how,
    • it, feeling its influence, perceiving it and thinking about
    • order that the change we have been speaking of can come about
    • by looking at the realm where we find fraternity in its most
    • seriously it is not a question of abstractions but of looking
    • soul has been thinking materialistically and founding a
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • color and tone, and working with sculptural architecture.
    • taking-in-hand of the evolutionary factors of our own soul,
    • making a point of always using our experiences for the
    • purpose of learning something from them and making progress
    • kind of devotion for things we were talking about yesterday
    • bring about in us, then to follow this with thinking about
    • macrocosm is speaking to us over these days in the most
    • that we are looking at a surface shining all over with the
    • impulse to change, an impulse which is breaking in upon
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • color and tone, and working with sculptural architecture.
    • WORKING WITH SCULPTURAL ARCHITECTURE I
    • taking place in the rays of light so that the glow of dawn
    • of the living feeling we can have in looking at the sunrise
    • fellow human being speaking to us. But we have to learn that
    • with them, you will discover that we were making the attempt
    • grown-up? Fundamentally speaking, the materialistic age sees
    • musical-sculptural elements I have just been speaking about.
    • their way of saying that when a person has been working in an
    • science, by taking it down in a notebook; anthroposophy must
    • to consist of thinking that what you are doing and the people
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • color and tone, and working with sculptural architecture.
    • is that is bound up with the whole way of modern thinking,
    • or harmful he will usually start off by asking, ‘Is
    • you see this even better in horses, but we are not speaking
    • moral action by telling us that we are working against the
    • without heads, as it were. Instead of taking up the basis for
    • of the physical body, and we concentrate the kind of thinking
    • blow of destiny, you are making yourself stronger, more
    • But now, right at the beginning, we must get used to taking
    • to see that the principle of taking things quite exactly,
    • would have been talking nonsense. Yet this is one of the
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • color and tone, and working with sculptural architecture.
    • WORKING WITH SCULPTURAL ARCHITECTURE II
    • apart at the seams. Picking it up and looking at the form of
    • insignificant-looking part on this side (north portal of the
    • up, it would have to be done by a force working from inside,
    • your formative artistic thinking and contract and expand
    • possibly the rather hideous-looking asparagus plant. But that
    • really making the inner essence the principle according to
    • would have to do a lot of talking if I were to go into all
    • For it will be possible to go a long way with form-making in
    • start with something we all know, namely, that during waking
    • during the past few days that, awake as he is between waking
    • But in waking life man only dreams with regard to how the
    • up a piece of chalk and make a mental image of picking it up,
    • about the actual will with ordinary waking consciousness, and
    • waking life a major part of our will activity is carried out
    • in waking day sleep.
    • circulation. That is, if you could follow the picking up of a
    • nerves — and, in the case of thinking, the nerve
    • on making its appearance. It does not need to be acquired
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • That corpse that we were looking at is, in fact, after a
    • different. Originally there was a living, thinking, cosmic body-a
    • living, thinking, cosmic body!
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • needs firm ground for walking. You can imagine that these creatures
    • swimming-fins — and what one needs for walking — feet.
    • firm ground, that is, for walking or crawling, have their bones set
    • walking, or swimming.
    • But at that time there was neither walking nor swimming,
    • half-swimming, half-walking.
    • gliding creatures (for they were not really walking and not really
    • breathing and half for taking in nourishment. What existed in the air
    • time, these structures served for taking in nourishment, that is, the
    • the dead mineral kingdom. But with this came also the possibility for
    • the present earth together with the mineral kingdom. And now all
    • mineral kingdom, but it is as if our mineral kingdom had become
    • means, he is taking in oxygen. Below, the oxygen unites with carbon
    • working of the silicic acid that was present everywhere. Since,
    • things in the way we have been looking.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • by making these cuttings we come into the depths of the earth. That
    • of a wild horse. Then he says: Well, now I'm walking on a stratum
    • in one place they see some funny little things looking like
    • would experience in his old age that he was walking on ground a
    • usually sees. Yet, comparatively speaking, all that happens is that
    • overturnings that are taking place in the egg cell are the same as
    • the same unprejudiced thinking as we do here, they would also come to
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • than an hour, but while walking from Ravenna to the sea one finds
    • England, Scotland and Ireland, looking at the layers themselves one
    • people of that time did their thinking not with a solid brain, but a
    • quite certain that the eagle will not be making a statue of an owl!
    • civilization in only a sort of dense air, they had joy in making
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • their kingdom was organized so as to be an image of the heavens. It
    • the citizen of a kingdom. He had no creed to profess; he simply felt
    • himself to be a member of a kingdom. Originally the Chinese had no
    • essential nature of their kingdom and its institutions. Their
    • it was a kingdom, it partook of the nature of a family.
    • All this was only possible for men whose thinking had as
    • yet no resemblance to that of later humanity. The thinking of the
    • related to the whole manner of Chinese thinking and feeling. Indeed,
    • intercourse among families in this old kingdom. They were not
    • recites the words to start the broom working. The broom gets really
    • Indians used to draw and paint. The Chinese, looking at a man,
    • painted him simply by entering into him with their thinking
    • Europeans, who are not given to making fine distinctions, speak of a
    • paltry thinking; we are slightly aware of our feeling but almost not
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Think how you breathe: that is also a way of taking in
    • could have been no human kingdom or animal kingdom alive on the earth
    • unless plants had had a very different character from those kingdoms.
    • body if the head forces are working down strongly into the
    • through the process of making starch and sugar.
    • had to depend upon someone cooking it for them first! But human
    • beings have come of themselves to cooking the grains. And now,
    • see, what I do there with the seeds, grinding them, making them fine,
    • baking itself: all the things I do in cooking, I save my body from
    • through cooking or some other means, then the stomach does not have
    • cooking our foods, especially those that are counted among the
    • longer working so strongly, the stem can mature. But the leaf needs
    • in the intestines and only their forces proceed to work, cooking is
    • cooking because they are easily digested in the intestines —
    • give me my fat.” For animal fat goes over into the body, making
    • was shaking in his boots as he said timidly: “Sir –
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • finding out what substances are in the manure and then taking them
    • out of the mineral kingdom: mineral fertilizer!
    • came out of the fields was really better. It's no use thinking that
    • missing some essential element. But if something is lacking in the
    • not so keen on thinking as on breathing, perhaps; but he can endure
    • thinking, it is much too much, it is not at all necessary-and we have
    • have hay fever, it's much better to have it cured: but we are talking
    • were in the habit of thinking was good for us. Later, as it happens
    • an instinctive liking. Naturally, if a fondness for something
    • thinking, when will Father or Mother not be looking, so that I can
    • But if you're a diplomat you can be talking about night clubs at the
    • same time that you're talking about the economy of country X, then
    • in the coffee shop, drinking one cup of coffee after another. You can
    • whole thinking process. It is so, of course, not just with those two
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • this perfection — some talking of paradise, some of other
    • But, gentlemen, this is making far too simple a picture
    • that it was not they who were speaking but the spirit speaking
    • asking for the shirttails belonging to her husband. He would bury
    • thinking of the dead they tried to make themselves better.
    • earth, then they would surely remember him. By thinking of the dead
    • with the human being: his spirit in the beginning, though lacking
    • So you see, gentlemen, we are not justified in thinking
    • sometimes it shows the trend of people's thinking in a remarkable
    • small child, really a baby — and as its nurse, taking care of
    • of thinking. Hence, when anyone today who prides himself particularly
    • on his thinking comes across ancient documents, he looks for them to
    • Middle Ages did someone discover the possibility of making paper from
    • that was needed for making this paper.
    • what the wasps use for making their nests. The wasps found out how to
    • incapable of making anything if imagination had not enabled them to
    • them in human form in books: Wotan with a flowing beard; Loki looking
    • Indeed, in various ways the people were always talking
    • most beneficial. That is the intellectual way of talking. But if you
    • people, who were not yet thinking for themselves, could attribute the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • way that will lead to what you have in mind. You have been thinking,
    • have you not, of different kingdoms of nature: plants, animals, human
    • nature. For instance, in a place where people are drinking wine,
    • to be in a room where others are drinking wine or in a place where
    • fluid, and gaseous — one fact is particularly striking. Water
    • thinking. The dog could write a book called “The World as Will
    • foul odor. Suppose you are walking through an avenue of horse
    • rest of it has been transformed into an instrument of thinking and
    • of thinking. When a human being is born, his brain has to acquire
    • talking about the other day, namely, that many people, owing to an
    • more of the sensory brain would become thinking brain, so that
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • still without bones. I described this to you when I was speaking of
    • by asking about the colors of stones.
    • mineral kingdom is from the plant kingdom. If the sun did not move
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • one is looking for the reasons for abnormal weather. For naturally
    • and sinking. If you go up a mountain which need by no means be very
    • miles from the earth and is not, properly speaking, illuminated by
    • transit of Venus is seen to be taking place. (As you know, eclipses
    • field and makes thinking more mobile.
    • It is not simply a matter of taking botany in the summer because the plants
    • that is in yourself. The force I'm speaking of lies in your
    • sugar in the coffee. But I am speaking quite hypothetically because,
    • of which you are speaking. It is more probable that it is a
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • you're out walking and you meet an acquaintance and take him along
    • it, making these tetrahedrons, cubes, octahedrons, icosahedrons,
    • independently thinking person? And yet it is slightly ridiculous to
    • modern times, in the 19th century. Thinking independently: that is
    • freethinker is one who is free from thinking! Well, in science one
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • general. I think he means its significance also for the working
    • nourishment. Why is that? It is because something is working in the
    • can investigate the excellent results of natural science by taking
    • striking the earth in such a way that all the seas would surge from
    • been speaking is not the only one that was merciful enough to split
    • Instead of colliding with the earth and breaking people's heads it is
    • are dreadfully fatalistic, thinking that everything in the world will
    • requires genuinely scientific thinking — which was nowhere to
    • a man is working, he uses up inner forces. The forces are given up to
    • that those who had been working all day were much less fatigued than
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • be rightly understood and answered only by looking back at the whole
    • be doing. So one must say: Something is quite obviously lacking. And
    • from the view of spiritual science, the thing lacking is knowledge of
    • think if the forces of thinking did not come from Saturn. But all
    • after series of calculations. Capital, working hours, wages, are
    • will. We perceive that the human being wills. But speaking generally
    • body. But that kind of thinking does not hold water if one really
    • it is absolutely incorrect to say that when a man is thinking,
    • something is always being destroyed, demolished, when he is thinking.
    • small scale is perpetually taking place there.
    • entire body when a man dies is also taking place throughout the body
    • So now we must ask ourselves: Does thinking originate
    • too tumultuous, a man loses consciousness. Thinking is not the result
    • So the fact is that thinking does not come from our
    • That is why we have to sleep, because we don't do any thinking then.
    • What is continually being demolished through our thinking is quickly
    • restored in sleep. So waking and sleeping show us that while we are
    • thinking, death is always taking place in the body on a small scale.
    • working within the body.
    • years. Taking this period to be one cosmic day, we would again have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • about whom I shall be speaking presently — these Chinese and
    • constituted a cult. In what might be called their kingdom, everything
    • later — a man became the citizen of a kingdom. He did not
    • kingdom. Originally the Chinese had no gods of any kind; when later
    • of their kingdom and its institutions. Hence these institutions had a
    • kingdom, it partook as a whole of the nature of a family.
    • for men whose thinking has no resemblance to that of later comers;
    • and the thinking of the Chinese at that time did not at all resemble
    • be adopted by us. So you must not think I am looking for another
    • thinking and feeling. Indeed the Chinese, and the Japanese of more
    • and the Chinese do not learn by looking at objects from the outside,
    • so in modern China. I am speaking of the regions where the Chinese
    • been gunpowder before. Berthold Schwarz, when making alchemistic
    • intercourse in this old kingdom. They were not conscious of inventing
    • words to start the broom working. The broom gets down to the business
    • paint. The Chinese, looking at a man, painted him simply by entering
    • into him with their own thinking — without light, shade, or
    • given to making fine distinctions, speak of the Chinese having a
    • be upright men when walking on our feet. This was discouraged for
    • we are conscious of our paltry thinking, learn something of our
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • this, as you know, even looking superficially at the matter, there
    • interpreted this perfection — some talking of Paradise, others
    • way people are making far too simple a picture of man's evolution. To
    • that it was not they who were speaking but the spirit speaking
    • Empress asking for a piece of shirt belonging to her husband. It
    • the dead they thought of what was good, and by thinking of the dead
    • remember the sick man. By thinking of the dead, they would remember
    • human being whose spirit to begin with, though still lacking freedom,
    • justified in thinking that human beings were originally like the
    • it shows the trend of man's thinking. During our recent travels in
    • and its nurse, looking after it, an ape, an orang-utan. It was
    • really succeed in making apes look after children, we shall be
    • not capable of thinking. Hence, when anyone today who prides himself
    • particularly on his thinking comes across ancient documents, he
    • discover the possibility of making paper from fibre coming from
    • needed for making this paper. But the same thing — except that
    • making nests. The wasps found out how to make paper thousands of
    • incapable of making anything had not imagination enabled them to do
    • spirit, the spirit was working in them. It was not they who possessed
    • books, Wotan with a flowing beard, Loki looking like a devil, with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • asking his question the gentleman in the audience, as an expert
    • say that the life of the bees must be studied by making use of the soul.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • speaking.
    • very small quantities in which, relatively speaking, it is
    • the period of time during which the Sun, approximately speaking,
    • here. If this were to continue, only such Sun-workings would be there
    • working to the full, has remained, so to speak, entirely under the influence
    • external working of the Sun. But now the new Queen is born from out
    • become more numerous. In Nature, every need calls forth the working
    • Speaking
    • well to be aware of the fact that by working mechanically we destroy what
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • moment this powerful chemical working occurred. This is why the ants
    • we could not have the right working in our bodies of the albumen we
    • develops a little prussic acid in the working of his muscles. This
    • I say, that generally speaking, twilight surrounds the bees. But when the
    • they get hold of something they don't stop their thinking, but
    • and they will go on working quietly. That does not mean that one
    • brought about by the light, but by the chemical working of the light.
    • the light in, suddenly making it light everywhere, this affects the bee
    • restless. They are thrown into these chemical workings of the light
    • great a part in waking life, whereas the sense of smell for example,
    • by sight, but much with their sense of smell. In the animal kingdom
    • animal kingdom, one must not look for such conscious senses as those of man,
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Money comes from the money-making force. Nothing is explained in this
    • saying that money comes from the money-making-force was a queer
    • working of honey on the human organism.”
    • also needs this hexagonally-working force. If one only mixes together
    • hexagonally-working force were a little stronger in milk, one could
    • powerfully-working hexagonal force that honey contains.
    • from the plant kingdom — indirectly through the bee. But it comes
    • the stomach you hinder the working of the acids. Thus, briefly put,
    • this is well-known, and one should really insist on making these things
    • of Herr von Osten, and be looking at him, observing his face so that
    • plant kingdom, for when the rays of the Sun come from the direction
    • full force of the Ram is working; by the end of the month the Sun is
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • bee-master is primarily concerned with making a profit: it is the
    • only working on a small scale, and did not sell his honey. Erbsmehl is
    • one does not reckon on making a profit out of it, as with other
    • which the bee-keeper spends in working are noted down quite exactly in a
    • I found a hornets' nest in my bee-house. I was taking away the brood.
    • them. The working or nonworking of the remedy, so to speak, can
    • bee-keeping is entirely a matter of making it profitable).
    • take profit-making into account. He is simply driven to it by
    • circumstances. Today there are bee-keepers who as working men,
    • substances. But this making of colours from various plant-substances
    • a way that a painter working in sunlight could not have done at all. In
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • arranged according to the workings of the gastric juice and the
    • already working in the direction of the special cultivation of
    • honey-making process of the bees. It is something so really wonderful
    • the wild figs. This is the method of improving the figs, of making
    • honey-making takes place. The bee is therefore a creature that
    • this whole wax and honey-making process is driven up into the figs,
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • him, wake him up, rouse him out of his faintness by making him
    • generally speaking, a man will have quite a good sound heart if he
    • gout and rheumatism are lurking everywhere. Under these conditions, a
    • so many stings, was it after you had been working many years with bees?
    • is fed artificially. If anyone likes taking sugar with honey he can add
    • these attachments the wasp goes on working, mixing these substances
    • of houses, and behind them the cow-sheds where the milking cows are;
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • their modes of life are totally different. Taking our starting point
    • again, one cannot get very far by speaking of mere instinct, for you
    • entirely different. When one is looking at some flower, and an insect,
    • let us say a bee, is sucking the juices of the flower, or from the willow
    • would have a picture of the plant kingdom of that time.
    • where the bee sucks. While the bee is taking something from the
    • speaking, the flowers sicken through the life-substances, and the little
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of an especially interesting chapter of natural science, of the
    • if you knew how much, (of course, comparatively speaking,) how much formic
    • Looking at the
    • which I have been speaking to you, a knowledge completely lost to
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • have, by preference, interest for talking in general
    • perhaps not working under conditions in which interest is
    • already present, but is working to awaken interest by the
    • soul-forces live, as you know, in thinking, feeling and
    • feeling and willing always active in our thinking, likewise
    • in our feeling, thinking and willing, and again in willing,
    • thinking and feeling.
    • thinking, and on the other to willing. And so, in the sense
    • with the workings of various instincts: The thinking which
    • people, a gossip session or the like. For I am not speaking
    • speaking of what should fill our souls, of what should live
    • speaking of the guiding line one needs to set one's self: Our
    • activity of looking at the letters, putting them together and
    • thinking about them, we draw forth a meaning. That is a
    • the rules for speaking with feeling, one will notice that his
    • reality to do neither with thinking nor with the will, but
    • listener, especially during the lecture. Working to rouse
    • sympathy and antipathy has the effect of making it seem that
    • art of lecturing. And it is chiefly a matter of taking in
    • start from an example, let us first take the teacher speaking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • For if there is to be speaking about Anthroposophy which is
    • appropriate, then this speaking must be entirely different
    • traditions of speaking. One has often fallen into the habit
    • of speaking also about anthroposophical matters in the way
    • one has become used to speaking in the age of materialism;
    • to do with the concept of the threefold order. Our speaking
    • unconsciously, to approach speaking about things as if they
    • speak in the same sense of making the threefold social
    • lecturing which is truly taking on new forms.
    • expression when one still learned speaking from the
    • speaking in the times when elocution had to be taken
    • on the special element in regard to speaking which was
    • speaking resulted, and language with its whole organization.
    • thinking.
    • transpired that the human being when speaking to others about
    • old way of speaking. There was beautiful speaking. And
    • speaking beautifully is definitely a gift which comes to man
    • from the Orient. It might be said: There was speaking
    • the singing of language, as the ideal of speaking. Preaching
    • is only a form of beautiful speaking stripped of much of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • speaking. The first is to convert to one's own use the
    • working-class people — in turn with all possible
    • one sets about speaking. One ought already to transpose
    • social organism within the working-class population, —
    • for decades from the fomenting behavior of the working-
    • out of the experiences of the feelings of the working class.
    • working class, Franz Mehring,
    • Lessing's manner of working or style of writing —
    • working-class held the view that everything pertaining to the
    • concepts exist within the working-class, and the central concept that
    • Thinking these matters
    • continuing also through the war. The working-class therefore does
    • especially deeply into people's manner of thinking, although
    • didn't waste much time thinking about these matters. A poet in
    • working-class. He paid no heed to it. But the laborer did;
    • wage of three francs for the Proletarian working capacity, with the
    • matters. But these concepts arose from the working-class and in this
    • audience of working-class people and those of the middle-class, he
    • attention to the fact that the working-class could not help but
    • when he had cut off something with his scissors, would say, taking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • part it will be a matter of making it even comprehensible to
    • seemingly completely political, just as Swiss thinking is seemingly
    • ladies' working against a certain relatively harmless attitude
    • an effort. After working so hard in our professional life, who wants
    • processes of thinking, such consistent sequences of thoughts, which
    • realize that he is speaking to an audience that, according to the
    • about the relationship of speaking and the economic elements.
    • become a good speaker if he enjoys speaking, likes to hear himself
    • to speaking himself.
    • speakers. But one's own speaking must by no means be included among
    • speaker. A certain fluency is acquired by speaking but this has to
    • acquires a strong feeling of distaste for one's own speaking. And
    • speaking in the spirit of the aims of this speech-course if I would
    • not to be in love with one's own way of thinking and feeling.
    • back at the archer. In a debate it is a matter of picking up the
    • that theoretical, pedantic speaking affects the digestion, one can
    • continuous fun-making. The jokes of yesterday are not yet digested
    • dimension of speaking fits into the world of actions. The most untrue
    • expression concerning speaking, born of a false sentimentality that
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • sense, a speech taking its course only in inward thoughts;
    • other person's position with our thinking. For instance, we
    • sozialen Frage (the threefold social order). By making it
    • evident that on one hand we are speaking from the other
    • So it is dramatic speaking, very strongly modulated, dramatic
    • that is the manner we should employ in speaking about the
    • facility of speaking freely, a speaking that only contains
    • should make the speech-organs pliable and adroit; but making
    • speaking. In the seminar courses that I held over two years
    • sounds? — then one makes oneself independent of speaking
    • pliable and fit for public speaking.
    • speaking of the sounds. I have tried to give an example of
    • speaking and singing, but actually, all of those are no good,
    • speaking. This implies that one should learn to speak in such
    • should only learn breathing during speech — in speaking
    • into the sounds, into the mode of speaking, the how
    • walking across a field. The content does not matter.
    • the speaking of one version you will not be confused by the
    • of mind in speaking, the following two examples can be placed
    • position, in speaking, to slap somebody down in a discussion
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • aspect of speaking is, in general, something that must be
    • understanding through strenuous thinking, the more he must
    • For example, take the speaker who, in seeking the right word
    • speaking, it is also most important for listening. If the
    • the listener is somewhat shaken by it. Every relative sinking
    • with the formal aspect of speaking, you could learn a great
    • image. I must continually refer to a striking Jesuit speech I
    • namely, sheer logic. Logic is for thought, not for speaking;
    • was really talking about. I have gone all around asking what
    • this I have always found the following to be a striking
    • image: He who was later to become Prussian King Friedrich
    • father, King Friedrich Wilhelm III, had a minister who was
    • resignation after the ball. The King called him and said:
    • — The King said: Indeed, what is the riddle's solution?
    • the speaking that is heard. The rest is much more merely an
    • working days. How grateful we should be to the government for
    • taking such good care of our children!
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • historian, by the element of imagination working in the condensation
    • the voice of objective truth, not that of subjective feeling, is speaking.
    • The mode of thinking and outlook of men underwent a metamorphosis. People
    • thinking of the day. He was also deeply concerned with the social problem.
    • thinking that has already been adopted by natural science, is employed
    • evidences of the kind of thinking that is current in the modern age.
    • that this kind of thinking was evitable because of the overwhelming
    • with the industrialist mode of thinking that had come to the fore in
    • Saint-Simon are born of the scientific mode of thinking which had become
    • It is a mode of thinking which directs all inner activity in man to
    • seeking for a reconciliation of these two opposing principles, find
    • fact that human thinking, in spite of every effort, is incapable along
    • of the eighteenth century, wrote his striking work on the Pope and also
    • man who is also a typical representative of modern thinking came strongly
    • of a thought is one thing and the mode of thinking another,
    • society directed by positive thinking, that is to say, by thought based
    • the essentially Catholic, reactionary thought of de Maistre is working
    • industrial thinking, the way in which the problems of industrial life
    • of scientific and economic thinking Herbert Spencer evolves a kind of
    • speaking quite generally this trust in the spirit was simply non-existent.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • had animated Greece and still animated Rome was not won through thinking,
    • question of admitting into the Kingdom of God which has objective
    • but through the ritual working suggestively upon them; however, these
    • always associated with places), when they describe their half-waking,
    • Gospel. But then we see that it is primarily into social thinking that
    • towns. That life of picture-like waking dreams which I have described
    • larger towns, in these towns another kind of thinking began to develop.
    • already began to develop the kind of thinking which was gradually directed
    • still other streams entered into what was taking place at that time.
    • above as the inner experience of the riddle, told in waking dreams,
    • of thought, Romanism lived on. But in the popular stream thinking
    • interpretation of natural phenomena, active thinking was born. And this
    • called logical formulae. That now becomes inward human thinking. Now one
    • of natural law was the achievement of a thinking that was empty of all
    • conquering the external world, but thought itself is making no
    • scientific knowledge, because their thinking has become void of content
    • super-sensible. But because this empty thinking had no content, it could
    • “This thinking of ours is all right for the external world, but it
    • of thinking, was born. The foundation of thought was laid. And now we
    • to what is taking place in the world around one politically and socially
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • circles that social renewal must begin with a renewal of our thinking.
    • distinct when speaking in this way. One does not ask: whence shall come
    • working in fields other than the sciences believe that natural science
    • modern thought? It was the conceptions, the new mode of thinking that had
    • and how others have been influenced in their thinking by those circles?
    • all of man's thinking, all of his notional activity, was determined
    • mode of thinking, had set a limit to knowledge at the super-sensible,
    • that when contemplating nature we are forced, in thinking systematically,
    • so impotent in our thinking about social questions. Many today still
    • through the interaction of the senses and thinking with the outer world.
    • within that dull and dreamy consciousness or by looking back into the
    • with a waking soul. We need all this in order to remain human in the
    • time most desiccated and lifeless thinking: the concept of matter. And
    • of man in my thinking, in my explanations, in my comprehension.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • from modern scientific theories that can become a vital social thinking
    • any sense for the source of the mode of thinking that had entered into
    • could see that this mode of thinking had originated with Hegel and flowed
    • find that the Hegelian mode of thinking had permeated to the farthest
    • thought-forms. Hegel raised humanity into ethereal heights of thinking,
    • how can we find a mode of thinking that can be useful in social life?
    • clarity: one feels that, applied to social thinking, this clarity makes
    • can we achieve the clear conceptual thinking we need to become fully
    • thinking and perspicuity of mental representation can be won by man
    • thinking becomes useless the moment we strive scientifically for something
    • behind it atoms and the like I cannot bring my lucid thinking to a halt
    • to doubt when I notice that my thinking has only been borne along by
    • this web one has woven in a world created by the inertia of thinking
    • this law of inertia. He did not want to roll onward thus with his thinking
    • was actually seeking to do? Goethe wanted to find simple phenomena within
    • phenomena and if we strive with our thinking to come to a halt there
    • this very day philosophical thinking has failed in the most extraordinary
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of our knowledge through phenomenalism, through working purely with
    • If we are able by means of energetic thinking to differentiate sharply
    • in this way and then, taking the strict methodology, the scientific
    • entirely superficially what can be seen by looking empirically at this
    • anticipate this later discussion only by remarking that this sense of
    • perception. Also when we walk: we are conscious that we are walking
    • And a third inward-looking
    • which otherwise remains purely intellectual and, metaphorically speaking,
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • lead down into the depths of consciousness itself, about thinking elaborated
    • thought about thinking. One must understand what Goethe meant by this,
    • for one cannot actually think about thinking. One cannot actually think
    • thinking any more than one can “iron” iron or “wood”
    • the paths that are opened up in thinking when it becomes more and more
    • of mathematical thinking. If one does this, one enters via a natural
    • of Freedom. What one attains in this way is not a thinking about thinking.
    • One can speak of thinking about thinking in a metaphorical sense at
    • actual viewing [Anschauen] of thinking, but to arrive at this
    • “viewing of thinking,” it is necessary first to have acquired
    • a concrete notion of the nature of sense-free thinking. One must have
    • progressed so far in the inner work of thinking that one attains a state
    • of consciousness in which one recognizes one's thinking to be sense-free
    • merely by grasping that thinking, by “viewing” it as such.
    • first to make thinking sense-free and then to present this thinking
    • thinking as a simple fact, yet nevertheless a fact capable of rigorous
    • “sense-free thinking” has no basis in any kind of reality.
    • thinking, in the presence of which one realizes: you are now living in
    • reveals itself in its inner activity as a reality. Of this thinking
    • insubstantial metaphysics, which arises only when we allow our thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • boundary of the material world one must not allow one's thinking to
    • roll on with its own inertia, attempting to carry the kind of thinking
    • for the manner in which modern scientific thinking proceeds. They experience
    • knows that throughout the entire night, from falling asleep until waking,
    • falling asleep and waking. Everyone who returns from the theater actually
    • striving for education, seeking within modern science — and this
    • develop a thinking that can grasp the realities of social life. Similar
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • consideration of what reveals itself at one boundary of scientific thinking
    • against those arising only in the soul — by seeking to comprehend
    • of speech, thinking, and so forth, an especially important element in
    • can only in mathematical, geometrical, analytic-mechanical thinking. When
    • It is this symbolism, this allegorization, this thinking about external
    • By taking this faculty
    • thinking into pictorial thinking. Then there arises what I can only
    • call an experiential thinking [erlebendes Denken]. One experiences
    • pictorial thinking. Why does one experience this? One experiences nothing
    • this place to all the corners of the earth, taking with them such ideas
    • and social impulses as really can buoy up an age so rapidly sinking
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • perception, thinking, feeling, and willing in a way different from their
    • guides us in speaking — for this is also called a sense —
    • but not any outward authority — fundamentally speaking, what we
    • — have had recourse when seeking cures for patients suffering from
    • speaking here among adults — he washed himself with his own urine,
    • with pure thinking, with clear, keen thinking, so that finally one has
    • thinking of which I have become capable. One can experience just this
    • This book is actually a modest attempt to win through to pure thinking,
    • the pure thinking in which the ego can live and maintain a firm footing.
    • Then, when pure thinking has been grasped in this way, one can strive
    • for something else. This thinking, left in the power of an ego that
    • “attacking
    • content remains, so to speak, hovering above. We exclude thinking inasmuch
    • a result of a kind of detour around thinking. We steep ourselves in
    • research concerning human physiology, thinking must be excluded and
    • a path of ascent and not of decline. Generally speaking, however, it
    • in speaking it is more possible to turn language this way and that and
    • of pure thinking he has attained. If one descends into the body with
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • linking him with his fellow men. He chose a path different from that
    • engage his thinking activity on every page.
    • through this book with his own inner thinking activity and cannot confess
    • of one's usual thinking [Vorstellen] into a thinking independent
    • of the inner thought activity I myself have expended, what pure thinking
    • the view that pure thinking does not exist but is bound to contain traces,
    • philosophy is often pursued by people totally lacking any knowledge
    • of mathematical thinking. The pursuit of philosophy is actually impossible
    • without a grasp of at least the spirit of mathematical thinking. We
    • thinking, even though he made no claim himself to any special training
    • a reader who simply sets about working through
    • without thinking about them but still perceiving them. In ordinary waking
    • with concepts; in scientific thinking we interweave percepts and concepts
    • By having acquired the capacity for the kind of thinking that gradually
    • thinking from the process of perception and surrender oneself to bare
    • language, looking through thoughts, and feeling our way right through
    • for their descriptions, but they are speaking only of how one can touch,
    • gratifies a refined, inward-looking egotism of soul. As I say, much
    • touched before breaking through into the actual inner realm. Truth is
    • part, our thinking regarding
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • are looking at siliceous earth. We call it a substance. But
    • process taking place in the entire universe. This process
    • the human head, we are looking at the member of the human
    • forces are working into the human being. In the forces we
    • processes taking place outside in the universe. Look outside
    • kingdom, which is especially significant in the earth's
    • essential kinship to the process taking place in the physical
    • described when speaking about the actual physical head is
    • by the process working in the organization of the physical
    • that we can encounter there. If we are looking for a
    • obtained. To a certain extent a struggle is taking place in
    • organism and provoking this process in the organism.
    • the ego, and what the processes are taking place outside the
    • human being the forces working organically in the head become
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • head through thinking, feeling, and willing, because they
    • system of forces manifested in walking and in holding oneself
    • being depending on whether he is standing, walking, or even
    • not think of the forces working in chemical syntheses but of
    • forces are always diametrically opposed to the forces working
    • consider the matter in this way. Let us say we are breaking
    • etheric forces are working synthetically, just as when the
    • asking whether a person sweats or not. Its effect depends on
    • On looking at
    • those realms about which we are now speaking.
    • — processes like eating, digesting, working through the
    • same time necessarily communicate the art of making someone
    • and thinking is organically a system of forces that produces
    • working against the soul-spiritual constitution of the human
    • imprint of the irregular inter penetration and interworking
    • work back again: the process of nutrition taking place in the
    • with human sleeping and waking. In the waking state the
    • ego and astral body than in waking. This is a transposition,
    • waking.
    • what has condensed out of a process of becoming. Looking at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • becoming plant-like is taking place here, and this must be
    • taking place in the head and on the other hand by everything
    • taking place in the metabolism. Hence we must look for the
    • course in the human being, the rhythm of waking and sleeping.
    • passed over into the workings of the organism. Sorrows and
    • point of disturbing the rhythmic organism, making it
    • effect of hasty thinking, improbable as it may seem to the
    • thinking, a thinking where one thought jumps over the other,
    • which is a fundamental evil of human thinking in our time
    • — this thinking, where one thought steps on the toes of
    • system, making it irregular and producing illness. This
    • striking and significant realm of causes is that which lies
    • its surface. There is a profound process taking place between
    • earth where the process taking place between the
    • raying back the least, but sucking in the most of the
    • can be achieved in working against the manifestations of
    • diagnostic significance, of the moments of waking and falling
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • and etheric organs continue to function as in the waking
    • phenomena in the waking state that accompany this inadequate
    • twitching of the lips or blinking of the eyelids, any
    • these are waking concomitants of not falling asleep properly.
    • which processes must first be called forth by cooking,
    • find something accompanying the waking process, what might be
    • the process of cooking when making use of what is dynamically
    • cases, what is lacking can be properly assisted by a diet of
    • It is here, taking into account the ego especially in its
    • In taking up
    • working through substances from within. But in the period
    • higher ego. In the child it is always the ego working from
    • age. You will find their outer expression in a seeking of the
    • there. What I have described as a seeking for the proper
    • interlinking of the ego ends in a healthy human being or in
    • metabolism, already in the taking up of substances and then
    • — that is, working through outer substances in a way
    • remedy from the outer kingdoms of nature?” This is a
    • weakness when the ego ought to be taking hold outwardly.
    • that this is not taking place in the right way, that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • is continually taking place in the human being and is
    • especially strong at the moment of waking. We must realize
    • such research must be done in the right way, taking all the
    • working of the human organism. One must make the whole human
    • him the radiating force of magnesium, taking the whole
    • is taking place in his breathing organism, something also
    • The astralizing process working from below upward (yellow)
    • encounters the developing organs of speech working from above
    • taking place simultaneously below that especially interests
    • that a truly occult process is taking place there. Everything
    • manifestations of the excessive working of the astral from
    • the ego does not exhaust its phosphorizing activity in making
    • process of making static what is dynamic. I have frequently
    • speaking about here has to do with extraordinarily delicate
    • ego does in working into the capacity for movement of the
    • working in from without, and one must be able to study
    • the ego is working too strongly in the human being, causing
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • our method of working.
    • than therapeutics. Only on thinking more about the matter,
    • materialistic thinking can hardly help regarding the
    • pay enough attention to it. Without taking into account what
    • lung, making it suitable for breathing, develop further, they
    • thought forces — the organic forces of thinking
    • and strives to become a thinking organ. In trying to become a
    • thinking organ, taking up too strongly the forces properly
    • become thinking. In the head, breathing is metamorphosed, and
    • all functions of thinking, even the processing of
    • breathing and, instead of taking in air, takes in etheric
    • perceptions — that is, taking in food and working it
    • of the human being. The latter is, relatively speaking,
    • organ), everything taking place in the lungs and liver, and
    • lacking there, you must use the lowest potencies. As soon as
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • working through sugar in the human organization involves a
    • it is possible really to describe what is taking place in the
    • concerned with working out of concrete processes.
    • working more toward the physical, becoming something that
    • antipyretic force; second, by working on the earlier
    • In taking a
    • something is working outward. In addition, you have something
    • expression in the sweat-provoking effect of this infusion,
    • something from the mineral kingdom that proves especially
    • this whole process working by way of the etheric activity in
    • working and weaving of the human organism and its connection
    • the ego. Taking all this together, you have everything
    • thoughts of spiritual science guide our thinking in the right
    • realize that we are evoking the reaction of the upper human
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • it is often a matter of taking the effect you evoke on one
    • when we say: what makes a person ill when working in large
    • working in small quantities if its effect can proceed from
    • of the ego into the physical organism and, while making the
    • processes are lacking. On the other hand, one may easily
    • what is really taking place in the human being.
    • salts to the acids — looking, for example, at the
    • study all these processes taking place in earthly
    • process working its way out of the spiritual into the
    • kingdom. They actually represent the “unbecoming”
    • taking place here.” And if the activity you find here
    • digestion, in working through the absorbed food by the
    • is the opposite of the human process working from above downward
    • principle: “Can a human being, without taking anything,
    • stuck in the allopathic way of thinking, you cannot approach
    • sulfate would do as well will be making a mistake. This is
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • formative tendency is working in from the collective
    • considering them as working towards the center and forming
    • sphere, not from the planets, for then they would be working
    • working from outside. They encounter forces which in man and
    • that we are taking hold of man as he shapes himself out of
    • the form is working centrifugally and making the head big,
    • joint deformation. This is a working outwards of plastic
    • outwards so that they leave man instead of working inside
    • inner, silent speaking joins what is done there externally in
    • our kind of thinking is asserting itself, and you will
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • life, and which shows the necessity of seeking everywhere
    • — A man is walking along a river bank and, while still
    • day or two? Are we not justified in making a start with such
    • exercise of concentrated thinking, in order to essay any
    • is walking along a river's bank, died from a heart attack,
    • Science”. If on the one hand we are looking for a
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, thinking, perception, willing, a different way of
    • speaking, what has come about since the dawn of the Fourth
    • impulses working in the blood, the nerves, the etheric and
    • naturally thinking of something that provides complete
    • is more to one's liking than the form given to the story
    • given by spiritual science, we can do so by asking: Where
    • and through a Middle European in his way of thinking.
    • interworking of the soul-forces in man himself. It will work
    • among the peoples may ultimately end in a new kingdom of
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • found the following design when I was working out the forms
    • have for centuries been gathered together, making it
    • please, that in these lectures I am not speaking specifically
    • thinking and their German language. One of these filaments
    • not live in the thinking of the individual Frenchman, in his
    • Voltaire, one can feel what is meant by speaking of the
    • Looking for an
    • so can one survey, calmly and dispassionately, what is taking
    • European culture in which he perceives the interworking of
    • and also of everything that is taking place around us, seems
    • outcome of very profound thinking, W. H. Preuss had already
    • the etheric body of the man of Middle Europe. Looking over to
    • could be formulated only by a mind working entirely out of
    • is unutterable; it is seeking for a form of utterance. It
    • ask the question: Are people today still capable of thinking?
    • extraordinarily instructive. But what kind of thinking do we
    • bring out this point by asking two questions: “Are
    • people today still capable of thinking?” and “Do
    • go into the real facts, is lacking, even in high places.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • working in the various cultural communities are given
    • matter of indicating the principles involved, not of making
    • the more complicated. Thus if we are speaking of Danish
    • when we speak of our Building we are truly not speaking of
    • to say can be explained by taking a particular motif of four
    • course a matter of really sinking oneself in the character of
    • into the position of standing or walking.”
    • the lying position into that of standing and walking. When
    • of them, for when he is standing or walking the only area of
    • onward. Hence the experience of one who is looking at the
    • quite involuntarily when he is speaking belongs to what is
    • Consciousness, for a man is conscious of what he is thinking
    • thinking, when he lives in the thoughts. But he does not
    • always do this; when he is speaking he more often brings the
    • what originates from the will. Thinking must be irradiated by
    • “expresses” — Willing, Feeling, Thinking,
    • not have to consider Willing, Feeling and Thinking? We have
    • own nature, willing, feeling and thinking are mysteriously
    • secrets of the sphere of human Thinking.
    • recognition and taking the place of those that are current
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • and Thinking in man are brought to expression in our
    • other that of colour, Fundamentally speaking, there are these
    • anyone with artistic sensibility, looking at a painting in
    • something that, fundamentally speaking, is not present in
    • in itself; for if a painter is concerned with making a
    • fundamentally speaking, anyone who might try, in the colour
    • is still not working with truly artistic impulses. But if one
    • we are not working with the true artistic impulses. But if we
    • Occult Hearing”. I said there that even in the waking
    • our house, and told me that he had been talking to an old
    • king's son who looked at things only through his window? And
    • And the element of thought, when thinking is not merely
    • of thinking at all. But the fact that there are still a great
    • thinking — we stand, spiritually, at the same point
    • of the mind, a slovenly kind of thinking, to conceive of
    • that thinking shall be in accordance with reality if sound
    • conclusion — just as one will find it on looking up
    • almost entirely used for thinking today, namely, the head. In
    • talking sense. But he talks nonsense when he speaks of having
    • I described yesterday in speaking of the inner experience of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture I: The Acanthus Leaf
    Matching lines:
    • in the jugdment of man. An undertaking like this can of
    • days of which I am speaking it was almost forbidden to speak
    • somewhere made by man taking a leaf of a weed, an acanthus
    • leaf, working it out plastically and adding it to the
    • when it was a question of taking hold of something or of
    • walking one behind the other. They form the procession which
    • the circle looking on.
    • working of forces, he said to himself: ‘I feel myself
    • forces working and moving in man. Rigl remonstrates with the
    • always looking for symbolic interpretations such as,
    • negative forms of the baking mould. We should feel the walls
    • idea of the workings of form but what he lacks is the inner
    • to speak of sculptors) were asking themselves for instance:
    • conception is entirely lacking. All these things are
    • particularly those who are working so devotedly and
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture II: The House of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • thinking of what our feeling should be as we enter. How often
    • same as in the Greek age. Looking into the soul of the Greek,
    • we see him sowing his fields and working at his industrial
    • carrying out my pursuits and working on the land but all the
    • is working. In the Greek Temple it is as though he frees
    • with the pure working of the force of gravity; in the Gothic
    • should then be looking in the direction of the arrow
    • alt="Eye looking through panes of glass"
    • the earth with her plant kingdom. We must, however, pass away
    • wonderful relief of the earth with her plant kingdom from
    • seeking the way back to Paradise. I will speak of painting in
    • speak to us, we are seeking the path to the Spirits of the
    • ' speaking ' relief proceeding from the earth herself in the
    • the Spirits of the Universe are speaking to you’
    • are still working at the building which will reveal, to those
    • spiritual worlds are speaking through the forms in the
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture III: The New Conception of Architecture
    Matching lines:
    • we are working from out of the future in our building, the
    • circle can also be understood by taking two points and
    • position, forces (from the cosmos) are working in from all
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture IV: True Aesthetic Laws of Form
    Matching lines:
    • only so, but they send forth their workings. Higher beings
    • myself what it really is,’ something is taking place in
    • Fundamentally speaking, of course, one can dispute about
    • coloured wall in front of him, he is simply looking at
    • the pulsating beat of his heart he bore the sun workings
    • the World-Spirit working in human evolution, of Whom we try
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture V: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • see what was lacking in him. He wanted to draw ideas, to
    • modern city walking through a picture gallery or exhibition
    • thinking is concerned. The endeavour to build a bridge
    • of soul which feels the working of the very substance of
    • always be asking what things ‘mean.’ We should
    • not think of asking about the ‘meaning’ of the
    • world. So long as we have not ceased asking about allegorical
    • nerve are wholly lacking. The form taken by the most vigorous
    • very days one cannot help speaking of things spiritual with a
    • these words may be, they justify us in thinking of the
    • drawing on the blackboard while he was speaking. The
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • have, by preference, interest for talking in general
    • perhaps not working under conditions in which interest is
    • already present, but is working to awaken interest by the
    • soul-forces live, as you know, in thinking, feeling and
    • feeling and willing always active in our thinking, likewise
    • in our feeling, thinking and willing, and again in willing,
    • thinking and feeling.
    • thinking, and on the other to willing. And so, in the sense
    • with the workings of various instincts: The thinking which
    • people, a gossip session or the like. For I am not speaking
    • speaking of what should fill our souls, of what should live
    • speaking of the guiding line one needs to set one's self: Our
    • activity of looking at the letters, putting them together and
    • thinking about them, we draw forth a meaning. That is a
    • the rules for speaking with feeling, one will notice that his
    • reality to do neither with thinking nor with the will, but
    • listener, especially during the lecture. Working to rouse
    • sympathy and antipathy has the effect of making it seem that
    • art of lecturing. And it is chiefly a matter of taking in
    • preparation affects the will; our enthusiasm the thinking of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, correct speaking, and good speaking.
    • For if there is to be speaking about Anthroposophy which is
    • appropriate, then this speaking must be entirely different
    • traditions of speaking. One has often fallen into the habit
    • of speaking also about anthroposophical matters in the way
    • one has become used to speaking in the age of materialism;
    • to do with the concept of the threefold order. Our speaking
    • unconsciously, to approach speaking about things as if they
    • speak in the same sense of making the threefold social
    • lecturing which is truly taking on new forms.
    • expression when one still learned speaking from the
    • speaking in the times when elocution had to be taken
    • on the special element in regard to speaking which was
    • speaking resulted, and language with its whole organization.
    • thinking.
    • transpired that the human being when speaking to others about
    • old way of speaking. There was beautiful speaking. And
    • speaking beautifully is definitely a gift which comes to man
    • from the Orient. It might be said: There was speaking
    • the singing of language, as the ideal of speaking. Preaching
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • speaking. The first is to convert to one's own use the
    • working-class people — in turn with all possible
    • one sets about speaking. One ought already to transpose
    • social organism within the working-class population, —
    • for decades from the fomenting behavior of the working-
    • Speaking cannot
    • be learned by means of external instructions. Speaking must
    • to bring to the lecture the thinking which lies behind it,
    • must be prepared so as to be dealt with in speaking. What I
    • brings along as thinking he should not weave into his own
    • single person. Only through use of one's own thinking in
    • lecture acquires blood, since through thinking it only has
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • he is speaking to an audience that, according to the mood of
    • talking tomorrow about the interweaving of the
    • “economic elements” in speaking.
    • talk, and attaches special importance to his own speaking. A
    • speaker, even the worst, to speaking himself.
    • speaking oneself ought not to belong to these other greater
    • speaking oneself. A certain fluency is acquired through
    • speaking, but this has to proceed instinctively. What makes
    • speaking. And this distaste for one's own speaking is
    • yet manage to view their own speaking with antipathy, it is
    • one's own speaking is something that ought to be refrained
    • not be speaking about lecturing in the sense of the task of
    • this course if I were to enumerate rules of speaking to you,
    • with one's own way of thinking and feeling, but rather of
    • A striking
    • hits back at the archer. In a debate it is a matter of taking
    • seriousness; seeking out from the opponent himself what
    • a matter of taking up immediately what the speaker says, and
    • pedantic, theoretical, abstract, Marxist speaking one
    • nowadays in public is a continuous whirl of fun-making. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Lyrical speaking for spiritual life; dramatic
    • speaking for rights-relationships; epic speaking for economic
    • sense, a speech taking its course only in inward thoughts;
    • other person's position with our thinking. For instance, we
    • sozialen Frage (the threefold social order). By making it
    • evident that on one hand we are speaking from the other
    • So it is dramatic speaking, very strongly modulated, dramatic
    • that is the manner we should employ in speaking about the
    • facility of speaking freely, a speaking that only contains
    • should make the speech-organs pliable and adroit; but making
    • speaking. In the seminar courses that I held over two years
    • sounds? — then one makes oneself independent of speaking
    • pliable and fit for public speaking.
    • speaking of the sounds. I have tried to give an example of
    • speaking and singing, but actually, all of those are no good,
    • speaking. This implies that one should learn to speak in such
    • should only learn breathing during speech — in speaking
    • into the sounds, into the mode of speaking, the how
    • walking across a field. The content does not matter.
    • the speaking of one version you will not be confused by the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • aspect of speaking is, in general, something that must be
    • understanding through strenuous thinking, the more he must
    • For example, take the speaker who, in seeking the right word
    • speaking, it is also most important for listening. If the
    • the listener is somewhat shaken by it. Every relative sinking
    • with the formal aspect of speaking, you could learn a great
    • image. I must continually refer to a striking Jesuit speech I
    • namely, sheer logic. Logic is for thought, not for speaking;
    • was really talking about. I have gone all around asking what
    • this I have always found the following to be a striking
    • image: He who was later to become Prussian King Friedrich
    • father, King Friedrich Wilhelm III, had a minister who was
    • resignation after the ball. The King called him and said:
    • — The King said: Indeed, what is the riddle's solution?
    • the speaking that is heard. The rest is much more merely an
    • working days. How grateful we should be to the government for
    • taking such good care of our children!
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 1: Introduction to the Eurythmy Performance
    Matching lines:
    • undertaking I should like to introduce this performance with
    • the entirely materialistic tendency in thinking which has
    • can recall it and let it stream back, asking: What kind of
    • has emerged, the situation we have been speaking about today
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 3: Rudolf Steiner's Opening Lecture and Reading of the Statutes
    Matching lines:
    • the divine working of the cosmos in the realms of soul and
    • kingly magi, who bore within them the wisdom of all the
    • they are working for human evolution.
    • have been asking myself for years what can be done about the
    • point in believing that the result can be improved by taking
    • and that the civilization of today is lacking the
    • to fulfil this task by making the anthroposophical
    • and about which I shall be speaking shortly.
    • working group formulates its own statutes, but these must
    • working with her on the elaboration of the anthroposophical
    • have made it obvious that he is capable of working with
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 4: The Laying of the Foundation Stone
    Matching lines:
    • keeping with our way of thinking, the ancient word of the
    • of thinking and perceiving with his head. Yesterday I
    • beat of universal rhythms working across millennia, across
    • system of his head, he will experience the ruling, working,
    • human being within the cosmic human being, working for the
    • at most in thinking, feeling and willing. For them human
    • head; the force of Christ working in the circumference,
    • the force of Christ in the circumference, out of the working
    • and so that in the future working of the Anthroposophical
    • warm light, with light that spurs on our deeds, our thinking,
    • The wise heads of kings.
    • are to practise rightly, working anthroposophically, what can
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 5: The Foundation Meeting, 25 December, 11.15 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • who will also be speaking as the General Secretary of the
    • express deep gratitude to Dr. Steiner for taking on the heavy
    • Steiner for taking upon himself the leadership of the
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 6: Meeting of the Vorstand and the General Secretaries
    Matching lines:
    • down this sentence I was thinking not only of external
    • will of course be the matter of making contact not only with
    • if their way of working has been observed. In such cases a
    • Italy and the direction it is taking be given now, or are we
    • is taking in general.
    • of any undertaking or initiative arising out of our Movement
    • from the start, thus provoking the danger of having it
    • say. They know that this is something new making its
    • appearance in the world. If you avoid speaking clearly, all
    • avoid speaking about the etheric body and so on, even if we
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 7: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 26 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • representatives of the groups working in all kinds of places
    • esotericism must not be lacking even in the most external of
    • which does not like us today; if we keep asking ourselves how
    • illumine our thinking, to give wings and enthusiasm to our
    • friends here are already working out how much! You will find
    • refrain from booking their seats for the evening
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 8: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 27 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • them, then these sayings can be felt to be the speaking of
    • constantly have the intention of working outwards in a living
    • relation to the working of the Anthroposophical Society. A
    • thinking of the following people: Mr Monges, Mr Collison, Mrs
    • in which I consider that the central Vorstand, working here
    • Society, will in future be taking up the function of
    • Switzerland, the working committee. On behalf of
    • matter by asking all those I have so far mentioned —
    • have been thinking about it for quite a long time, several
    • and that the civilizaton of today is lacking the
    • to fulfil this task by making the anthroposophical
    • have been working out of this conviction for quite some time
    • will be a performance of the Three Kings play.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 9: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 28 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • serve the purpose solely of asking any questions there might
    • public — this fundamental feature in the working of the
    • to present the working of the School of Spiritual Science
    • think along any given lines. What is meant by thinking along
    • usually the consequence of such a way of thinking? It is a
    • start by taking the activities that are already going on and
    • Is it not so that if more is to be done than merely talking
    • whole, while also taking on the leadership of the general
    • speaking. I shall carry out all that needs to be done here by
    • speaking of Platonic instruction and not spiritual-scientific
    • people would have been lacking here in Dornach who could have
    • have been thinking — if you would like to know a
    • we can keep them private morally by working towards a
    • said, I have been thinking about this question for ten years
    • attach great value to the meeting taking place at Christmas
    • time when this Christmas Conference itself is taking
    • ‘13.  Each working group
    • speaking countries, that is America, England, France, Spain,
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 11: Meeting of the Vorstand of the General Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • institution of this Vorstand. Looking at the structure as a
    • Grosheintz meant this in a statutory way. He was speaking of
    • standard at the level that seems to us necessary after making
    • with loans. A sinking fund (à fonds perdu) will be the
    • than that of paying interest. We shall be speaking about the
    • van Emmichoven declares that taking Holland as a whole, the
    • sum to the German Section by making up any shortfall out of
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 12: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 29 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • voices in the universal word working as expressed in the
    • represented here: ‘The working groups in Poland —
    • spiritual teachings to the widest circles and by working
    • exceptionally reliable. Chiefly it will be a matter of taking
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 13: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 30 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • The wise heads of kings.
    • Penmaenmawr I am sure that you will agree to my asking Mrs
    • some suggestions about working in public. What Herr van
    • People are asking about the soul of man and about cultivating
    • long, are in general breaking down. In this situation younger
    • colleagues but where those who ought to be working in the
    • purpose of this correspondence will best be served by taking
    • dreadful printer's ink. This is what I am talking about. It
    • others taking shape yet.
    • asking those friends to speak who have reports to give about
    • tomorrow's performance of the Three Kings Play to get their
    • day, I shall take the liberty of speaking briefly on the idea
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 14: Meeting of practising doctors, 31 December 1923 at 8.30 in the morning
    Matching lines:
    • The wise heads of kings.
    • be achieved. In the face of the speed at which we are working
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 15: The Idea of the Future Building in Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • for those taking part in the rehearsals, where they may wait
    • so on. There will also be entrances at the sides. By making
    • here or there, or of factories here or there that are working
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 16: Open Discussion of Swiss Delegates
    Matching lines:
    • DR STEINER: Now that we are making a new
    • particular meeting nevertheless know that it is taking place.
    • making this proposal? The proposal is that the small groups
    • HERR STORRER: Looking at the Swiss branches, I would say
    • would not be good to apply this way of thinking to
    • such as is appropriate when speaking in public.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 17: The Envy of the Gods - The Envy of Human Beings
    Matching lines:
    • Looking
    • ago, let me begin by speaking about that to which the link
    • human hearts, especially when they can be seen taking shape
    • comprehend the language of the gods speaking out of gently
    • shining eyes. I am not talking figuratively. I do not want to
    • the heavens speaking out of gently shining physical eyes. In
    • Looking at
    • physical body, by taking in and transforming the mineral
    • kingdom, by taking in the human realm and working on it, you
    • without their seeking it and in a seemingly miraculous manner
    • speaking, then, yes then he could say to his teacher: I now
    • more to human beings. And this spiritual way of speaking is
    • mankind, such a way of speaking existed indeed in the forms
    • to have been making themselves free of this unfreedom. An
    • also, in making that vow before whatever forces are the best
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 18: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 1 January, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 19: The Rebuilding of the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • working under cover. It will no longer be possible to say: If
    • there is no sense financially in talking a great deal about
    • entirely new kingdom in one's heart in order as a doctor to
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 20: On the Right Entry into the Spiritual World: The Responsibility Incumbent on Us
    Matching lines:
    • still to plunge. Looking at those individuals who externally
    • looking. All kinds of foolish voices were raised in
    • going to sleep and waking up, were often to be seen
    • waking state but who approach him instead while they are
    • which so far as the waking state is concerned remains
    • spiritual world, then, waking up on their return, waking up
    • civilization to endure for a while. During their waking
    • time, so that the faculty of thinking and living in ideas
    • Arlesheim which is working so beneficially. In the very near
    • taken a liking to eurythmy, if they hear that Anthroposophy
    • liking to Anthroposophy as well. No one will say: First we
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • The wise heads of kings.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • it again is to make sure that correct thinking prevails on the score
    • in the direction of making a new life in the Anthroposophical
    • the three natural kingdoms. The Oriental of an older time was just as
    • not the poet speaking; it was, he felt, the Muse speaking in him, and
    • from shining heights above was felt by the Greeks to be speaking
    • looking upon the human form and man's developing inner life as
    • the agency of human fantasy. Looking at a temple, one could see that
    • Instead, it was thought of as taking place on the level on which the
    • tragedy was being enacted, making it possible to experience in every
    • the gods were speaking to him in ideas and thoughts. He already had
    • some inkling of the fact that effort was attached to thinking. But he
    • walking evidence of divinity. He perceived his thoughts in the same
    • impressions. This meant that he no longer experienced the speaking of
    • speaking. Whereas the Oriental still heard that speaking, the Greek
    • with the living quality with which anthroposophical thinking and
    • and feel about nature's creations as a result of making use of our
    • side of modern natural science. Anyone who starts looking through
    • and welled over and submerged them, speaking much more eloquently
    • thoughts free of any taint of egotism, self-seeking, subjective
    • the sun to waking human beings.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Stuttgart came to a close two days ago, and you are probably thinking
    • how things developed. You know from comments I have been making these
    • be taken as deprecating these undertakings, but nothing of the sort
    • have been making here in the past several weeks to round out the
    • undertakings to grow out of the soil of the Anthroposophical Movement
    • making their first appearance on the stage of human evolution. This
    • when it came to taking part in the life of his time, he became not
    • flunked. At that time — I am speaking of the 1850's —
    • In spite of this, he performed one of the most epoch-making feats in
    • less how many Egyptian kings' graves are opened; they are not much
    • sources of serving human progress than the opening of ancient kings'
    • the primal sources of their seeking, to the deepest origin of
    • undertakings was the “Union for the Threefold Membering of the
    • people had been working on it for many weeks, what it contained, how
    • talking past everybody else.
    • see how everyone was talking past the others and that nothing that
    • Society and the committee speaking for it; the other is made up of
    • who carry on their separate undertakings in exemplary fashion and do
    • procedure for everything. I see a man in the audience looking at me
    • they wanted to keep so they could go on working there.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • Community building by human beings working in anthroposophy has
    • has come increasingly to the fore, has recently been making itself
    • could be achieved only by making the Christ impulse very much alive
    • suited to the present. To do this meant taking very seriously indeed
    • revelation is taking place. There had to be an ongoing evolution from
    • feeling level in people of our time. Ideas are a device for making
    • When members of a group speaking the same language come, in the
    • course of meeting and talking, to feel that they understand one
    • cultus is based on speaking words in the physical world in a way that
    • purposes of illustration, I have just described as taking place when
    • individuals are presently entering the Society, seeking anthroposophy
    • person and someone in a state of ordinary waking consciousness.
    • everyday waking experience. But he is experiencing it in complete
    • shared world when he leaves dreams behind and enters a day-waking
    • that rouse him to the ordinary day-waking state, and other people are
    • all previous ages people woke up from the dream state to day-waking
    • waking life one awakens only in meeting another's natural aspects.
    • kind is taking in concepts. They are, of course, rather different
    • beholding higher worlds — of waking up in the encounter with
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • waking life, that of dreams, and finally that of dreamless sleep.
    • physical world where he finds himself during his waking life.
    • and those of waking. A dreamer is isolated in his dream experiences.
    • day-waking state, into situations on the physical plane. There are
    • fellowman making assertions about things to which the other can have
    • experiencing. Then the degree of self-seeking that it is right to
    • individuals are looking for some special aspect of anthroposophy.
    • danger can be avoided by undertaking to transform one's soul
    • working on our ongoing egos. What we are doing behind the façade
    • of our dream pictures concerns only ourselves. We are working on our
    • soul, one's ego are working behind it on one's karma.
    • pouring into one's ears, waking one out of the self-begotten pictures
    • breaking through it, so can someone who knows the danger of
    • science together. Looking from this angle at the beauty of human
    • include taking an interest in problems occasioned by a constantly
    • — in other words, of making them the common concern of the
    • reproached for taking no interest in something launched before their
    • time and simply seeking anthroposophy in a narrower sense, as the
    • grounds for lawsuits. There is every indication that they are looking
    • enabling the Society to go on working for awhile. But there was a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Hegel, Schopenhauer, Thought, Will
    Matching lines:
    • yet it is striking, I say, that which in people as the thought
    • striking that the backward aim in the thought element is a type
    • appears striking, the remaining elements of reality existing
    • at another point become a striking reality and then something
    • materialised and pressed into thinking and thus
    • philosopher of his age. As the thought provoking age, which the
    • from the breaking of waves of cosmic will. Schopenhauer, who
    • developmental reasoning or progressive thinking, but is the
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • is working and active in itself. This is what we
    • almost entirely from outside, and that in this looking from
    • waking we should be able to see our astral being and our
    • disguising what is actually living and working in the soul.
    • waves of the air; so that while we are speaking, astral
    • in licking the sweet consists in the fact that the astral
    • lies at the basis of all seeking for fame, all seeking for
    • recognition, all seeking for authority in the world. At the
    • are not said for the purpose of making moral judgments into
    • self-enjoyment — even when speaking does not consist
    • be shunned, always to be regarded as something lacking in
    • and waking life it is playing into the human soul. You will
    • of speaking merely of a piece of literature but of speaking
    • idea of asking the singer to come to the country and do
    • looking ill and don't want to say so?’
    • no longer. I feel that he is sucking the life out of me
    • with a screen around it, and after talking to her for a
    • catch may not have been working. I was about to go over
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • description of the working of the etheric organisation, the
    • corresponds with the facts of such a case, the working of
    • forces working in from the cosmos. This is a
    • period, we were looking at what is physically past as
    • tried to look within herself and outside herself, seeking
    • is contained the will that is taking shape; this
    • good reasons for speaking quite differently in each of the
    • question of speaking at the cremation of a dear friend
    • took a form as if the soul itself were speaking:
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of death, the spiritual kingdom into which we enter through
    • the Gate of Death, as being similar to the kingdom of the
    • kingdom on the other side of death somewhat as a kind of
    • continuation of the kingdom here. But one is then in error.
    • oneself and betaking oneself into other individuals. If one
    • ego-delusion. One must have succeeded in thinking
    • One must, if one has a strong predilection for speaking a
    • oneself, conquer this tendency; since this much speaking of
    • — is not possible to every child. But the linking
    • struggle to stand our ground in the consciousness breaking
    • not a matter of seeking all the things that we sought, but
    • of seeking Unity. That was an idee fixe with this
    • seeking for Unity, through this idee fixe of
    • necessity arises for seeking multiplicity. To seek oneness
    • thinking and feeling from where the dead is, to drive away
    • of artistic labour, the opposite is taking place. In our
    • model as one uses things in looking at them? He is then
    • catastrophe taking place before his eyes as the subject of
    • objectively out of this deep sympathy, making us love them
    • the same everywhere, thinking that when we have broken
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Bridge between Morality and Nature
    Matching lines:
    • clear understanding of the actual basis of what we are talking
    • this scientific manner of thinking, concepts of soul-spiritual
    • mindsets which scientific thinking has brought about.
    • spirit-soul in relation to the body by only looking at the
    • death and a new birth. Taking this line as characteristic
    • thought. The modern scientific way of thinking clings most
    • working there are not the forces of the father and mother, but
    • recent times a new way of thinking has started regarding the
    • trinket of special people, we are talking about pure scientific
  • Title: Spiritual Science, History, Reincarnation, Culture, Examples
    Matching lines:
    • various forms, reaching a total conception of what is working
    • influenced what we call the natural scientific way of thinking
    • historic development by actually looking at the events of
    • Relatively speaking it is not the greatest number of the
    • physically inherited features. Taking this as the total
    • help understand the Mystery of Golgotha. I'm talking about
    • experienced by looking actually at one another externally. This
    • apply to the mechanical materialistic way of thinking along
    • which they can feel called into making a choice to the one or
  • Title: Opponents to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • different sides it was adopted, one could say, like a working
    • Anthroposophical movement, despite speaking to the hearts and
    • seen from the outside, so many discussions are taking place
    • for example the Evangelists, without taking on the
    • striking back on me personally because as a result it restricts
    • Quite tragic-comic, even joking, I might say, however is a
    • lacking `humility' in the sense of Mennickes, yet as publisher
    • working from an inaccurately active gastric acid —
    • enough will say: `He isn't attacking Anthroposophy.' — He
    • fear of Gnostic interpretation: What we are talking about is
    • God's depths. Speaking of people — who of you know the
    • matter. No mystery is created by taking ideas of ghosts or
    • fabricated article is working towards the destruction of the
    • any sectarian signs and then taking things simply as they are
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 1: The Experience of Major and Minor
    Matching lines:
    • will arise of speaking about this understanding at least in an introductory
    • all, that in eurythmy we should get beyond the mere making of gestures
    • is to be true. The making of signs is not the essential thing, but the
    • when, in making the gesture, you feel: ‘I too am here confronting
    • In making the gesture for o, you form a circle with both arms.
    • I am going with my astral body out of my physical body, I am speaking
    • spiritual being too, while forsaking my physical body), this is just
    • I am speaking in musical terms.
    • In speaking of the experience
    • but in speaking this process takes place on a higher level — the
    • in the direction of the foot taking the step. Now you have made a second
    • gesture by making a light movement of the left arm, touching the right
    • your backward step with the left arm, taking care to hold the palm of
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 2: Experience and Gesture; the Intervals
    Matching lines:
    • the human being sings or speaks, the experience of the singing or speaking
    • warmth. Let us suppose that someone is singing or speaking. Imagine
    • the stream of singing or speaking the element of warmth. The ego lives
    • themselves to the air and warmth. Singing and speaking do in fact entail
    • aware of how the human being perceives what is taking place here. We
    • saying this we are already speaking in gesture. There is not the least
    • seventh there is the feeling of breaking through the skin and going
    • with a major third. Then you will show inwardness by making the arm
    • out the arm, turning the hand while shaking it). The natural expression
    • of closing off, of giving it form, of making so to speak an enclosing
    • prosper if this mood is lacking, if this mood does not permeate everything.
    • you do speaking and singing. You must accustom yourselves, however,
    • the musical sound, taking hold of it, being able to hear it, and living
    • the senses or larynx have to do in singing and speaking.
    • speaking, Wagner's music is unmusical. [13] And it is really necessary
    • difficult, as well as not looking particularly beautiful, to jump without
    • the fourth has this striking characteristic, that here the human being
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 3: Melodic Movement; the Ensouling of the Three Dimensions through Pitch, Rhythm and Beat
    Matching lines:
    • relationship, and it is strikingly characteristic that the hand, which
    • upon the forming and shaping of the actual language, upon making speech
    • (this is naturally still more shocking) in a terribly inartistic age
    • Try striking a chord and
    • When striking a chord you are faced with the problem of having to carry
    • you actually lead it over into Melos, making three movements for the
    • thing is not in the making of poses, but in the movement.
    • into these three different directions. He has to find some way of making
    • up-down and down-up (also taking into account what I have said about
    • downwards movement of the legs or head. When making pitch visible, we
    • The right-left is especially apparent when someone walks. Walking really
    • A differentiation may also be shown simply by taking a strong step with
    • Fundamentally speaking,
    • have already discussed, marking the third with its completing fifth.
    • striking from this. If we listen very attentively it is almost possible
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 4: The Progression of Musical Phrases; Swinging Over; the Bar Line
    Matching lines:
    • of what I have been speaking about. The phrase starts with a G and progresses
    • it on. Fundamentally speaking, everything else does not add the spirit
    • wonder, amazement, shrinking back in fear, holding yourself in relation
    • i [‘ee’]. When speaking this sound i, you
    • i. When speaking dialect ‘Dörfl’
    • indeed world-shaking, importance. He went on to tell us what these world-shaking
    • tone eurythmy. Why is this? Fundamentally speaking, a large number of
  • Title: Eurthmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 5: Choral Eurythmy
    Matching lines:
    • a musical impression can also be given by means of the concerted working
    • but also enter somewhat into the quality of working together in artistic
    • it is this power of making things manifest which constitutes the most
    • myself thinking of a very significant Austrian musician of the present
    • in the intervals, constituting that which we do not hear. In speaking
    • speaking of sounds is an art that in fact can only indicate a sounding
    • more than simply making or copying movements.
    • Taking
    • When making use of a chorus,
    • we approach very near to making this invisible element musical, very
    • then you can tell by looking at it that the right thing has happened.
    • with the third, making those presenting the tonic have larger movements,
    • as an instrument. Only think of all that goes into the making of an
    • means of making your inner bodily nature flexible, inwardly supple,
    • else (either singing or speaking in a reciting or declamatory way) to
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 6: The Sustained Note; the Rest; Discords
    Matching lines:
    • a lot of modern music-making [1924] tends to lay special stress upon
    • more unmusical in the course of centuries. (I am speaking now of the
    • to understand the dream, I mean really to understand it by looking at
    • the possibility of looking for the essential nature of eurythmic movement
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 7: Musical Physiology; the Point of Departure; Intervals; Cadences
    Matching lines:
    • by means of an interlocking of the fingers (folded hands), and now compare
    • And because movement depends upon making use of these muscles and bones,
    • with the human middle system, and at the other end (after making the
    • He is not looking upon it as an autonomous art, but is making use of
    • be as though a spirit were perched on the singer's shoulders, making
    • and in everything concerned with speaking and singing right out as far
    • same time, we shall begin by adding what is still lacking, and in retrospect
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 8: Pitch (ethos and pathos), Note Values, Dynamics, Changes of Tempo
    Matching lines:
    • Generally speaking, the whole mental attitude should be suited to the
    • to someone accompanying his speaking with grimaces.
    • element of seeking meaning, enters into the musical element, and this
    • is its ruination. This introduces thinking into art, and the moment
    • of thought. This is certainly possible. But you must not be thinking!
    • [52] The same even applies to poetry. When a poet begins thinking he
    • movements lower in space (making each movement lower than the one preceding),
    • perhaps with minims, or half-notes, [54] and working up in ever-increased
    • arm, fingers or hand, looking at your own eurythmy, carefully following
    • a certain emphasis, or a certain dynamic marking. If this were not so,
    • from the will, whereas in piano the will-impulse is lacking. Here, then,
    • values by a use of the head, looking either towards or away. The dynamics
    • however, not to conjure up an active gesture of looking (looking gives
    • though, not to produce the gesture of looking, but of being swept up
    • expression of which I have been speaking, it will be necessary to engage
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 1: Probability and Chance
    Matching lines:
    • to convey to you how far from easy it is in thinking to keep all the
    • occupy us in the next lecture. I will be speaking then about the important
    • when they are thinking, but merely have what words convey, and that words
    • but one that was bound to emerge eventually in an age working its way
    • on it “And it would be like going back to childhood and taking
    • in it.” He believes that looking at all the things that happen
    • by chance is like becoming a child again and taking out of a magic package
    • one were to keep on making God responsible, as Spinoza, Hume, Kant,
    • example of Spinoza, Hume, Kant, and Schopenhauer in making Schopenhauer's
    • any person thinks, but on the thinking of a very scholarly, clever man.
    • Now there is a certain way of thinking about
    • I entertained myself working out an approximate
    • of striking the right key at every touch is not exactly small; it
    • striking the right key is 1/100. “But since, according to elementary
    • if producing Faust out of an upset typecase or the chance striking of
    • science not only with getting to know things but with thinking correctly,
    • taking into account all the factors involved in developing a sound train
    • Goethe thinking of the right way to reach into that container to get
    • The thinking of people like Fritz Mauthner
    • Now you would have to spend years making a really thorough study of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 2: Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    Matching lines:
    • Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    • Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    • states of waking and sleeping in human beings. I have repeatedly
    • the wear and tear of work and of our other activities during waking
    • products, which are then formed anew in the following period of waking
    • are really secreted during day-waking consciousness and destroyed again
    • and waking the development of a viewpoint from which to study these
    • of waking and sleeping, to concern ourselves with questions of the difference
    • waking and the sleeping states.
    • be able to say that when we are in the day- waking state, we cannot
    • studied during ordinary waking consciousness. Even what a person comes
    • on the subject of sleeping and waking were all that could be said about
    • his day- waking interest on it, is perhaps not particularly interested
    • were enjoying the external world. He is working his way back into sub-consciousness
    • matter if one studies the alternation between sleeping and waking with
    • between sleeping and waking to another cause, and say that we live in
    • little sense to say that sleep is the cause of waking, and waking the
    • sleeping and waking. This means asking what sort of consciousness we
    • waking than one possesses in the case of a full and an empty beer glass;
    • compact matter, that what seems to day-waking consciousness to be substantial
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 3: Necessity and Chance in Historical Events
    Matching lines:
    • necessary in ongoing world evolution as smoking an extra cigar once
    • indeed from the fact of Fritz Mauthner smoking his extra cigar. We have
    • of sleeping and waking. But we recognize that waking consciousness too
    • again, our waking consciousness takes in nothing but objects in the
    • day-waking consciousness we must say that we experience what is around
    • a heightening of waking consciousness. In addition to experience of
    • I will write “Looking into ourselves”
    • here; we can call it a subconscious looking. Day-waking consciousness
    • can be set down as “Looking out consciously into the world.”
    • Then a third kind of inner experiencing that doesn't coincide with looking
    • into the world is the conscious “Looking into ourselves in memory.”
    • “Conscious looking into ourselves”
    • “Consciousness looking into the world around us” = day-waking
    • “Subconsciousness looking into ourselves” = sleep
    • is actually a deepened and more concentrated form of waking consciousness.
    • And spiritual science teaches us too that whereas our ordinary day-waking
    • its evolution; it must go on and on developing. Metaphorically speaking,
    • mental images and working one's way into the real heart of a matter.
    • Now if we are really thinking instead of
    • tries to make illustrative gestures, even as he is talking about it.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 4: Necessity as Past Subjectivity
    Matching lines:
    • from taking the prevailing modern outlook seriously. Mauthner arrives at
    • One can't help thinking of this on hearing
    • looking at things.” He finds no reason to think of the element
    • in addition to sleeping and waking. Remembering is still in its infancy;
    • our thinking, noting errors of thought where they occur, for they are
    • certain discrimination in thinking. In this connection I want to call
    • your attention to an error in thinking that crops up in Mauthner's case
    • in our present day thinking, feeling, and willing. What they went through
    • themselves by the terms of their earlier thinking, and the result could
    • how we are really looking back on a moon panorama when we observe our
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 5: Necessity and Past, Chance and Present
    Matching lines:
    • strengthening our minds and thinking by taking in and thoroughly mastering
    • Thus far I have been talking about necessity.
    • human perception during ordinary waking consciousness. Human beings
    • If we now imagine ourselves looking at the
    • Now imagine yourselves walking through a
    • by walking today through a landscape that is reflected in your inner
    • come of that? Why, beings who have no desire for such a linking up cannot
    • wise man.” He was speaking about the growth process of humanity,
    • “thus making itself the master of the element of chance.”
    • come to me asking questions out of the blue about this or that, and
    • higher worlds by taking in, in the form of sharply defined concepts, the
    • and conscientiousness, tracking down their wanderings and transformations.
    • cares only about the words derived from these views, for, to him, thinking
    • borrowings, looking for the various transformations that have come about
    • ritual and of Christian thinking may be studied in this book (cf. the
    • Walking on their hands, with their heads
    • a gradual working up to it.
    • fact that merely looking at the world conveys nothing as to the effect
    • deal we participate in goes on around us as we are speaking, without
    • But speaking of these matters brings us to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 6: Imaginative Cognition Leaves Insights of Natural Science Behind
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping and waking and related matters. I spoke of how the whole nature
    • alternating states of sleeping and waking. We tried to understand how
    • differently consciousness functions in the waking and the sleeping states.
    • they are seeking, they actually make a fifth wheel on the wagon out
    • that is dreamed up and totally lacking in reality; nothing remains but
    • that the spiritual energy underlying thinking changes when a clairvoyant
    • I've said that it is as though all our thinking comes alive. Instead
    • of living in the passive world of thinking experienced on the physical
    • plane, it is as though all our thinking comes alive and starts to tingle
    • by exerting thinking, but that is now left behind on the physical plane
    • insights by any other means than the most painstaking comparisons. First
    • and perceptions, making these into a fifth wheel on the wagon.
    • their realm. Speaking euphemistically of course, but in a way corresponding
    • the laws involved in watch-making.
    • do with the watchmaker who put it together, he would also be talking
    • by taking a state of consciousness into consideration. Then we will
    • by looking at them and making a one-time image of them analogous to
    • involved. It helps us to understand to say that all our thinking begins
    • living in a realm of elemental beings belonging to the plant kingdom
    • fluid. We are speaking here not of what it actually weighs, but of its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 7: The Physical Body Binds Us to the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • from using the physical body to making use of the etheric body.
    • making use of our etheric bodies, except when we are sleeping, but we
    • case. But people who subscribe to this way of thinking do not grasp
    • not yet grown young. If we are speaking of physical human beings we
    • can say that they are growing old, but in speaking of the etheric body
    • and that that particular twist would produce the right working out in
    • grows, physically speaking, the more pronounced is this moment of wisdom.
    • us here by asking spiritual science what would happen if, for some reason,
    • to special soul-qualities would be lacking. People would simply not
    • taking place in them (see drawing, mauve); then, in red, the etheric
    • bodies of deceased young people, with various things taking place in
    • instead of taking an abstract approach to spiritual science, it becomes
    • for us a seeking out of impulses that flow into us as soul-warmth,
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 8: Death, Physical Body and Etheric Body
    Matching lines:
    • Human beings spend all of their waking life
    • in the course of these lectures. Generally speaking, however, we can
    • answer to a certain question, namely, what were the heavens (taking
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, of his work, of his whole existence,
    • suggested how inwardly mobile thinking then becomes. But this inner
    • establish contact with a being of the angelic hierarchy by taking its
    • be aware of the dead really coming closer to us. It is a matter of making
    • quite absurd in the materialistic spiritualist's seeking to see the
    • again just this moment. An event, such as the breaking of a vase five
    • say that this picture is not another soul. Still, taking the entire
    • from it. Otherwise we would have had to keep on picturing the breaking
    • of the vase every minute of our waking life during the past five days.
    • spirit, for the breaking of the vase is neither of the spirit nor of
    • to our death as to the most glorious moment of our past life. Looking
    • as a whole. The thinking and feeling content of those dying in maturity
    • a truly thinking philosopher can go — one who doesn't know everything,
    • thinking restricted to the external),
    • in alternating periods of sleep and waking dependent on the sun,
    • in much he said; he had an inborn tendency to joking. You know, for
    • piece of writing against the scientific way of thinking. There is a short
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of his teachers “looking like a veritable cane,”
    • not use the cane. Speaking of this other teacher, Tagore
    • the slightest inkling that the activity of speaking could thus
    • dreadful, so utterly lacking in sense to me, that I could not
    • introduced to anatomy. Fundamentally speaking, this procedure
    • thinking does not consider it necessary to look at the human
    • the plant and animal kingdoms. Here scientists are fully aware
    • scientific mode of thinking, and one that will also shed light
    • calculate the length of time of certain processes taking place
    • three hundred years from now. Technically speaking, this method
    • speaking the calculation is correct, it has no relationship to
    • logically correct; but we have lost the habit of asking whether
    • little droplets of oil will shoot off at a tangent, making
    • educational thinking and practice.
    • Science, having scrutinized so minutely the three kingdoms of
    • thinking about outer nature now becomes the key to
    • to state: What has been working until the seventh year in the
    • child, working toward liberation during the change of teeth,
    • working in the physical body up to the end of the first
    • the soul forces previously engaged in working within the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophical approach begins by looking at the human being
    • constitution of the human organism. Eating and drinking follow
    • called walking, speaking, and thinking.
    • characteristic way of walking. An inner adjustment underlies
    • children are seeking to relate their own equilibrium to that of
    • They are also seeking the specifically human relationship
    • seeking physical balance. But when freely moving arms and
    • hands, they are also seeking balance of soul. There is
    • child, work in full coordination in walking, while the body's
    • the legs are working upwards into speech, and how the content,
    • kind of walking and of the free movement of the arms.
    • third faculty the child must learn on the basis of walking and
    • speaking is thinking, which should gradually become more and
    • through speaking. In its early stages, speaking is an imitation
    • though without linking any thought to what it has heard. At
    • toward it. Thinking, which arises later, can develop only out
    • processes of development. Thinking, which is — or ought
    • thinking, as we all know. They arise in that part of the human
    • depths of the soul before penetrating the sphere of thinking.
    • The faculty of thinking, on the other hand, that we acquire in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • in this activity. Furthermore, we have seen how this seeking,
    • faculty, the new faculty of thinking is gradually born.
    • when walking is also is due to imitating the father, mother, or
    • however, one's thinking is even more accurate than that of
    • than with other people, then I really have been seeking this
    • When the child learns to think — well, with thinking we
    • ourselves to when as children we develop thinking from speech.
    • In speaking we still remain within a smaller circle of life. In
    • thinking, we enter the realm of humanity as a whole. This is
    • how the child's life circles are expanded through walking,
    • speaking, and thinking. And through discrimination one will
    • working. This astral body can also be observed in the animal
    • thinking, which has this universal quality and is also
    • working. Only when we come to human sense perception do we find
    • When looking at such a progression of development, we find that
    • organization, working in the I, astral, and etheric bodies, is
    • working on the physical body until the change of teeth. All
    • three members are working in the physical body.
    • phenomenon. What would you say is the most striking factor of
    • see, what has been working physically during the first period
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • existing school is something very different from making demands
    • that, ideally speaking, are justified. Here one does not have
    • they offer the possibility of working pragmatically and out of
    • of pedagogy. Generally speaking, education has followed in the
    • working — artistic impulses that allow the child to
    • working upon the physical organization and which now are being
    • or even complete words, you draw something looking like
    • we might draw something looking like this.
    • fewer men would be walking around with bald heads!
    • moral nature. This is what you have to remember when working
    • method of making words by adding single letters — a
    • example, they heard a dog barking, “bow-wow.” If
    • outer things. Simply by making these sounds, one is copying
    • photographer does when asking clients to look in many different
    • directions in order to capture their personalities while taking
    • their pictures (and thereby making these sessions so tedious!).
    • speaking about life's later stages of development. But it is
    • kingdom, because the children's newly evolving capacity to
    • talking about the Sun shining on it, about climatic conditions
    • teach botany as this is done in demonstrations — taking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • experience of looking up to the voice of authority with
    • of enforced authority here; the authority I am speaking of must
    • always feel secure in looking up with total confidence to the
    • forces were working in every moment of life. For me to use the
    • working,” may sound strange, but this is only because of
    • entire animal kingdom in order to discover synthesis of the
    • kingdom. To allow children to experience very intensely such
    • Until the seventh year, soul forces are working in all of the
    • matter whether actual picture-making is involved, such as
    • other forces are fully engaged in working on the child's
    • physical body; they are soul and spiritual forces working in
    • wisest to remain silent about this last point when talking to
    • you can see, much hard thinking has delved into the question of
    • Strictly speaking, this law applies only to the inorganic
    • leading you back to earlier times in your life, taking you back
    • the pedagogy we are speaking of here becomes instinctive, one
    • only at puberty — that is, the life of thinking and the
    • thinking.
    • removed from the sphere of thinking, is intimately connected
    • should not introduce students to the mineral kingdom until
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Generally speaking, people are far too unaware of what, in this
    • growth forces — working in the child in an inward
    • being of the child, without as yet working outward — this
    • If one compares it with the daily process of waking up, one
    • not joking, but speak very earnestly — the teacher must
    • the making of a teacher. Strictly speaking, the question of
    • who, fundamentally speaking, have not yet gained any practical
    • or her neck, mistaking it for a scarf — all of this
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking. And so there is always a danger that we will educate
    • much the ability to knit can help toward healthy thinking and
    • and that they gain a working idea of how paper is made, for
    • Speaking of failing an exam — and here I am speaking to
    • be accomplished than what is possible by making the kind of
    • box-making in our Waldorf school craft lessons, if it were not
    • us to change to bookbinding now, and then to box-making. All
    • reality. And if thinking is in touch with reality, judgments
    • each individual.) If, when looking at ourselves, we had to
    • bodies, thus making them useful for this earthly life, and at
    • the express aim of working toward the creation of such a
    • what, in our way of thinking, are the proper methods of dealing
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VIII:
    Matching lines:
    • in the head. But when speaking about the three main organic
    • ultimately those of sleeping and waking — also belongs to
    • waking are based physically within the human organism. The
    • anyone who knows that spirit is working in all physical or
    • working of soul and spirit brought about by physical means.
    • mutual working of body, soul, and spirit can greatly benefit
    • of the working together of soul, body, and spirit into the new
    • considers taking an active role in Waldorf education must live
    • escapes one's notice. Nevertheless, when working together in
    • more important than events in waking life — they will not
    • circulation through taking some form of poison. It is important
    • learned to find a way into this kind of thinking. If you were
    • souls are seeking the proper stimulation for finding
    • speaking, is exactly the same when seen from a spiritual
    • also another way of looking at it — that is, one may find
    • awareness of the divine forces working within, one will be fed
    • the working of God, when it has led to an awareness of the
    • a result of working in this way, something has emerged in the
    • activities — into singing, music-making, modeling, and so
    • waking. This insight, afforded by anthroposophical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Introduction to a Eurythmy Performance
    Matching lines:
    • know that, in speaking, air is moved. If we made a detailed
    • Air-forms that flow out more radially from a speaking person
    • term — stem from human thinking. If we could see these
    • but, strictly speaking, they have to restrain what wants to
    • could compare it to someone making a wry mouth or winking an
    • eye while speaking. Any quasi-mimic eurythmy gestures need to
    • which, strictly speaking, is unwarranted, because eurythmy then
    • example, if a poem speaks of a person hitting or attacking
    • talking about.
    • feeling of doing this with the larynx but of speaking with the
    • text he was looking for.
    • working in medicine on the basis of anthroposophical research,
    • thinking in terms of majorities — who recognize that such
  • Title: Colour and the Human Races: Lecture I: The Nature of Color
    Matching lines:
    • to explain everything by seeking to find everything already
    • vitalizing of the eye, by this waking up of the eye we notice:
    • substances, I discover the secret of making a red for my
    • and at least, as he was already packing up,
  • Title: Colour and the Human Races: Lecture II: Color and the Human Races
    Matching lines:
    • and white. These are the most striking colors, black and white.
    • there were a cooking by the sun itself in his interior. Hence
    • ntinuous cooking going on within him,
    • Negro not only has this cooking in his organism, it not only
    • his walking. He has a less
    • warmth. They have not the right nature for taking up so much
  • Title: Development of the child up to puberty
    Matching lines:
    • dentition begins or is taking place the human being goes into a
    • the second set of teeth is something which had been working in
    • spiritual was working in the body.
    • place between falling asleep and waking, something happens
    • asleep and waking — unable to transmit the same forces
    • waking.
    • realities amidst the condition of sleeping and waking, and then
    • asleep and waking up.
    • regarding the conditions between falling asleep and waking is
    • how there is actually a strong struggle taking place in the
    • growing forces working on in the child resists against what
    • striking, as meaningful as what later takes place between
    • — taking place in this moment in time.
    • side it is present in the condition between waking up and
    • the condition between falling asleep and waking, something
    • because with the schooling of natural thinking developed over
    • and intellectual thinking habits have been withdrawn, now
    • relatively total abstract way of thinking, as it appeared in
    • Comte. He said: I'm thinking about a concise remark by Auguste
    • yourself how things are taking place. Consider how our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture I: The Threefoldness of Space and the Unity of Time
    Matching lines:
    • show how the constitution of man's soul continually altered. In speaking
    • of the above and below. He felt that in walking, he could move freely
    • looking towards the change in evolution from the divine to the non-divine
    • looking right back to the “Ancient of Days”, and eneompassing
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture II: Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • it is merely its appearance when we regard it as taking place in time.
    • than by looking back in age at youth — that perishes at death,
    • is the same being from birth to death, but his thinking, feeling and
    • thinking and also a part of his feeling is a transposing of himself into
    • spirituality and taking part in certain conflicts of one order of spirits
    • with another; similarly willing means taking part in certain conflicts
    • quite different from his thinking, feeling, willing in ordinary life and
    • the image of the forces striking together from above and below, So is
    • our life in maya between birth and death nothing else than a striking
    • our comprehending only in later years the thinking life of youth. Our
    • to endow us with a thinking, feeling and willing that trickles in, as
    • quantum of thinking, feeling and willing and then to conserve it for
    • will, and whose thinking and acting run their course automatically,
    • we have the idea: If the forces working in the rest of man worked through
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture III: Romanism and Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • must necessarily have the effect of making men more materialistic? If
    • him the Ahrimanic and the Luciferic forces are working through each
    • to the working of the Luciferic principle. The Luciferic principle,
    • Conversely, taking the reverse
    • taking hold of him. And related to such an ecclesiastical truth is abstract
    • growth of materialism in man's lower nature. Speaking crudely, one might
    • while, conversely, materialistic thinking promotes a Luciferic spiritualism.
    • quarters whose thinking is incorrect for the present time — for
    • origin of the mineral kingdom. For we know that what we now call the
    • mineral kingdom did not exist in the same way in the Saturn, Sun, Moon
    • evolutions, There existed then the three elementary kingdoms which preceded
    • the mineral kingdom. The mineral kingdom entered earthly evolution and
    • kingdom into earthly evolution, man entered earthly evolution in his
    • in earthly evolution at the same time as the entry of the mineral kingdom.
    • the mineral kingdom. One could also say that in the human microcosm
    • the ego corresponds to the macrocosmic mineral kingdom;
    • the cosmic mineral kingdom has a crystal-formation. In school our children
    • in the mineral kingdom — octahedron, cube, and so on. When we
    • see these forms of the mineral kingdom which may be expressed in geometry
    • characteristic of the mineral kingdom. And the earth, when this kingdom
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 2: The Entrance of Christianity into the Course of Earth Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • involve a new formative thinking, whose Christian character
    • are speaking about the Christ, and yet you will find they have made
    • waking hours between birth and death is only the outer view, the phenomenal
    • speaking during these days.
    • has put humanity on a wrong track and gives every promise of taking
    • something that is working powerfully as the deepest meaning of human
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 3: Brotherliness and Freedom ...
    Matching lines:
    • involve a new formative thinking, whose Christian character
    • last Sunday for a renewal of our Christmas thinking, I spoke of the
    • up to old age. (We are speaking now only of post-Atlantean epochs.)
    • distinct. People today are inordinately proud of their power of thinking,
    • but actually they can grasp very little with it. The thinking power
    • before birth were lost; but the thinking force that they had used before
    • thinking differed completely from our so-called normal thinking, for
    • the Greek thinking was the result of pondering over imaginations that
    • which imaginations had been formed. The waning of this thinking power
    • lies between — there was a continual decrease of thinking power.
    • it has declined. The thinking power, still highly developed, that was
    • for example, the thinking power was still there. But it gradually faded.
    • breaks upon the world. Christianity is born. The waning thinking power,
    • of it. This thinking power tried to understand the Event of Golgotha
    • from the standpoint of the thinking used before birth, the thinking
    • gnostic thinking came face to face with the Mystery of Golgotha. Now
    • Christ that today are termed heretical, shockingly heretical. Gradually
    • of Golgotha through powerful spiritual thinking; and the other teaching,
    • was the decreasing thinking power.
    • acute thinking power declining more and more. It was also reckoning
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 4: Contrasting Principles of Ancient and Modern Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • involve a new formative thinking, whose Christian character
    • that we are speaking of an era in which most human beings still had
    • to the plant, animal, and mineral kingdoms on earth. This is a knowledge
    • just as he is born out of the kingdoms of nature on earth, something
    • from the kingdoms of earthly nature, but also something coming from
    • am speaking now always of the pre-Christian Mystery knowledge.) The
    • would not like to experience what the people of old seeking initiation
    • in those ancient times — remember that I am speaking now steadily
    • the expression—that is, a synthesis of the rest of the kingdoms
    • three-membered — speaking in the sense of the Mysteries —
    • with my thinking? Yet that was the real achievement resulting from the
    • of spirit; that is, he is seeking a world that does not contain spirits
    • they could only become such by first seeking in themselves what was
    • not to be found in the outer world, by then taking back into the outer
    • of a king: that is, he could try to rise through the four stages, just
    • early Christian era, is not to be found today by looking into man's
    • — factually — and asking himself what he owes since birth
    • Speaking somewhat grotesquely,
    • times reached knowledge of the world through knowledge of man. Speaking
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 5: The Change in the Human Soul Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • involve a new formative thinking, whose Christian character
    • transformation of the whole human consciousness as is now taking place,
    • do you see your waking periods, but the periods of sleep appear in the
    • the English-speaking peoples. (Such societies existing among other peoples,
    • upon their original founding among the English-speaking peoples.) This
    • the secret-society view of the English-speaking peoples. Humanity is
    • one finds in popular world conceptions. Today many people whose thinking
    • perfectly clear. You see, the secret-society view of the English-speaking
    • people, looking up to what it considers as underlying the whole cosmic
    • Whatever course events may be taking externally, however chaotic all
    • in thinking, I am not, I am only an image. This being-an-image, however,
    • how the secret-society ideas of the English-speaking peoples have spread
    • anything such as we do here — spiritual science acquired by working
    • thinking has remained. It is applied today to oxygen, hydrogen, electrons,
    • is the same. Only through spiritual science can a new kind of thinking
    • of thinking. What stands in the Old Testament and the New Testament,
    • world-plan is seeking to be realized, that behind outer events something
    • persons seeking to gain supersensible knowledge, something that is radical,
    • spiritual science — yet even this kind of thinking can only be
    • change that is taking place in the constitution of the human soul. It
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 6: Transformation of the Human Being in the Course of Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • involve a new formative thinking, whose Christian character
    • but unconsciously. Therefore, when speaking of these things we are really
    • speaking of something that concerns everyone more or less, especially
    • later Protestantism, in fact, for all thinking Christendom. The Christ
    • thinking could have taken no other path than that which finally led
    • for seeking another path, a path of supersensible knowledge such as
    • been speaking during these days, especially yesterday.
    • of extraordinary significance was taking place in the soul of European
    • something constantly taking place, as I have said, in the vast majority
    • from his native city, Florence, to the King of Castile. He tells how
    • he was making the return journey from his ambassador's post and learned
    • at a certain moment when a shocking event confronted his soul, his soul-spiritual
    • time of which I am now speaking, the Pillars of Hercules are the experience
    • initiation, that he actually described what was taking place in the
    • For these first stages represent precisely what is taking place in the
    • to plants, and with regard to the skeleton in the animal kingdom, reveals
    • changed in our being, and taking our direction from a new instrument.
    • look into what goes on in the thinking process itself of Vogt and Clifford
    • remarkable comes to light. We see that the kind of thinking those persons
    • thoughts from sinking down and being laid hold of by the merely material
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 7: Experiences of the Old Year and Outlook over the New Year (part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • involve a new formative thinking, whose Christian character
    • are prone is not so easy as correcting the illusion one has while looking
    • your senses you observe the outer events taking place around you, in
    • events in the human kingdom. The world is engaged in the processes of
    • plant kingdom, for instance — which can be regarded for the moment
    • just one year for the plant kingdom, represented by an annual plant,
    • laws revealed in the plant kingdom.
    • thinking, all that lends wings to our thinking, in so far as this arises
    • from within us. It confronts us when we observe the kind of thinking
    • upon our thinking we move more quickly, than the pace of life outside
    • brought into consciousness but that is working in the whole soul experience,
    • kind of thinking a human being lives in such a way that actually he
    • thinking. When we are concerned with thoughts dependent on our will,
    • hand, in so far as we have will in our thinking, we move much more swiftly.
    • Sunday! — because, comparatively speaking, the weekdays seem quite
    • in a way, what has a greater speed, namely, arbitrary thinking, those
    • to want it to be Sunday but to use the weekdays too for learning, making
    • desire on the part of youth to direct their soul-mood to looking forward
    • holds back from taking up spiritual science, believing that he can attain
    • and the true being of man without taking up spiritual science, a man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 8: Experiences of the Old Year and Outlook over the New Year (part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • involve a new formative thinking, whose Christian character
    • is already taking place, through the Spirits of Personality who —
    • indeed had an intuition of the breaking-in of a new revelation —
    • shaking-up, a certain rousing, in order to notice that this wave is
    • by the ordinary scientific way of thinking is not reality at all, but
    • these things when one realizes that this scientific way of thinking
    • something that does not like the feel of this wave. It is breaking in
    • science. But the wave I am speaking about is pressing forward through
    • speaking, something else is present. What is flooding human souls, what
    • be told: I am making you into a seer because it will give you untold
    • were speaking more fully one would like, and be able, to put forward
    • immediately received a letter asking whether I did not know that reincarnation
    • of spiritual forces are working in human beings with which we have to
    • up completely to the modern way of thinking, that is to say, to the
    • thinking formed on the model of the scientific world conception. We
    • his soul. For that way of thinking is not suited to bring up into consciousness
    • It is a different kind of thinking from the thinking employed in the
    • influence of thinking that is dismembering, thinking that is differentiating.
    • This manner of thinking is a mask used with particular pleasure by the
    • apart. Speaking trivially, one could say that a large number of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Address 1: The Goesch-Sprengel Situation - Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • sexuality, has spiritual roots; looking to sexuality for the explanation
    • of human behavior is therefore looking in the wrong direction.
    • great spiritual teachings in our time, but you are making them poorer
    • developed the habit of making promises and not keeping them. No one
    • of people working in our movement. On occasion, you have implied that
    • I am not talking about malicious or destructive criticism. Many of our
    • constructive criticism, and that is what I am talking about. The only
    • talking about a case like this one, where the criticism has already
    • spiritual energy on the useless task of seeking out hidden wisdom-filled
    • truth-seeking forces in themselves and thus fall prey to partial stupefaction.
    • ends. There is no question in our movement of real interaction taking
    • times for making students receptive to their teachings. Above all, they
    • been born, and the divine being working through the teachers had the
    • restriction of the ego's rights must also result in the teachings taking
    • them and taking a stand against them, will be of help to you in the
    • speaking for myself. I will not allow anyone to prescribe in any way
    • whenever I take the liberty of shaking hands with one of you or involving
    • I intervened in the inner being of Mrs. Goesch by shaking her hand and
    • asking her how the child was doing.
    • it must include taking personal initiative in what needs to be done
  • Title: Community Life: Address 2: The Goesch-Sprengel Situation - Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • sexuality, has spiritual roots; looking to sexuality for the explanation
    • of human behavior is therefore looking in the wrong direction.
    • — speaking more or less aphoristically — that I read you
    • fully taking their pathological nature into account, we allow them to
    • as a reproach, strictly speaking; after all, we are all human. But it
    • of personal vanity. Looking into history for this reason is the worst
    • put, it is nothing more than that. And it is good to be aware that looking
    • letter. I think if any French-speaking people were to read this letter
    • be for people who go around making insinuations, if we were to hold
    • That is what stands behind taking measures like this. It is impossible
    • to count on the outside world making positive assumptions about us,
    • Legally speaking, it is
    • not seeking closer relationships with members. On the one hand it is
    • the autonomy of individual souls must be respected in the most painstaking
    • do not have a viable idea of this painstaking kind of respect. After
    • most people have no idea of the painstaking regard for individual freedom
    • have made a habit of speaking much less affirmatively or negatively
    • you to see for yourself that all my efforts are directed toward making
    • you to say, “He is really making an effort to not simply lecture
    • number of undertakings that I would not presume to mention myself if
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 1: Requirements of Our Life together in the Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • sexuality, has spiritual roots; looking to sexuality for the explanation
    • of human behavior is therefore looking in the wrong direction.
    • give for taking this position have to be taken seriously. But let me
    • very different in its impulses and its whole way of thinking, feeling,
    • and doing from the thinking, feeling, and doing of the other people
    • as unjustified and lacking any basis in fact. To do this, we have to
    • what we are talking about when we speak about the ether body, but the
    • of people I know quite well. So you see, people who hear you talking
    • that you're talking about the ether body as if it were a physical body;
    • of speaking? Of course we do.” But just keep your eyes and ears
    • It consists in making one's thinking independent of the physical plane.
    • up with our ordinary everyday relationships, we are not taking the concept
    • certain ways of looking at things, people who would have done certain
    • in a barber shop — excuse me for talking about things like this,
    • recounting their own observatiOns and thus have a right to be talking
    • talking about their own direct experience and have a right to be talking
    • you're talking to, and imagine what it feels like!
    • says that Dr. Steiner is taking so-and-so's spiritual development in
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 2: The Anthroposophical Society as a Living Being
    Matching lines:
    • sexuality, has spiritual roots; looking to sexuality for the explanation
    • of human behavior is therefore looking in the wrong direction.
    • behind; we would be speaking metaphorically if we talked about the corpse
    • and scientific in taking this comparison further. If a corpse is not
    • taking the action of expelling a member will very seldom have any significant
    • who has done something wrong is simply taking the easy way out. That
    • points in our statutes. It also means taking an interest in the guidance
    • a certain principle of togetherness, of living and working together,
    • of a local pastor's article attacking our Society
    • kind of new religion if we invariably put on a long face in talking
    • taking its place in the world just as the Copernican system did, so
    • we have to learn to speak very exactly, and precise speaking must be
    • what can be done about it. That would mean that they are making their
    • cannot find out anything at all, even by asking around among people
    • that people are not taking an interest in its life and vitality. That
    • use that word deliberately — and were participating in the thinking,
    • it means making the Society an ongoing object of interest in a living
    • incorrect or offensive. I am not talking about private matters, I'm
    • talking about things that concern the Society. In fact, however, a large
    • talking about other things, of course, and because I also know that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 3: Swedenborg: An Example of Difficulties in Entering the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • sexuality, has spiritual roots; looking to sexuality for the explanation
    • of human behavior is therefore looking in the wrong direction.
    • single expert of today. And we are talking only about his writings that
    • the Sun, and so on. He was accustomed to thinking that spirits have
    • spirits making certain movements, but was unable to understand them;
    • who usually understood the language of spiritual beings. I am talking
    • actually were speaking.
    • in us and are looking at us just as we used to look at objects on the
    • we're talking about. He was never able to ascend to the experience of
    • the things around us in such a way that we become accustomed to breaking
    • be pandering to people's unwillingness to exert themselves, and asking
    • way possible while taking in the information; your thinking has to become
    • of creation with reference to the Bible, in which the working of the
    • when the main thrust of their development was taking place. Because
    • talking about when they speak of the Tree of Knowledge and the Tree
    • denied us. If you are really thinking, my friends, you will arrive at
    • talking about trees? It is easy to understand what is meant by this
    • the gods we call the Elohim developed their characteristic way of speaking
    • is the kind of thing you can come to simply by taking what is in my
    • books and lecture cycles and thinking it through in the right way. It
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 4: Methods and Rational of Freudian Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • sexuality, has spiritual roots; looking to sexuality for the explanation
    • of human behavior is therefore looking in the wrong direction.
    • his reproach is not on the alleged making and not keeping of promises.
    • a means of making promises to members and not keeping them, and that
    • members' good sense, that deliberately making and breaking promises
    • goes on working there. Its effects are lasting, and in some cases lead
    • school conducts this analysis with the patient in a normal waking state
    • then, is this: experiences of waking life are repressed and continue
    • being given and broken and working on in the subconscious — all
    • waking life have sunk into subconsciousness and are brought up again
    • rise to certain forms of thought that spread and affect all your thinking.
    • scene, she had already gotten the idea that shaking hands is a criminal
    • the origin of that theory about handshaking. Yesterday you all heard
    • and making the person aware of them again. Whether this method is very
    • thinking is often colored by an underlying pervasive sexuality, and
    • it reveals a striking agreement with the mental life of neurotic patients.
    • whole field of activity. Their whole life is spent working with ideas
    • factor in making an unbelievable mockery of something quite natural
    • touching, or even a baby's sucking a pacifier, is a sexual activity.
    • is, “The only deviant thing in this case is your way of thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 5: Sexuality and Modern Clairvoyance, Freudian Psychoanalysis and Swedenborg as a Seer
    Matching lines:
    • sexuality, has spiritual roots; looking to sexuality for the explanation
    • of human behavior is therefore looking in the wrong direction.
    • thinking that the human soul goes beyond what our ordinary consciousness
    • to extremes. It has done more than engulf their thinking, which is what
    • can really understand this way of looking at the world only if we can
    • or at least a certain type of neurotics, are walking around at age forty
    • have been speaking about for the past few days — after all, he
    • waking consciousness, but although she is unaware of the connection,
    • you that the philosophy of psychoanalysis is in fact seeking the relationship
    • that we are looking at objects, and this is the basis of our consciousness.
    • to try to avoid it, to avoid thinking in pure thoughts. Someone who
    • the kind of thinking that is free of emotion — to begin with,
    • feelings incline them to a more spiritual way of looking at things,
    • they have not yet achieved pure thinking. Only those people who take
    • moved on to a realm of thinking in which thoughts sustain each other
    • the stage of thinking in pure thoughts, when a sequence of pure thoughts
    • reach this stage of pure thinking. It is no longer possible to bend
    • Then your I is really uninvolved; it is thinking itself that is doing
    • the thinking.
    • However, your thinking only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 6: The Concept of Love as it Relates to Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • sexuality, has spiritual roots; looking to sexuality for the explanation
    • of human behavior is therefore looking in the wrong direction.
    • by asking the question, “How old is love?” There is no doubt
    • way of looking at things would immediately respond that love is as old
    • in thinking have seldom, if ever, had any understanding of love in
    • in our thinking, we have to replace our relationship to the spiritual
    • eroticism. On the one hand, then, we have the theoretical linking of
    • subjective emotions in spiritual forms. In making this appeal, I hoped
    • Society, so that clear thinking might prevail.
    • of natural human activity on the physical plane. Thinking about spiritual
    • vulgarized way of looking at the matter.
    • If we are making every effort,
    • sinking below the moral level of other human beings; rather we must
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 7: The Philosophy of Psychoanalysis as Illuminated by an Anthroposophical Understanding of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • sexuality, has spiritual roots; looking to sexuality for the explanation
    • of human behavior is therefore looking in the wrong direction.
    • have been looking at the theory of psychoanalysis, a singularly revolting
    • this principle is. It is indispensable in making any spiritual scientific
    • making sure we arrive on time is a superficial thing, but in the past
    • be necessary to make a special point of talking about things like this,
    • in movement, constantly inwardly active. At the moment, I am not talking
    • extent that we are speaking of our present-day physical nature, is a
    • Looking at any part of our
    • is completely wrong. The right way of looking at things is to explain
    • In looking for the right
    • As we have seen, it comes about through something spiritual sinking
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 1: The Social Homunculus
    Matching lines:
    • social question with a member of the working class now constituting
    • and social thinking he would not attribute much importance to so-called
    • To a man of the working
    • classes. When you voice this view to the working man, he will at first
    • engendered through feeling. A member of the greater mass of the working
    • employers must necessarily be the exploiters. A working man does not even
    • the following: The working class must become conscious of the prevailing
    • conditions, so that the working class itself may bring about a change
    • sense of moral responsibility, but that the oppressed, miserable working
    • a change in social conditions. One might well imagine the following taking
    • and the needs of humanity, the listeners who belonged to the working
    • classes would answer: “What are you talking about ? You belong
    • member of the great mass of the working population, should be taught
    • he delivered his great incisive speech on science and the working class.
    • is the modern working class movement. It is encumbered with all the
    • up that intensity of thinking which spiritual science can offer. F For
    • unable to think; the leading motifs for real thought are lacking.
    • territory, without taking into consideration that from a social standpoint
    • to our making a social problem out of the problem of population.
    • sharp, clear way of thinking which these questions entail.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 2: What Form Can the Requirements of Social Life Take
    Matching lines:
    • question, is now taking on a truly significant and a very practical
    • They do not find the possibility to develop the right way of thinking
    • their thinking! — certain forms of thought coming (though this
    • of thinking. People who think at all to-day, think in natural-scientific
    • But this kind of thinking
    • habit of thinking we cannot obtain any essential fact enabling us to
    • capitalists and their followers, and the working proletarian population.
    • the past centuries, they are firmly convinced of a manner of thinking
    • kind of thinking, and that the life which has now come to the fore in
    • the external world calls for a kind of thinking which entirely differs
    • aims, still contained an unscientific way of thinking, it contained
    • still based upon a far more universal way of thinking; which proceeded
    • programme are altogether adapted in their manner of thinking to the
    • so proud of their thinking.
    • thinking will be needed in order to reply to these questions, which
    • are not theoretical questions, but facts. This new way of thinking exists,
    • conception. This new way of thinking consists in the realisation of
    • practical requirements of daily life. A regeneration of thinking is
    • economic thinking. Let me read to you quite slowly what Jaffe indicates
    • the details of the digestive process, or the thinking process, or the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 3: Emancipation of the Economic Process
    Matching lines:
    • cause and effect is maintained, this same manner of thinking can just
    • science. But if the natural-scientific way of thinking is applied to
    • their cost of living, but its aim is that of making profits, of increasing
    • a point of honour in making it as perfect as possible — this belongs
    • easy way of thinking is the cause of the present catastrophe!
    • in the field of thought. The whole way of thinking must be transformed.
    • waking up! Do you think that it will be easy to drive away these instincts,
    • unless people find access to a really unprejudiced way of thinking.
    • the case at all. Taking into consideration the circumstance that in
    • from many sides — by taking for granted that this must be considered,
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 4: Three Conditions Which Determine Man's Position
    Matching lines:
    • socialistic thinking and of modern socialistic aims. We might say: What
    • or proletarian thinking and willing; the proletariat simply does not
    • an opinion by consulting one of these books and asking ourselves: What
    • speaking either for or against the drinking of beer, but the point from
    • which these members set out, was that they were against beer drinking.
    • thinking. The greatest misfortune of our time is that love of ease leads
    • people into this disconnected, incoherent way of thinking and they remain
    • and unclear manner of speaking of the spiritual world, the spiritual
    • vegetable and animal kingdoms of the physical world. In the course of
    • kingdoms in relation tb man. This enables one to appreciate that which
    • of the physical kingdoms of the earth: Below him is the anjmal kingdom,
    • then the vegetable kingdom and the mineral kingdom. But if the vegetable
    • kingdom were able to have feelings and thoughts in regard to the mineral
    • kingdom, what would it say? “I bow down reverently before thee,
    • to thee". And so on, throughout the higher kingdoms. Each higher
    • kingdom bows down reverently before the lower kingdom.
    • way of thinking in such a direction. What is surplus value? In the eyes
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • of working in Stuttgart to meet the demands of modern life, Herr Mott,
    • over the workers, are fundamentally a legacy from the middle-class thinking
    • and share in the working out of possible solutions, many root causes
    • true modesty need not be deterred when making itself felt, by the reproach
    • be raised by anyone who thinks in realities. For anyone thinking in
    • seen to have an effect on men's thinking. You may remember an appeal
    • be appealed to in a way to make them see that facts are speaking to
    • done in contrast to the former negative undertaking of the ninety-nine.
    • years, has not been willing to show itself. Instead of the feeble thinking
    • of ordinary traditional thinking end organisation. The economic life
    • something in common. They press for the socialisation of private undertakings,
    • must manage its thinking through the head and not through the lungs,
    • administration; each must have its own, working, however, in a living
    • working together of three corporate members. This is because they have no
    • according to the easier demands of their own thinking. They must come to
    • from Germany where our fiends had been working everywhere, in a suitable
    • capable of making the Appeal public, so that it is seen by those it
    • war was taking a decisive turn, I tried to help, on this necessary impulse
    • ago. For here, too, something should have been learnt if thinking is
    • ancient mummified, thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing having developed in recent times without
    • in contemporary mankind there is lacking even the elementary basis for
    • made about the ways and means for paying an undertaking on some occasion
    • (I am not speaking of labour-power but of undertakings) it is always
    • less good but anyhow not yours? You see it is not a matter of thinking
    • to make this clear to you by an example. Taking given conditions of
    • thus is not the primary thinking I have represented. Thought out in
    • law and the system of stocks and shares. Strictly speaking, everything
    • understood. Then the organising factor, the thinking that has taken
    • organism demands, and other thinking adjusts itself to it, so that it
    • cannot happen that one thinking considers itself prejudiced by the other.
    • organism. Right thinking, realistic concepts on such matters can be
    • which I have been speaking here.
    • If man develops sound thinking and perceiving in this sphere, these
    • is one thing; that, in regard to thinking, is the way to come to Christ.
    • but by making an effort. It is this kind of idealism we need. We need
    • present them, taking them logically, point by point. As I once told you
    • in himself what I have called a re-birth, then human thinking will be
    • rightly in other matters by thinking and feeling rightly on these fundamental
    • human evolution. Otherwise all thinking will be dislocated and from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • deeds and actions, when there is right thinking about the essential
    • different man's whole thinking, feeling and willing have become since the
    • that the thinking underlying these people's will, takes on a definite
    • form. And from this thinking that has a definite form, in essentials the
    • it is extraordinarily interesting to observe the kind of thinking of
    • the structure of men's thinking, and upon our paying less heed to the
    • and how their thinking is directed. Finally, it is not of such great
    • there is only anthroposophical thinking that can guide men's thinking
    • Marx himself throws great light on certain aspects of this matter. Speaking
    • He has done no original thinking whatever about what the future of the
    • the State, all the human beings taking part in that State.
    • really striking even in Marx, in Lenin comes to its highest potency,
    • of Lenin's thinking. Here you see in greater potency what is to be found
    • this socialism. It is very interesting; for the way of thinking that
    • its ignorabimus, (we can know nothing) socialistic thinking,
    • that is, that those who today are thinking on socialistic lines are
    • only taking over the heritage of the bourgeoisie. Their thoughts are
    • as social thinking and social feeling established on the foundations
    • modern social movement is that these impulses are full of a thinking
    • soon as it is matured it prepares to die. Thus you see that modern thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • life, from all that is working in the sphere of man's economic life.
    • concept holds sway. It is, however, already making itself felt that
    • a certain predilection for purely abstract thinking. This love of abstract
    • thinking, however, has produced something else. This thinking in pure
    • itself particularly by everyone thinking first of himself and trying
    • are cooking there among themselves. Naturally he distrusts it and thinks:
    • of the pious way of thinking in these people's kitchens! — These
    • facts arising today in such a shocking way on the horizon of social
    • not stop there. What is read must be put into practice by seeking above
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness in the soul, and what on the other hand is working in the
    • particular way of thinking socially differs from other ways. I have
    • This way of thinking is
    • here. The way of thinking we represent, aims at getting rid of all social
    • is just the element in which man can be so fused that from the working
    • cannot be just a question of thinking out what for the social organism
    • is to take. Our thinking, indeed, is not so advanced in the social sphere
    • in the most energetic way and in its purest form the thinking that was
    • thinking goes when a man wishes to draw it entirely out of himself,
    • out of his ego. And if one applies this thinking to the social structure
    • Only with deep insight can it be understood how thinking like Fichte's
    • is not suitable for finding the right social structure. Thinking drawn
    • their combined efforts — That is thinking in terms of reality
    • and experience! Fichte's thinking is born out of the pure ego and is
    • ultimately, though in a different form, Bolshevistic thinking. It is
    • an anti-social thinking because it is born out of the ego alone; its
    • whither the purest form of thinking, as arising in Fichte, actually
    • is that it is pure thinking, woven out of the content of the soul alone,
    • both him and his striving after pure thinking. Whence comes then this
    • at a certain period of his evolution at this pure thinking, this thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • is horrible. Only we are confusing dreaming and waking. Our task is
    • perhaps a dream out of which we are now waking. We are in a society in
    • way of thinking during recent centuries. For it is this customary thinking
    • really studies all the conditions. With this way of thinking many of
    • is because such men have applied their customary way of thinking to
    • These facts, working in the external everyday world, speak to us clearly
    • of material civilisation, Looking back before August, 1914, how comfortable
    • of thinking for its healing. For this healing nothing will serve but
    • the realisation that all other ways of thinking, not directed to what
    • of catchwords he classified alphabetically the thinking of the present-day,
    • thinking was contained. There, among other things, he deals with the
    • to soul, which may be described as the mutual working of soul to soul,
    • of sympathy and antipathy is working from soul to soul. In man on the
    • men. And the State is not in a healthy condition when seeking to establish
    • what has to go on working as antipathy, is experienced down here as
    • to go on speaking the old one for they think that will serve their purpose.
    • with external existence. My dear friends, indeed I am not speaking just
    • No, I am speaking quite objectively. In spite of this I venture to say
    • with his karma. Strictly speaking, no one has cause to consider any
    • throws as crumbs to those working at the machines what, in its inner
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • little adapted to direct thinking towards what the purely perceptible
    • have actually learnt nothing, nothing at all from the lessons speaking
    • of making impression upon impression, conquest upon conquest. When I
    • we Europeans, with the new blood of America, have produced a thinking
    • a thinking entirely dominated by mathematical technics. We have become
    • to this thinking that it is also applied to the social organism. This
    • thinking about the living social organism, at least they find it very
    • born of thinking that relates only to what is dead in the living organism.
    • example. Modern socialist thinking is directed against capitalism. Socialism
    • is now spoken of absolutely conforms with the dead thinking of recent
    • are able to turn to living thinking needed above all for our Spiritual
    • which, strictly speaking, is nothing more nor less than capital. There
    • is no social organism that would not show the interworking of individual
    • of the undertaking, for unless he takes the responsibility for it I
    • cannot do my work. When there are directors of undertakings, however,
    • Where thinking is concerned they prefer everything to be easy. But this
    • taking it in its concrete condition at half-past-one, as a human organism
    • that you are looking at the concrete, the living, at two different points
    • products with the manual workers working with him, the social organism
    • socially estimated in a certain way by taking into account the current
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • show how far from reality present-day thinking is, when in circles working
    • example of the thinking that has brought the world so much misery. And
    • unless we see that in place of this thinking estranged from reality
    • thinking what today can be told in the right way about the supersensible
    • how in his thinking. By this his thinking should gradually
    • on how through it our thinking is transformed. The question
    • the fact that socialistic thinking has proceeded out of modern thinking
    • already heard. I have pointed out that there is something lurking in
    • that modern thinking comes to expression with its particular
    • thinking. In the confusion of the last four-and-a-half years many inapt
    • go objectively into the matter of his thinking?
    • however, is not the art of subjective human thinking but the sum of
    • the perception of the idea. Ideas for Hegel are in a way forces working
    • and are not recognised by man, are ideas in themselves which are working
    • thinking. According to Hegel, logic contains the idea in itself; nature
    • to draw your attention to how the tendency of modern thinking is expressed.
    • superficial materialism but in the highest force of spiritual thinking.
    • impulse of this kind, experiences in his thinking a certain inner
    • satisfaction, which makes him overlook what is lacking. But what is
    • lacking is felt all the more strongly by anyone who is not the original
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Karma of the Individual and the Collective Life of Our Time, Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • Weekly News for English-speaking Members
    • Thorane, lieutenant to the King of France, arranged
    • case especially we can see his preordained karma working
    • According to such a way of thinking, we must presume that all
    • the profound working of karma.
    • years of age the youthful force would have been lacking which
    • that we sleep because we are tired, for waking and sleeping are
    • Think to what a great Order the rhythm of waking and sleeping
    • of the day; but the rhythm of sleeping and waking must be
    • This glorious Nature thou didst for my kingdom give,
    • waking and sleeping in man betrays an inner impulse. In a life
  • Title: The Cyclic Movement of Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • The Cyclic Movement of Sleeping and Waking
    • Weekly News for English-speaking Members
    • Broadly speaking, one thing especially must strike us when we
    • sleeping and waking. In waking life, we say, the Ego and astral
    • general, it is so: sleeping and waking represent a kind of
    • cyclic movement for the human being. Strictly speaking, it only
    • are working- upon man as it were from without—all that is
    • body, than it is in waking life. Indeed, we may truly say, the
    • man in waking life, —this influence they wield over the
    • illumines the other side of the Earth, making it daytime
    • loosened during our day-waking life. They are still there, but
    • column are more intimate in sleep than in our day-waking life.
    • between sleeping and waking. It will not appear altogether
    • and asleep in his waking life.
    • waking life man must be able to rise into his senses and his
    • in waking life between the soul- and-spirit and the
    • one-sidedly. Broadly speaking, we may say: Through the
    • loosening of the etheric body the entire waking life of man is
    • thereby, even in his waking life, he comes into a stronger and
    • and spinal nervous systems. Now we may ask, generally speaking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Insertion of Early Human Destiny into Extraterrestial Relationships
    Matching lines:
    • Weekly News for English-speaking Members
    • beings in our day-waking Life meditate in thought upon the
    • a manner speaking, the Saturn of Vulcan. The
    • and beginning of our physical body, which is still working in
    • place, which, working on in evolution, will attain on
    • upon Earth are working at their several callings, and as
    • thinking of it from the points of view which spiritual science
    • exposed to the danger of speaking after the pattern of that
    • for a simple reason: Those who do most of the talking about
    • blind people talking about colours. For a man of to-day, who
    • ‘There goes Spiritual Science, talking of many Spirits, many
    • would pass one another by, seeking no longer any more than
    • mankind. Once men grow beyond the stage of talking
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • man and its transubstantiation process involves a working
    • Taking transubstantiation and communion as a unified priestly
    • respiratory organs, but that we are continually taking in all
    • the cosmos, in the divine working and creating in the cosmos,
    • organization was working in a temporal way. While the
    • words, so that it's not he who is speaking anymore. The godhead
    • still say: when I speak magical cultic words, a god is speaking
    • epoch, some of the Protestant confessions which were working in
    • spiritual things in the real spiritual world. You were looking
    • inner experience of the working and weaving of spirituality in
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • speaking in mystery language, for it was customary for people
    • It's rather shocking that we're surrounded by experiences today
    • which man felt that the macrocosm was a speaking universe. We
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • today. The important thing becomes evident in a striking way in
    • definitely not speaking about present conditions. He is
    • speaking about future conditions. But those who were conversant
    • of the community. For they had the idea that the ranking
    • of thinking in the first Christian centuries, very foreign
    • Ephesus, where this particular way of thinking, feeling and
    • communities were thinking in their hearts. This kind of thing
    • drove out to where the castle of King Arthur and his twelve
    • arrive at a different number when it's a question of looking
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • life today, since spiritual development is now taking place
    • way. The fourth post Atlantean epoch is still working on in
    • post Atlantean epoch, namely, people will see death walking
    • will experience this development of waking consciousness like a
    • moments when they pass over from sleeping to waking
    • has reached over into the fifth and it rules our thinking,
    • looking deeply into the special kind of consciousness which
    • how much longer he has to live; but he will see the working of
    • post Atlantean epoch. You're basically looking at life which
    • see the tremendous working and weaving of the spirit behind the
    • will see the working and weaving of spirit where the materially
    • know that when I'm here I give the people who are working on
    • our building one or two hours a week during their working time,
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • today, but one initiated the person concerned into the working
    • people spoke about the cosmic, word, they were speaking about
    • abstract, by comparison with the kind of thinking which still
    • between the two the sinking of Atlantis and the rising of new
    • thinking if one connects numbers with events. If one learns to
    • world than a king in the realm of the shades.”
    • the earth, and in the future it will signify a walking before
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • they do in Hebraic doctrine, one would be justified in speaking
    • have two kingdoms the kingdom of nature or the kingdom of the
    • Father, and the kingdom of the Spirit, and man is carried out
    • of the kingdom of nature and into the kingdom of the Spirit by
    • the two kingdoms, the realm of the Father and the realm of the
    • for man becomes man by taking hold of himself, by making Christ
    • For he foresaw the effect that the thing which was breaking in
    • Ahrimanic resistances which are working against the Son God
    • working further in the impregnation of Christianity with a
    • working into our time? As I have often pointed out, just take
    • However, due to the breaking in of Arianism, the
    • of a working of the spirit through the laws of nature. This is
    • who raises the kingdom of nature to the kingdom of the spirit
    • the action from the other aspect. Forces are working in it
    • of his muscles and his blood — I'm speaking of the
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • which is breaking in upon what he feels is the real
    • fact the breaking in of Arabism gave rise to the great danger
    • Arabism breaking in behind the scenes of the Christianity which
    • that the sun demon was working there against the sun genius or
    • conditions which have to be experienced if the working of karma
    • the last third of the 19th century in order to go on working
    • showed himself in the thinking and feeling of the tortured
    • gods, and not just a working within earth events. This was the
    • working out of the spirit and into the material world, and this
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • awaking, or he sees things in dreams, which emerge from sleep
    • sleeping condition is perceived by someone when he is waking
    • waking up. It was inscribed there already through the great,
    • were, and if one finds the divine being who has been working
    • leads through the Son to the Spirit. One was looking for a path
    • that this method of looking for ingredients from the earth in
    • earth's plant, mineral and animal kingdoms, and one knows that
    • effort to understand the Apocalypse cannot help asking himself:
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • three beings, so that thinking, feeling and willing become
    • make faith and knowledge true;” not what the (King James
    • is not the same name he was talking about before; this is the
    • receive the word of God or the Creative word by taking the
    • name: King of all Kings, Lord of all Lords. That is the third
    • form. What is the nature of a king or the nature of a lord? If
    • Then the Lord of lords and King of kings will live in each
    • dignity presupposes that he, the leader, is a king over the
    • intensive way today. Human beings are walking around with masks
    • Christ who becomes the King of Kings, the Lord of Lords.
    • we're working and living with into the stream of prophetic
    • God,” the one who is King of Kings and Lord of Lords
    • other context than in the one I'm speaking of it here, where I
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • period. He describes his visions of the breaking in of
    • spiritual world in a pure form for their working, thinking and
    • Something which is outside of the human kingdom falls, namely,
    • something superhuman is working directly in men with an evil
    • impulse, and it's not a matter of a weak nature working, as in
    • will see human beings walking around on earth who couldn't
    • There will be people walking around on earth who will be
    • is a power who is continually lurking around in our cosmos.
    • There is something sinister about this lurking of Satan. One
    • should be walking, and it would be taken into quite different
    • become of these walking human bodies over which the ego and
    • see certain men walking around in their bodies, who are men who
    • taking place in accordance with the laws of nature. It will
    • thinking and feeling, for it is a real priests' truth, that is,
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • very striking way from the views of the Apocalypticer.
    • today we don't perceive the working of the spirit in the course
    • were working harder in the bordering ocean, where what was
    • Atlantean epoch was that one could clearly see the gods working
    • to this point in Atlantean evolution they saw a birth taking
    • Apocalypticer is speaking of very real events which concern us
    • who was understood by men in their visions, who is now walking
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • which someone is speaking in order to understand him, so the
    • American appendage, for the breaking in of Ahrimanic powers
    • really very shocking.
    • who get to the soul stage but are lacking an ego.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • exists as feeling during the waking state, and as pictorial
    • waking state and the other is its content during sleep. What we
    • threshold by mankind is taking place in our time. In our
    • their thinking and will are stunted. Then there are people
    • will; their thinking and feeling are stunted; they charge like
    • organized in an Ahrimanic and Luciferic way, their thinking is
    • rainbow men. Their thinking is relatively inactive, they mainly
    • Thinking and feeling get increasingly stunted the further we go
    • instance, through this whole external way of thinking that
    • sense of the word, who have only developed their thinking. They
    • rainbow people who are not the thinking type at all. On the
    • can do this just by looking at their names. A real Magyar has a
    • will see that our age is speaking in them. He is a rainbow man,
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • you have a unified working of what occurs in men and of what
    • mysteries in a sentence that had a terribly shocking effect
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • the workmen is taking in terms of their content due to the
    • would never have been given today if we had not been talking
    • about fixed stars he is talking about the divine spirit, as
    • he speaks about planets he's speaking of angelic intelligences
    • speaking about the forces and activities of comets. Once you
    • interesting. He made very nice calculations, and taking
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • form. Instead of the spiritual world breaking through the
    • stars, you were able to see everything that is working in the
    • hierarchies for us; instead of looking up to the stars' sensory
    • amounts to thinking. If the brain would only be a continuation
    • when one sees the weaving and moving and working of the angels,
    • we're looking into things in the future that we need and which
    • difficult to understand, stop thinking about it and start to
    • particular age one has to ask: what are these people lacking?
    • the knights around King Arthur's table could still read the
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • intellectuality occur within human thinking and reflection,
    • within thinking, wishing and reflecting.
    • intellectuality that is breaking into his individuality.
    • of the world powers that he is taking possession of it —
    • working from man to man in the way that the old divine powers
    • statistical, intellectualistic way of looking at things that is
    • Thus this Satanic power is working hard today and he turns to
    • Intellectuality is breaking in now and men are becoming more
    • inspiration. That is breaking in. But on the other hand mankind
    • Through the efforts that the Satanic power is making to acquire
    • or a true way of working is becoming less and less important
    • the evil powers whenever one is speaking about the spirit. In
    • whole being, which one should not receive without looking upon
    • hidden spirit and the working of the Seraphim, Cherubim and
    • whether or not the Apocalypse is speaking about you depends
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 10: Disputa and The School of Athens of Raphael
    Matching lines:
    • observe that all of them are taking part in what descents from above.
    • been discovered, souls who still are looking up to the clouds, in honest
    • I might say “the imaginative looking of humanity” did gradually
    • these early centuries, when making oneself a picture of the world, people
    • they remain. And we really do not understand the working of the spiritual
    • now still working in a manner so undefinable and chaotic that the people
    • external existence.” There was the awareness: Looking at nature,
    • with its ice-fields of lacking spirituality. Raphael, the person from
    • by looking at pictures of today, where the Christ is pictured as a human
    • visualizing nature merely as speaking to the senses.
    • able to bring through his own thinking, through his ego standing on
    • If Man seeks a picture of nature out of his own thinking, then he finds
    • The contrast between that which is viewing and that which is speaking.
    • of the speaking Paulus:
    • his thinking what Steiner intended to communicate to the listeners.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 11: Fourth and Fifth Post-Atlantean Epochs, Medieval Art in the Middle, West, and South of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • there is the spiritual world, and this picture is looking out of this
    • a certain looking at substance like things (Steiner used a word, which
    • equivalent might be “substancelynesses”) which are breaking
    • speaking immediately out of the spiritual world. The interest was above
    • a different way of looking at it than the points of view I stressed
    • last year. This “working together” of the Middle-European
    • The secretive workings in
    • is the ending of the age of pure speaking, of that age where the ability
    • us, where he, as an old man, looking back upon his life, does speak
    • occurrence, of development. Looking towards the East, one finds the
    • expression of existence, of being present, of calm, of the calm looking
    • as though they were looking out of the spiritual world are seen, but
    • in an Oriental way. We are definitely reminded up here of a speaking
    • rules, and at the same time you feel in such a description the breaking
    • of the oriental thinking one can immediately visualize the spiritual
    • 8. Stephan Lochner, The Adoration of the Kings.
    • characterize. You are looking at a before and an after. You see presented
    • 11. Stephan Lochner, The Adoration of the Kings
    • especially how this joining into each other, this working into each other
    • He does not express them through looking at a model. Here, you can already
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 12: Greek and Early Christian Art, Symbolic Signs, the Mystery of Gold
    Matching lines:
    • are always based on old ways of thinking, which, when used nowadays,
    • must appear again as that which is working into the sense-world out
    • next motif, the "Presenting of the Offerings to the King”,
    • sign” to enter? Because in the sign, the Magic was seen, the working
    • to show especially how here the manner of working grows out of the nature
    • post-Atlantean age. You can see how the manner of working is based on the
    • in a way purely by human will, but so that just through making certain
    • working with the gold, the joy of using the jewel, the noble, the precious
    • observed — I would call it: a last sounding — of this working
    • was being worked against it by making alive the great Mystery of the
    • working. What is heathen comes to meet from the North in such a way,
    • way, of the spiritualized nature, by the taking of the Greek ability
    • to show how this working together of the old time with the new would
    • Christian needs to work itself into a thinking of the spiritual together
    • many times, how for the human being of the present, that thinking of what
    • horrible occurrences passing through the present. For, when thinking
    • of gold, be cast into the Rhein, this sinking the treasure into the
    • necessary to have the old heathen thinking taken over by the new Christian
    • For instance, we are looking
    • Christ-Impulse. We see that working together, which later blossomed in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 13: The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    Matching lines:
    • element in art?” (I am speaking now from the purely artistic
    • single soul that enters the body at waking and leaves it on falling
    • figure, but the cosmic strives with the individual which is working its
    • characteristic of the great Oriental kingdoms of the third post-Atlantean
    • working with the earth. But if you look attentively at the Christ-figure,
    • world-dominion. (I am not making a criticism but merely stating facts.)
    • being attempted at the present time is a reflection of all that is taking
  • Title: Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • themselves therein, taking part in the work, giving force and
    • therefore, it is necessary to leave off speaking in general in
    • civilisation, is the extension of intellectual thinking
    • intellectual thinking human beings according to the modern idea
    • intellectual thought. When we look at all those Kingdoms of
    • entire organism. Now our intellectual thinking does not depend
    • thinking. Then if we look to the kingdom of the Air, there too
    • we find events taking place; these processes are continued in
    • nothing directly to do with our intellectual thinking.
    • with what is our intellectual thinking. But when we look out
    • thinking. We therefore as human beings, are incorporated into
    • to special degree with the mineral kingdom, with those forces
    • have become the thinking beings we have become, especially
    • working of the mineral forces in the human organism which has
    • man. Hence man's intellectual thinking was not then the most
    • higher spheres) in all these are working Divine Spiritual
    • come from His own kingdom. Then He breathed that which comes
    • mineral kingdom, he developed an element foreign to Jehovah.
    • That kingdom then, in the recent age, since the 5th Post
    • intellectually, with a fully waking consciousness, if he were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • by bringing forward something linking the various things we
    • come to sense impressions, is horizontal, — speaking
    • perceptions? We bring to meet them our thinking, our forces for
    • the earth, and as we dig into the earth, making our little
    • is the opposite of a MAN. The reality of man is the man walking
    • all your feeling there lies the metallic working of the earth,
    • something with his hand. He has the idea with his waking
    • feelings is the counterpart of the working of the metals.
    • horizontal working of forces but through forces working from
    • as is the case with waking man today, he cannot be conscious of
    • centre for the working of the gold stream lies in the astral
    • eyes, etc., this can occur, because a gentle sleep is taking
    • have the ordinary power of thinking, that illuminates your
    • beside him, but excludes his physical body, making it a sense
    • working of the stars and starry constellations. But these work
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • walking into the dark room with a lamp. They would feel that they
    • were walking into the world of the senses and illuminating it with
    • spiritually speaking — on
    • people walking in the physical world; they sought Christ there
    • are to be transplanted half into the kingdom of shadows where the
    • [Charlemagne (724–814), KingNote 9]
    • ages Charlemagne was seen undertaking the first crusade against the
    • undertaken on the physical plane; they let it continue working in
    • shadow figures walking on the earth really believe that you are
    • outer working of the living dead. It was a peculiarity of those
    • knight of the Grail was working here in the physical world was
    • [Henry I (c. 876–936), first German kingNote 12]
    • imagination. They knew that the angel, the guardian, was working in
    • herself was speaking in the Roman way, and then to the mingling of
    • looking at the human beings around him this Saxon peasant-priest
    • not their way of speaking, we can describe Mendel's fate in these
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • comes to meet us as the mineral kingdom, at least it confronts us
    • kingdom in the wider sense to include water, air, the phenomena of
    • warmth and the warmth ether, we can study within the mineral kingdom
    • physical world manifests its workings, for instance, in gravity and
    • physical world within the mineral kingdom. As soon as we come to the
    • plant kingdom, the ideas and concepts we have formed for the physical
    • each other in the same way as the objects of the mineral kingdom are
    • the mineral kingdom, was not adequate for the study of plant life.
    • that I should see; in a manner of speaking, the physical has become
    • those applicable to the mineral kingdom. It is extraordinarily
    • right way we can say that in the mineral kingdom nature is outwardly
    • visible all around us, while in the plant kingdom physical nature has
    • physical nature are still at work in the plant kingdom; but they have
    • animal, something which cannot be grasped by merely making our ideas
    • its totality without taking this inner liveliness into the
    • of speaking, the moving, living concept; with the animal we have to
    • receding chin and a strikingly projecting forehead. Everywhere
    • Anyone who saw Fichte walking through
    • this way. Generally speaking, then, there is very little external
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • soul working together to impart to man his true dignity, in
    • kings that appear in the fairy tale aren't properly real either. They,
    • in-spired into the golden king, the silver king, and the bronze
    • king before they could really live in the spiritual world.
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • of culture. Looking back we shall see how those people, in whom these
    • full consciousness of the I did not occur suddenly; it was taking
    • for our taking hold of the corpse of our spiritual and soul being is
    • surge of God the Father through the earthly world; and looking out
    • walking on the earth who experienced within themselves something of
    • the human physical body the mineral kingdom, in the human etheric
    • body the plant kingdom, in the human astral body the animal kingdom,
    • they saw walking around on the earth something that went beyond the
    • souls, looking down upon the physical bodies now received by the
    • bear Christ as the being who is actively working within them, as the
    • being who is even actively working on their bodily nature. And then
    • The divine principle working as Christianity
    • were to enter, then basically speaking it would not be a fully
    • Fundamentally speaking, this challenge
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • through this religious working community depend upon the
    • spiritual movement. A strong current working from within, truly
    • realities are there. Events taking place on the surface develop
    • Just as we are speaking about this at the moment, there is for
    • its old form yet working strongly on the soul and even more
    • yours, it must be a question of working with real concrete
    • through telephone wires in the air, making people into actual
    • nerves and then again one in the counter direction working in
    • newer impulses, impulses capable of making people independent
    • carry the awareness within you that you are working with Truth,
    • uncertainty may limit speaking about the relationship of the
    • subjective needs can we start talking in a fruitful way. ...
    • feeling you are speaking with reverence then you can convey
    • reverence within speaking is of course the start. As a result,
    • talking is then not only about content but physiognomic, it
    • genius of speech. Through this, you start to discover talking
    • within the process and therefore realize: you are not speaking
    • and etheric part. Between falling asleep and waking up the physical
    • and ether bodies work on the level of the plant kingdom. What
    • the human being has as remnant of the plant kingdom is found in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • allowed by those with a scientific way of thinking regarding
    • of thinking which only takes the half, that is, the scientific
    • simultaneously with the spirit into nature's wisdom, making the
    • are working with a path of knowledge. The religious renewal is
    • no inkling of the existence of such rethinking and
    • What actually makes a community? A communal thinking and
    • fundamental change in thinking has never existed before, even
    • taking these things profoundly and in all seriousness. One
    • among the authoritative personalities, speaking about something
    • the spiritual world, brought down into earthly form, making
    • this harmony by asking the question: ‘Could any ritual which is
    • The world's working approaches
    • the priest, when working with the communion, must also
    • Mass. Then he could well say: ‘I refrain from working with my
    • we don't follow the route of thinking?
    • they don't have the ritual. Stopping thinking is a danger of
    • substance left in the eyes upon waking, “night's
    • by both sides making mistakes of omission in their
    • the beginning. We were looking for our field of work as
    • Movement working with me. At burials I will no longer speak
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • your Movement, of which I intend speaking to you today. You see
    • awaken the awareness that our speaking sinfully enables us to
    • the experience with the word “thinking,” how many
    • true sense of the word language is so little understood, making
    • thinking, feeling and willing as an unveiling of her inner
    • the exchange of activities taking place between the earth's
    • found in all areas of existence, working in all cosmic
    • undertakings, is a communion of the opposites between the
    • reality in our minds. Similarly with the rising and sinking
    • to West in width and breadth, also working on you. You are also
    • what is working in the heights and depths and in the horizon
    • the genius of speech, taking them to the higher Genius so that
    • taking these things I've spoken about into your priest
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • in many areas. They are approached with intellectual thinking
    • feels that within his ego is the inner working of the Father
    • looking back at the consciousness of unblessed mankind,
    • also applies to the Words of the Gospels taking on quite a
    • becomes obvious by taking the Greek Text which says:
    • not come down to directly taking the sentimental value attached
    • of the ancient working. We can find examples of these
    • hope that we can continue with our working together in this
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • The Redemption of Thinking
    • century, in a way that is hard to comprehend with our thinking
    • your thoughts in the way of thinking of Thomas Aquinas, his
    • both men, and without looking at this event, it is not possible
    • by an astute thinking of which the modern philosophy
    • He does not differentiate between thinking and sense
    • a Greek had experienced. He was forced to a thinking that still
    • strictly speaking Plato's dialogues and in the least the
    • Epoch-making Sometimes (1876).
    • philosopher who was epoch-making as a dangerous romanticist at
    • Talking about abstract concepts did not make sense to a
    • and his followers grew up. For them such talking about concepts
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture II:
    Matching lines:
    • The Redemption of Thinking
    • humanity. Without looking at this process, it is equally
    • foreknowledge, but that it concerned taking
    • that the pure thinking proceeds with mathematical security from
    • One has only to mind that this thinking
    • of the world. This thinking could still develop the pure
    • technique of thinking by other circumstances. Today it is
    • difficult to develop this pure thinking. Since if one tries
    • contours proceeding activity of thinking which is
    • the church with the most astute thinking. Imagine only what it
    • thinking. One has to look into the inside of the scholastic
    • taking this way you cannot reach God. However, one has still to
    • spiritual-mental forces stop working on the bodily.
    • and dialectic thinking is an outflow of the general human but
    • just that astuteness of thinking has to decide. One had brought
    • sphere of thinking, of the ratio. This is the nature of the
    • The scholastic thinking struggles with this
    • figure of the world problems. With this struggle and thinking,
    • with the thinking, with the astute logic; on the other side
    • Aristotelian unmoved mover, the first cause. The logic thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture III:
    Matching lines:
    • The Redemption of Thinking
    • European thinking had more and more if it put the question of
    • development of western thinking.
    • I am, therefore, my being is confirmed with my thinking. I am
    • being with my thinking.
    • from the thinking and is in this respect only the echo of
    • those who wanted to find Him with thinking only which is so
    • would arise to this thinking. This thinking appears in its
    • about the world and myself at first. However, this thinking is
    • not yet developed. This is the thinking after the Fall of Man.
    • says to himself, by the development of thinking this thinking
    • Plotinism, the spiritual world arises again to the thinking as
    • it were if this thinking strives for the spirit. The spirit
    • fulfils as intuition our thinking again.
    • while we rise with our thinking to intuition, while we are so
    • thinking, but it changes intuition into theophany, into the
    • speaking nothing but a transformed and on top of that
    • this philosophy together but not a humanely thinking
    • speaking understand nothing of philosophy, which degenerated,
    • associated with sense-perception and thinking, how the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture I: Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • too, very often, when occasion gives rise to it!) ... looking
    • where his own life consists in working in company with the
    • that during the time when they are making ready to come down to
    • — in numbers, — numbers relatively speaking, of
    • striking in their numbers to the eyes of their contemporaries.
    • talking now of the musical element only, but of Wagnerianism as
    • talking of all sorts of things, when one of them came in, who
    • his own thoughts. At any rate, he came later, and began talking
    • course, ‘making observations’ did not mean sniffing about like
    • a dog with a cold nose, but taking a warm, whole-hearted
    • volition, — the seeking for a spiritual world, —
    • as regards any sort of scientific thinking, and nonsensical
    • was looking for something. One couldn't make out what it
    • was he was looking for, — something or other in the
    • But he always went on looking. He was looking for the Point in
    • learn was that he was looking for the Point, the Point. And so
    • unusually striking way.
    • these homeless souls, who had begun by seeking a new home for
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture II: The Theosophical Society: A Common Body with a Conscious Self. Blavatsky Phenomenon
    Matching lines:
    • seeking, by many and various roads, to bring to development in
    • What was it, then, that such souls were seeking, who at that
    • Amongst all the many people who were seeking, whether along
    • — or indeed, more truly speaking, it came forth at once
    • Looking at the ‘Theosophical Society’ and the whole intention
    • the people actually walking about before them in flesh and
    • speaking, as a kind of ghost-society. For, to the extent which
    • often then it was a striking contrast when one came to meet the
    • society they do not as yet, truly speaking, exist; because
    • there is lacking just this sense of ‘belonging together’;
    • world-conceptions then taking place in the civilized world, as
    • — there was that great, I might say world-shaking
    • is not a god thinking in the man, but the man himself who is
    • thinking, then the result is five logical ideas, — at
    • Here, then, one might say, taking the evolution of the
    • Waking of Lazarus. So that this Lazarus problem therefore, as
    • Man's evolution upon earth. And in a certain sense, and taking
    • calmed their uneasiness by thinking: ‘What must have happened
    • been an infringement, strictly speaking, of our rights.’
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture III: Critical Judgment and Colour of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • evolution, which must not be forgotten when speaking of the
    • societies I am speaking of, who kept a certain spiritual
    • betrayal; and that then Blavatsky had been the means of making
    • some way wanted to set this old knowledge working once more
    • thinking was terribly abstract! — What in particular
    • little shaking-up. And so I held a lecture on Thomas
    • past and its ideas, for talking of the darkness of the
    • dreadful! — they said: — Here are we, taking every
    • but self-mistaken spirit, spirit which cheats itself by taking
    • looking back, then, to its first beginnings, which must be
    • besides, when speaking about the age from the anthroposophic
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture IV: Blavatsky's Orientation: Spiritual, but Anti-Christian
    Matching lines:
    • things, — and especially not for liking or disliking
    • else, and only at last taking up more and more into modern
    • would begin. Pictorial, — speaking to the imagination,
    • spirit speaking.
    • come together in societies such as we are speaking of, there
    • the sense: There is something inside me — it is working
    • card-playing is more strong than the liking to listen, —
    • me. There is a secret thinking and feeling and willing that
    • dreaming; and this inner dreaming is an after-working of the
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture V: Anti-Christianity. - The Healing of the Gulf.
    Matching lines:
    • am speaking in these lectures. With Nietzsche it went so far as
    • old Mysteries. And, truly speaking, if one takes the whole of
    • asking? What are the questions stirring in their inmost depths?
    • to speak to these souls, it was because these souls were asking
    • souls are asking, what their souls want to know. And therefore
    • people their perfect liberty of choice: Will you go on taking
    • With the people who were more intently seeking, and had,
    • spiritual fashion, — a good way of taking the first
    • which we were speaking? — At its root lies the desire to
    • those people who happened to be asking the questions.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VI: The Two First Periods of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • Taking, to begin with, the first period, which lasted down to
    • have just mentioned. This gentleman was talking once in company
    • way of thinking, and one of a quite peculiar kind, took place
    • was, strictly speaking, allowed to ‘go through’ in the
    • science way of thinking to the proof of what his feelings
    • thinking, might be seen in the discussions that for a long time
    • amongst us who are making war on the Atomic doctrine, that this
    • science, and talking in reality utter nonsense. The people
    • Programme-making is the very worst thing for a spiritual
    • discuss now. And then it came to picking out that boy who was
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VII: The Third Stage: The Present Day. - Life-Conditions of the Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • what are, truly speaking, the life-conditions of the
    • course the external arrangements involved making all sorts of
    • the same time, however, it meant taking the first essential
    • we may point as marking the expiration of this period, is the
    • commercial undertakings not unconnected with Communist
    • was necessary to go on working very actively after 1914.
    • spiritual inner treasure, which is now seeking revelation for
    • working up this spiritual store of wealth, of doing anything
    • the thing could be carried forward successfully, was by looking
    • This practice of working solely from the central source, which
    • sixteen or seventeen nationalities working together side by
    • scientific element began now, in the third period, by making
    • and earnestness of which I was speaking just now. So long as,
    • after all, a good deal still of that style of thinking, which
    • is to point out clearly where they are making false statements.
    • the third period, by making itself felt in precisely the
    • earnestness of which I was speaking just now. So long as, after
    • all, a good deal still of that style of thinking, which is
    • is to point out clearly where they are making false statements.
    • be for my not speaking there? The only point was, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VIII: Conclusions: The Anthroposophical Society and its Future Conduct.
    Matching lines:
    • king-dom, still it was at any rate possible to indicate
    • to the animal kingdom as well. And in my book, Goethe's
    • live and live-making ideas from the source. — That was
    • certain definite level. And whilst thus working one has the
    • speaking, in a spiritual element. And though one is applying
    • most strikingly apparent when one started out from something
    • of the natural world, in the workings of wind and weather, in
    • the workings of earth, in mechanic workings, this man of a
    • skies in order to learn the workings of the earth, even to
    • above them; for there is no sense in talking of all these laws;
    • Nature’, ... since what Man is seeking to express as
    • order in the world. And by looking at the inside of all
    • Well, as you know, I tried to do this by picking out two very
    • striking and remarkable instances as subjects for discussion.
    • how, by looking up at the stars with a telescope, one can find
    • speaking, in Nothing, — for they are not to be found in
    • working, the tendency of the stream itself led the direction of
    • seeking along the scientific path.
    • for those who are seeking along this scientific path, it is
    • working from the central source of Anthroposophy. It is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 1
    Matching lines:
    • honest seeking. For all this can only constitute a basis for
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
    • the spirit, it resorts to mocking spiritual knowledge.
    • third beast is lazy thinking, the kind of thinking that would
    • the world's phenomena with passive thinking. Man is too lazy
    • and comfortable to activate his thinking. Humanity's thinking
    • cannot. And existence cannot be comprehended by thinking with
    • thinking if we want to grasp the spirit.
    • thinking and we want to activate thinking, if we do not wish to
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
    • the Threshold, what is necessary in feeling, willing, thinking
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 2
    Matching lines:
    • Then do you turn your anxious seeking soul
    • sensation that by looking out into the external world we gain
    • such insight were provided to everyone walking down the street
    • Mightily working, in the cosmic ether,
    • that this looking back, the perception in looking back,
    • knowledge which reveals the contamination in our own thinking,
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
    • thinking. When we create with ordinary consciousness we create
    • correctly prepare ourselves for creative thinking, the
    • spiritual world streams into our creative thinking. And then,
    • our thinking, feeling and willing in order for the three beasts
    • to be defeated: thinking, the thought - phantom; feeling -
    • from real knowledge, firstly in our thinking. Normal human
    • thinking is reflected in the thought-phantom of the first
    • is the image of ordinary human thinking which thinks about
    • thinking is a corpse. Where did the being live whose corpse
    • this ordinary thinking is?
    • contemporary civilization - when thinking from waking in the
    • us in school and in life itself, our thinking is a corpse. It
    • human figure. You must imagine this related to thinking. A
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 3
    Matching lines:
    • which one will actually take when seeking access to the
    • leads to the spiritual world, and provided the thinking is not
    • thinking, your feeling, your willing are held together by the
    • physical body. You are a threefold human being: a thinking,
    • immediately becomes a triple being. His thinking goes its own
    • thinking flies out into distant space and that his feeling goes
    • his feeling does not stay with him. Thinking at least goes out
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
    • this threefold splitting in which one's thinking goes its way,
    • Of thinking, that denies itself
    • Forsaking the spirit-force
    • The second beast's mocking countenance
    • our gaze within in order to be alert to what our thinking
    • that they instruct us what should enter into our thinking,
    • in our thinking to accept the challenge with our selfhood which
    • Just as through the first mantric verse we enter thinking, we
    • enter the inner world of thinking through the second.
    • aside thinking and try to observe your own feelings. In
    • thinking everything is semblance. But when we descend into
    • First of all, selfhood had to “revere” by sinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 4
    Matching lines:
    • of the gods with all your thinking, all your feeling, all your
    • speak to you, appealing to your thinking, feeling, willing, and
    • different relationship of thinking, feeling and willing in us
    • everyday consciousness, thinking, feeling and willing are bound
    • closely bound together thinking, feeling and willing are in
    • possible to separate thinking from feeling in the artistic
    • esoteric is said, it must be possible to separate thinking from
    • we do not understand them if we do not use pure thinking to do
    • engendered through thinking. Such feelings should be developed
    • from thinking.
    • from out of the esoteric, he is speaking from the godly sphere
    • which pertains to thinking, can by grasped only when we feel
    • thinking:
    • able to withstand the separation of thinking, feeling and
    • thinking, feeling and willing together for everyday
    • the conception of my thinking also arose. If the tree didn't
    • exist, I would not be thinking today. My hand is only necessary
    • order that I can be a thinking being. Why should the hand be
    • in a field looking up at a star-bedecked sky. It becomes
    • heights are speaking. And just as we can grow in love together
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 5
    Matching lines:
    • constitutes man's inner self - thinking, feeling, willing -
    • became clear to us how in a certain respect thinking, feeling
    • the spiritual world, in a certain sense thinking, feeling and
    • evening. Thinking, however, is the force which relates upwards
    • thinking the higher powers.
    • in the plant, mineral, animal kingdoms, to which we have access
    • to human beings. So here we stand, apart, looking inwards at
    • our thinking, feeling and willing, aware that our thinking,
    • materialistic age we have even ceased asking humans, because
    • also when looking into the inner human we see what for normal
    • consciousness is passive thinking, with which we can indeed
    • own thinking, that every thought is captured light - both for
    • thinking is in your head. Think that your willing is none other
    • than the moving, living, active air element working within.
    • thinking that you are, if you do not begin to experience the
    • fact that when you are thinking you are living in the entire
    • say to himself: If in my thinking I merge completely with the
    • I merge with the light in my thinking, light-beings grasp hold
    • thinking, make him one with the light, rend him from all the
    • aware of the true nature of thinking. Therefore we should
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 6
    Matching lines:
    • gets to know the world by observing the kingdoms of nature
    • which are external to his own being - the animal kingdom, the
    • vegetable kingdom and the mineral kingdom. These relations
    • what is revealed between the things. We see the three kingdoms
    • friends, behind the kingdoms of nature we have what is called
    • them as we speak of the other beings of the nature-kingdoms,
    • vegetable kingdom. There is something in you that is as sleepy
    • toward the kingdoms of nature when we feel that we belong to
    • them as well. We feel the inner relationship to these kingdoms
    • look out at the animal kingdom. We observe the indolent animals
    • because we stand alone and the kingdoms of nature are beyond
    • can see how in reality all thinking - this is unknown to people
    • - is nothing other than a refined breathing. Thinking is
    • breath circulating there is known as thinking in the physical
    • world; sublimated breathing is thinking.
    • in this abstract thinking existing as a kind of tenuous
    • which we designate as thinking.
    • thinking. When breathing, completely refined, strikes the sense
    • refined-to-thinking breathing process is like an organized
    • rapid speaking ...] a mineralization process. One
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 7
    Matching lines:
    • taking the School seriously must lead to the cancellation of
    • Generally speaking, it is not difficult for a person to leave
    • being which expresses itself psychically in thinking, feeling
    • and willing. In reality they are three humans: the thinking
    • naively appears physically to be.) In looking up you must
    • and other earthly forces. In our thinking - which as earthly
    • thinking is only capable of understanding the earthly - we must
    • verse is spoken while making the sign before the head:
    • speaks the verse while making the sign before the breast:
    • speaks the verse while making the sign pointing downward:
    • the sensory world we think that the site of thinking and mental
    • But this thinking in the head is always mixed a little bit with
    • the sensory world the whole extent of thinking and a small
    • reverse: a small amount of thinking and much widespread willing
    • know that when thinking is not considered as a function of the
    • that thinking does not belong to an individual, but to the
    • Thinking's germinal-waking cosmic-life.
    • thinking as feeling in respect to cosmic being, when you
    • thinking to be concentrated in the head, here [in the first
    • thinking is brought directly into connection with the limbs,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 8
    Matching lines:
    • questions about any field of life posed by honestly seeking
    • wish to begin today's lesson - without you taking notes, only
    • listening at first - by speaking the mantric formula which
    • world, in the kingdoms of nature, see the colors and the
    • star, cloud on cloud, creatures of the kingdoms of nature which
    • that he will realize: In this light-filled kingdom of earth the
    • soul-life, thinking, feeling and willing, here is this
    • earth-life are held together by our physical bodies. Thinking,
    • this. Feeling (green) extends into thinking (yellow); willing
    • following [drawing again]: thinking (yellow) is freed,
    • physical body had held thinking, feeling and willing together,
    • soon as we leave our physical bodies with our thinking, we
    • perceive this thinking as one with all that is manifested in
    • instrument of our thinking. But now we begin to feel the stars,
    • the other planets. Between what we experience as thinking in
    • What must be perfectly clear however, is that our thinking, our
    • thinking.
    • Dear friends, dear sisters and brothers, this thinking which
    • before we descended to this physical world a living thinking
    • earthly corpse-thinking. From it spring forth - but dead - the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 9
    Matching lines:
    • First - without taking notes - let us be reminded of the
    • my warmth; one must say: I enlighten myself by thinking through
    • man, see yourself in the kingdom of elements.
    • holds thinking, feeling and willing together through its own
    • experiencing, thinking, feeling and willing are no longer one,
    • thinking and separated from willing.
    • if we are able to grasp thinking in such a way that thoughts
    • are freed from physical existence, it is as though our thinking
    • the threshold: my thinking rests in the resting stars; my
    • unites with the earth forces. So thinking, feeling, willing are
    • not need to bind thinking, feeling and willing together,
    • unity. Thinking, feeling and willing would be constantly
    • other side of the threshold, they are divided so that thinking
    • doing this we must experience thinking, feeling and willing in
    • such a way that we can communicate to thinking, which has gone
    • thinking and willing; to willing, which is bound to the earth,
    • something of thinking and feeling. This something we indeed can
    • there is where your thinking lies. But I will bring the starry
    • incorporated feeling and willing into thinking, which is bound
    • system. Then I have assigned thinking and willing to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture I: Social Impulses for the Healing of Modern Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • sinking into something where it can find neither strength nor
    • civilisation lacks the strength. And lacking this, it lacks
    • “What is good?” they are asking, “What is
    • good absolutely?” They are not asking, “What
    • are asking about absolute Goodness and Truth. They are
    • not asking about what actually exists in the concrete evolution
    • question, but the temperament is lacking. On the other hand,
    • materialistic fashion, yet it has got in it the makings of a
    • appendage, for working it out and giving it shape; but no
    • socialism is, strictly speaking, peculiar to Asiatic
    • working for a reconstruction of our civilisation. One cannot
    • doctrine of Karma picture it working, as though Justice were
    • never really willing to go to the root of what is taking place
    • globe, — of which the American is making towards
    • possessing the impulse of freedom (for talking about freedom is
    • their very way of speaking that the altruistic spirit is
    • this one third only of the impulses that go to the making of a
    • talking about realities, and all the while are lying to
    • they would not be astonished; but if they met a pig talking
    • that Blavatsky was as if a pig should start talking like a man!
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture II: A Different Way of Thinking is Needed to Rescue European Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • A Different Way of Thinking is Needed to Rescue European Civilization
    • attention is actually directed to what is living and working in
    • in which a new civilisation can be founded than by making it
    • Reason — Ethics alongside Science, — making a
    • When they talk of Thought they know nothing of real thinking;
    • taking an active part in the political life of recent years
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture III: Fundamental Impulses in History
    Matching lines:
    • taking place through the transference of estates from spiritual
    • speaking, as I am doing now, of the Pharaohs as
    • talked to anyone and spoke of spiritual facts, one was speaking
    • Christ, — roughly speaking, with the foundation of Rome.
    • at the moment, the epoch-making moment, when the belief in the
    • Science, one thing, — a separate banking- account; Faith,
    • another thing, — a separate banking-account, and they
    • certainly! But then, that banking book, — religion must
    • written in banking-books, “By the Grace of God,”
    • epoch by taking away the land and estates from those who have
    • be willing to regain the faculty of looking on their
    • taking on a body here on earth again. And it is just those
    • looking up to men who are far, far worse than themselves, as
    • and that the solid ground we tread on is actually breaking up
    • beneath us. But it is not only the mineral kingdom of the earth
    • that Is breaking up; all organic life that moves upon the earth
    • physical is breaking up; everything physical on earth has begun
    • it, it would be continually breaking down, continually falling
    • perceive that the earth's physical life is already sinking to
    • making out of the old religious creeds, — taking all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Impulses of Utility: Lecture I: Western and Eastern Culture, H. P. Blavatsky
    Matching lines:
    • science of chemistry and physics, the seeking of the
    • as in the East of Europe was there so much thinking concerning
    • the basis of their thinking, so we can show that in the Eastern
    • thinking is directed to the question of Evil and of Death. The
    • Please just bear in mind how this thinking concerning the
    • Strauss becomes a kingdom of shadow, which only seeks to show
    • element working in Christ Jesus, — for this personal
    • of their own thinking, and it was no external facts of
    • lived under the impulse of thinking along these lines, even if
    • Sea-Pirate of the 16th century, John King. John King, who then
  • Title: Impulses of Utility: Lecture II: Utilitarianism and Sacramentalism
    Matching lines:
    • which I have given you a shocking example in the Bureau of
    • Science; — the real working and weaving of the spirit in
    • the West people are seeking after secrets which relate to
    • seeking to drag certain complexes out of the human organism,
    • spiritual beings who are working behind existence. These beings
    • have a one-sided power, i.e. thinking, reasoning; and
    • tornado of both impulses working round H. P. Blavatsky.
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • only penetrate into the life of those human beings working and
    • speaking, works in a weakening way on all these forces which
    • that in our entire human nature, not merely in our thinking but
    • This method of looking at things ought to become general. If
    • developed from a Spiritual method of looking at things. That
    • digested and re-appear as a force working socially. We can get
    • social impulses in no other way than by taking up Spiritual
    • Divine workings of thought.
    • things amongst themselves, they are working exactly under the
    • life these same instincts remain, and are working. But now we
    • light into this working of the instincts, for that alone can be
    • working socially are permeated by instinct. Into this instinct
    • it is really necessary for our modern social thinking that we
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Science), or of our practical undertakings, that we carry into
    • Southern Railway and entered a great business undertaking,
    • undertakings; and one could very well learn from that what one
    • my thinking in a very different way of the connection between
    • means a strong shaking up in one's inner soul, and because they
    • see that mockery is not lacking, especially shown in the
    • Here you see, a man is speaking of my relationship with the
    • Only one thing is lacking, and that is my relationship with
    • filled with a striking intensity; and above all my dear
    • friends, a waking-anxiety is necessary on the part of those who
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of nature, or man himself, or the Hierarchies next to
    • who have such a horror of sharp clearly defined thinking, who
    • mineral, plant, or animal kingdoms. All those are simply
    • our waking-intelligence depends upon the union of the soul with
    • making of it. Those physical forces will fall away and be of no
    • the other hand, to absorb themselves in dry, barren thinking;
    • There is no question of our speaking of Cosmic beings as better
    • would be working for the Luciferic being; nor shall we seek him
    • working for the Ahrimanic being; But we shall endeavour to pour
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of mature, or man himself, or the Hierarchies next
    • defined thinking, who rebel against forming clear concepts of
    • mineral, plant, or animal kingdom. All those are simply
    • waking-intelligence depends upon the union of the soul with
    • making of it. Those physical forces will fall away and be of
    • thinking — dividing and separating everything up
    • question of our speaking of Cosmic beings as better than
    • gravity, that would be working for the Ahrimanic
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture I: Concerning the World Situation
    Matching lines:
    • undertaking was calculated to shift industrial production
    • consciously; people imagine they are talking about the issues,
    • backing is minimal. Yet, what would happen if Lloyd George were
    • replaced? The minister taking his position would himself
    • speaking in such a way that the others can't discern how they
    • then things will have indeed reached a breaking point. So it
    • matters that will turn people into thinking human beings. For
    • could resume talking. Something like that can happen. I
    • sucked the ink out of the man's small wound, since pricking
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture II: Illnesses Occurring in the Different Periods of Life
    Matching lines:
    • forces are working like a sculptor to build up the whole
    • substances are lacking. Say you were working on a statue
    • the universe. Its roundness indicates the working of the whole
    • upon the skull, which is sometimes covered by a stupid looking
    • have an influence on an organ, or to cast a horoscope thinking
    • required for making machines. Nothing can be said against this
    • right way. Once social thinking is ruined, nothing rational can
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture III: The Formation of the Human Ear
    Matching lines:
    • come to a strange-looking thing — a veritable snail
    • Eustachian tube. When another person is speaking to us, the
    • his forehead they saw an eagle looking out, from the heart, a
    • I did have time after all to get to your question after looking
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture IV: The Thyroid Gland and Hormones
    Matching lines:
    • manner of thinking ignores something I have repeatedly
    • secretion. By thoroughly checking into all the experiments made
    • instance. Cheerfulness is engendered by drinking wine but,
    • accomplished by working with such substances in the
    • of our society and who was looking for a cure here. This brown
    • advanced age because the gonadal hormone is lacking and
    • rejuvenation methods can really be compared to taking sleeping
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture V: The Eye; Colour of the Hair
    Matching lines:
    • wall; you are looking through the transparent skin all the way
    • that colour. It is like looking through the window of a dark
    • the lens thicker when looking at something close up, or relax
    • hunter, however, frequently looking into the distance,
    • act of speaking is separated from hearing, but with the eye it
    • fools. We say of such people that they are talking to
    • drives food substances all the way into his hair, making
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VI: The Nose, Smell, and Taste
    Matching lines:
    • Europeans cannot make at all. It is a clicking sound, somewhat
    • like the cracking of a whip.
    • have its heart in the right place, speaking strictly
    • abnormalities like this have to become an obstacle. Taking such
    • habit of making pronounced gestures. What does he do when he is
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VII: Spiritual-Scientific Foundations for a True Physiology
    Matching lines:
    • kingdom around within us. Later, however, when we enter grammar
    • forces from the nerves for thinking. We draw these forces
    • out and use them for thinking. This is extremely interesting.
    • Ordinarily, it is assumed that the nerves do the thinking, but
    • the nerves do not think. We can employ the nerves for thinking
    • away for thinking. It is really so. When we truly ponder the
    • completely lacking. But since we cannot use the sensation of
    • really not disposed to walking on the earth. It is suited
    • enough, the urge to fly away. When the manure's stinking odour
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VIII: Concerning the Soul Life in the Breathing Process
    Matching lines:
    • as one who states that rain comes from croaking frogs. Frogs
    • constitution were such that in walking around everywhere we
    • spiral nebulas; that is correct. But if by looking out there
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture IX: Why do We Become Sick?
    Matching lines:
    • drinking and eating. Hunger is the beginning of an
    • like the beginning of a disease. Every act of drinking or
    • overexerts himself walking. In both cases the astral body will
    • consists not only in hearing but also in speaking faintly. We
    • turn makes us contract the flu. It is like making soil suitable
    • asking the right questions and in being familiar with the
    • drinking; we free our water, so to speak, from what is
  • Title: East and West, and the Roman Church: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • still taking place to-day. In all the restlessness one hears the
    • lacking. It appeared to the oriental as if everything he sees in
    • over into men's thinking of what is purely mechanical. Whenever he
    • sees how the European has reached the point of taking treasures
    • streaming to them from the paintings on the walls, and speaking to
    • thinking of all those bitter experiences and of how, almost 40
    • Executive Ministers, listening to advice, asking questions and
    • it must be admitted, the modern European is absolutely lacking in
    • understanding for this whole method of thinking and feeling; that
    • was speaking within him. Who is there to-day who understands deeply
    • working of Dionysus in man — that again we must take in all
    • Universe, and so on. No, such thinking about World Riddles is
    • probably go on manufacturing, striking, colonising, militarising,
    • America. That consciousless, blind, self-seeking of gold is the
    • is the cold sense for self-seeking.’”
    • simply a bit of professional barking at something which, of course,
    • It is justified ten times over. But behind his barking there is not
    • had when, on looking at man from outside, he dramatised his
    • but bones. And so, not now speaking allegorically, but in truth,
    • looking, and calling out, as it were, to Europe what the Asiatic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: East and West, and the Roman Church: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • not — in reality no thinking person should — pass by
    • knowledge, was as regards the real world walking over a fiend of
    • it were, the Spirit itself is speaking to the world in
    • evil-minded women, Anastasia and Milizza, daughter of King Nicholas
    • themselves up, so far as can be, to seeking the eternal in what is
  • Title: Fundamental Impulses in the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • went about speaking with a certain emphasis of his inner
    • played, he continued talking and then the girl played again.
    • by looking into man's inner being with the usual consciousness,
    • reflected from within. By looking inside us, we only come as
    • without breaking it, so we cannot look into man s inner being.
    • looking into man's inner being. What can be seen within
    • been able to evolve your thinking. For your thoughts must
    • thinking man must possess in order to acquire the
    • thinking which must exist in front of the memory-mirror,
    • effects the continuation of thinking into the etheric body. The
    • unconscious feeling and continues working as an unconscious
    • before you by making an old Oriental sage say it. Perhaps it
    • looking over such things, it is possible to look deeply into
    • falling asleep and waking up, he penetrates into this world.
    • of thinking, so that nothing real and essential is reached; yet
  • Title: Social Life: (single lecture)
    Matching lines:
    • specially directed against our practical undertaking, against
    • Anthroposophical view of the world. Economic undertakings are
    • what lies at the basis of such undertakings and see how they
    • capable of evoking into being that living spirit which lives in
    • now, in what concerns our practical undertakings we find people
    • these undertakings are all conducted by Anthroposophists
    • undertakings, and so on. Other people perhaps nay be
    • admitted to these undertakings and concerns, but they will
    • concerns, we find, in the place of the individual undertakings
    • obtain insight into the way in which human beings are seeking,
    • Regarding now what concerns the practical undertakings, —
    • make these undertakings better than similar undertakings
    • undertakings. If you open your ears, and this is necessary
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture I: Fever Versus Shock; Pregnancy
    Matching lines:
    • therapeutics and health, but phenomena from all the kingdoms of nature
    • isn't working properly, you will find that something is
    • manage, I have stimulated the brain into working harder than
    • before. If the brain can overcome it, it is like asking a
    • wishes nor taking them literally, it is much easier to satisfy
    • execute experiments, and so on. You are not thinking at all
    • thinking. If we look into the brain, we see that the hindbrain
    • is related to breathing and to thinking. Breathing has, in
    • fact, a pronounced relationship to thinking.
    • Picture the following case. A person lacking the benefits of
    • fine-looking human beings. What a woman does with her head
    • during pregnancy becomes the source of the activity taking
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture II: The Brain and Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • The Brain and Thinking
    • therapeutics and health, but phenomena from all the kingdoms of nature
    • The Brain and Thinking
    • thinking, that there are no thoughts where no brain exists.
    • thinking. But if those people, who in fact make little use of
    • thinking, however, are contained in the statement that the
    • like a brain, which is supposed to be the thinking apparatus.
    • animal, a female wasp, heavy with eggs, looking for an insect
    • Nevertheless, intelligence is working in what they do, and it
    • fly around seeking it. They arrive at the new location but do
    • world. To this day, however, he is not making use of it in a
    • can see that it is a matter of correct thinking. But those who
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture III: The Effects of Alcohol on Man
    Matching lines:
    • therapeutics and health, but phenomena from all the kingdoms of nature
    • appears in the morning after an evening of too much drinking.
    • Due to the drinking the night before, the circulation of a
    • of drinking every once in a while, therefore, instinctively do
    • they do? Surely, you have seen this; they continue drinking,
    • making the morning pint into a special cure.
    • What does this continued drinking signify? During the night,
    • Through renewed drinking, the body is stimulated once again, so
    • aware of that. Additional drinking in the morning thus
    • more drinking are in the worst shape, because gradually, as
    • What happens when people who have been drinking heavily for
    • some energy left, stop drinking? It is an interesting fact that
    • stir. They have been drinking for a while, let us say, drinking
    • stirs and they stop drinking. What happens then? If they had
    • been drinking for a long time begin suffering from delirium
    • tremens when they stop drinking.
    • head from the side effects of drinking, his overall condition
    • he discontinued drinking.
    • the red and white corpuscles, asking where in the body these
    • drinking alcohol have reached the bone marrow, does the really
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture IV: The Power of Intelligence as the Effect of the Sun; Beaver Lodges and Wasps Nests
    Matching lines:
    • therapeutics and health, but phenomena from all the kingdoms of nature
    • well as men, influence the egg cell or semen through drinking,
    • employ their tails in working on their constructions, but that
    • avoid too much speculative thinking. This might sound strange,
    • thinking only results when one simply allows the facts to guide
    • related to drinking. Why are they related in such a way that a
    • little drinking does not make such a difference but heavy
    • drinking does? You can figure this out from the following.
    • alcohol it. needs, as I have explained. In drinking alcohol,
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture V: The Effect of Nicotine; Vegetarian and Meat Diets; On Taking Absinthe; Twin Births
    Matching lines:
    • On Taking Absinthe
    • therapeutics and health, but phenomena from all the kingdoms of nature
    • Meat Diets — On Taking Absinthe
    • introduced into the human body through smoking and through
    • for two reasons — first, because of a strong liking for
    • Smoking is something that has only come about in humanity's
    • beneficial to administer nicotine to cure him. If smoking is
    • nations transform plants into flesh by making use of the forces
    • is in the habit of thinking! A person who cannot think does not
    • kosher food. Kosher cooking follows the ancient Mosaic dietary
    • every day, which they keep under control by drinking the
    • this is what drinking the waters and taking the baths at
    • two eggs rather than one. But the striking feature of identical
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VI: Diphtheria and Influenza; Crossed Eyes
    Matching lines:
    • therapeutics and health, but phenomena from all the kingdoms of nature
    • details. Much depends, for example, on whether a speaking child
    • moment in time, the speaking children were born and the mute
    • four speaking children were born, in which case, the reason
    • shooting upward. Because the skin activity is no longer working
    • Because the, skin's activity from the outside is not working
    • kidneys' activity is not working properly, this indentation
    • optic nerves that cross are not working properly, we see
    • how a person who enjoys drinking can tell whether or not he is
    • room in which she was resting, thinking it was all right to do
    • be brought about through the working of the solid part of the
    • something is not working properly inside. The heart is not a
    • circumstance, perhaps through drinking, I become afflicted with
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VII: The Relationship Between the Breathing and the Circulation of the Blood; Jaundice; Smallpox; Rabies
    Matching lines:
    • therapeutics and health, but phenomena from all the kingdoms of nature
    • it were, also be found to exist inwardly. Making a sketch of a
    • system for my thinking. This is a most interesting point.
    • throughout my life on earth in sleeping and waking. This is
    • require much thinking. But anthroposophy wishes to begin to
    • thinking. In anthroposophy, however, one must exert oneself,
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VIII: The Effect of Absinthe; Hemophilia;The Ice Age; The Declining Oriental and the Rising European Cultures; On Bees
    Matching lines:
    • therapeutics and health, but phenomena from all the kingdoms of nature
    • can easily bleed to death during an operation, making such an
    • undertaking extraordinarily difficult. Hemophiliacs are forever
    • Naturally, if medical thinking is so muddled that one takes the
    • how this aeriform element works by making a comparison.
    • still on the ascent, they abhorred all this drinking. They only
    • through the sea. Looking at this gigantic expanse of the ocean
    • explain this if you don't have the possibility of looking into
    • that, in a manner of speaking, says, “We shall renounce
    • capable people. Drinking absinthe, however, produces incapable
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture IX: The Relationship of the Planets to the Metals and their Healing Effects
    Matching lines:
    • therapeutics and health, but phenomena from all the kingdoms of nature
    • Now, this way of looking at things was completely abandoned
    • by Basilius Valentinus. He cannot help thinking that he is
    • thinking really can be absorbed in the outside world. This is
    • taking into consideration the natural history of the whole
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • activity. Therefore let me begin by speaking to you in a rather more
    • abstract way of the different kinds of universal law and working, and
    • later crystallise out, as it were, that special kind of working which
    • confronts us most clearly of all in the mineral kingdom. There are
    • within the lifeless kingdom the causes of all lifeless processes.
    • lifeless kingdom is really self-contained. We may not be able to say,
    • effect confronts us, if we are looking for its causes, we must seek
    • death. All that was working and living in him before he went through
    • now we may go farther. Study the plant kingdom. Here we come
    • merely from causes which lie within the plant kingdom — in the
    • same kingdom where the effects occur. No doubt, there is a science
    • They will go on speaking like this for a long while yet. For it is
    • not so. If you wish to make research into the plant kingdom you
    • and good: the causes of effects occurring in the plant kingdom of the
    • earth are not to be found in this kingdom on the earth itself. Let us
    • hand, the cosmic ether with its forces is working. It works inward
    • from the wide spaces. The ether is working in on every hand, from the
    • kingdom, we must actually pass into a second realm of the universe.
    • man also partakes in what the plant partakes in. The forces working
    • kingdom. Of the plant kingdom we must say: its causative forces come
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • lifeless kingdom — the physical corpse. And on the other hand,
    • from the plant and the animal kingdoms. Moreover, what he absorbs
    • from the mineral kingdom bears a remarkable relation to that which he
    • will come to the conclusion that what comes from the mineral kingdom
    • kingdom; such is the nature of the mineral. That which sustains the
    • is it then that is working in the plant-kingdom? What is it that is
    • working so that the forces pour in from the wide ether-spaces,
    • body? What is it that is working? Here, my dear friends, we come to
    • the plants to grow, and working also in ourselves, inasmuch as we too
    • ether-body compounds the living fluids in us, making us grow short or
    • depends upon the fact that not only the plant-kingdom but the animal
    • kingdom also, peoples the earth. Think what different kinds of
    • elephant inhabits, where the elephant-creating forces are working in
    • Kyriotetes. In the animal kingdom lives the earthly image of the
    • the animal kingdom.
    • we rise into the human kingdom as such. For we live not only with the
    • aware of the immense intricacy and deep significance in the workings
    • human kingdom. All that thus happens to us is deep in the unconscious
    • we here see established within the physical, another kingdom; and in
    • this kingdom we are living. We live not only in comfort and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • causes. But the world of causes, none the less, is working as such
    • are either deficient or altogether lacking in contentment in this
    • clear-cut, they are all so clever — I am not speaking
    • It rather went its way through the world without “knocking up
    • the things that were taking place on earth after his death.
    • connection. He imagines that what wells forth in human Thinking is
    • of my walking is due.” Now and then it led to quite a long
    • Looking at this, you might argue: Well, I am free in a certain
    • seeking to avoid its necessity. Quite the contrary; for as you now
    • man feels embarrassed in walking because the ground is there beneath
    • the realm where the necessity is working — just as the fish
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • unconscious cannot go on working as it did when our souls were
    • education, but this concrete way of looking into life, to see where
    • it — generally speaking — whom you may confront so as to
    • (generally speaking, at least; there may of course, be
    • of Goethe's in this life, generally speaking — according to
    • speaking to you, or doing any actions that come near you? What is it
    • walking down the Schillergasse, let us say, towards the Frauenplan in
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking
    • begin by asking how he inherited them. If, for example, he appears
    • model to take with him into life. Then, working on the model, he
    • the modern man's way of thinking, it is no doubt an grotesquely
    • later life. If, in his working on himself, he is altogether dependent
    • of man's working on the model. While he is doing so, the original
    • not at all to your liking that you should come down again for a
    • say, with the air of making an objection: “I have seen children
    • themselves have set themselves the ideal of taking on the form of
    • the working with the spiritual beings, with whom he is then together,
    • carries them over this, they become limp, lacking in energy and
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • soul-life of man. The life of the human soul falls into Thinking,
    • Feeling and Willing. Thinking finds its corresponding physical
    • our feelings as between the thoughts which we have in our day-waking
    • our dreams. When, on awaking from sleep, we recollect ourselves and
    • (namely, that you are actually taking hold of the watch) following on
    • not speaking from the physical standpoint; from a physical standpoint
    • willing. Therein are working and wielding all the impulses from our
    • preceding life on earth; only they too, even in waking life, are
    • are. Deep sleep (even in waking life) is the condition in which our
    • volition is. We are asleep in our impulses of will, even in waking
    • is taking place.
    • making pictures of them. The mental pictures come and go; they are
    • perception. In effect, our day-waking consciousness consists in
    • where, in our waking-day consciousness we form ideas — it is
    • let us go down into the region, psychologically speaking, of feeling:
    • corporeally speaking, of the rhythmic organisation, out of which the
    • the human head, i.e. with our thinking. If they were not concerning
    • themselves with our thinking — with that which is going on in
    • birth, we look still further down — as it were, looking through
    • us. We, all the time, are working with the Beings of the Second
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • hazardous undertaking to speak of individual karmic connections, no
    • we will consider certain examples of the working of karma, remote
    • hazardous undertaking of speaking about the karma of individuals —
    • mode of thinking, adopted it himself. The absorption in
    • off-hand. He also had very striking personal peculiarities. To take
    • friend of mine once paid him a visit, knocking politely at the door.
    • shall find when we come to consider the working of karma — that
    • striking. But the reality is there nevertheless, and those who take
    • can often be astounded, outwardly speaking, at what is possible in
    • which he was in the habit of taking in Spaun's company, was paid for
    • after all, people have been talking about the Theory of Relativity
    • was clarity of thought, and there is no clear thinking at all in
    • maintains that there is no clarity of thinking here. What does “minus
    • probably be, he would have to be looking at the orator and at all the
    • way of thinking and his astute perspicacity, applied to literature.
    • In order, presumably, to make it plain how his way of thinking
    • with Frau Elizabeth Forster-Nietzsche and was working on unpublished
    • respect of karma, the most striking thing about Dühring is that
    • other way — leaving aside the abuse and taking only the
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • pre-earthly experiences. But in speaking now I shall give second
    • undertaking such investigations it is absolutely essential to get rid
    • peoples who were making their way down to Sicily from the north.
    • the individuality of whom I am speaking had received a thoroughly
    • natural-scientific thinking in the second half of the 19th century is
    • time as men who were steeped in the natural-scientific thinking of
    • thinking.
    • Vischer working at the destruction of his own aesthetics! We see how
    • you, could flare up in rage, making him into a thorough brawler; on
    • waking in the morning. It was extremely difficult to get a picture of
    • in the way of art and, I will not say of subtle “thinking
    • conflicts now again taking place between the Moors and the
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • these lectures we are speaking of karma, of the paths of human
    • working is due also the instinctive sensitiveness of the soul to this
    • speaking, it is not, as you know, very easy to pay real attention to
    • just as these men felt the Spiritual in the workings of nature and
    • like the breaking of a storm! You must imagine it shouted as it were
    • conscious in man, all his conscious thinking is of less significance
    • though they were making a casual remark, and that is the really
    • the impulses for looking at things in the right way arise of
    • the result will not amount to anything very striking. But now let us
    • striking feature in a man's life, we shall not be able to discover
    • whereas the rest of the organism — which, physically speaking,
    • whereas, speaking generally, the organism of man apart from the head
    • the next incarnation. A man who is lazy in his thinking in one
    • laziness of thinking becomes slowness of limb; and, vice versa,
    • sluggish, lazy thinking in the next.
    • East, and the individuality of whom we are speaking absorbed it all
    • cleverness really lies two incarnations ago and is working on from
    • as soon as one realises that the cleverness in it is working on from
    • when one came to know Eduard von Hartmann personally and was talking
    • is not the one who is talking; behind him again is a third, and it is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • that at every point some light is shed on the workings of karma.
    • epoch appear again, born into communities speaking an entirely
    • yet working still with the same fundamental impulse. In an earlier
    • an individuality as Haroun al Raschid passing through death, looking
    • looking down, that is to say, upon the outward extermination of
    • so what may have disappeared, outwardly speaking, from history, is
    • “culture,” as we would say today, of the attacking Arabs,
    • that had been carried over to Asia was taking effect. Muavija, who
    • one whose thinking is no longer patterned in absolute conformity with
    • get this striking impression. — During the life between death
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • cases, it is all a matter of seeking in the right way. Let us then
    • we come to consider the features of his life, looking especially for
    • speaking, however, it was the great world that interested him. While
    • looking out from Rome as it were over all Italy, he must have been
    • now, taking part as he did in all manner of movements in Italy in the
    • was out at sea, on board ship, looking landwards through a telescope.
    • dynasty of Victor Emmanuel should rule over the kingdom of Italy,
    • with, comparatively speaking, quite a small force of men,
    • undisciplined yet filled with enthusiasm, of how the future King of
    • had accomplished — the whole story makes a deep and striking
    • impression. Fundamentally speaking, if we may put it in somewhat
    • appearance. It would have been unthinkable for the future King of
    • unthinkable. Nevertheless the King's advisers were against it.
    • the King had come — what does one say in such a case, putting
    • generals, making wry faces, were obliged to join with Garibaldi's
    • working with him may perhaps have been better at leading large armies
    • the three kings in Nathan the Wise, he wants to show how the
    • there is, properly speaking, no possibility of ignoring it.
    • are, of course, risks in speaking of these matters, but in view of
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • There is still another very striking event in his life. The
    • So you see, there is this other very striking fact in Garibaldi's
    • king only over a liberated Italy. And we have on the other hand
    • among them is, without doubt, Garibaldi himself. Taking into
    • behind him. We have in Garibaldi a most striking example of
    • much in his arguments and in his whole way of speaking that was bound
    • I am speaking metaphorically — with spiritualistic pictures,
    • little difference. These things, fundamentally speaking, are
    • them by looking through to the individuality behind — would be
    • Many secrets are hidden in the things of which I am now speaking.
    • certain fact will become clear, a most striking and surprising fact.
    • properly speaking no mathematician at all. He understood, for
    • delightful about his way of doing things! Fundamentally speaking, he
    • see karma working itself out. Once, long ago, he goes across from the
    • of many other striking, paradoxical things. Today I wanted to give
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • working upon it spiritually between death and a new birth. Only when
    • working of human forces and the part they play in
    • of which we were just now speaking. It was before the formation of
    • work — with making plans for regaining his property. He hated
    • his opponent. And while he spoke, he was looking to see whether the
    • talking in those days of the enormous advantages that would accrue to
    • developed in him, on the one hand, a liking for the Germanic nature
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • we have been speaking of definite karmic relationships — not
    • have been all manner of undertakings within the Anthroposophical
    • undertakings.”
    • way of speaking, we must not forget that there are
    • No, these leading spirits were also working through the souls whom
    • find that his working was such that an Initiate stood behind him. The
    • — working with external methods, seeking out similarities in
    • Bacon, Shakespeare, Jacob Boehme, and a fourth were working on the
    • their death but in their working beyond death, where they work on and
    • things may be somewhat shocking for men of the present time. So for
    • them was one who was the greatest. (I am still speaking of the
    • precisely by taking into account the life beyond the earth we have
    • effect, like a pedant speaking to the heart. Nevertheless, being a
    • learnt to understand many things by taking into account repeated
    • before you, we have observed this marvellous working across from one
    • once working in England. It is connected somehow with Canterbury. I
    • comes across Thomas à Becket, Chancellor of King Henry II in the
    • half-forgotten in his subconsciousness, for I am speaking of course,
    • King Henry II and Thomas à Becket of Canterbury, whose fate he
    • Becket at the instigation of the King of England. All of these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • is like studying a plant without looking beyond root, green leaf and
    • certain very striking example now to be given, is associated with
    • in days of antiquity, and at the time of which I am speaking it was
    • animosity in the slaves. When the personality of whom I am speaking
    • were in Dornach before Easter, is particularly striking and
    • also in respect of the whole way of thinking and feeling. And if we
    • breaking away from the physical body. Study the nobler poems, also
    • happen. — There are men who have a habit, let us say, of making
    • actually making the gesture. But the gesture does not remain as it
    • us say it is a gesture used in picking up a book, or some similar
    • the instigation of the King, because he would not agree to certain
    • Beatrix is an extraordinarily alert and active personality, taking
    • way of working. There he was in a room; around him were several
    • was the walking to and fro in front of the open books, as well as the
    • atmosphere, when we understand what it means for all our thinking to
    • say that if once this ‘thinking in common’ is an active
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • man's whole way of thinking and perception, in all his views of
    • the world and of life. Generally speaking, man is less interested in
    • this Initiate was walking one day in the wider precincts of his
    • the Initiate of whom I am speaking.
    • in the monastery and making a number of important investigations.
    • thinking, flung as it were across centuries, is now applied to human
    • badly. For the Platonic conceptions and mode of thinking cannot
    • case of the animals. With man, however, it is a matter of seeking the
    • another cooled, but in their whole way of thinking they grew apart;
    • connected with the strong resolution that is required before making
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • to participate in the great change in thinking and perception that is
    • enthusiasm in their seeking, enthusiasm for what is implicit
    • — and the soul actually taking pleasure in it
    • to be responsible for making this announcement to his people, and he
    • demented, seeking an external entanglement in the love affair, and so
    • ...” — quite out of the blue, and I could not help asking
    • as man experiences them breaking into, shining into, his individual
    • purely materialistic-naturalistic thinking which has become so
    • existence wished to spend his whole life without taking adequate
    • And so, looking at
    • shall be right thinking. The architecture that would have fulfilled
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • life and soul; so that in taking our place in the world as human
    • adequate study of the working of karma in actual life, the life in
    • descends again into earth-life. Thus the conditions for the working
    • instance. Suppose you enter a society — I am not thinking now
    • of observing in them what is striking and significant. The fact that
    • I was walking one day along a street and I had a picture before me. I
    • see a ship-wrecked man. His ship is far away, and sinking. The man is
    • boat will reach land and his life be safe! He is looking at the
    • following: — When you look at the thinking element in man, as
    • themselves to taking this kind of thing specially into account if
    • karma, it is a question really of looking through a human
    • you no longer think of him as walking or moving his arms and hands.
    • you disregard man's thoughts, the direction of his thinking,
    • you. For in the moment when you observe the working of Saturn in a
    • merely see this fact, the picking-up of the chalk, then I know
    • man who is walking here at my side, becomes transparent for me, ever
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Looking around our
    • see how much you will find lacking, how much you failed to observe,
    • all the little things of life in full waking consciousness, there,
    • and let thoughts run their course without taking them in hand, then
    • is making me have quite definite feelings.”
    • probably experience on waking after the next night — when you
    • precisely on waking the third day you find it again within you. It
    • unknown to-day, they would not appear so striking if they were worded
    • more mildly. They must appear striking. But the whole experience,
    • come again and again, asking one thing or the other. In the majority
    • inner working, and as such it must be brought into the picture. Now
    • breaking and everything is as it was before — if you want to
    • get hold of a karmic connection, but the thread is always breaking
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • talking to you in the afternoon, will tell you that they saw a lady
    • looking and then turning away. Afterwards he went to the person in
    • always been looking at the place of the missing button and this gave
    • him concentration. Always to be looking at the place where a button
    • I have been speaking. You need only remember what I have frequently
    • study of karma has a certain significance for taking one's
    • earthly life. If we drift superficially through life, without taking
    • picture of his previous earthly life. There is no sense in working at
    • is engaged in a handicraft of some sort. But because in his thinking
    • thinking in their past life. (Of course, one needs other grounds for
    • thinking in their past earthly life. People with many freckles have
    • attention merely to spiritual abstractions, but also to the working
    • recognise the spiritual workings within matter.
    • the working of the spiritual is expressing itself. Matter is the
    • lacking in interest, but he was dull; he could not really do anything
    • speaking of the physical. To-morrow I shall speak more about the
    • has strong, steady forces working out of his previous incarnation
    • continue working, working on in the proper way. On the other hand, a
    • man becomes an incessant chatterbox, laughing even when he is talking
    • of the gravest matters, when past earthly lives are not working on in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • to the workings of karma in the life of soul.
    • moon, taking up their abode in the cosmos as Moon-inhabitants, Moon
    • as a kind of magic, taking effect inasmuch as the influence of the
    • influence of warmth upon the working of the human will must be taken
    • when the primeval Teachers were working on the earth, for nothing in
    • sleeping life (not his waking life) backwards. When he passes through
    • strikingly apparent.
    • striking fact. It is the intense reality of the experiences that is
    • been replaced by something else, namely, abstract thinking. The human
    • taken thoroughly into account was that all his thinking had a certain
    • incarnations) and his thinking was lit by a gleam of consciousness
    • man's thinking has more affinity with the soul-constitution of
    • the Moon Beings than has the thinking of an average scientist like Du
    • him and he does not understand them. This, broadly speaking, is the
    • striking figure in this connection is the philosopher Jacob
    • only imagination. He said: imagination is working everywhere;
    • thinking became customary, is able to blend with the substance of the
    • said about these matters. I am not speaking here of anything that has
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • everything belonging to the earth, all the beings of the kingdoms of
    • attitude a man adopts in his life of soul towards the kingdoms of
    • same instinctive basis as the influences of the kingdoms of nature.
    • ... when our thinking is occupied exclusively with what comes to us
    • Moon Beings of whom I have been speaking to you.
    • impulses of will in our souls and what we see taking effect in
    • take together the workings of Moon, Mercury and Venus, we have,
    • Sun-existence, that is dependent upon the workings of the head. I say
    • death and a new birth, making him truly ‘man’,
    • below, by the metabolic process or by the workings of the rhythmic
    • that is dependent upon the workings of the head.
    • but trivial, and for speaking the language of ordinary life. To do so
    • talk as though they were speaking of natural laws, but these are
    • processes taking place on the earth. Hence the spiritual workings
    • resemble the workings of nature, but are stronger, of greater
    • of the Beings in this realm has reference to spiritual workings,
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • plant and animal kingdoms, and must be regarded as having all these
    • three kingdoms of nature within him — in a higher form. In a
    • certain respect man is related to the mineral kingdom through his
    • the external mineral kingdom into a higher form of
    • kingdom within him.
    • within him these external kingdoms of nature, so does he bear within
    • him — but in respect of time, not of space — the kingdoms
    • the mineral kingdom works upon man, we have to do with the processes
    • draws from kingdoms higher than the mineral, are reduced, in the
    • kingdom, we know that man has within him life-forces, vital forces.
    • Again, in reference to the animal kingdom we know that through his
    • sequences of processes in the three kingdoms of nature as well as
    • can follow the workings of the higher Hierarchies in man's life
    • operating in the three kingdoms of nature in space. Equally, we must
    • kingdoms of the Hierarchies work into it. But here we must study, not
    • etheric body and astral body but in connection with the working of
    • taking effect in the human being according to his age. When, for
    • life, we find what is characteristic of the animal kingdom especially
    • the working of the higher Hierarchies upon man the difference is even
    • Hierarchy embraces, properly speaking, the first three periods of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • working, in the first phase of their influence until the 35th year
    • Thus in looking
    • the personality of whom I am now speaking. But at that time,
    • steeped in Mohammedanism but working along particular lines:
    • is why I am taking examples of this kind.
    • looking down at the clouds. And now imagine that you are looking, not
    • the working of his breath. Living reality of Being was experienced in
    • the Mexican Mysteries by the personality of whom I am speaking. He
    • of whom I am speaking was born again in modern civilisation as
    • yourselves walking over the earth. As you walk you see nothing of
    • speaking to you not long ago about the Hibernian Mysteries, I told
    • of whom I am speaking lived through all these experiences again with
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • generally speaking, the man of modern times is entirely unfamiliar.
    • another, spiritual laws are working, spiritual laws which will be
    • spiritual realities. Generally speaking, people to-day are
    • year, but we do not find the Archangel when we are looking back only
    • can succeed in taking his destiny earnestly, this experience will
    • Archai; and it is they who are now working within the human
    • significance is taking place.
    • In looking at a
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of them here, there begins, in the fullest meaning of the
    • But truth to tell it is not only the facts experienced in his waking
    • waking consciousness of the one whose biography is being
    • time of falling asleep to that of waking. These impulses are at work
    • of the surface remain visible. Anyone looking at the picture would be
    • that in a biography, karma itself is speaking. It would of course be
    • such and such a form and now it takes this. Such a way of speaking
    • working in the Goethe and Schiller Archives in Weimar — in
    • where karma is working in the life of a man.
    • of falling asleep and that of waking, man lives in his astral body
    • falling asleep and waking. I shall describe it in outline
    • — speaking in terms of space — is rather more extensive
    • man as he wakes. When we observe him at the time of waking we find
    • through the limbs. Thus at the moment of waking the astral body comes
    • waking from sleep we have in us only a small part of our astral body
    • that we wake as a whole man, all at once ... yet properly speaking,
    • up to the point of waking ... in perspective, of course. What is
    • same way the astral body may be short-sighted, figuratively speaking,
    • the individual earth-lives begin. But broadly speaking, the fact is
    • beings. How am I to put this into words? In speaking of it as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking now with
    • breaking into the orbit of human life on earth. We witness
    • we live among the three kingdoms of nature — the mineral, the
    • plant and the animal kingdoms.
    • are interwoven. For this interworking must be known if we are to
    • waking-day life, we see the sun up there in the heavens. Through the
    • how we allow what is above us, and what is around us in the kingdoms
    • thinking can be reasonable, indeed no other way is sound or healthy.
    • thinking.
    • upon it, and behind and through the workings of the sun weave the
    • waking-day consciousness.
    • truly if we say: Within and through and behind the workings of the
    • dazzling strength of the noontide sun I behold the working of the
    • we are looking at something hazy in the distance. And when we learn
    • that the physical and etheric bodies are left to themselves, working
    • etheric body. All that man has thought during his waking life from
    • been thinking during the hours of their waking life, this will give
    • thoughts and ideas of thy waking hours.” — Deep reverence
    • Angels during our hours of sleep. It is so indeed: during our waking
    • working of the Second Hierarchy, but striking right to the other side
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • relationship not only the working out of karma, but also the living
    • emotions, of an element in human nature working entirely in a
    • For on looking
    • speaking, karmically connected or at any rate have some link with one
    • see karma working quite differently in these two
    • of the kind of which I have been speaking. The ordinary natural laws
    • and steady decline; a subtle, gradual decline would have been taking
    • the karmic course of their life by the working of the Ahrimanic
    • prepared, a world of experiences belonging, properly speaking, to the
    • is cast on the rubbish-heap by the working of human emotions, where
    • interworking between the earthly and spiritual worlds the destinies
    • being waged. And in making such conceptions our own we are led again
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I: Introduction to these Studies on Karma
    Matching lines:
    • intellect, the life of thought, making the intellect the
    • things subsequently discovered. (For roughly speaking, this
    • personalities of whom I am now speaking, the ‘I
    • personalities of whom I am now speaking, it was a profound
    • speaking did indeed imagine the receiving of thoughts as a
    • Spiritual Soul. The human beings of whom I am now speaking,
    • quasi-Arabian philosophers who, working from the West of
    • Speaking of the
    • working into my soul. I cannot rise against it — I am
    • generally aware of the speaking of the dead, at least for
    • conscious of fatigue in thinking even as in hewing wood, if
    • I may use the trivial comparison. Today the thinking of
    • fundamentally speaking, to this day. The one — albeit
    • now only working from the spiritual world, yet all the
    • things that are taking place outwardly at the surface of
    • taking into account the idea of reincarnation and leading
    • said, ‘Thinking takes hold of men. Thought, the
    • indeed. Thinking itself is not to be attacked, but only the
    • thinking.’
    • replied, ‘In Thinking, through the very fact that man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture II: Forces of Karmic Preparation in the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • been speaking to you, those with whom we elaborate our
    • absolute consistency of this instinctive working with human
    • addition, all that took place instinctively in the working
    • By merely thinking in theories — enumerating so many
    • so by thinking the realities that are enacted there.
    • aspect of the Sun he beholds what is now taking place. He
    • Thinking thus we
    • out into this new kingdom: — ‘All that took
    • what this means, my dear friends. We are thinking truly of
    • death and new birth, They bear it into the kingdom of
    • thinking rightly if to the first and the second saying we
    • similar to the weaving of thought. Looking up into the
    • witness to the immense importance of what is taking place
    • he did and experienced on earth go working on — and
    • as soon as two human beings are working together, something
    • more arises, — more than the working out of
    • working-together of men on earth, is for ever in connection
    • oneself: — Here you are speaking to a human being of
    • age. This is one of the more intimate workings of karma
    • of Ahriman are working today in a more than usually evil
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture III: The Spiritual Foundations of Anthroposophical Endeavour
    Matching lines:
    • as the heart is an expression of all that man feels working
    • wide universe. We see this human life taking its course on
    • earth is to be found on the one hand by looking round about
    • without thinking of some star which the human being as it
    • will yourselves perceive that what is taking place here in
    • Society must be seeking for Anthroposophy. And the
    • the world today, and of whom — looking at their
    • that a soul finds its way into Eurhythmy out of the working
    • all the domains of life. Souls are there today, seeking the
    • (I am speaking in an introductory way today, hinting at
    • as a kind of longing and expectant feeling. Working out
    • when it observes what was taking place in mankind,
    • returning had shared in all that was taking place as
    • violent opponents. Let us observe the working of karma in
    • attacking especially the larynx, — and (this being a
    • Christian teachings are spread abroad; they are taking hold
    • with the greedy longing to make gold, and, with the making
    • time if one had been successful in making gold. On the
    • that entered into him from the time when he was seeking to
    • speaking, having become a person again in earthly life,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IV: The Soul's Condition of Those Who Seek for Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • in the epoch of which I am now speaking, the possibility of
    • thinking of Kant (“das kantige Kant'sche
    • whom I am now speaking — could not find his way into
    • the ‘angular thinking of Kant.’ Yet everything
    • old Pagan impulses had still been working in them strongly,
    • imagine this a very learned kind of thinking. They may
    • thinking has little meaning for them until a certain age.
    • approaching such realities as these and thinking a little
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture V: Spiritual Conditions of Evolution Leading up to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • now speaking of the karma of the Anthroposophical Society,
    • Looking at the
    • waking life becomes very different from the experiences
    • which we have in our waking life today.
    • not so in the times of which I am now speaking. The Ego did
    • they were only pictures, something was taking place there.
    • waking. It was delicate, it was light and intimate, but it
    • that all the souls, of whose life I was speaking the other
    • waking life man looked out upon Nature differently. He saw
    • light was working in a rather gentle way; — but seen
    • the spiritual, working and weaving.
    • speaking. And when man beheld these things directly after
    • Word of the Father-God is speaking. My etheric body is
    • be heard in the waking state. And on awakening man had the
    • world of Nature in his waking life, he felt this world of
    • in truth: the innocence in the kingdom of Nature. He spoke
    • of the pure and innocent spirituality in all the working of
    • good spirits and evil spirits too were speaking. Of the
    • I am here speaking, had been to a greater or lesser degree
    • waking and sleeping. Recognising one another by these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VI: The School of Chartres
    Matching lines:
    • in the first Christian centuries, partaking in that former
    • lives in the animal and human kingdoms. And they saw,
    • creative power of the Goddess Natura, working creatively in
    • kingdoms of the four Elements which pour themselves in all
    • Christianity, speaking still of Natura the handmaid of
    • seven Liberal Arts. All these things were working in the
    • was still making itself felt. It was still to some extent
    • much of this was still working at the University of
    • of significance. But they were working mightily, helping in
    • principle of that time. Such was the spiritual working,
    • flow together the workings of those who were on the earth,
    • this working from the other side, but those who were
    • working on the other side were all the more conscious. It
    • sent down its Sun-rays thence upon all that was working on
    • pupil of Alanus ab Insulis of whom I am speaking, —
    • lifted into the spiritual world and went on working there:
    • working in individual human beings in the most varied
    • For the speaking of the Spirit of the Time was a great call
    • who were working in the great School of Chartres in the
    • world — today again they are working together. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VII: The New Age of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • he attain to that independent Thinking which we may call:
    • we are surrounded here by the three kingdoms of outer
    • Nature, the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms in the
    • spiritual world by the higher kingdoms of which we have
    • spoken in so many connections as the kingdoms of the
    • Hierarchies. Even as we descend into the kingdoms of
    • kingdom, so, as we ascend to the super-sensible, we come to
    • the kingdom of the Angeloi. The Angels have the task of
    • kingdom of Angeloi.
    • to the kingdom of Archangeloi, who have the most varied
    • the Beings of the kingdom of Archangeloi has the spiritual
    • that region where civilisation is predominantly taking
    • Alexandria. It was a great cosmopolitan movement, seeking
    • Mystery of Golgotha was taking place.
    • they know how to value what is taking place, as they
    • witnessed what was then taking place for the World, from
    • was called by a different name. We are making use of the
    • Michael was working in him and giving him the thoughts.
    • — looking down on to the earth — they saw this
    • clarity as to its meaning. Looking down from the spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VIII: Ahriman's Fight Against the Michael Principle. The Message of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • Mystery of Golgotha? Christ at that time was taking His
    • our gaze to all the leading Spirits in the kingdom of
    • some sort of reflection of what was taking place in the
    • the wondrous crystal shapes of the mineral kingdom, in the
    • amorphous mineral kingdom, in the hundred-and-thousand fold
    • forms of the plant kingdom, in the forms of the animal, all
    • seeking to cultivate the message of Michael. There are some
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IX: Entry of the Michael Forces. Decisive Character of the Michael Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • Michael. We have accordingly considered the working of
    • powerful. Taking their start from the spiritual, they work
    • working with man and upon him. It is thus that the karma of
    • Working as they do upon the whole human being, they work
    • has been taking part in the battle even in the outer world,
    • workings of karma he became incapable of using his
    • prevented by a friend or someone else coming and taking him
    • prevented from partaking in what was karmically set before
    • physical world was taking place in the last third of the
    • thinking, as we see him, where can this man belong? We
    • sympathies and antipathies. Now all this is taking place
    • this connection things are taking place which reach up into
    • the next kingdom of the Hierarchies. For you must see,
    • kingdoms than he could do before, while the Angel who
    • taking place. To this, my dear friends, I would now direct
    • single and uniform kingdom of the Angeloi is being turned
    • into a twofold kingdom of Angeloi, a kingdom of Angeloi
    • above it the ascending and the descending Angeloi. Looking
    • intense conflict that is taking place, as between the
    • meeting-rooms where everyone is smoking his pipe or his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture X: The Michaelites: Their Karmic Impulse Towards the Spiritual Life  The Working of Ahriman into the Once Cosmic and Now Personal Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • The Working of Ahriman into the Once Cosmic and Now Personal Intelligence
    • THE SPIRITUAL LIFE — THE WORKING OF AHRIMAN
    • age of materialism. All that is taking place, by forces of
    • taken hold of in their souls by a power that is seeking to
    • talking in public meetings. As we cannot escape becoming
    • it will be a question of making no mistakes, even in such a
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture XI: Evolution of the Michael Principle Throughout the Ages. The Split in the Cosmic Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • we have been speaking of the karmic facts and conditions
    • through Africa to Spain and went on working there, in the
    • would have been their answer, cosmologically speaking.
    • passed through the gate of death, and looking back upon his
    • was actually taking place. And now transplant yourselves
    • beings we must first consider the kingdom that is nearest
    • to us, concretely speaking the Cosmic Intelligence will be
    • Angeloi. If we are speaking concretely we cannot say
    • and who had been united formerly with the Michael kingdom
    • — went out and left the kingdom of Michael. Such
    • they leave the kingdom of the Sun and become no longer
    • facts. Certain Angeloi remained in the kingdom of Michael.
    • who were then in the kingdom of Michael. To all the souls
    • of human beings who lived in the kingdom of Michael and of
    • remained in Michael's kingdom. But there were others who
    • Michael Angels to leave the kingdom of Michael? It does not
    • reflections on that which is taking place, even to
    • other way. We observe the things that are taking place
    • into all the future that which is Eternal in his working,
    • Angeloi work together; and in their working together karma
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • Christmas Foundation, the concrete working of karma in historical
    • since the Christmas Foundation, I shall be speaking to you in the coming
    • speaking of things which are also indicated, briefly, in the current
    • same way of speaking about the subject, only put rather more
    • waking consciousness;
    • waking consciousness we confront the outer world in such a way that we
    • taken in through the senses. Then in this waking consciousness we grasp
    • in bed in the morning, still in the process of waking, does not look out
    • concerning this dream-life, which may play over into waking life when
    • becomes all attention. — Just think of it: the man is looking at
    • of falling asleep and the moment of waking. Everything else he has to
    • experience again with the help of his waking consciousness. A dim,
    • asleep and waking is all that remains from dreamless sleep.
    • to-day these three states of consciousness: waking consciousness, dream
    • investigation of which we shall be speaking here in the coming days
    • different in character. What we experience to-day in our waking hours
    • but for his ordinary waking consciousness the forms would have been
    • analogy: if in the evening of a bright, dry day we are walking through
    • the sleep that is invaded by dreams links on to the waking state; again
    • has waking consciousness, dream consciousness, dreamless sleep
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • cannot help taking out his pocket-handkerchief and blowing his nose!
    • manner of speaking, frivolous in relation to this, his proper calling.
    • reincarnated as the seven Kings of Rome. For the Seven Kings were no
    • — I mean, the Castle of the Dwarf King Laurin. The daemonic nature
    • in the district of the Castle of the Dwarf King Laurin made a profound
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • form of the working of an Initiate.
    • Haroun al Raschid taking the following spiritual line of development
    • was taking place externally. But at the same time, if we may describe it
    • taking place in Constantinople where it was declared dogmatically that
    • working of this kind in a pre-Christian Christianity. For at this place
    • King Arthur Legend referred to later times by a scholarship which is not
    • may receive when one stands at that place, looking down into the sea,
    • Knights of the Round Table of King Arthur did in their gigantic castle.
    • water. Then the next moment there is wind and tempest. Looking with
    • the twelve who belonged to King Arthur. We see them standing there,
    • the 9th century of which I was just speaking.
    • It was the task of the Order of King Arthur, founded
    • sense. We must see in it on all hands the working of elementary
    • Golgotha. And in all that the Knights of the Round Table of King Arthur
    • Table of King Arthur into Europe, even as the real campaigns of
    • that name. Strangely we can see the life around King Arthur radiate into
    • seership a member of the Round Table of King Arthur, who lived the life
    • the Round Table of King Arthur was born again as Arnold Böcklin.
    • be solved in connection with the Round Table of King Arthur.
    • many of the circle of the Round Table of King Arthur, were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • reality been lacking to mankind and notably to civilised mankind.
    • Looking back
    • human action upon earth was everywhere connected with what was taking
    • been lacking to the greater part of mankind in recent times. No —
    • but the courage has been lacking to attach the concrete deeds and
    • we connect what is taking place in one earthly life with that which is
    • the Michael Power at the very time when the Council of 869 was taking
    • speaking of the threefold human being, of body, soul and spirit. For the
    • more intense was that spiritual life which has been working for a long
    • service of King Arthur; and as I explained, all this took place under
    • all those who belonged to them. They went on working in the spiritual
    • other personalities were working within the same stream, partly in the
    • teachers speaking to larger or smaller groups of pupils, and telling
    • waking life, the Goddess Natura shows only one part of her living and
    • creative being. While on the other hand, in all the working in the
    • consisting of natural laws, speaking and thinking in abstract terms,
    • elemental beings are working with you. But you also bear the soul within
    • working and weaving of the Elements, Earth, Water, Air and Fire, it was
    • then he met the Goddess Natura who built up the kingdoms of Nature in
    • maintaining a continuous connection with those who were working on earth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge, still sought it in the living weaving and working of the
    • working for a while on earth.
    • Broadly speaking we may say that there have
    • Transplanting oneself into these moods, and looking back, one could
    • here. When there are such karmic impulses working deep in the
    • we find many who are seeking for the Christ in an abstract sense. The
    • several groups. Thus, for example, I am now speaking on Pastoral
    • the last resort from the workings of the streams of karma. In time to
    • working together, on the subject of man in health and in disease. Now
    • these researches especially, seeking the ways of entry from the physical
    • knowledge-forces which arise by picking up the threads of karma —
    • workings of the human organs, that those perceptions also arise which
    • We shall continue speaking of it in the next
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, who had now returned as Tycho de Brahe, could not submit to
    • life as Tycho de Brahe, seeking to enter the substance of his
    • unimportant in itself, but very striking. He foretold almost to the day
    • foretold it. Here we see ancient perceptions working into a later
    • ones, were taking place on earth below. For otherwise the materialism of
    • devastating way even than it did. Similar activities, taking place in
    • the great ether-workings of the universe and the human workings upon
    • You see, the souls were constantly looking
    • towards the approaching dominion of Michael. They were looking
    • centuries, and they were looking towards it again during the enactment
    • working together with them supersensibly, from the spiritual world. Thus
    • spirit of his working through the centuries and the thousands of years.
    • esoteric impulse of this stream of Michael, whose working to begin with
    • super-sensible. You are well aware how Goethe's working (even after his
    • we find after all that what was working in isolated spirits of the end
    • recognise that I was seeking to point to something of the soul and
    • lives on in simple retirement at Munich, until at length the King of
    • very modern way, and yet with old spirituality quite evidently working
    • I read this review, I could not help breaking out into the sigh —
    • again there is something working in from higher worlds, so that we must
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • working of karma, but on the wider importance of karmic knowledge for
    • domain of the spiritual life. We cannot understand the real working of
    • ways of the working of karma would never become clear to us if we
    • and animal, and human kingdoms was contained germinally. We human
    • our Earth is not what we have in the kingdoms of Nature, and not even
    • how much must be achieved before we can speak of the working of karma as
    • “free-thinking religion” if one may so describe it. Having
    • conditions of waking and sleeping. Already in the periods of sleep man
    • experiences reminiscences of the day-waking life pictorially, but he is
    • only the day-waking states. Nor do we bear in mind what the chain of
    • workings of modern intellectualism find expression in him.
    • challenge. For I said to myself: something is here, which, working from
    • thinking, with that which lives in the subconscious as darkened, veiled
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • During the past weeks we have been seeking
    • through all that is necessary for the weaving of karma by partaking in
    • a Cynic in his way of taking things. For he was really very fond of
    • making light and joking about most important things that met him in the
    • an easy-going way of taking important events of life, a certain
    • his thinking was a kind of clairvoyance. It was still so even in the
    • perceive whence thinking receives its inspiration. It became one great
    • longing in him to find the source of thinking in the spiritual world,
    • in the atmosphere of that which, looking backwards, came immediately
    • next his death. He saw the human being thinking.
    • in pictures the Thinking of the universe.
    • sharp-witted thinking — a thinking, however, in perpetual flow,
    • Then, seeking for a new human body, this
    • Looking at these examples, I think
    • sacred mystery from secret and mysterious truths, and thus making them
    • marvellous working of former into later lives. We must only not be
    • profane in our inner life or in our way of thinking and then we shall
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • I am speaking, in her incarnation as a woman in that time, was able to
    • through the most intense experiences in looking backward over their
    • speaking. But he has to do with them through the history of the time in
    • working of karma) — once again there arose an intense
    • But into his thinking life which he tries to
    • thinking had been coloured in a Cabbalistic way, so that far more became
    • those years, looking out through narrow slits into the sunlight of
    • what he missed at that time is working again. And at the same time all
    • child but working precociously, with the maturity of the thirties of
    • life. — Such is the play of karma, working with all that was
    • indeed striking how rapidly the boy learns Spanish, a language remote,
    • liking for it. This again is a working of karma. And it signifies a deep
    • it show? It shows that the dog has lost something, something is lacking
    • he acquired the habit towards the end of his life of looking out through
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • seeking to enter in from former incarnations. He cannot even do so when
    • life. Speaking of the coldness of the intellect one has in mind the
    • you by an example how strong and inevitable a force is working in this
    • personality whom I now mean, the after-working of former spirituality is
    • possibility of taking over into Christianity the immediate essence of
    • shrinking back from it. Platonism comes forward in his consciousness not
    • head simply cannot give expression to all the Platonism that is seeking
    • Mid-Europe as a modern Greece. Here we see his Platonism striking
    • personality of whom I am speaking is none other than
    • wonderfully in Schröer's life, so much so that the breaking of the
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of the Activity of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • The Inner Experience of the Activity of Thinking
    • Inner Experience of the Activity of Thinking
    • In speaking about man's external observations and
    • strengthen thinking by means of
    • thinking because by force of habit he allows the
    • thinking. Modern man can achieve this,
    • the whole of his being into the activity of thinking, to give
    • himself up to this thinking with all inner intensity and, with
    • thinking.
    • especially in geometry. As regards the activity of thinking
    • being, to experience the nature of this thinking in its
    • one has an experience of the activity of thinking when
    • Nobody can understand the human being by looking at the
    • gained about the processes working within the alimentary track
    • When we now intensify thinking, it is
    • we develop a consciousness of the etheric working in
    • way of thinking is to absorb in the right manner and really
    • this awareness of the activity of thinking in relation to the
    • Inner Aspect of the Activity of Speaking
    • Our next experience after that of the activity of thinking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture II: The Physical World and the Moral-Spiritual Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • the inner life of thinking.
    • activity of thinking even when it is free from
    • This experience of thinking is at the same time
    • kind of thinking — which is by no means so difficult
    • through this inner awareness of thinking a man enters into the
    • And finally, looking at the third kingdom of nature, the
    • of consciousness: there is the waking state from the time of
    • awaking until falling asleep, and the sleeping state from the
    • time of falling asleep until waking.
    • During his waking hours man lives entirely in the
    • returns to it on waking, that during the time
    • when sleep interrupts his waking life he lives in
    • etheric-astral element, so that on waking it
    • waking, appears to him only as a reflection in a mirror, as
    • and waking had appeared to him in
    • world, one has to get behind the ordinary ways of thinking,
    • the abstract, dead thinking, as it were, to the inner, living
    • thinking. If one is to enter into the world of the deep
    • is necessary not only to develop the faculty of living thinking
    • behind the ordinary dead thinking, but to be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture III: Man's Faculty of Cognition in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of man's place in the Universe. On the one side we
    • living thinking in order to experience our
    • surrounded by the three kingdoms of nature besides his own. But
    • manifestation of the working and weaving of the spirit-and-soul
    • must say: For the etheric world the inner living thinking
    • thinking we touch this world of flowing colours and
    • thinking is the element of touch in relation to what
    • between birth and death. Looking back I see
    • death and a new birth. Looking
    • then, looking far back through all that has just been
    • to sleep and waking were to stand revealed before the soul. It
    • astral body? In the soul we have our thinking,
    • also grasped the meaning of thinking, feeling and
    • is not enough to go on talking only about abstract divisions,
    • ‘chair-doctrine,’ thinking in terms of
    • through living Thinking
    • the etheric world: through living thinking: touch.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, you can find in him the driving, working forces and
    • renew, as he called it, a way of speaking which belonged to
    • damaged by the natural scientific way of looking at things.
    • of healing the blind, making them see, this is the saga
    • stinking Lizaveta who is seduced by the old drunkard. She
    • epoch making works about psychiatry; he gives talks to
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture II: Deeper Secrets of Man's Soul-Spiritual Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the physical world, he perceives his thinking, his feeling
    • experiences this thinking, feeling and willing as being
    • inwardly perceives this thinking, feeling and willing.
    • this “I” with this thinking, feeling and willing,
    • speak in a general way, to be sure you may say: Thinking,
    • thinking exhausts itself. Just as we as human beings stand in
    • the impulse to the thinking which exist in the astral body is
    • However, the thinking develops itself as a thought only
    • whole thinking would remain unconscious to us as physical
    • our thinking were to merely flow along just as dreams flow
    • thinking is actually a very complicated process. It has its
    • important task of making the soil fruitful as they crawl
    • want to ask the question: Is our thinking process and memory
    • with eating and drinking, so do the Angels, Archangels and
    • first place, so that we feel it as thinking; we feel the
    • world of the astral body as thinking. However, the thinking I
    • into the ether body so that the thinking itself cannot be
    • conscious of your thinking there, but you become aware of
    • impulses. Just as in our thinking beings of the Third
    • thinking, but your thinking in so far as it is turned to its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture III: A Fragment from the Jewish Haggada, Blavatsky
    Matching lines:
    • had, in the deepest sense, very striking psychical
    • become special instruments for spiritual working, for
    • thinking, feeling and willing. That which thinking, feeling
    • different from what one can experience through thinking and
    • thinking logically. This is the faculty which the Western
    • working in of occult science proceeds which always was
    • incisive occult working has always come out of the British
    • comprehensive working occult schools actually stand behind
    • French element was still working, and the Anglo-Saxons were
    • the British kingdom who did not work in a very significant
    • was more French and Scottish blood working together and very
    • Slavic peoples who exist in isolated kingdoms. And the
    • and there was opposition against making the Russians
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IV: Secrets of Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • position; they learn certain grips by taking hold of someone
    • thinking will dominate. Whenever a child is born, one will
    • genius, a seeking for genius. This is what will come from the
    • thinking, a sort of law which will have the aim of
    • suppressing all individual thinking. On the other hand there is
    • individual thinking into pure materialistic thinking where
    • machine back into proper working order? According to the
    • effect of which will be to exclude all individual thinking.
    • very happy with that. We do not need to do any more thinking;
    • working together in order to produce certain objectives. Such
    • perceive what is really working in this realm of the external
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture V: Comenius and the Temple of PanSophia
    Matching lines:
    • beings that lie at the base of the mineral kingdom are called
    • gnomes, those at the base of the water plant kingdom are
    • how there are beings working down from the spiritual world
    • in winter. This means that we have an elementary kingdom
    • kingdom and there streams down, one cannot say an
    • interworking between the spirits of the higher hierarchies
    • interworking with the divine spiritual. And it was said that
    • stands in direct interworking with the beings who permit
    • inner experience of thinking. Man does not need to use his
    • beingness. In a similar way man felt the working of the
    • channels. For example, they are talking about Strindberg's
    • they can see the spiritual world breaking in everywhere.
    • world breaking into the short story entitled “Cardinal
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VI: Death and Resurrection
    Matching lines:
    • the architect of King Solomon who according to the legend
    • built the Solomon Temple with King Solomon and then as a
    • thinking, the perception, the willing, the feeling of your
    • working together, of this head organism with the rest of the
    • thinking. If it were not through this external imprisonment,
    • of his brain are imprisoned. Then that which we call thinking
    • thinking, depict the population of Middle Europe as being
    • stands in reality; whereas the abstract thinking which
    • corresponds to the materialistic thinking does not bother
    • this, my dear friends, show how limited the thinking is when
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Only through the fact that man
    • besides taking into view the mortal body, takes into view the
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VII: Man's Four Members
    Matching lines:
    • following way. One says that you are looking for the lost
    • body is working and exists in him in a beingness way within
    • animal kingdom on the Earth, we find the most manifold
    • outspread animal kingdom; that means that all the possible
    • forms of the animal kingdom would appear. It would really be
    • on. Thus we carry the whole animal kingdom inside us in our
    • outspread animal kingdom which is held together through the
    • formed as in the divisions of today's animal kingdom and at
    • kingdom. Today's animal kingdom is no longer that which
    • kingdom from the parts that were spread out in space and
    • ancient animal kingdom are in a certain sense extracted, as
    • that we are speaking or singing. Now, it is purely prejudice
    • animal kingdom lives in our ether body in the way in which I
    • about in the animal kingdom is at the basis of the situation.
    • outspread plant kingdom. Through the fact that we have an
    • astral body, the different forms of the plant kingdom really
    • manifoldness. If you study the whole plant kingdom in the way
    • human being not only during our waking period, but also that
    • mineral kingdom with all its differentiated mysteries of the
    • the elasticity of thinking which human beings today possess,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VIII: Thomas More and His Utopia
    Matching lines:
    • people to go along with the King. This was the sort of
    • everyday thinking and that which draws up out of the depths
    • thinking and the spiritual experience, a connection does not
    • speak of making him a saint. However, when you have such
    • historical thesis without speaking about Christ is actually
    • we have anxious priests working against the spreading of this
    • quite different world between going to sleep and waking up, a
    • different through the working of his occult experiences. The
    • working of these occult experiences caused Thomas More to
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IX: Celtic Symbols and Cult, Jesuit State in Paraguay
    Matching lines:
    • all human thinking right into the simplest mass of people, is
    • first prepared to become a tool for our present thinking, of
    • magical working. But a working which today is impermissible
    • body and brings the thinking into a certain direction. This
    • see that the whole inter-working between the Jesuit Fathers
    • Indians were, relatively speaking, primitive people. The
    • was the one that was actually affected. When speaking to a
    • described; however, there is a possibility of working in a
    • vibrations. All this is the working in of the ahrimanic
    • you influence the thinking of man as such, that it is very
    • this occur? Thinking habits develop themselves in the course
    • habits and one is little protected from this sort of working,
    • else, you would not think of looking into it. In a similar
    • a wide-spread way. We are talking about Maximillian Hardenz.
    • working more strongly in them. Indeed, my dear friends, the
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • The Riddle of The Human Being, The Thinking, the Perceptions
    • thinking than most of today's learned people are able to
    • The way in which people today are actually looking up to
    • kingdom was not present in that ancient Moon existence. This
    • mineral kingdom only gradually crystallized itself out. We
    • qualities and we also have the mineral kingdom in us. We are
    • permeated by the mineral kingdom and this enables us to be
    • mineral kingdom. Just read in my Occult Science how this Moon
    • kingdom was not present. You read how everything was a soft,
    • our waking concepts, a strong light overpowers this week
    • which the German intellectuals are taking to spiritual
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XI: Fragments from the Jewish Haggada
    Matching lines:
    • Thus, this indicates that these two scribes of King Solomon
    • cognitive moment in the life of King Solomon. Now, remember
    • that King Solomon was not wise because he was clever in the
    • the earth as is the animal kingdom. As far as his external
    • know very well that if you see a person walking along the
    • working than we are, there you have the significance of the
    • the sons of Shesher who had been the scribe of King David.
    • to the scribes of King Solomon who also stood in connection
    • necessary to put himself in a certain connection with King
    • Solomon, which means that both scribes, as well as King
    • here. This did not mean that King Solomon wanted to protect
    • in King Solomon is indicated by this story. Rabbi Joachin
    • descends from King Solomon, you have the physical
    • working of Lucifer and Ahriman. But this working of Lucifer
    • predetermined, so that even taking a step in front of my door
    • and you will find the after-working of this insoluble
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XII: Luciferic Dangers from the East
    Matching lines:
    • thinking. Now, I am not speaking about something abstract,
    • finding of the ego. As long as a person is looking for his
    • himself from this seeking for the self, this egotism, he must
    • longer afflicted by the seeking for the self, therefore
    • of the ego into the seeking of the ego, that person is really
    • the ego, astral body and the ether body are lacking.
    • intellect, the intellectual thinking in its 5th
    • of the would has to be added to this intellectual thinking.
    • by Gerhard Hauptmann because you are looking at it from the religious
    • to make our thinking healthy, to enable our thought forms to
    • people from developing the sort of thinking that deals with
    • “Thinking according to reality” when you read my
    • has written as an epoch making creation. It is not really
    • thing when the thinking of the human being is confused by a
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • body lives and moves within him in his hours of waking consciousness.
    • instead of working outside as a channel of communication with
    • set to his working in Greek and Latin times, for he was then still in
    • I have shown how deeply he has entered, taking as an example an
    • Ahriman must be there ‘enticing, working, creating, as the
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • to say for the life of soul unfolded in waking consciousness between
    • other than those of normal waking consciousness. Spiritual Science
    • is not a product of ordinary waking consciousness. It cannot, in its
    • acquired. The ordinary memory which functions in our waking
    • finds its place in the cosmic ether. In ordinary waking consciousness
    • Lucifer is working as the Tempter and Ahriman as the Lying
    • In addition to taking care that our thoughts shall be formulated in a
    • learn to regard the process of thinking as a searching and a seeking.
    • faculty of thinking is not bestowed upon us for the purpose of
    • they may be rushed into the world. The gift of thinking was not
    • thought but for the purpose of searching and seeking. Thinking as
    • thought should be a process of seeking and that thoughts should be
    • their waking consciousness men do not realise how strong is the
    • attempt to use their faculty of thinking as an instrument for
    • seeking. No! they must immediately formulate their thoughts. Of
    • making ourselves free. As a residuum of this, a kind of relic,
    • perceive in our ordinary waking consciousness. An unknown world is
    • but for the most part it is lacking in substance, for the reason that
    • want to get through their thinking quickly and not to make it a path
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking that Accords with Reality and Thinking that is in
    • Without speaking the superficial language that is characteristic of most
    • inner being. That Eve could set about making herself fair to
    • kind happens — and I am not now speaking of a particular
    • as conviction in ordinary waking life. The occurrence must be
    • think of many examples. Just think of all the things match-making
    • sphere. You remember perhaps that in speaking of At1antean times I
    • attacks which Lucifer is so prone to make, precisely by taking
    • capable of making statements as the outcome of passion without any
    • exists, simply taking the things of the world as they are and
    • the onward progress of humanity. Thinking in accordance with reality
    • influences which have here been described. Thinking in accordance
    • for it comes into clash with whole world of unreal thinking. A
    • between our Anthroposophical Movement and unreal thinking; —
    • thinking that is in accordance with reality with thinking that
    • Pharisees has not died out! It is still working to-day, in a
    • thinking that is in accordance with reality and thinking that is
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture One: Greetings to the Builders Working on the Goetheanum. Otto Weininger, a Decadent Genius. Distorted Pictures of Imaginative Knowledge.
    Matching lines:
    • Greetings to the builders working on the Goetheanum. Otto Weininger, a
    • shocking some aspects of our buildings may now seem, it will not be
    • long before they cease to be shocking and appear as the obvious result
    • I am speaking about Otto Weininger,
    • Now there are some individuals walking about who are not properly here
    • traditional way of speaking. Those who have much M have the great
    • school. While the teachers were talking about things that bored him,
    • there entered into his thinking the idea of a kind of modern Christ,
    • world's lack of understanding and asking himself how long it will be
    • fundamentally speaking, no one can learn anything from these two
    • We are really talking about imaginative knowledge, therefore, but in a
    • for looking at the things he had experienced while outside his
    • many things that make death magnificent — and I am speaking now
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Two: Two Spheres of Existence in Nature and in Man: the Realm of Regularity and the Realm of Irregularity. The Ancient Hebrews' Jubilee year as the Expression of Formative Powers of the Soul. The Christ Incarnation.
    Matching lines:
    • was a matter of logical thinking, he could reckon, pass judgements and
    • storms we experience as waking dreams or as lightning flashes of
    • think outweigh the dreams in most cases. But when waking consciousness
    • The contrast in human nature between the regularity of normal thinking
    • thinking, to the kind of regularity which governs the appearance of
    • his healthy waking consciousness a person also has, living in the
    • The forces upon which waking consciousness is based really do mirror
    • pathway of the stars were not a part of us, we would have no waking
    • the second king of Rome. I once described to you how he wanted to set
    • own as the second, and five others that would follow his, making a
    • king of Rome: the sevenfold order he constructs is the same as the
    • human institution was preparing human souls for thinking the great
    • our waking consciousness to shape our human social life so that it is
    • Thus, everything that is connected with our waking consciousness is
    • hearts, — in short, everything connected with our waking
    • with the macrocosmic representation of our waking consciousness. Then
    • the irregular happenings of the external world. Looking up to the
    • waking consciousness. Looking down towards the Earth and its
    • the depths of our souls. Our waking spirit thinks in accordance with
    • governing your waking consciousness, and the extent to which
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Three: The Duality of Human Nature -- The Heavenly and the Earthly Aspects of Man. Uranus and Gaia. Influences of One Incarnation on the Next: Metamorphoses of the Body.
    Matching lines:
    • waking consciousness can be traced back to the influence on man of the
    • makes waking consciousness possible. The remaining parts, the parts of
    • working into usual waking consciousness — the noblest part of
    • occurrences and human waking consciousness. We saw how that which can
    • the stars, creates an image of itself in waking human consciousness.
    • Man has a waking consciousness because, in the first place, he is able
    • world beyond. Why, you will be asking yourselves, would such
    • or earthly life. They were thinking of the contrast we just mentioned
    • produced on earth, of course, but that is not what I am talking about.
    • in order that the heavenly forces working from the head can continue
    • the style of Weininger, by taking some elevated, mystical standpoint
    • through recitation, although speaking has nothing to do with the work
    • contents were to simply rise up out of our soul and appear in waking
    • long since become so accustomed to thinking that we do not ask this
    • question any more; we have grown so fond of thinking. Like eating and
    • drinking, we are used to it, so the question does not arise for us.
    • machine. Thinking is too heavy a burden to them and they flee from
    • nature fashioned man so that thinking is not even included among his
    • free individuality by virtue of his thinking. Such a question,
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Four: Human Organism, Results of Prenatal Formative Powers. Dual Nature of Man. Powers behind the Existence of the Body as Expressed Pictorally by the Body and as Expressed in a Draughtsmanlike Fashion by the Head.
    Matching lines:
    • thinking about the location of the faculty in a very materialistic
    • way. For the most part, such a person is only thinking of how the
    • understand the real connections must conceive of the act of speaking
    • Today it does not occur to someone who is speaking about the speech
    • so one always has to limit oneself to speaking only about particular
    • in matters of thorough-going waking consciousness, our head is the
    • world into waking consciousness. The waking consciousness comes
    • striving for truth, we are talking about the head in relation to the
    • talking about the head in relation to the body. And when we speak of
    • morality, we are talking about the relation of the body to the rest of
    • body, so that we are talking about the relation of the entire human
    • am speaking of something that has its rightful place, not of something
    •  I . Working down from there, it affects the astral
    • are working on the other side where another weight is hanging. The
    • entire body with our waking consciousness. The  I 
    • be applied to waking life. So you can see that morality involves a
    • birth, as well as life between birth and death. Relatively speaking,
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Five: How a Person Grows into the Three Spiritual Realms of Wisdom, Beauty and Goodness. How These Shine Down into the Spiritual Part of Man.
    Matching lines:
    • of nature — the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms — flow
    • something happens that resembles the growing into the three kingdoms
    • realm of truth, of wisdom, naturally we are speaking more or less
    • must enter the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms. But the three
    • most directly in the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms, and lives
    • over his desires by thinking about them, feeling his way into them and
    • thinking of people of today. Observing man as he presently is on
    • continues to live in the depths of his being, working and weaving. And
    • experience guilt. But that is a superficial way of looking at things.
    • the shapes of the plant kingdom. And as for how that is connected with
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Six: The Transformation of the Physical Body into the Head of the Next Incarnation. The Cosmic Significance of Human Knowledge.
    Matching lines:
    • When one is speaking of the being of man and of mankind's relation to
    • Those who are misled by Lucifer into speaking in such a fashion do not
    • talking about forces. Of course, the material of the rest of the body
    • Initially, I can only explain this error by speaking pictorially.
    • by investigating its suitability as human nourishment would be making
    • exist for the purpose of making pictures of external things; it exists
    • from its original purpose all the knowledge that we use for taking
    • the use of our head. We acquire the knowledge necessary for speaking,
    • travelled without looking at very much. They have followed their
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Seven: The Connection between the Human Being and the Cosmos. The Twelve Regions of the Senses and the Seven Life Processes.
    Matching lines:
    • Nevertheless, throughout all our daily waking hours, the harmonious
    • being that is doing the thinking and forming the concepts. That
    • is what happens if one turns one's thinking, one's living thinking,
    • towards the being of another. Through living thinking one can behold
    • separately. The other senses about which we have been speaking are not
    • discussion. What I am talking about now is the very life that flows
    • it. Thus we cannot call it a sense, properly speaking, although Moon
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eight: How Twelvefoldness, Sevenfoldness, Fourfoldness, and Threefoldness are Mirrored. Pathological Experiences of the Soul. Thinking Backward as a Preparation for Spiritual Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • Schleich). Thinking backwards as a preparation for spiritual
    • spiritual-scientific presuppositions lead our thinking and our will.
    • soul and body. So we are justified in speaking, let us say, of the
    • necessity of making our concepts and ideas more mobile in order to be
    • spiritual science, his thinking is still wholly materialistic. But he
    • were describing, then you would see some people walking about with
    • himself with a pen while working in his office. There is a slight
    • show was there, the whole thing was able to well up into his waking
    • to prepare for the future by getting accustomed to thinking backwards.
    • thinking backwards, just as they take hold of the physical world by
    • means of thinking forwards. Our ability to imagine the physical world
    • is a result of the direction of our thinking.
    • proceed further if I introduce a completely different way of looking
    • at things: a way of thinking that proceeds backwards.
    • thinking. But for someone who has gone only a little way beyond the
    • contemporary modes of thought might shrink in horror from thinking
    • contemporaries. We could picture one of them asking himself, ‘Is
    • thinking backwards and drawing particular philosophical conclusions
    • from the impossibility of thinking backwards.
    • to the fact that thinking backwards is especially difficult to imagine
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Nine: Enlivening the Sense Processes and Ensouling the Life Processes. Aesthetic Enjoyment and Aesthetic Creativity. Logic and the Sense for Reality.
    Matching lines:
    • must forgo speaking about some of the interesting things that go on in
    • thinking, feeling and willing: here is another triad of soul
    • faculties. The new faculties differ from thinking, feeling and willing
    • are on Earth. When someone is able to sustain this sinking-back into
    • On the one hand, spiritual science has the task of linking the
    • aesthetics nevertheless contain something of what we have been talking
    • is forced to think in a certain way; thinking is not at all free. What
    • or does not love, and when his thinking follows or avoids inner
    • had to be in that era. At that time thinking was not yet spiritually
    • being in accordance with reality is lacking. Crystallography and, at a
    • their powers of abstraction, thinking up new abstractions. More, and
    • increasingly more, there must arise a thinking that accords with
    • reality and is not merely logical. Thinking alters the whole course of
    • Madonna from the standpoint of thinking that accords with reality?
    • materialistic way of thinking but, like so many things produced by
    • The following experiment has been carried out — I am taking just
    • Greeks did not yet possess the abstract manner of thinking that we
    • appropriate for today. But the manner of thinking is not the important
    • experience of speaking to many people who, like yourselves, are
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Ten: Loss of the Ability to Orient Oneself in Reality and the Helplessness of Modern Scientific Driteria in a Materialistic Age.
    Matching lines:
    • analysis of some recent directions in recent philosophical thinking. I
    • which has been lost. I am speaking of Ernst Mach. Today I can only
    • the concepts produced by the thinking that preceded his time-all the
    • thinking up to the last third of the nineteenth century. Although it
    • approached its concepts more or less critically, this earlier thinking
    • most economical for our thinking, the one that requires the least
    • ways of thinking that we find most comfortable — these are the
    • manner possible serves nothing beyond making one's life more
    • in the dark, seeking for the director-in-charge. But this faltering
    • like. That really is a picture of the kind of thinking on which
    • false is a totally impossible way of thinking. One makes judgements.
    • thinking I have just described is that it has spread to practically
    • thinking. The following interesting example demonstrates this. In the
    • wholly absurd. For our thinking attributes all sorts of qualities to
    • fictions. One must be fully conscious about making fictions. One must
    • has become available to mankind. At the same time, men's thinking has
    • become increasingly powerless. Thinking has lost its sovereignty over
    • abstract thinking is another factor. One did not think so much in
    • earlier times, but one tried to keep one's thinking connected to the
    • external world and to actual experience. It was felt that thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eleven: Memory and Habit as Metamorphoses of Former Spiritual Experiences that were Subject to Luciferic and Ahrimanic Influences.
    Matching lines:
    • the terms of present-day thinking. This condition had to end because
    • man lives on Earth, whatever is developed in his waking consciousness
    • Looking at these matters in the way we have just done enables one to
    • agreement between what we are thinking and the physical facts. In
    • Matters such as those we have just been talking about give one a
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Twelve: How Thoughts are Engraved into the Substance of the Cosmos and the Consequences Following from This. Metamorphosis of Memory and Habit.
    Matching lines:
    • imaginative consciousness as thinking.
    • development on Earth and thus applies to the usual kind of waking
    • apply to the consciousness that is related to waking consciousness and
    • does not derive from the same sources as normal waking consciousness.
    • — while one is making discoveries in the spiritual world, the
    • thought by man. In the case of our usual waking consciousness on
    • must gradually learn to adopt towards thinking.
    • desires, it is possible, broadly speaking, to understand thinking as
    • Ahriman can do with our thinking. But Ahriman is on the alert once
    • thinking has been taken to the point where it is ripe for
    • responsibility, we need to learn to view all thinking as a kind of
    • the facts, putting them together and looking at them from all sides.
    • can search. Thinking is to be seen as a process that can remain for a
    • the maxim of using thinking as a method of seeking, and of suspending
    • must know everything. People never use their thinking to search out
    • also requires our thinking to traverse a certain path. For this truth,
    • At present there are many shocking circumstances which show us the
    • these are things you can lay your hands on — I am speaking
    • symbolically: these are, spiritually speaking, things you can really
    • people want to go in the other direction. They do not want thinking to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Thirteen: Allocation of the Whole Human Form to the Cosmos. Technical Discoveries and the Human Physical Organization. Collisions between Thinking that Accords with Reality and Thinking that is in Opposition to Reality.
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that accords with reality and thinking that is in opposition
    • lacking, or are included in a form very different from the form in
    • within. Lucifer has to be there alongside Eve as she sets about making
    • can be experienced repeatedly. Others come along thereafter, asking
    • men as well — were thinking quite clearly about the situation a
    • speak of it, referring to the consciousness of normal waking life.
    • particular thing — in the kind of thing I was just now talking
    • life — in this case, into the human sphere — while taking
    • spiritual forces working in the cosmos it is, of course, necessary for
    • materialistic age, the notion of thinking in accordance with reality
    • describing; thinking that is in accord with reality has become a
    • today collides with all the contemporary thinking that is at variance
    • anthroposophical Movement again and again collides with thinking that
    • and thinking that is an enemy of reality show what is involved in
    • standing up for the truth today. That other thinking is opposed to
    • understand this distinction between thinking that is in harmony with
    • reality and thinking that is an enemy of reality.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fourteen: Metamorphoses of the Twelve Sense Zones through Luciferic and Ahrimanic Influences.
    Matching lines:
    • entirely different is involved when we ourselves are thinking; this
    • thinking is not an activity of our sense of thought. That still
    • materialistic thinking speaks of only five senses, for it only
    • thinking — or thought. Nor, because of the nature of the thinking
    • Materialistic thinking is happy to restrict its view of the world to
    • inadequate views of modern thinking is the view that we always more or
    • walking upright on two legs, putting one leg after the other or
    • body, in so far as the body is appended to the head, making of the
    • not talking about the sense of life. What is in question here is not
    • am not speaking about our ability to hear the tones, but about our
    • related to the other? How is speaking related to understanding speech?
    • experiences of the human soul. Speaking originates in the realm of the
    • portion of the organism of movement, and speaking occurs when will
    • understand it by not making this gesture. Because I do not make this
    • fingers, but I hold back the motion, delay it, block it. By blocking
    • perceive the whole direction of another's thinking and to live in it,
    • thinking. What a man says to us through the words we hear is almost
    • thinking. If there had been no ahrimanic intervention, if the things I
    • I am speaking, when they come to describe how the ego is supposed to
    •  I . We are talking about fine distinctions, but they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fifteen: The Twelve Senses. The Reorganization of the Seven Life Processes by Luciferic and Ahrimanic Powers. Francis Bacon Inaugurates Materialism and the Science of Idols.
    Matching lines:
    • ahrimanic influence. One can say, broadly speaking, that if it were
    • O Sun, of this world thou king,
    • Though all in vain lacking Venus' patronage.
    • being, is the king of this world. The Sun also exists spiritually for
    • Though all in vain lacking Venus' patronage
    • true that we know this verse, “O Sun, of this world thou king,
    • materialism and into materialistic thinking, feeling and experiencing.
    • post-Atlantean epoch inaugurated this way of looking at the world; it
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 1: Secret Brotherhoods-1, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-1, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spiritual Beings Working in the Human Soul,
    • hold of a person's thinking, feeling and willing —
    • fast making headway and will continue to advance for some four
    • the evil that is making its way into human evolution. Just as
    • This way of thinking has been very tempting always, in all
    • longer prevented by the body from working destructively
    • anything can be promoted by talking about it in an opposing
    • spreading the doctrine of materialism; they are taking
    • making this knowledge our own. It is not yet too late. I have
    • already talking of the spirit.” But a person can remain a
    • these methods I have told you about, this working with the dead
    • unclear thinking about all such connections. While the evil
    • these things by talking of the “unconscious,” for
    • actually do wish to substitute for the working of Christ the
    • working of another being and are ready to use any means to
    • should cope with eating and drinking if we had to acquaint
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 2: Secret Brotherhoods-2, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-2, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spiritual Beings Working in the Human Soul,
    • reached, not only those who favoured it will be looking for
    • spiritual world, it is always a question of looking for the
    • speaking of facts, then — just because they are facts
    • to 1918. A diagram will naturally show them taking their course
    • working of a single principle, but that is not how things
    • independent of each other, are working into these events. We
    • individualities who are working either with or against each
    • Once again we see clearly that we have to do with the workings
    • united band. Each of the four kingdoms is in a certain sense
    • phenomenon the working together, let us say, of fire-spirits
    • thinking is widespread to-day; and philosophers such as, for
    • epoch by taking hold of the forces of evil and turning them to
    • from which should come a fruitful working out of
    • This speaking, this communication, is the important thing
    • post-Atlantean epoch, for then, before speaking leads to
    • taking decisions. The initiates who sent these colonists to
    • be working against mankind. In this fifth post-Atlantean epoch
    • working life: the fit were kept on and the unfit discarded. The
    • making the fit ever fitter and fitter ... and by that means a
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 3: Secret Brotherhoods-3, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-3, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 3, -or- German Philosophy: Kant, Schelling, Hegel, Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spiritual Beings Working in the Human Soul,
    • What is lacking among people to-day is the courage to embark on
    • This should of course not prevent us from taking note of such
    • I gave you the example of how an American way of thinking tries
    • third great question concerns ways of thinking about human
    • rhythmic alternation of waking and sleeping in man. Just as a
    • have repeatedly told you that certain groups are working
    • alchemists sought to observe processes in which the working of
    • this, too, can be done by making use of the cosmic
    • working on the physical body — preparations are
    • would take their course: certain cosmic workings would always
    • beings working in from the cosmos can mediate the secret of the
    • of the sun unites itself with the influence working from the
    • astral form. This working together of the duality in man gives
    • determine the working capacity of human beings, in the way of
    • am making these remarks — obviously they cannot exhaust
    • forces which emanate from certain brotherhoods who are working
    • it has the kind of spiritual significance I have been speaking
    • health-giving one. And what good is it to be always talking
    • your own meditations. I have been speaking aphoristically in
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 1: On the Functions of the Nervous System
    Matching lines:
    • importance of scientific methods of thinking, both for the
    • introduce scientific thinking gradually into the conceptions
    • — often in a shockingly amateurish way. This is only
    • one of the channels through which scientific thinking will
    • way of thinking entered the evolution of mankind at the same
    • scientific way of thinking.
    • explained that the scientific way of thinking was obliged at
    • human thinking, ever since 1879. In the scientific sphere
    • will dawn for human thinking (it is terrible that such things
    • an anatomical and physiological sense into our waking life.
    • place. “Walking” will be the result, and the real
    • waking way. But what we experience here as unconscious will
    • understand it. The forces working on the plants below this
    • are still in the experimental stage. Man's thinking must
    • which he develops, in order that his thinking may regulate,
    • show how really sound thinking ceases when scientific
    • think that I am the King of Spain; undoubtedly this would be
    • “over-valued” if I really happened to be the King
    • otherwise we must believe the King of Spain to be afflicted
    • with nerve troubles because he thinks that he is the King of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 2: Concerning the World of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • such an event — as something which, generally speaking,
    • usual waking consciousness.
    • dreaming. The dream life extends itself over into our waking
    • of what is termed “History” with waking
    • waking consciousness. In this soul relationship also the
    • waking life and the world which remains subconscious for him,
    • basis of the willing life, just as in waking we live through
    • from him in our waking consciousness by means of our senses
    • quite seriously: what then exists for the waking
    • non-clairvoyant consciousness from the time of waking until
    • so-called mineral kingdom, for which the sense organs are
    • forth out of the mineral kingdom, builds itself up, so, for
    • itself upon the mineral and plant world, so the kingdom of
    • the Angels, Archangels, etc., forms a higher kingdom in the
    • beings of the mineral and plant kingdoms — as a result
    • when plucking roses similar to the one they would have were
    • accomplished — through the sticking out of his finger,
    • lowest level there above in the animal kingdom. And just as we
    • kingdom by means of our sense perceptions, so is the departed
    • actually live in the animal kingdom — in order that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 3: Our Life with the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • dream enters the ordinary waking consciousness and,
    • our feeling life, of which our waking consciousness,
    • at all. The waking consciousness knows less still concerning
    • is his lowest sphere. As the insensible mineral kingdom
    • had to bring in connection with the animal kingdom) in such a
    • speaking, or you know that you are thinking when you think.
    • departed one is speaking. You are dimly conscious that the
    • with the lowest one connected with the animal kingdom (just
    • evolves to the point of becoming familiar with the kingdom of
    • although it is merely figurative — with the kingdom
    • he belongs to the highest kingdom. It is not thus with the
    • kingdom of man evolves and grows out of the mineral, plant
    • and animal kingdoms, so the departed one feels himself
    • kingdom of the Angeloi, Archangeloi, Archai, etc., can be
    • experiences by taking up ideas. In the spiritual world we
    • kingdom, man is, as it were, connected with the animalic,
    • Then he is connected with the kingdom immediately above this
    • one — the kingdom of the souls with whom he is directly
    • or indirectly linked up through Karma. In this kingdom man
    • relationship with the kingdom of the Angeloi gives rise, at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 4: The Rhythmical Relationship of Man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • concerned, we only experience in a waking condition what we
    • speaking in comparisons). This reality lying behind the sense
    • less the same as breaking the mirror to see what is behind
    • breaths a day, by taking as the basis 18 breaths a minute
    • within the entire solar system, by taking sunrise and sunset
    • as parallel to our falling asleep and awaking; through our
    • earth, you can hear yourself speaking to him — you hear
    • outside at the events taking place on earth. According to the
    • you are looking down on the earth.) When you are dead and
    • not contained at all in your waking consciousness; your own
    • will — and does not enter our usual waking
    • if you realize that only a Maya is contained in the waking
    • thinking, because pure thoughts cannot cause or produce
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 5: The Members of Man's Being and the Periods of His Life
    Matching lines:
    • — in reality — man, as he lives between waking
    • and sleeping, in his usual waking day-consciousness, has some
    • waking life; during our usual waking consciousness, our
    • lives in the kingdom of the dead lives with us in the sphere,
    • else must be added to this. In the life of ordinary waking
    • waking consciousness is concerned. For what is the real
    • nature and being of this ego? The usual waking consciousness
    • everyday waking consciousness. He prefers to limit his
    • mind once more the fact that — roughly speaking
    • someone speaks from the standpoint of the usual waking
    • the physical plane and for the usual waking consciousness;
    • ages. But man is under a great illusion in making everything
    • what we call our understanding, or our thinking consciousness
    • of self. When our understanding and our conscious thinking
    • thinking are really essentially younger than we ourselves
    • that which develops in our thinking, independently of the
    • not too distant a future, instead of speaking of all the
    • the one we know through our waking consciousness, in the form
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 6: New Spiritual Impulses in History
    Matching lines:
    • also like to interpret the events taking place in the course
    • thinking very clearly when they say this, that all events,
    • habit of thinking that this reality can be embraced in
    • obstacles from taking up this imaginative element.
    • although generally speaking we do not feel inclined to take
    • physical, etheric, and astral body and ego (roughly speaking)
    • child of 7, in a man of 28 (without taking into consideration
    • right time what was taking place. If you have a house that
    • Golgotha, as documents in the same sense. The way of thinking
    • looking upon the Event of Golgotha, described in the Gospels,
    • ascended to the spiritual kingdom of the so-called dead,
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 7: The Inadequacy of Natural Science for the Knowledge of the Life of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • apparently clear; in reality however, they are as lacking in
    • about this object as if we were speaking of a gourd, for it
    • when we are speaking, but upon a certain perception,
    • clear, precise thinking is above all a necessity, a striving
    • fantasy, this means out of a thinking which is not ruled by
    • the process of disintegration and willed thinking.
    • thinking; it is there in any case, in fact it is always
    • disintegration with something coming out of pure thinking,
    • weakness of the present way of thinking. And this weakness
    • birth the so-called departed one has the animal kingdom as
    • his lowest kingdom, just as the mineral kingdom is our lowest
    • kingdom. We have also pointed out in a certain way, how the
    • kingdom, and has to build up out of the laws of the animalic
    • incarnation. We have shown how as second kingdom the departed
    • world. A second kingdom thus arises for the departed one,
    • kingdom through which the human being then passes can be
    • conceived as the kingdom of the Angels. In a certain sense we
    • Fundamentally speaking, the Angels are those Beings among the
    • the Kingdom of the Archangeloi and Archai.
    • waking state and he is aware of everything, for his life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture I: The Birth of the Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • When, looking
    • came from ‘on high’; esoterically speaking it was
    • control. Independent thinking became possible only when he
    • now begins to undergo a transformation. That a king or an
    • sees in nature. Imagine you are looking at the world of
    • England. English kings extended their dominion to French
    • differentiation was taking place at the same time. Whilst for
    • are speaking the national impulses were particularly active
    • very striking. We need only compare the real driving forces
    • the impulse of the Consciousness Soul which is breaking
    • see, striking at the very roots of religious faith, the
    • consequence of this turning point in 1805. Looking back a few
    • external appearances when looking at the symptomatic
    • James I was King of England a hidden current rises to the
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture II: Symptomatology of Recent Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • figure of James I, King of England, at the beginning of the
    • Persian Kings, of the Mongol Khans and even in the century
    • Parliament when the King and his chief ministers were
    • of king or pope; it is not a question of suppressing these
    • offices, but simply that if a king or a pope already exists,
    • king. Thus papacy, royalty and democracy would be realized at
    • speaking more than figuratively, I am speaking
    • here — I am speaking quite dispassionately. I merely
    • especially the false esotericism of the English speaking
    • when speaking
    • am now speaking figuratively — makes use of incense and
    • induces a condition of semi-consciousness by evoking a
    • liberal opinion ... soon to be called free-thinking
    • of political thinking. The latter-day liberal parties were
    • thinking that was peculiar to his class and which was simply
    • has a different outlook. But his way of thinking too is only
    • marketed since the sixteenth century, a way of thinking
    • in consequence a different way of thinking. And because a
    • of production has become the ideal of the working class.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture III: Characteristics of Historical Symptoms in Recent Times
    Matching lines:
    • seeking to discover the real motive forces of evolution, this
    • of thinking.
    • course speak of the scientific mode of thinking in terms of
    • thinking. But it is important to consider in what respect
    • this scientific thinking has become a historical symptom like
    • Soul, the scientific mode of thinking has steadily increased
    • thinking and that is why scientists themselves have gradually
    • thinking of scientists or even of monistic visionaries that
    • must engage our attention, but the mode of thinking of the
    • counterpoise is a universal thinking that is in conformity
    • mode of thinking — after it had achieved certain
    • inconceivable without the support of scientific thinking.
    • give heed to this scientific thinking, if, from the point of
    • scientific thinking that it can only apprehend the
    • conscious thinking to a superabundant vitality. This
    • conscious thinking, this very core of man's being grew and
    • inner circles of the occult lodges of the English speaking
    • Characteristically the dead hand of scientific thinking has
    • — a way of looking at nature that is concerned above
    • scientific thinking, different from that of Copernicus,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture IV: The Historical Significance of the Scientific Mode of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • The Historical Significance of the Scientific Mode of Thinking
    • death. It is a question of making new ideas effective. As you
    • developing ideas. (When speaking of these matters I never
    • with a sprinkling of working class elements, formed the party
    • by sucking out the air in the glass jar of an air pump and
    • but there is no mistaking their origin. But the essential
    • but in the majority) that what they are looking for in
    • for cafe gossip. Equally the new banking practices, etcetera,
    • working conditions and the daily output of mass production.
    • workers are talking of realities, even if they are the
    • working class at their finger-tips, from the invention of the
    • lacking today. And so in social life a far more radical, a
    • painstaking work of Oskar Hertwig
    • mean by looking around you. How few people today have
    • inner psychic development. The thread linking birth and death
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture V: The Supersensible Element in the Study of History
    Matching lines:
    • that it is awakened. When speaking of these matters one must
    • is to wear down the rails, one would obviously be talking
    • many respects modern thinking — and again this is not
    • The thinking current in modern science is almost without
    • exception typical of the kind of thinking that says: the
    • thinking will prove to be inadequate if we wish to create in
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture VI: Brief Reflections on the Publication of the New Edition of 'The Philosophy of Freedom'
    Matching lines:
    • heritage of Liszt. And also making its influence felt —
    • the occasion when he unearthed one of the striking aphorisms
    • teaching and allows his thinking to be determined solely by
    • are taught to harness their thinking only to the sensible
    • and political questions. For a thinking that is tied to the
    • been positively stifled by a thinking that is conditioned in
    • knowledge of freedom by self-disciplined thinking.
    • advocate publicly. Shortly alter taking over the Magazin,
    • — that of the socialist working class. In view of the
    • is lacking is precisely what
    • thinking freed from the tyranny of the senses, in genuine
    • scientific thinking.
    • introducing spiritual ideas to the working class. But the
    • leaders of the working class movement refuse to consider
    • weaving and working in the life of the time. I had been
    • accurately — tapping with his walking stick on the
    • finally my speech lasted one and a quarter hours. Taking up
    • basis of free, independent scientific thinking. Their ideas
    • were the product of a thinking corrupted by its attachment to
    • when we recognize that we must build upon a thinking freed
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture VII: Incidental Reflections on the Occasion of the New Edition of 'Goethes Weltanschauung'
    Matching lines:
    • asking: what must I do, what must others do? For the majority
    • striking incident and one could find countless others of its
    • Kingdoms and “lands” represented in the Federal Council’,
    • the educational system of neighbouring states. But looking
    • for a modern way of thinking, a teaching that enabled me to be
    • association with scientific thinking to the fact that the
    • scientific thinking.
    • link with scientific thinking. It is to this scientific
    • thinking that I owed the impulse which is fundamentally
    • one could not avoid — unless one was asleep—taking an
    • Looking back
    • aware that his outlook and thinking had nothing in common
    • factors enabled isolated individuals in the German-speaking
    • Kingdom of Saxony, and again at Strasbourg university in
    • extent the response was lacking. As I mentioned recently the
    • Goetheanism could determine men's thinking, their religious
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture VIII: Religious Impulses of the Fifth Post-Atlantean Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • habit of thinking. I do not mean, of course, the thinking
    • that is the proud boast of modern science, but the thinking
    • English speaking peoples the Consciousness Soul. This is the
    • either professor or King of Spain. You will recall the legend
    • of the King of Spain who declared, when a much less
    • an inner aura impregnating the thinking and feeling of this
    • ordained by Christ the King, the Invisible Christ as
    • different forms without provoking hitherto deepseated
    • the personality, seeking to arrive at inner understanding of
    • aim of Jesuitism is to drag down the Kingdom of God into the
    • that the Kingdom of God operates on the physical plane in the
    • form of a temporal kingdom of the Christ. It wishes to
    • King, or as a soldier serves his generalissimo. The
    • Kingdom of Christ.’ He must visualize this Kingdom with
    • 1. I conjure up a picture of a terrestrial King chosen by God
    • I observe how the King addresses all his subjects and says to
    • consider how his faithful subjects must answer a King so kind
    • refuse the appeal of such a King would be deserving of
    • example of the terrestrial King to Christ our Lord in
    • regard an appeal of the terrestrial King to his subjects as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture IX: The Relation Between the Deeper European Impulses and Those of the Present Day
    Matching lines:
    • flourished. The king as leader surrounded by his vassals,
    • original Celtic impulses was King Arthur with his Round Table
    • the many legends associated with King Arthur, all this shows
    • injunctions and direction from the King.
    • as both a spiritual and temporal King.
    • empire akin to what developed out of the various kingdoms of
    • decreed. And as kings and emperors governed by decree, so too
    • especially amongst the English-speaking peoples, what may be
    • Celtism, in the English-speaking peoples, that attempts were
    • element which is associated with the legend of King Arthur.
    • became still further emasculated. Thus the modes of thinking
    • the God, to the idea of whom enlightened thinking leads, the
    • of looking at things. Hobbes,
    • For the People of the Church: Christ is King, a conception
    • the King; for the People of the Lodges: Christ is the
    • only infiltrated the Lodges, that high-ranking Jesuits are in
    • given you a kind of picture of what may be called the working
    • the Lodges, we are speaking from the standpoint of the
    • religious orientation, you see the working of the
    • taking place (i.e. in 1918) in the external world are simply
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 1: The Transforming of Instinctive into Conscious Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • these instinctive impulses are seeking to be transformed into
    • reality, looking over these three and three-quarter years of
    • consider many things in the social thinking of the 5th
    • is of peculiar importance for the forces which are working
    • to the 16th century, do we see this conscious thinking about
    • life, in whose sphere the certainty of instincts was working
    • very dawn of conscious thinking on economic matters you see
    • himself. Roughly speaking, this is Adam Smith's idea: We
    • social and a socialistic thinking of the present day, which
    • proletarian thinking at the present time. For on the economic
    • sharp ideas on these things, and if you know the thinking of
    • force in the proletarian thinking of today, from its most
    • thinking this idea no longer exists in the same radical form.
    • iron Law of Wages, were thinking of the determination of
    • political economy arose. Fundamentally speaking, it was the
    • proletariat, however, the conscious thinking about the social
    • thoughts. And the conscious thinking about the social
    • Marxist, proletarian thinking.
    • into the socialist thinking, which, however, modifies and
    • driving force of proletarian thinking. And now the thought
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 2: The Logic of Thought and the Logic of Reality
    Matching lines:
    • rational thinking, abstract thinking, natural scientific
    • from the usual thinking of today to the Spiritual Science of
    • we mean this, we are making a great mistake; for the results
    • ordinary thinking that runs on purely abstract lines may fall
    • the metaphysical legalistic way of thinking has taken such
    • it. That you cannot conclude by thinking, that you must see.
    • of sight is a different thinking from the logic of mere
    • so-called logical sequences to which modern thinking has
    • have been speaking to you now for some weeks — in the
    • especially through the way of thinking that is prevalent
    • think that we are making a great mistake. Spiritual Science
    • manner, the form, the structure of his thinking has changed,
    • Spiritual Science, should enter our thinking, for only in
    • Natural-Scientific type of thinking something that cannot
    • conceive the social life, not with the kind of thinking that
    • himself: “What a weedy-looking
    • an ugly-looking pedant.
    • “respectable” thinking. We should naturally
    • professor in Zurich, and those who are now working as
    • taking it as an empty phrase. Yet it is truly symptomatic.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 3: The Metamorphosis of Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • at a time when — I hope I am making no undue
    • the English-speaking people and on the other side the life of
    • the Russian-speaking people; he observes them as they come to
    • expression in the characteristic ways of thinking of these
    • but the inner man, the inner Mid-European man, looking to the
    • West, to the English-speaking people, and contemplating the
    • peculiar thing is this. Within the English-speaking
    • English-speaking people. The English people has a native
    • English-speaking people let the intelligence sink down into
    • Russian Intelligence, seeking to preserve itself for future
    • is the very opposite of what we find in the English-speaking
    • as the Nation or Folk is working in them. They are
    • Out of the impulses in the different peoples it is seeking to
    • throughout the Earth, and with the ideas I am thinking out
    • seeking to realize itself. Then I drew your
    • but they are making a mistake. They no doubt will say: In
    • It is the working of the heart upon the head, upon the
    • English-speaking people the abdomen fumes up into the head
    • working in it. Take all the science and scholarship that is
    • Protestantism. This inner impulse working through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 4: The New Revelation of the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • and with the whole way of thinking of the present age. And
    • tested, by anyone who wishes to do so, with the thinking
    • — and notably with the scientific thinking — of
    • towards the future, new revelations are breaking through the
    • new Revelations are breaking through into the spiritual
    • generally speaking, they had certain ideas inherited from
    • spiritual way of looking out on the world, which was quite
    • revelations of a spiritual kind are breaking in upon us,
    • behind the revelations that are breaking newly into human
    • is taking place as yet only in a preparatory way, not with
    • working from the spiritual realms. You may read about their
    • also have to play a creative part in the other kingdoms.
    • things — things only now breaking in upon us,
    • see over against them certain Spirits of Darkness, making
    • the new revelations of the heavens breaking in upon us with a
    • of certain errors, certain aberrations of human thinking in
    • the last few centuries, human thinking has in a certain
    • working of machines, but they are really useless for all that
    • thinking which takes its start from mechanistic ideas is
    • thinking. But from this point onward it is necessary to turn
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 5: Understand One-Another
    Matching lines:
    • speaking for weeks past of what is needful to mankind all the
    • inwardly active, partaking in the inner impulses of all
    • — especially the English-speaking — peoples, this
    • working in one or in another territory of the Earth. They
    • individual human being as to his moral qualities. In seeking
    • taking on the character of Creators. They become different in
    • dear friends, in the deepest sense, if, looking back on the
    • talking in abstractions; it is something real and concrete.
    • are working over the face of the Earth. And this will be a
    • World and its relation to mankind, but all this talking
    • we should be speaking a pretty unintelligible language for
    • thinking — was influenced by this. It is quite true,
    • they are making their appearance once more. Not that the
    • kingdoms of Nature. Life will remain unintelligible to men,
    • the records in the archives — by looking up the records
    • own forces, and you will find that the God is speaking and
    • modern working man. One thing has been left behind, namely
    • are unwilling to do so. And yet, I know I am speaking in the
    • not speaking of the individual human beings but of the
    • our way of thinking at the present time much that belongs to
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture I: The Dualism in the Life of the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working.
    • today, almost universally, a kingdom in itself, — a kingdom
    • the last three or four centuries. Most people today when speaking of
    • speaking of the spirit, only when we mean the spirit as creator of
    • modern thinking, sensibility, feeling, and willing. We have in the
    • conceived as a description of the lost Luciferic kingdom — it
    • an abstract spiritual kingdom, he does not find the spirit at all,
    • Kingdom of Christ is spoken of, and so on? What relation is there
    • people one group believe themselves capable of speaking about God and
    • development; leaps never!” Well, nature is continually making
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture II: The Development of Architecture
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working.
    • kingdom was often accused of having deserted the divine-spiritual
    • with longing, so to speak; it built upon longing, upon seeking,
    • believing that it was possible to be more successful in this seeking
    • could only be done by linking it in one way or another with something
    • it in somewhat the following way: When he said in speaking of any
    • what may be called seeking balance between opposite poles.
    • man, and between them stands the essential being of man, seeking
    • present time will succeed in his seeking only if he unites this
    • seeking with the struggle for balance.
    • on, we can also say, speaking physiologically, that the one pole is
    • fundamentally in seeking the balance between the insipid, the and the
    • of the seeking human being, the human being striving for balance.
    • him, while he is looking upon the Being who gives meaning to the
    • human being. And the working and weaving of the individual
    • you hear such people talking (indeed, sometimes in this day their own
    • consciousness cannot be revealed to profane humanity. (In speaking
    • accomplished, whether working with tools or cultivating the ground,
    • ordinary social thinking, and so on; and how they must be spoken of
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture III: Historical Occurrences of the Last Century
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working.
    • speaking at times more generally, in connection with what was said
    • complete transformation of learning and thinking with regard
    • in learning, a change in thinking, then the moral deluge will
    • thinking and learning — it is important to realize what it
    • because of sheer laziness in thinking and feeling. You should not be
    • so inclined to sneer at what can be won only by working upon the
    • fructifying of human thinking, feeling, and willing from the
    • everything: the manner of speaking, the seriousness with
    • from making fruitful in the natural and social realms that which is
    • the middle of the century, approximately speaking. The new forces
    • he encounters as taking place in time. But the first experience
    • seriously accustom our thinking to the canceling of time. In
    • following the third, and so on; and our thinking is always an image
    • à. If we reverse our thinking, so that it goes from
    • of from morning to evening, then we are thinking against time. We
    • If we are able to continue such thinking, going back in our life as
    • thinking, feeling, and willing become separated in the consciousness.
    • In the ordinary present-day consciousness thinking, feeling, and
    • experience, thinking, feeling, and willing become independent powers
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture IV: The Old Mysteries of Light, Space, and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working.
    • concepts about truth (I am still speaking of the social life),
    • call the thinking faculty; and indeed they were the first
    • Brahman as the descendants of these people who combined the thinking
    • their primal characteristic is that they combined the thinking-power
    • extinguished, and the thinking-power remained to them. Among the
    • are asking: Well, what are we to do? The first thing of importance is
    • by making the spiritual life independent.
    • It was taken from the Orient. And further: When in English-speaking
    • is at the same time a proof of the necessity for making the spiritual
    • Speaking somewhat radically, this Roman Catholic ecclesiasticism is
    • taking under the influence of the degenerating spiritual life derived
    • drawing), the middle stream empties into self-seeking; and an
    • degeneration of humanity through Ahriman; the second is self-seeking,
    • and self-seeking, of Lucifer. So the third, a worthy companion of the
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • through intellectual thinking, to recognition of the stern Necessity
    • of a star, by looking at these three dimensions of space. Now man
    • speaking, in the inhaling and exhaling of the air, or in what we
    • living in them he is taking part in certain movements of the Earth and
    • seeking for a right understanding of the three dimensions. It is
    • symmetry has something to do with our thinking. If we
    • if we wish to express decisive thinking in dumb show. When we place
    • discriminating that goes on within us, all the thinking and judging
    • plane of discriminative Thinking. The second plane, which
    • straight line. If however, we learn to describe Thinking, Feeling and
    • in space as psychic-spiritual beings, with our Thinking, Feeling and
    • human Thinking, and the second plane with human Feeling, to consider
    • say: Man is a thinking, feeling and willing being. As an external
    • being, he is connected by Thinking with one plane, with another at
    • Thinking, Feeling and Willing appear to human knowledge as terribly
    • ask oneself conscientiously, when using the word Thinking, whether it
    • making of phrases, the using of lofty words, and go back to
    • pictures; even when we take just that one picture for Thinking
    • and in our thinking too, there is a sort of handling or feeling of
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • We must ask the question: If it is true that our Thinking is to be
    • instead of thinking of the yearly cycle of the plant, we turn our
    • taking part in any of the movements, but withdrawing itself in a very
    • one, that abstractions have become possible. All abstract thinking,
    • all thinking on the plane of pure thought, is bound to this head
    • upon looking out of the window, you would see that it is moving
    • organism produces in you during the process of making itself
    • independent of the Earth-organisation, you observe that you are taking
    • the Earth, because you are then ‘looking out of the
    • outside continually changing, so do you, when looking out of the
    • man — the human heart. For it is by taking our start from the knowledge
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • have their source in the whole materialistic mode of thinking in use
    • The conception of the world which, in its abstract thinking, gave rise
    • following way. Suppose you were to set about making deep researches
    • of thinking concretely about the Cosmos and penetrating into the
    • plane of Thinking; that is, our Thought Plane would be co-ordinated to
    • there in asking about a place for souls?
    • lies on this or on the other side of the plane of Thinking. We feel
    • different velocity, seven times as slow, thus taking seven times as
    • demonstrated in the alternation between sleeping and waking. Positions
    • What does this alternation between waking and sleeping signify to us
    • human beings? It means, roughly speaking, that we go about at one time
    • respect on the cycle of Nature. The cycle of waking and sleeping, in
    • him of the sleeping and waking states shows however that he still has
    • between waking and sleeping, and Nature alternates between day and
    • night, and how Man is still today bound to the alternation of waking
    • the other condition manifest themselves. We may say that in our waking
    • sleeping and waking. Our free choice does not enter here. Here
    • In all these things, I am speaking of quite simple everyday matters,
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • between going to sleep and awaking.
    • to sleep and our waking.
    • assimilation; at all events, it is a material process, though taking
    • awaking, we experience in the environment which then surrounds us,
    • trace this rhythm in its after-workings when you dream. Man steps
    • them again upon waking — always in conformity with the same
    • per minute, making 1,080 per hour and in 24 hours 25,920 respirations;
    • Taking this as the cycle of the precession of the equinoxes, and
    • purport of all this? The meaning of it is that as we pass from waking
    • important changes taking place within the individual soul at these
    • something less than empty space — a sucking, absorbing body, in fact,
    • ‘sucking’ nature. Ether is sucking, absorbing. Matter
    • presses. Ether absorbs. The Sun is an absorbing, sucking
    • sucking or absorbing. We are a combination of both; whereas the Sun
    • see this working of inner law in other connections and
    • speaking now in the sense of physics, and I shall have to show later
    • course, here we are speaking not of physical sunlight, but of the
    • matter of the Earth, something absorbing and sucking, while the latter
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • But Astronomy cannot, and does not, deny the fact that when speaking
    • proved when we realise that during waking hours the astral body
    • the different directions of Space. At one time the Sun's workings
    • Taking the case of an inhabitant of our own part of the globe, we can
    • say, through its absence. At one time we have the direct working of
    • these differentiated regions of space, at another time the working of
    • some extent to bring into a kind of relationship that which is working
    • analogy is the taking of food; you were hungry, the food was not there
    • In order to find the working of the extra-Earthly, we must penetrate
    • form, we are looking at a product of the extra-earthly.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • taking place in and with Man, and the processes that take place in the
    • are speaking of the building up of the eye. We must imagine this
    • approaches him it is, relatively speaking, immaterial whether
    • human organism and those taking place outside in the Macrocosm. For
    • the same way what takes place between awaking and going to
    • sleep and what takes place between going to sleep and awaking. Just
    • sleep and awaking. If you do this with an unprejudiced mind, you will
    • waking state. When you awake, you are, from the standpoint of your
    • the other, the only difference being that of direction. Awaking
    • means passing from sleep to the waking state; falling asleep is the
    • points of awaking and of falling asleep. We must find a line which
    • the lemniscate. Here you have the point of awaking in one direction
    • the movements of the outer Universe the equivalent of movements taking
    • organism, taking place upon the periphery and occupying still longer
    • undergoes complete change. We must not make the mistake of thinking
    • that we have in waking and sleeping a copy of day and night, having
    • animal kingdom in a great variety of forms, while in Man they manifest
    • are the forces of the animal kingdom, and as we evolve beyond them and
    • that we do remains and works in the world. The processes taking place
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • harmony existing between the process taking place in Man and the
    • the animals. Science contemplates the animal kingdom and then builds
    • transformation taking place between two physical lives, the whole
    • incarnations that may be compared with putting on a glove, taking it
    • We can now say that the organs of the body (taking ‘body’ as
    • We confront the outer world, taking it into ourselves in the form of
    • speaking of ‘hypochondria’ for example, did not speak of it
    • — or metabolism, which expresses itself in the taking of meals at
    • year, taking the beginning and end of the year as corresponding to the
    • Through looking at the matter in this way, we have indicated an
    • with his lower organism he is related to the processes taking place
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • observe in the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms, and add thereto the
    • atoms to be seen within the molecule. This way of looking at the
    • substance of which we speak as filling space. When speaking of this
    • You cannot logically ask: If the ether has merely a sucking, absorbing
    • ether stands, figuratively speaking, in the same relation in respect
    • to ponderable matter — I am speaking now in a picture — as
    • speaking of the life between death and re-birth, to realise that this
    • of the Cosmos — and as beings taking part in cosmic life we
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • life between waking and sleeping. You know that in the abstract the
    • relation is something like this: In the waking condition, the
    • — separated from them at any rate in comparison with the waking
    • consciousness in the same way as our dream state to our waking life.
    • Between waking and falling asleep, we are only really awake in our
    • between birth and death, is in an intermittent waking state in respect
    • limb nature, directed inwards. So that in speaking of the will-nature
    • putting it into practical effect that is lacking.
    • of the processes taking place in the nervous system as the will acts
    • of putting his hands in his trouser pockets while speaking, it may not
    • speaking in favour of either of these points of view, but you will see
    • programmes, but of taking in earnest that for the whole training of
    • makes to the thinking whether I understand how to move my fingers
    • our thinking. These things must be followed with understanding and
    • the middle finger over the first with elasticity, making a serpent and
    • is taking place in the external world, we must say that empty talk,
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • manifested. We complete one revolution, of taking nourishment and
    • effect, speaking diagrammatically, that we acquire the head as the
    • sense-free thinking — that is to say, in the processes taking
    • place in man when he directs pure thinking by his Will and orientates
    • sense for reality is wholly lacking in modern humanity. Why is this
    • the waking and sleeping conditions of man. These are contrasting
    • through a zero-point of our existence. The moment of awaking and the
    • the conditions of awaking and falling asleep should fall apart; and
    • line, a lemniscate. When we say: Man falls asleep out of the waking
    • awaking through the same point as the falling asleep.
    • waking and sleeping. But if we rightly observe life, we cannot exclude
    • night, we can say: we sleep, and on awaking come to the same place
    • Thus when we observe the alternating conditions of waking and
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Eleven
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • go round the Sun. Looking at Jupiter, we assign to him a revolution
    • that we can also include those whose sleeping and waking do not
    • it in thought as a line in which the points of sleeping and waking lie
    • are bound to place the point of waking over that of falling asleep.
    • conscious of my environment from the moment of waking; before that all
    • preceded by life, I lived again, back to the moment of waking; but
    • this, you picture it so that the moment of awaking and the moment of
    • awaking always crossing the point of falling asleep. If the curve were
    • an ellipse or a circle, then awaking and falling asleep would have to
    • waking time runs from your awaking to your falling asleep. During that
    • until awaking. Then you have only physical body and etheric body. You
    • etheric body. Strictly speaking, such a thing should not be. Your
    • falling asleep to awaking. He is then like the Earth in summer; and
    • the Earth in winter. So that we may say that the time between awaking
    • asleep and awaking is our summer. For the year of the Cosmos — in
    • Earth's sleeping time, the winter her waking time. Outer perception
    • waking time and winter as her time of sleeping. The reverse is the
    • have to say: A year — that is for the Cosmos sleeping and waking;
    • waking of the Cosmos, and in summer its sleeping. If we now consider
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Twelve
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • speaking roughly, I always say about the middle of the fifteenth
    • Marxism. Others have ridden other hobby horses in seeking an
    • only say that virtually, speaking generally, she always turns the same
    • from the astral body and Ego in sleep, and in waking unite them. We
    • influences us, it does so of course in the waking condition. This
    • Ego. There is however, a difference in their reception of its working.
    • been speaking have nothing to do with one another; they only work
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Thirteen
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • by that of Sirius; so that the Egyptians had arrived at making
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Fourteen
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • the heathen world-conception, taking it in the widest sense (for
    • — knocking at the door and opening it, these were his first
    • happened, the breaking of the axle, would then of course be explicable
    • in this domain some moral thinking was introduced. That of course
    • striking. If we have studied Spiritual Science seriously, we know that
    • the tragic fate, that the harmonious working is split apart, leaving
    • together from these two streams. Thus for man's thinking the world
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Fifteen
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • of civilisation; otherwise there would be no ground for speaking of a
    • and so forth. This is, roughly speaking, left to the physician; and
    • opposition to it the necessity of working out of something quite
    • felt himself to be a member of the whole Universe, taking part in the
    • but, looking out into the Cosmos there were within me, in my brain, as
    • planets. The Sun makes the beginning in working in our earthly part;
    • organ of taste, and, taking up the substances of the Earth through
    • have now apportioned man, taking him in his totality, to the starry
    • One arrives at no perception of man by thinking that he can be studied
    • of Thinking. English translation of these lectures by A. P.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Sixteen
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • is lacking actually to put to the test the depth of thought underlying
    • on the heat within him. In speaking of man's bodily nature pure
    • with a more cursory description.) If we observe this inter-working of
    • Taking first the whole of the rest of man, and then his head, we can
    • be called the transition to pure thinking. All the material substance
    • study the legends of King Arthur and his Round Table, those
    • we have the last ramifications in the twelve around King Arthur's
    • for thinking, the Earth will cease to be a cosmic body. And what man
    • Precisely in the domain of heat such a change is taking place
    • united with scientific thinking. This comes about because man says:
    • Christ cannot find His Kingdom, he can rise only to the Universal
    • grasped when one understands the nature of sense-free thinking.
    • Sense-free thinking however needs again the connection with the world,
    • waking consciousness of how widespread these things are? That they
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • powers that are meant when speaking of the normal orders of the
    • elemental beings are to be found in the three kingdoms of
    • who have a disinclination for severely contoured thinking and
    • does not depend on the mineral, plant, animal kingdoms, which
    • reasoning and intelligence. Our waking intelligence depends on
    • is not a question of talking of cosmic beings as superior to
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the stages in the animal kingdom, has founded his evolutionary
    • that lives, that is alive even to the mineral kingdom. To
    • purely through Banking procedure the cheque was the occasion by
    • of thinking has been taken hold of by such things and has
    • be found in the animal kingdom but in a somewhat other form.
    • lacking, let men be filled with the consciousness of belonging
    • Ahrimanic concepts, the picture of the ossified, slinking,
    • skeleton-like, haggard, slinking round our abstract
    • into — speaking spiritually — slimy mysticism nor
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • have often spoken to you of the different streams working
    • two and which is best expressed by speaking of the
    • going to sleep and waking, is the will-life with its bodily
    • Elohim whom I will draw so (yellow), working in this sphere
    • really like to keep him above the mineral kingdom. They would
    • it, have drawn him down into the mineral kingdom. But
    • has been pressed down into the mineral kingdom, because the
    • earth-man. He has been incorporated in the mineral kingdom
    • has come down into the mineral kingdom, now let us tear him
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • different Spiritual Beings have inserted themselves, taking
    • speaking in general in such an abstract way about the Divine,
    • extension of intellectual thinking throughout the whole
    • intellectual thinking human beings according to the modern idea
    • When we look at all those kingdoms of nature which are outside
    • intellectual thinking does not depend in any way upon what
    • — none of that stimulates us to intellectual thinking.
    • Then if we look to the kingdom of the Air, there too we find
    • events taking place; these processes are continued in our
    • thinking.
    • with what is our intellectual thinking. But when we look out
    • our intellectual thinking. We, therefore, as human beings, are
    • kingdom, with those forces which appear in crystallisation and
    • become the thinking beings we have become, especially since the
    • since the middle of the fifteenth century, it is this working
    • intellectual thinking was not then the most significant
    • higher kinds of ether — in all these are working divine
    • was not his own kingdom, for the forming of external man. The
    • human sheath which could not come from his own kingdom. Then he
    • earth,” that means out of the mineral kingdom foreign to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • working according to law, penetrating everything. One
    • into this working of the human intellect. It is just in this
    • looking to many other things for their real interests but
    • phrase, “one who is fond of talking shop”
    • inner fire all that is given by science. By taking the various
    • love working out of each human being. Through the
    • individual, does not raise it to pure thinking, that is not
    • curve of the sickle bends inwards. So that one is speaking
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • force in man had diminished. Moritz Benedikt and thinking that
    • workings of these physical forces. It is theoretical
    • not have such perfect organs of thinking, in the purely
    • heaven that people in Greek times did not possess thinking
    • drawing on left). He exerts his organs of thinking and
    • thinking done with so little cleverness as in the middle of
    • contain the completely abstract thinking of later times which
    • speaking, a staunch philosopher, a disciple of Herbart,
    • force we can, from the outside, observe working in dream life
    • way, we become aware of the working of the dream force in his
    • organism. When I describe this actively working dream force,
    • but then he can think less, because, for thinking, he
    • aided them in this thinking the most was the physical body.
    • But this physical thinking was connected with the special
    • thing working in the human being. Human life had indeed taken
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Errors in mere thinking and errors rooted in actuality. The latter, for
    • The nature of imagination; essence of reflective thinking; objective
    • In thinking,
    • processes of human thinking. I pointed out that it so
    • of an ascent to Imaginative thinking is to have before your
    • and remembering it again something is taking place
    • thinking, of thought and perceptual experiences, with what
    • leading to memory as recollective thinking — and in
    • our modern thinking, in the thinking of today's civilization,
    • lives. You will not find an Herbartian who, in making an
    • metaphorically speaking, the rhythmical system is not the wax
    • manner of speaking, below what thus realizes itself as an
    • process, in thinking which arrives at objective knowledge.
    • of life. Thinking, ordinary perception, is not related to
    • arrive at a comprehension of thinking. To be sure, what we
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • from looking back still further. For the next stages would
    • Oriental civilization, which consider looking upon the
    • certainly not taking the easy way out. It tries to do
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • through taking the spiritual heritage from the Orient and
    • later ages, though already taken up by modern thinking,
    • based on man's physical thinking and takes hold only of the
    • thinking based on cosmic insight to the specifically
    • coming out of the cosmos, looking up at the stars, that
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • instead steeped in the flood of juristic thinking, which
    • abstract thinking in the Roman world maintained itself in the
    • cannot fully attain to humanity on earth by merely looking up
    • king in the realm of shades”
    • Greek ideas did appear, and Greek thinking constantly sensed
    • then connected with thinking, with external perception. But
    • since the whole ego experience is bound up with thinking, the
    • special visit then. But upon waking in the morning and
    • not looking for the meaning of external facts, but are
    • had fallen victim to abstract thinking, the old etheric
    • period in time, this whole trend of abstract thinking had
    • those of man's inner being. Fundamentally speaking, it has
    • external kingdom in Jerusalem in opposition to Rome, letting
    • into people asking questions. Modern mankind had to and still
    • It is, in a manner of speaking, woven into the text that
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • problem for the thinking influenced by the Greek world view.
    • looking up into the super-sensible, and increasingly to imbue
    • [it, and gave unto them, saying, This is my body which is given for you: this do in remembrance of me.KingLuke 22:19].
    • souls. The active taking hold of the soul forces, the inward
    • very decline for the time being everything working with the
    • tendency towards evil is making itself felt everywhere
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • human nature, with his thinking, feeling, and willing,
    • painstakingly edited out everything he had written in
    • into it, but he did this by seeking the all-too-human truth,
    • impression he had of himself, as if ravens were shrieking
    • to speak the truth based on this form of thinking and yet, at
    • modern thinking could not give him any content for them.
    • lacking, and the enthusiasm is missing from the assertion of
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking concerning numbers was dealt with in a significantly
    • more. hence repeating the same act of thinking. We can repeat
    • is simply a third element, abstractly speaking, but by
    • thinking about numbers, we have to illustrate this a little,
    • for this older way of thinking about numbers is foreign to
    • imaginative thinking in the qualities of numbers did
    • in which case we are not thinking of measuring something. For
    • relation to the totality of the human being without thinking
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • abstract form to penetrate the doctrines with its thinking.
    • man's physical body (red). As I said, I am making a schematic
    • being, and he perceived them inwardly. From waking in the
    • is dulled from the moment of falling asleep until waking
    • possessed no independent rational thinking. If this
    • independent rational thinking, this actual intellectual
    • thinking, is to develop, it has to make use of the instrument
    • intellectual thinking is acquired in the period from waking
    • until waking up, you dwell in a different content in the
    • intellectual and Dadaistic, a neo-Catholic movement is making
    • developing inwardly cramped thinking so that they can avoid
    • waking up, with becoming inwardly active. Its intelligence
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • thinking turned into human, subjective shadow images, causing
    • separation into merely logical thinking and a will left to its own
    • century of bringing reality into shadowy thinking by way of the
    • along, in a manner of speaking. Yet, in a certain sense, this
    • kingdom, of water spirits and spirits of the air, and so on.
    • ordinary waking. Thinking about something was a process still
    • had a certain feeling in regard to the more profound thinking
    • Nowadays human beings do not have the feeling that thinking
    • morally good and yet engaged in thinking. In a sense, they
    • reproached themselves for thinking even though they were bad
    • to be, but I can engage in thinking. Up to the fifteenth
    • Hence, already in the act of thinking, they saw something
    • real; in a manner of speaking, they viewed themselves as
    • in thinking. It was not that they decided to activate the
    • thinking occurred. We can almost say: During that age, human
    • evident when we look at thinking before and after the
    • fifteenth century. When we look at thinking prior to that
    • body a certain structure. If we look at thinking now, it runs
    • human beings increasingly have taken their thinking out of
    • shadow image of what was once cosmic thinking; hence, since
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • sense the culmination of the materialistic way of thinking
    • with materialistic thinking, feeling, and even with
    • thinking. Indeed, it is the call for spiritual science.
    • mind what it is that I am seeking to bring up from the depths
    • speaking, all dissemination of learning was based on oral
    • Before taking
    • not allowed to be kept working in factories for more than
    • the broad masses of working people demand today as the
    • Louis-Philippe, for example, becomes king of France, and so
    • which, in a manner of speaking, still retained a bit of the
    • thinking from Hegelianism, namely, Karl Marx, went over to
    • consideration, and that, by the way, is making a most
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • the economic mode of thinking of the Anglo-Saxons with their problems of
    • mankind's looking up to the light, encountered in a
    • derived from this Roman Catholic thinking. Thus, we have to
    • it is coming to life again, assuming new forms and seeking to
    • representing the kingdom of God, the other representing the
    • kingdom of this world. The followers of this view look upon
    • belong to the kingdom of God. They are the ones who still
    • world, he either belongs to the kingdom of God, or to the
    • kingdom of this world. It only appears as though human beings
    • belonged to the kingdom of the world, worshiped superstition,
    • the children of the Kingdom of God, who are destined to save
    • manner of thinking in Russian culture, and the element coming
    • composition, a spirit that belongs, in a manner of speaking,
    • speaking, we see the obsolete, archaic light of Ormuzd. On
    • attacking an important personality, the one who made his
    • which then greatly influenced French thinking.
    • whole modern way of thinking that, according to de Maistre's
    • the point from which Locke proceeded, this way of thinking
    • element working through that individual. What Locke wrote
    • uttered such words against the spirit working through Locke,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • intellect that the human being, in a manner of speaking, has
    • in the womb, a great deal more is taking place than what
    • In seeking
    • drinking, they have entered into the human being, but there
    • between birth and death. Roughly speaking, what lies in this
    • out of the nerves, thus making people nervous. In a cosmic
    • active in thinking (see outline p.
    • thinking, after all, is also based in a certain way on a
    • part of the astral body is active in thinking than in
    • thinking. The effect of Jupiter deals mainly with the astral
    • thinking that develops in us has to do with the first twelve
    • thinking, so Mars has to do with speech.
    • Jupiter — thinking
    • thinking. And it depends on the Mars effects within us that
    • namely, speech, thinking, and the whole conduct of the human
    • being of man, working from outside only on the human
    • its forces are effective by taking hold inwardly of the human
    • Jupiter - thinking
    • that Jupiter is connected with thinking. Let us assume a
    • period when his physical organ of thinking is in the stage of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • rise to a new kingdom of nature between mineral and plant in the form of
    • century; their activity becomes possible only by way of a thinking that
    • unification of clear thinking with artistic perception in a science
    • being in connection with the whole universe. Yet, when asking
    • to the human being and the surrounding kingdoms of nature
    • Saturn, Sun, and Moon being, no mineral kingdom existed as
    • yet in his environment. The mineral kingdom and everything of
    • moon leaving the earth, before the mineral kingdom in its
    • and the incorporation of the mineral kingdom into
    • mineral kingdom. The human being became a personality and
    • seeking to enter this earth existence. Just as the Vulcan men
    • say, seeking to gain a foothold in earthly life through human
    • concrete when we say: Spirit beings are seeking to come down
    • But imagine that people were to continue thinking in this
    • human kingdom — these thoughts of human beings that
    • kingdoms. They will be beings resembling automatons, with an
    • unreal thoughts people are thinking will be endowed with
    • seeking to descend since the last third of the nineteenth
    • mineral, plant, and human kingdoms. Already in the plant
    • kingdom science must change into art; still more so in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • John Scotus Erigena's thinking, an expression of a developmental
    • metamorphosis between ancient visionary and intellectual thinking.
    • thoughts as yet on a social doctrine. Erigena's thinking: still
    • each other on the soul level. When speaking of such a major
    • thinking of the ninth century
    • of thinking that is still completely under the influence of
    • Franconian kings then had ways of attracting such
    • permeating the Franconian kingdom, even spreading from there
    • Franconian kings.
    • confidence in memory working from generation to generation
    • on him. For the mode of thinking found in this Dionysius was
    • by God and divine thinking that it can only be expressed in
    • considering the ninth century and also taking into account
    • existence as possessed by things to God. Yet, looking upward
    • with the thinking employed by mankind today. We understand
    • of thinking with the etheric body. Fundamentally speaking, it
    • we encounter a form of thinking that was not yet carried out
    • with the physical but with the etheric body. This thinking
    • rigid concepts. This former thinking with the etheric body,
    • which certainly was the form of thinking employed during the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • World decline and world dawn. Erigena between old and new thinking. The
    • way of thinking, differed in the first centuries
    • they themselves were working with thoughts. What we have
    • the angel working within man. An angel inhabited the body of
    • proves that the whole way of looking at the world had changed
    • mode of thinking and conceiving prevalent in the first
    • actual creator of all things. In the Christian thinking after
    • we have to place ourselves in the whole mode of thinking of
    • This way of thinking was in turn structured on the basis of
    • of wisdom. Fundamentally speaking, the further back we go in
    • actual truth, the elements working in the human body depend
    • containing the mineral kingdom — and in the blood.
    • on the forces working in the earth. This truth, which we are
    • element. The primal ancestor was believed to be working
    • nature spirits, they actually believed in a kingdom of the
    • thinking to what has not yet become blood nor flesh; direct
    • looking upon what the sun lets shine forth upon the earth.
    • Human thinking had been turned to something purely spiritual.
    • speaking, organically brewed up in them and then arose within
    • thinking in this manner do we actually approach the concepts
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • in ancient Egypt experienced the working of certain forces
    • the waking state from morning until evening, I know
    • ancient human being was aware that in his waking state he was
    • being in the waking state between birth and death
    • more or less outside my soul experiences in the waking state
    • that experiences itself in the waking state between birth and
    • "Better a beggar on earth than a king in the realm of
    • modern man calls his soul! When people speak of thinking,
    • they are, in a manner of speaking, an expression of the
    • they had an awareness for taking a stand in life, for
    • speak, not for looking at the body but for making the spirit
    • experienced, taking its stand in the world through grammar,
    • now established in accordance with the following thinking:
    • thinking referred to something real. He would have laughed,
    • of Justinian. These seven wise men fled to Asia, to the king
    • speaking, the transitory soul element of man is ensouled with
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • beings as the physical beings of the other kingdoms of
    • walking about. This cannot be integrated into the earthly
    • consider taking the cosmos into undefined distances; somehow
    • mineral and plant kingdoms, for the human being, of course,
    • to speak in terms of space even when speaking of realities.
    • etheric life working from the cosmos. This etheric life
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • water element, the striving toward the periphery, the sinking
    • own way of thinking. The ancient Greek would say,
    • ideas.” (I am thinking now of a Greek of the
    • the plants and thinking of this plant world as embedded in
    • meant when speaking of the element of air, whereas in
    • speaking about the earth one simply encompasses everything
    • actually cease, but in speaking about immortality one appeals
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • to the fact that, in a certain sense, our thinking is indeed
    • image. And thinking that arises in ordinary
    • consciousness — that thinking which is the pride of
    • simply the case that this thinking, which has served modern
    • of thinking, since the fifteenth century — this
    • thinking perishes as such with the physical body, it ceases
    • incorrect, it is not true. This thinking, which is
    • during our waking life — even when we do not go beyond
    • all chemical forces of the mineral kingdom, and so on.
    • They shut out sense perceptions, but then thinking is also no
    • however, while at the same time thinking remains alive, then
    • perceptions are suppressed. Our thinking must remain just as
    • intellectual thinking we have only the pictures of the soul's
    • real in our thinking, but we develop ourselves to a picture
    • freedom is based on the fact that our thinking is not real if
    • it does not become pure thinking. A mirror image cannot be a
    • element. If your thinking is a reality, then there is no
    • freedom. If your thinking is a picture, then your life
    • causes reside in thinking. A life that is a life in freedom
    • life that is in us is not a real life as far as thinking is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • embarking upon the sort of investigation that would be
    • being, where we at first perceive our thinking, feeling, and
    • at first materialized. Working from this inner being, the
    • liver organization, and so forth. You reach a point, looking
    • When speaking
    • been able to speak of the head, in speaking about
    • the standpoint of ordinary life. Let us take a striking
    • good reasons for existing, but everything working in this
    • you an idea, asking you to think it through, to make it a
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • behind it. Let us look at the matter in this way, asking
    • and thinking being, which pushes against the veil of the
    • is taking place? One perceives that an arm is lifted —
    • in the logic of the mental image, of making judgments, and of
    • Already with this kind of forming mental images, making
    • official thinking believes them to be. Only forming mental
    • down stretches his etheric legs. Making judgments is not
    • walking. The human being has his arms free so that he can be
    • thinking and perception lies above the membrane of memory,
    • strives more and more to intensify the process of making
    • formula in the appropriate way. This whole way of thinking
    • an education that overpowers thinking. There are already such
    • tested them by asking them questions like, "How large is
    • working toward the mobility of thoughts, then these thoughts
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • course, quite outlandish when Bulwer traveled about, speaking
    • when looking in to one's inner being with ordinary
    • reflected by our inner being. By looking into our inner being
    • behind a mirror without breaking it. This, however, is
    • something of the power of perceiving and thinking, which is
    • is also the origin of the forces of will. In looking out into
    • your thinking, for you must develop thinking by permeating
    • thinking. This strength of thinking that man must have in
    • time, this strength of thinking which must be there in front
    • thinking into the etheric body, and the etheric body thus
    • permeated by thinking works destructively upon the physical
    • again that rational thinking, which is the highest attainment
    • looking at things in this way. The world that manifests as a
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • often suggested, to something like a breaking of the inner
    • characterized as the hardening and strengthening taking place
    • to the point of thinking in a living and spiritual way about
    • with a certain inevitability this modern thinking leads
    • theology, too, has fallen into that way of thinking which has
    • speaking in this way, because for him both the Father and the
    • science will have to become permeated with ways of looking
    • for when we behold moral laws working upon matter that has
    • of the spirit taking place within us in a natural way. We
    • speaking are separate and distinct, whereas in our inner
    • inner chaos, we have a substantiality where speaking becomes
    • at the same time hearing. Hearing and speaking are once more
    • modern natural scientific way of thinking? He learns that out
    • we look at nature, we are looking in a certain sense at the
    • colors interpenetrate, thus taking on life, becoming living
    • rainbow into the flesh color, making it into a living unity,
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • life thinking, feeling, and willing. It is true that
    • thinking, feeling, and willing play into one another in the
    • distinguish, within this flowing life of soul,thinking,
    • thinking purely from feeling and willing, because one comes
    • loosened thinking.
    • livingly grasp thinking, feeling, and willing we grasp at the
    • during waking life the physical, etheric,astral bodies, and
    • moments of awaking and falling asleep. These moments of
    • falling asleep and awaking can be observed by Imaginative
    • awaking a whole world appears before the soul. As quickly as
    • actually able to grasp the moment of awaking with this
    • moment of awaking is not concerned with reminiscences. These
    • scientific training, or even in the moment of awaking.
    • appear dreamlike, and the state — before fully awaking,
    • before the impressions that the senses have after awaking
    • awaking and receives the outer physical impressions of the
    • whether we are asleep or awake processes are always taking
    • as it is in the waking state. It must be grasped in the way I
    • always present in the sleeping and waking states, with our
    • awaking is actually grasped with the presence of mind I have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • there is the moment of awaking when man plunges into his
    • thinking develops itself in that region which is in fact the
    • that does not rise to thinking, to a life of thought, but
    • pictures that we form during waking consciousness, stream
    • body is essentially what is taking place in the animal. It
    • that the aroused activity taking place essentially between
    • dream pictures, the picture taking the place of feeling. We
    • the one we have between sleeping and awaking. The plant is a
    • as we human beings have in the waking state between birth
    • winter, when there is a kind of waking of the earth, whereas
    • rather in a dreaming, state, while the waking state exists in
    • kingdom. We incorporate our deed into this event and thus
    • mineral realm shows us only its outer side in its working
    • that we find on awaking between the etheric body and the
    • on awaking and know to be identical with what enters through
    • soul content of the human being that in the higher waking
    • perception. As soon as we advance to thinking, something is
    • objective for this thinking, which is given for Imagination
    • consciousness, through which we pass in the waking condition
    • death by taking with us the most essential content of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • possess within our thinking activity merely in pictures, what
    • therefore only reflects something within our thinking
    • is a working, weaving, active web of thought. Indeed, it
    • the place where our subjective thinking also lies, for we
    • come right to the senses, in looking upon them as being what
    • thought to his past karma. Looking at man from the viewpoint
    • and thus forming a sensory world conception, in working over
    • systems, that is to say, in thinking out crystal systems in a
    • thinking.
    • in the life of soul we cannot simply separate thinking, feeling,
    • thinking, however, in subjective thinking, we are conscious
    • thinking? In a delicate way, the will lives in thinking,
    • particularly in subjective thinking. We must be clear,
    • therefore, that in thinking there lives on the one hand the
    • in thinking. Now, if the thoughts strike against us here (see
    • during our waking life. We do not see down below into the
    • thinking. Present-day natural scientific thinking does not
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • man's intimate inner life, taking its course in a threefold
    • form in such a way that the thinking aspect is situated
    • — and eight days ago we were speaking of this from
    • make man's physical life on earth comprehensible by asking
    • thinking, and how man eliminates everything in the way of
    • earth does not come about, a deepening of human thinking,
    • ensouled by one's taking the appropriate religious inwardness
    • kingdom where we are dependent on the star constellations
    • formerly, when we were in the kingdom of the archangeloi, the
    • for grasping or for walking — what makes of them organs
    • become capable of speaking about the spirit in all its
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • the other kingdoms. This, too, you may gather from my Occult
    • what is the mineral kingdom (see drawing
    • mineral kingdom that is also in the clouds — for there,
    • mineral kingdom intelligently, allowing our gaze to peruse
    • this mineral kingdom, we can say that in all this mineral
    • activity there is working inwardly that which constitutes the
    • for outer reasons — call the mineral kingdom a
    • non-living, dead kingdom: but we must also call it a dead
    • kingdom in the sense that at first the human thoughts, the
    • death, work into this mineral kingdom.
    • regarding the mineral kingdom that in this dead kingdom live
    • left are striking in their sureness of touch. When one
    • maya, speaking in general, in the abstract. When we explore
    • experienced from the working of the planetary world on his
    • taking place in the mother's body between the embryo and the
    • upon the animal consciousness as working back but must rather
    • into what is working in the human being and follow it out of
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, and willing in the spaces, as it were,
    • from the depths of our being. Thinking, feeling and willing
    • various ways with this working in the immediate present. In
    • forces working outside in earthly, physical nature destroy
    • human soul carries out in connection with it in thinking,
    • us as our life of soul, differentiated into thinking,
    • being. It is there that thinking weaves between the physical
    • our soul element (bright) in thinking, feeling, and willing.
    • The thinking separates, as it were, the physical body from
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • relationship to the world, a relationship that he is seeking
    • the soul element, I was able to describe to you how thinking
    • comprehended according to thinking, feeling, and willing only
    • shadows, making some mathematical calculations that proceed
    • must participate actively with his thinking; he prefers
    • attain through merely passive thinking what should be
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, then of course we find that
    • the thinking component, or what we experience directly as the
    • sleep and awaking. The will lives in us dully, and yet it
    • way, though dully. We can have a waking, conscious perception
    • existence. It can fill us only as we, in waking condition,
    • only abstract, pallid, intellectual thinking. Our pictorial
    • thinking, all of that we do not take along through death. A
    • waking state, then his inner experiences are formed by the
    • how this materialistic thinking sees nature as being all there is
    • believes that all thinking about the divine-spiritual is only
    • these chemical workings, these chemical etheric workings.
    • Chemical workings:
    • completely unrealistic way of looking at the matter. For let
    • living being. Then he experiences chemical workings in
    • then, different pictures from those of our waking life
    • that makes thinking so powerful that it is not merely a pale
    • of pure thinking that I have described in my
    • If we act freely out of pure thinking, however, such as I
    • if we really have in pure thinking the impulses for our actions,
    • thinking, to this intellectual thinking — in that it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • example, preserve it in our memory, making it therefore in a
    • which fills his waking consciousness. If man views his
    • waking mental images, then all this is not appearance; it is
    • appearance, which constitutes our waking life of perception,
    • human being in his waking condition was surrounded only by a
    • organs, and in short, everything that, symbolically speaking,
    • is necessary in order to develop freedom also by looking into
    • thinking. Just as much, however, as the human being lacks
    • passing through the portal of death without taking with him
    • way of looking at the beginning and end of the earth.
    • own human force, not only through the forces working out of
    • Christ. When speaking of Christ, the ancients pointed to the
    • a looking to Christ but a being filled with Christ.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture I: Supersensible Influences in Old Persian, Egyptian, and Greek Time
    Matching lines:
    • am speaking now, the process of inbreathing was extremely
    • now speaking, were able by way of these cosmic forms to pass from the
    • state of consciousness midway between waking and sleeping, it was
    • man during the night and during the clairvoyant periods of his waking
    • the whole character of the workings of the Spiritual on the earth
    • speaking. In a certain respect they were extraordinarily helpless and
    • meaning of a phenomenon as striking as that of the mummification of the
    • inbreathing and out-breathing. Looking back to those ancient times of
    • manifested, later on, in a more external form — looking back to
    • and whose head has a striking pose, the portrayal is good enough to
    • course, speaking metaphorically — perhaps he deliberately made
    • in studying history to picture the weaving and working of Spiritual
    • working in human deeds which have become increasingly free and we shall
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture II: The Education of Man through Modern Intellectualism, -or- Chartres and the Mysteries of the Templars
    Matching lines:
    • the human physical body. When the modern man is thinking, he has only
    • modern man is not conscious of the forces that are working in these
    • intellectualism, but he must spiritualise his thinking, he must bring
    • the intermediate state of consciousness between sleeping and waking to
    • Egypt by making use of the Spirits who had a dwelling-place in the
    • If, instead of speaking
    • that, when they are talking, their thoughts jostle to such an extent
    • that neither of them listens to the other; they are both always talking
    • anything at all is to result from it. The two men are really talking
    • to you, before speaking in the lecture tomorrow, about what must come
    • capable of looking into the spiritual world. He uses a strange picture
    • understandable, because in speaking of the spiritual we cannot speak as
    • been no Creation. Are you, therefore, taking your religion in earnest
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture III: The Revelation of the Spiritual World in Old Indian Culture, -or- Old Egypt
    Matching lines:
    • without taking history into account. You speak of what is happening
    • taking shape since primeval times.
    • nature, with the kingdoms of the animals, the plants and the minerals.
    • knowledge about these kingdoms of nature came to man from the Spirits
    • nature, on the kingdoms of the plants, animals and minerals, from the
    • kingdoms directly, but only indirectly, in this sense, that the
    • turn, obtained enlightenment about the kingdoms of the plants, animals
    • During the hours of night, however, when a man is not thinking, no
    • background, and are carried on more out of a liking to dabble in
    • Lodges working with ancient ceremonial forms, men of vision have been
    • thoughts naturally and need no such stimulus. But when they are working
    • when he was speaking of Goethe. Again and again when he was lecturing
    • on the works and biography of Goethe, a striking phrase would fall from
    • the first elements of intellectual thinking unfolded by mankind in the
    • though an angel were speaking. And in other domains too, in the
    • significance, taking place behind the veils of outer history, and they
    • making it possible, in this way, for forces from beyond the earth to
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture IV: The Egyptian Mysteries, Indian Yoga and Egyptian Mummy Cult
    Matching lines:
    • SPEAKING to you about the secrets connected with the mummy and
    • Looking upwards to the world of stars, we see the moon as our nearest
    • in the mother's body through the combined working of the whole universe
    • would have spoken to his pupils just as I am speaking to you now,
    • organism, not in the brain itself. Whereas the working of the external
    • taking shape there as the breath passes onwards, is a form like the
    • waking life. Observation of the etheric body gives the feeling that
    • world seeing someone working with a machine or tool, say for cutting
    • rock and breaking his skull. If the real truth were told, one would, of
    • senses, everything that is present in the kingdoms of minerals, plants,
    • plants, animals, clouds, the forces working in wind and weather and
    • animal kingdoms will disintegrate in the universe, but the perfected
    • The kingdom of plants, of animals, of minerals, all that lives in wind
    • aspect and historical happenings must reveal to us the workings
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture V: Modern Abstract Thinking and Living Thinking of Future Times, -or- The Idea of Metamorphosis and the Repeated Lives on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • Modern Abstract Thinking and Living Thinking of Future Times, or
    • Thinking again of
    • namely, the theme of ordinary human thinking, how this thought-activity
    • is exercised by man, how he gradually unfolds the faculty of thinking
    • thinking, this intellectual activity, is a kind of inner corpse of the
    • soul. Thinking, as exercised by the human being in earthly life, is
    • thinking, of human thought, is that it cannot, of itself, have become
    • in the life of soul, is our human thinking. Those who have known best
    • deathlike character of abstract thinking. I need only remind you of the
    • comparison with this inwardly mobile, live thinking, which quickened
    • the abstract thinking of later times is veritably a corpse. Nietzsche
    • possible to experience thinking as a living reality and not believe in
    • the pre-earthly existence of man. To experience living thinking is just
    • experienced living thinking — and this applies to Greek
    • thinking of the East wherewith it was known that man comes down from
    • spiritual worlds into earth-existence, and the thinking that is a
    • in the East, men experienced living thinking. But the Egyptian sage was
    • experience of living thinking had faded away, was no longer within his
    • grasp, and abstract thinking had not yet begun. A substitute was
    • thinking. It was from the human corpse that dead thinking first came
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture VI: Spiritual InFluence in History, -or- Pope Nicholas I
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking, to begin with,
    • understanding what was working more or less unconsciously through human
    • undertaking linked, as they felt, with the most sacred concerns of the
    • about the birth of the Crusades, and we cannot help asking ourselves:
    • What impulses were working in the hearts and souls of Europeans at that
    • making their way, in a much modified and changed form, across Southern
    • coming of the three Magi or Kings from the East. With their knowledge
    • there by the noble King Titurel; he built a Temple for the Chalice and
    • Looking over to the East
    • thinking.
    • Looking from the Rome of Pope Nicholas I towards the West, danger
    • loomed. Looking towards the East, again danger. The stream outspread in
    • the East and making its way far into Europe was seen, in reality, as a
    • arose, taking hold of the religious and also the scientific life of
    • himself to the workings of his etheric body? — Just as in the
    • experience the inner nature and working of their own etheric
    • counterpart, the Round Table of King Arthur. There men did feel the
    • esoteric stream itself takes on a materialistic mode of thinking, that
    • mode of thinking which in later metamorphosis becomes the materialism
    • is what drives men over to Asia, seeking for what they had lost in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture I: The Spirit-Seed of Man's Physical Organism
    Matching lines:
    • Walking, Speaking and Thinking,
    • through the taking of food. When we are living between death
    • From the time of going to sleep until that of waking, we have a
    • of existence is that thinking gradually begins to
    • permeate feeling and will, making them more mature.
    • Thinking, on the other hand, is developed by the child only on
    • faculties of walking and speaking, which in reality are
    • acquired before the faculty of thinking.
    • through walking, speaking, and thinking, what a tremendously
    • being by taking substances from the parents — is endowed
    • in the spiritual world. These three faculties are: thinking,
    • speaking, and walking — which are essentially
    • us take walking, and everything that is related to it. I might
    • walking, and when a tiny child begins to raise itself upright,
    • Walking, then, is connected with the force of gravity. It is,
    • with whom he is then working. This is how he finds his
    • taking place between death and a new birth.
    • Logos is speaking within us.
    • world), he is not organized for thinking or speaking in the
    • earthly sense, nor for walking in the earthly sense, when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture II: Moral Qualities and the Life After Death. Windows of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • waking state, where the ordinary consciousness of modern man
    • functions, the two sides are related through thinking, through
    • were, into the etheric body and the physical body, thinking,
    • when man is asleep, thinking, feeling, and willing cease. But
    • begin with, we turn our gaze upon the plant-world. Speaking in
    • plants is going on, spiritual events are also taking place. In
    • as physical processes, are everywhere permeated by workings of
    • face, then indeed the eyes of our soul are looking right
    • Sun, of which we say, outwardly speaking, that it sends its
    • the Sun penetrate into the plants, making them green, making
    • into the plants, making them verdant’ — but we shall have
    • growing from it, coming to blossom, you have there the working
    • consciousness are so dull and lacking in vitality that these
    • distances of the Universe. Indeed without speaking
    • sleep and waking — that stores itself up during the
    • artists even in their thinking. The logic we are generally at
    • strictly regulated in the sense that thinking and feeling are
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture III: Man's Relation to the World of the Stars
    Matching lines:
    • man lives in the alternating conditions of waking and sleeping,
    • we must first be clear that it is in the waking state that his
    • forces is actually established. During waking life he perceives
    • waking and sleeping states. But they differ in the two states.
    • during waking life and breathing during sleep. To begin with we
    • outer world during the waking state through his senses and
    • us then start from the fact that during his waking state man
    • must not be forgotten that while, in the waking state, after
    • is also the case that during the waking state, man's Ego and
    • fettered to the Earth through the fact that during the waking
    • inner processes taking place in man during sleep would have not
    • take their course during waking life.
    • of the higher kingdoms of the Universe. His bodies, the
    • then in the condition between falling asleep and waking, these
    • sleep and waking.
    • is exposed between going to sleep and waking. He is actually
    • speaking it is a fact that man does not carry over at all, or
    • succeeded in making a man assume an etheric body that is not
    • his normal one, then, instead of bringing the lawful working of
    • accustomed etheric body on waking, such a man bears into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture IV: Rhythms of Earthly and Spiritual Life. Love, Memory, the Moral Life
    Matching lines:
    • with the beings of the three kingdoms of Nature. Basically
    • speaking, everything in his earthly environment belongs to one
    • of the three kingdoms of Nature — to the mineral or the
    • plant or the animal kingdom, or indeed the physical human
    • kingdom, which in this particular connection can be taken as
    • belonging to the animal kingdom.
    • communion with the beings of the three kingdoms of Nature. What
    • environment, is also related to these three kingdoms of Nature.
    • what his senses convey to him from the three kingdoms of
    • entities belonging to the three kingdoms of Nature, we feel
    • saying, ‘I pick the flower.’ But if this way of speaking were
    • obliterating through our cosmic consciousness all thinking and
    • waking life, so between death and a new birth there must be
    • faculties in man's earthly life as walking, speaking, and
    • thinking are transformations of certain activities in
    • What we experience in pre-earthly existence in working together
    • going to sleep and waking. Nevertheless, as I have already
    • from the time of going to sleep to that of waking we were to
    • it into consciousness, then every time on waking we should want
    • sleep and waking, must accustom himself to an act of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture V: Human Faculties and Their Connections with Elemental Beings
    Matching lines:
    • could not be. Again, when you are looking at a statue it
    • speaking of this I come today to a domain of Spiritual Science
    • them in their thinking. But it is misplaced gratitude, for
    • there is a whole kingdom of beings who support us in our
    • Ahrimanic kingdom, but who have an altogether remarkable
    • Ahrimanic realm, to the elemental kingdoms, and therefore are
    • everywhere, that is present just as the Nature-kingdoms are
    • promote enthusiasm for art, but again there is a kingdom of
    • beings too belong to the elemental Nature-kingdoms, and we must
    • experience of this beautiful speaking — but it must be
    • really beautiful speaking, genuine oratory, and we must
    • misunderstand this whole kingdom. For after all, why do these
    • other beings in the elemental kingdoms of the spiritual world
    • foundations which need the three spiritual kingdoms I have
    • ocean of ugliness. And the Good needs a kingdom of beings who
    • the good — for this, three such elemental kingdoms are
    • normal elemental kingdoms — that is, the kingdoms of the
    • of crystals, but rather in the breaking up of everything
    • the three kingdoms of Nature on the Earth; picture all the
    • keeping to their own element and not looking upwards to what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture VI: Spiritualization of Knowledge of Space. The Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • real home to be what he called the Kingdom of Light, the
    • Kingdom to which he belongs between death and rebirth, and he
    • Kingdom of Light. He wishes to fight against those beings who
    • Kingdom of Light may not be hampered by these dark beings; he
    • Kingdom of Light. And if we then pass on to the Egyptian and
    • the beings of the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms.
    • kingdoms of Nature upon Earth, but to know it in such a way
    • which still give a faint picture of the kind of thinking that
    • soul, in the scene where Wagner is working in his laboratory to
    • condition of rest taking their share in cosmic happenings. This
    • That something is taking place in Time is quite clear, but the
    • his thinking. And today this thinking in terms of Space has
    • Space ‘devotees’ among us often cause difficulties by making
    • belittle, let alone reject, the mode of thinking engendered in
    • this mode of thinking in which, as you know, Space is the
    • must shed light into them by its way of looking at things.
    • Inwardly considered, what is it that we are seeking to achieve?
    • thinking. When the Gods looked down to the Earth they beheld
    • perspective. But thinking in dimensions, if I may put it so, is
    • human kind into these domains. Hence human thinking has become
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture VII: Inner Processes in the Human Organism
    Matching lines:
    • Sense-Perception, Breathing, Sleeping, Waking, Memory.
    • means become aware of the processes taking place in those
    • outer perception were taking place, we should never be able to
    • merely thinking actively in our ordinary consciousness.
    • sense-organs, but speaking generally it may be said that this
    • supersensible Beings is working and weaving, passing in and
    • see, when our astral body between waking and falling asleep
    • alternating states of waking and sleeping life.
    • every twenty-four hours between waking and sleeping.
    • Consequently between going to sleep and waking the astral body
    • waking and going to sleep it is related only to what goes on
    • or these two processes: the astral body between waking and
    • to sleep and waking in connection with the outer world, no
    • with his astral body between sleeping and waking.
    • something else, namely the moment of waking. The moment of
    • waking is as it were something that is more intense, more
    • world making an impression upon my eye. When I close my eyes I
    • infinitely often during the waking life of day, in connection
    • astral body as I do on waking, only then my whole organism is
    • involved as a totality. On waking I draw back my whole astral
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture I: Midsummer and Midwinter Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • Looking back into very ancient times we find that the Mysteries
    • between those of full sleep and waking, in states where dreams
    • Mysteries were working at the development of a wisdom composed
    • his own activity of thinking. He forms chains of thoughts in
    • product of his own thinking. The man of olden times
    • other Beings are thinking — Beings who are higher
    • all too easy for the Luciferic powers to invade man's thinking
    • Those who were capable of thinking in this way in the epoch of
    • When therefore we are looking at the root of a plant, or even
    • the right sense. By looking back over the evolution of humanity
    • seeking for knowledge of the world in ancient times, men
    • relation of man to the universe by looking upwards to the Sun
    • times. But it once pleased a French King (whom even history
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture II: The Mysteries of Man's Nature and the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • indicated yesterday, namely, by looking back over the process
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture III: From Man's Living Together with the Course of Cosmic Existence Arises the Cosmic Cult
    Matching lines:
    • the one side, man's life of thinking and feeling is confronted
    • of this way of thinking have said that a man believes himself
    • given here that the natural scientific thinking of the modern
    • ‘necessity’ do we find in man's thinking. Even in early Greek
    • necessity, the working of forces, and these, in their whole
    • being done by spiritual forces working with purposes and aims
    • forces; and just as today, when his thinking is in line with
    • anthroposophical thinking.
    • naturalists. They fight shy of taking into account the
    • interworking of the details, he will never be able to build up
    • brain and then we have another relative whole; taking the two
    • processes taking place in the plants and also in the minerals
    • phenomena. They form a whole, just as the processes taking
    • Speaking in what sounds a rather trivial way, but you will
    • us begin by thinking of the cycle of the year. Reviewing
    • change so quickly that the minute changes taking place from
    • state and the waking state. We know that during the waking
    • waking life, the following comes to light. When the Ego and the
    • be found in external Nature in the mineral and plant kingdoms
    • period of sleeping and waking life, we have before us in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture IV: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • patient devotion to the taking of these steps which must bring
    • that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • thinking, feeling, and will.
    • help in what they were seeking and could only find where
    • anthroposophical Spiritual Science is making its way into the
    • must not be drawn into the forms of thinking and ideation
    • Taking for granted therefore that the Anthroposophical Movement
    • Anthroposophical Movement, and so on. Taking into account the
    • If he were to do so, he would be working for two ends: firstly,
    • working together must take place in the right way. In
    • — working for the destruction of the Anthroposophical
  • Title: Spiritual Knowledge is a True Communion, the Beginning of a Cosmic Cult Suitable for Men of the Present Age
    Matching lines:
    • simultaneous Summer influences working in another region, the
    • the same in our waking life. As long as man is awake, his
    • Winter working together in man, not turning away from one
    • and physiology. Say, for example, we are walking. There is
    • expression of the spiritual events taking place within him,
    • there is not one set of natural laws, but two, working
    • the soul and spirit of man, unaffected by the working of Nature
    • and as it were, burn them up. This is walking man, with the
    • crumbles during his waking hours. There is a sort of plant-like
    • begins with the taking in of mineral and vegetable matter. The
    • which, during our waking moments while our physical and etheric
    • waking hours the Winter condition of the physical and etheric
    • have actually the present only in waking hours in our
    • inworking of a past, a past moreover that was spent in the
    • mineral and vegetable kingdoms exactly what we see in man. In
    • external Nature, altogether lacking in astral thought, as well
    • vegetable kingdoms make her, she would be doomed to die, in the
    • Conception, that such thinking represents the spiritual
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture I: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • the sea, a lake served the purpose; and lacking this as well,
    • memory was gradually taking shape, the awareness of the
    • Century, instead of seeking Christ in the Sun from the Mystery
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture II: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • Harking back to
    • be asking too much of anyone to admit that at any given period of his
    • imagine he is looking into himself. But in reality he is not.
    • before me; but is it not childish to imagine I am looking into the
    • house when I am only looking at this pile of rubbish? Yet that is the
    • moment the neophyte learned this looking inward he experienced
    • kingdoms of Nature from their spiritual aspect before descending to
    • everything connected with thinking. Seen from without, the head is
    • of his organs of thinking, feeling and willing; he learned about the
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture III: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday, it was possible to get beyond looking outward and
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture IV: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • what they heard, as though the goddess were speaking, was
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture I: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • While this memory was taking shape, awareness of Christ's
    • seeking Christ in the sun from a Mystery temple, now look back
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture II: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • prehistoric times of which we have been speaking, the effects
    • sun forces, the Christ forces looking down upon them through
    • making something of themselves here on earth.
    • Mysteries the sun forces could be reached only by looking up
    • yet to be achieved. Today it would be asking too much of people
    • dissect a human corpse and imagine we are looking into
    • with the kingdoms of nature from their spiritual aspect before
    • could learn not only by looking inside with his eyes and
    • with respect to the organs of thinking, feeling, and willing;
    • speaking, which is the only one I can use, been comprehensible
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture III: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • explore the mysteries of speech by asking the moon-beings about
    • conscious of taking leave for a while of their physical bodies
    • Rather than looking within themselves and knowing that
    • christophor looking at the sun from his newly-gained
    • sun, making the following Sunday Easter. Our method for fixing
    • center to Mystery center seeking knowledge, were able to have
    • be a ceremony of burial, one that goads us into working, just
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture IV: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • B.C., king of Macedonia 336–323,
    • are looking at a crystal clear night sky, allowing your
    • your life, you read it. Physically speaking, what precisely did
    • because impulses are now working their way in from the cosmos
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 1: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • of the inner soul-forces, the waking of sight. This
    • because the Christ rose higher than the souls of those seeking
    • who lived in the 8th century, instead of looking out from the
    • with this the direct connection linking it with the festival of
    • with the greatest intensity. When looking on the death of the
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 2: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • is easy for him to see how, when looking to earthly forces,
    • kindly feeling of love for these Father-forces, a looking up to
    • of which we are speaking the action of the sun and that of the
    • science can discover — I would like to ask, taking for
    • compulsion. It is the Christ-force looking down on me through
    • of making something out of himself — the Sun- or
    • Generally speaking, all sense of their connection with the sun
    • kingdoms of Nature; he knew them from their spiritual side
    • The neophyte seeking initiation then said to himself: Thou
    • was important that those seeking initiation in the second
    • sinking down into himself
    • fourth. It affected the man seeking initiation in the following
    • outside him. It was clearly explained to those seeking
    • least to understand what men seeking initiation experienced in
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 3: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • just been speaking. He then lived with speech, not as formed by
    • when looking at Nature, sees only that which works
    • only those people who, seeking wisdom, journeyed like
    • part of him, by looking to his resurrection in the spiritual
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 4: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • Making use of a modern expression, one might
    • can venture to say that, when those taking part in the Mystery
    • enforced the J O A, making of it eh v,
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture One: Seership and Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • Ways of thinking and the corresponding spiritual and social structures
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • gives an account of the activity of these groups working behind the scenes
    • thinking, is not the outcome of man's arbitrary
    • evolution know that, fundamentally speaking, in all earlier
    • the heritage of the Old Moon clairvoyance was working in
    • majority of human beings had lost the faculty of looking into
    • in those olden times, when full waking consciousness of the
    • dead who had been near him during life. In the waking state a
    • only upon the thinking. The reason why so many people avoid
    • philosophy is because they do not like thinking. And
    • otherwise sinking below the surface were quickened to life.
    • get to the point of thinking to any great extent about what
    • was seen, for their seership sufficed. But now, thinking too
    • times man was occupied with his visions and thinking lay, as
    • directly through their vision. Thinking first began to affect
    • also in very ancient Greek culture when thinking, still
    • In those times, thinking was not the laboured process it is
    • only. — Nothing special is to be gained by looking at a
    • into materialism? Dare we simply look on while this is taking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Two: Mediumistic Methods
    Matching lines:
    • Ways of thinking and the corresponding spiritual and social structures
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • gives an account of the activity of these groups working behind the scenes
    • our Movement. You know that outwardly we began by linking
    • of super-sensible perception — to investigate by making
    • The middle party were in favour of making exoteric the
    • He had indicated that this individuality was John King by
    • Olcott speaks in a remarkable way about this John King. He
    • in the Occult Movement. It was this same John King who, by
    • speaking, retained its Indian trend. Although no longer with
    • King, the Indian trend persisted. What I have now described
    • own self-seeking interests? And if it is God who acts in
    • this other rolls on further, we think of the striking of
    • the second by the first as analogous to the striking effect
    • conceived as thoroughly human in his thinking and
    • whose origin does not lie in thinking. This — in his
    • Theosophy, in so far as it is carried into earnest thinking
    • Coming of Christ. At the time of which I am speaking, she
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Three: Materialism of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • Ways of thinking and the corresponding spiritual and social structures
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • gives an account of the activity of these groups working behind the scenes
    • thinking, man could not possibly arrive even at a
    • through the spirit — for thinking is possible only for
    • also essential here is to reflect about thinking.
    • genuine thinking will not admit the existence. But ever and
    • her! With a trained physicist — and I am not speaking
    • century: Atomism is an assumption, a working hypothesis which
    • day-waking consciousness only; but if a man thinks of the
    • again on waking, he will have a peculiar experience. During
    • them during his waking life; in the act of waking he feels
    • of waking is much more complicated than can be conveyed in a
    • Thinking is an activity that is carried over by the ego and
    • cause of consciousness is that in acts of thinking I
    • who consciously experiences the process of waking; when he
    • does. At the moment of waking man dives down into
    • get behind it. Similarly, at the moment of waking a man comes
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Four: The Attempt Made by the Occultists to Avert the Lapse into Materialism
    Matching lines:
    • Ways of thinking and the corresponding spiritual and social structures
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • gives an account of the activity of these groups working behind the scenes
    • brain-racking.
    • very striking fact, a fact which caused the right-wing
    • world. But a man can be a materialist in his way of thinking
    • making a distinction between the representatives of the two
    • fast to the thread of thinking. Without this far-reaching
    • thinking, materialism cannot be surmounted. But if Ahriman
    • head produced a thoroughly materialistic kind of thinking but
    • present in him. He therefore had every aptitude for seeking
    • speaking penetrate into the life of soul and colour the
    • were really intent upon seeking the spiritual world. And that
    • from materialistic thinking and not easily fathomed. —
    • that in regard to his evolution he stands under the workings
    • work, intent upon making the one or the other influence
    • mineral kingdom was added for the first time during the Earth
    • kingdoms is the mineral element that has been impregnated
    • itself the mineral kingdom, to be mineralised, as it were.
    • it might not work in the old way. And so when speaking of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Five: The Eighth Sphere
    Matching lines:
    • Ways of thinking and the corresponding spiritual and social structures
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • gives an account of the activity of these groups working behind the scenes
    • physically speaking, spatially speaking, from the same place.
    • to say, a transition of the third elemental kingdom —
    • kingdom took place. The mineral element was added. Otherwise
    • is our organ of thinking, the brain and the skull, and there
    • substance is sent over into the Eighth Sphere is taking place
    • cannot penetrate it with his thinking, everything that is the
    • working as nature; it is there that Jahve has outpoured in
    • the dead were speaking to them. But the occultists then knew
    • dead were alleged to be speaking. Lucifer and Ahriman could
    • when they saw what course things were taking and they took
    • day through his thinking that atoms do not exist — so
    • that will not be very fertile soil. But human thinking can
    • making decisions through their own power of judgment, they
    • us is that, fundamentally speaking, the occult life in its
    • possible for the forces working against our
    • myself to say I am breaking no oath, and violating no
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Six: The Dangers of Aberation Along the Path into the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • Ways of thinking and the corresponding spiritual and social structures
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • gives an account of the activity of these groups working behind the scenes
    • thinking of the whole course of human life from birth until
    • has not succeeded in making this evident. Truths relating to
    • he is not speaking of the physical blood but of what
    • but that while external nourishment is taking place, extracts
    • thinking shall never be neglected. You know that life
    • kind are used with the intent of shaking the truth to its
    • is furnished for provoking hatred against the Movement.
    • is no more plausible way of attacking our Movement than by
    • nature of our Movement, must be based upon making the
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Seven: Investigation of the Life between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • Ways of thinking and the corresponding spiritual and social structures
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • gives an account of the activity of these groups working behind the scenes
    • the needs of the present age, taking into consideration all
    • was necessary to give a different form to the way of working
    • exercise great reserve, speaking of them only when they could
    • speaking of the first years of the life between death and a
    • from taking root among men. You will know from your own
    • approach by asking, for example: What is the best way to find
    • Or an awakening can take place in waking life itself. But
    • between waking and sleeping, man always remembers the periods
    • of his waking life. In what does his life really consist?
    • Waking, daily life, sleeping; waking, daily life, sleeping
    • waking life is full of such remembrances. But it is different
    • consider the life that embraces both sleeping and waking,
    • is much more active during sleep than during waking life.
    • corresponds to what goes on in our waking life when we make
    • death, the remembrances we have of the waking life now ended
    • has actually tested and verified, this kind of talking goes
    • into the physical world are working there; we discover that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Eight: The Purpose of the Use of Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • Ways of thinking and the corresponding spiritual and social structures
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • gives an account of the activity of these groups working behind the scenes
    • Spiritual Science. Right thinking is essential here. It must
    • the right wing are wholly against making public anything
    • century, it can be said that the Orders working with
    • of thinking, and especially of the proclivities consequent
    • followed up in your own thinking and experience, and also in
    • striking. But the attention of one who has absorbed something
    • this by speaking of Dante's destiny. Dante was banished
    • their hidden working.
    • of his subconsciousness were gradually making him into a man
    • make us more capable of clear thinking and the like than we
    • pre-eminently interested in making them very astute, very
    • degenerated into mere straw, lacking all real substance. On
    • consist in taking secrets of some Order as there preserved,
    • and making them exoteric. If that were to be done — and
    • it would amount to my taking some ancient secrets of an Order
    • good could come. This means that the making public of any
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Nine: Investigation of the Mineral World
    Matching lines:
    • Ways of thinking and the corresponding spiritual and social structures
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • gives an account of the activity of these groups working behind the scenes
    • you that, fundamentally speaking, the appearance of
    • acquires that which, fundamentally speaking, he must acquire
    • enters, to begin with, into the kingdom of Ahriman and his
    • nevertheless. Fundamentally speaking, they render humanity
    • kind of thinking and intelligence; they have feeling,
    • are working all the time within us. They are always there
    • what I have been speaking about. It would without any doubt
    • thinking, feeling and willing. But in the form in which this
    • our own soul as thinking, feeling and willing; the true
    • reality lies behind this thinking, feeling and
    • bodies at pains to indicate that the thinking, feeling and
    • thinking, feeling and willing which are themselves of the
    • to us. When we die, our thinking, feeling and willing do not
    • reincarnated with new thinking, new feeling, new will, and a
    • our soul here on Earth, we are speaking of something that
    • soul which comes to expression in thinking, feeling and
    • actions and trend of thinking these pastors of souls
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Ten: Human Consciousness between Objective and Subjective Reality
    Matching lines:
    • Ways of thinking and the corresponding spiritual and social structures
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • gives an account of the activity of these groups working behind the scenes
    • consciousness of which we have been speaking during the past
    • own life of soul, of our thinking, feeling and willing. The
    • thinking, feeling and willing in their human form, to
    • against making too great an advance towards the one side or
    • power working objectively in a realm outside the souls of
    • speaking trumpets. It is extremely important to keep this in
    • takes full advantage of moments when, in full waking life, a
    • thinking, not simply skimming over things in thought as is
    • habits of speech, we are not exercising thinking — even
    • due strength of will is lacking, ideas arise which a man
    • thinking is materialistic, who acquire no understanding of
    • the need for strenuous thinking. Equally I have been obliged
    • the way in which we have been working for fifteen years, you
    • organism. And thinking of it as such we may also say that it
    • a dread of really exact thinking and yet wishes to enter the
    • within him — and instead of thinking, instead of his
    • try more and more to make our thinking conform with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture X: Disputa of Raphael - the School of Athens
    Matching lines:
    • to this we observe that these individuals are taking part in
    • something descending from above. As a result we see, by looking
    • step to looking into the higher worlds. If we say: up to the
    • permeate their Christian thinking with highly spiritual
    • being stuck, yet still working in a chaotic, indefinable way
    • on the basic saying of the Gospels: “My Kingdom is not of
    • The West depended on reversing the sentence: “My Kingdom
    • Kingdom of Christ in this world. As a result we see Europe had
    • from the sentence “My Kingdom is not of this World”
    • by actually constituting a worldly kingdom, a kingdom for
    • Roman pope gradually became the one to say: My Kingdom is the
    • Kingdom of Christ; but this Kingdom of Christ is from this
    • world; we have constituted it in such a way that this Kingdom
    • that Christ's kingdom was not one which could be based on the
    • the same time existed something of the spiritual kingdom.
    • if at all possible; such a kingdom, such an empire — not
    • under the signature: My kingdom is of this world and this
    • kingdom will increasingly become more of this world. However
    • this kingdom which is of this world was founded nearly from the
    • Raphael. Raphael, even when he was looking around in the outer
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XI: Fourth and Fifth Post-Atlantean Epochs, Medieval Art in the Middle, West, and South of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • an interest in relating stories, an interest in the working of
    • human souls. During the centuries we've been talking about,
    • taking place here, born in the human soul, binding the soul
    • us visualize this flowering of city freedom — by roughly taking
    • depths. See for yourself how those angel faces looking up are
    • 239 Stephan Lochner: Adoration of the kings, section:
    • inner feelings. He didn't depict them by looking at a model.
    • an ongoing journey, because the saints are taking a trip, they
    • will become even clearer for you, what I've just been speaking
    • characterized this way and not by working with perspective does
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XII: Greek and Early Christian Art, Symbolic Signs, the Mystery of Gold
    Matching lines:
    • future considerations; I'm thinking of the next time when it
    • Offerings of the Kings”:
    • Still today an echo of this urban working with gold and
    • during the great synthesis taking place between Roman elements
    • the incorporation of the symbols into the working of the gold
    • ornamental, linking the magic of the symbols to the sub-nature.
    • the naturalistic depiction of spiritualised nature taking the
    • and later became seen as the interworking of darkness and
    • artistic expression of this interworking between the olden and
    • spirituality working in outer reality. In the 5th
    • feelings but have a heart for the monstrous events taking place
    • terrible events which flash through the present. By thinking in
    • geography, making geography plausible to the soul, the heart,
    • working together in Regensburg a blossoming later as in the
    • comprehended things, even thinking of the direction of the wind
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XIII: The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    Matching lines:
    • When we start looking for the starting point of when people in
    • certain degree in the minds of those looking at the content of
    • speaking from an artistic point of view. So much has been
    • universe, but that through their thinking they considered the
    • were adopted. By contrast all that was working in the soul, the
    • with the individuality, how the one is working against the
    • which we have been speaking about. Exactly as a result of this
    • been speaking about.
    • you. Just by taking these images of Christ in various biblical
    • forces working from the beginning, which are then taken up as
    • but it is already in it. It is again working from the
  • Title: Golden Blade, 1962: Lecture 1: Natural Science and Its Boundaries
    Matching lines:
    • worlds depends upon a man himself deliberately undertaking
    • perceptions, and with thinking, feeling and willing.
    • another person. In speaking of these three faculties:
    • shall be speaking to you some time on this subject
    • without seeking for anything behind it. He guided the stream of
    • working with the mantras had brought the soul to the point of
    • inner, not an outer, authority. (Fundamentally speaking,
    • only with egoism and lacking in love, this is a pathological
    • when a man is seeking for Inspiration in the way I have
    • speech and of thinking, the path leading to the Ego of the
    • very well indeed — who were seeking for the
    • ... we are speaking here among grown-ups ... he washed
    • viewed with scepticism. Fundamentally speaking, it is the
    • sought his wisdom more by sublimating the forces working in the
    • with pure thinking, with clear, keen thinking, so that finally
    • through with all the clear thinking of which you have become
    • This book is a modest but real attempt to achieve pure thinking,
    • that pure thinking in which the Ego can live and maintain a firm
    • footing. Then, when this pure thinking has been achieved, we can
    • endeavour to do something else. This thinking that is now left
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Golden Blade, 1962: Lecture 2: Paths to the Spirit in East and West
    Matching lines:
    • bridge linking him with his fellows. He preferred to avoid the
    • speaking, thinking and ego-perception. I showed
    • speaking. Other soul forces have emerged, so that it is not
    • way of spiritual development. A reactionary harking back
    • reader to co-operate by thinking for himself.
    • lacking. If he cannot do this, he is not reading
    • this kind of thinking has freed him from dependence on the
    • thinking really is.”
    • pure thinking does not exist, but is bound to contain
    • without the remotest understanding of mathematical thinking.
    • least the spirit of mathematical thinking. Goethe's
    • Let us imagine a reader who simply sets about working through
    • phenomena, so that we absorb them without thinking about them.
    • In ordinary waking life, you will agree, we are constantly
    • permeating out perceptions with concepts. Scientific thinking
    • acquiring a capacity for the kind of thinking that gradually
    • follow when forming concepts, but by working on our perceptions
    • kinds of sensory impressions. As our thinking gets to work on
    • and sound impressions unconsciously, they were working
    • speech and our ego-perception and making them
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture I: Star Wisdom, Moon Religion, Sun Religion
    Matching lines:
    • This was a truly epoch-making teaching. For the Star Wisdom had been
    • influence working in the process of the birth of a human being is
    • that of the Moon, so the influence working in Christ Jesus is that of
    • power working in the person of the Pope. The power of worldly
    • Most of the really epoch-making discoveries were made by monks (the
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture II: The Easter Festival and Its Background
    Matching lines:
    • all be trained to read with their finger-tips by making them touch
    • making it more delicate.
    • fixed by asking: When does spring begin? March 21st is always the
    • the forces of the Moon. Between the leaves, the Moon is working. So
    • forces working in alternation. In a field of growing plants we behold
    • character, come from the Sun. I told you this when we were speaking
    • had been harvested and the grape picking was over, when winter was
    • Easter Festival. — This kind of thinking was already an outcome
    • truths. — I mentioned this when we were speaking about the
    • really signifies; and to-day people have come to the point of asking:
    • world; for three days after death he is still looking back on the
    • Everything in the universe is alive. In thinking of the Easter
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture III: Characteristics of Judaism
    Matching lines:
    • thinking.” Man's life of soul was quite different. To-day you
    • fact that they never get away from their abstract thinking. It is
    • both pray to this one God to bring them victory, they are asking the
    • both. Generally speaking, men are very lax about clarity of thought
    • living in all the phenomena of nature; God the Son, working in man's
    • obvious of all in one particular field. Fundamentally speaking, Christians
    • abstract thinking. This abstract, Jehovistic medicine fits in with
    • their whole mode of thinking. Anthroposophy alone, in that it takes
    • kingdom there. He was, and still is, taking a very active part in the
    • people are averse to making any picture or image of the
    • and heartbreaking to read how in the Middle Ages the Jews lived in the
    • this suggest to the materialistic thinking of to-day? It suggests an
    • people. Thinking of the different peoples, we say: Indians —
    • are made — by people talking among themselves.) The second man
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmic Workings In Earth and Man
    • blood flowing rightly through the body and, moreover, taking a
    • striking impression. It is red, it contains all sorts of substances
    • working into the earthly. You see the same thing in the eye, it is a
    • told you that recently we have been making researches in our
    • harmful practice of making children learn everything with the left
    • earth-forces are working on the side upon which one very frequently
    • somewhere or other shows us with what forces she is working. When one
    • those people who are lacking in these substances. Through the nose in
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmic Workings In Earth and Man
    • see, the whole of universal space is working.
    • therefore that when they are working to-day out there in the mountains,
    • continually sinking in the very regions where these polyps are
    • working in universal space.
    • arose through the in-working of heavenly forces and died out. Then
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmic Workings In Earth and Man
    • plant kingdom; they are of course present in other foodstuffs, too, but
    • man's life. The most common form, of course, is cooking salt,
    • reach the brain if we are to be capable of thinking. If a person is so
    • absolutely essential. The spirit working as the creative power in
    • nature needs substance. And if spirit is prevented from making use of
    • his speech. And so we may say: the salts work mainly upon thinking.
    • The carbohydrates work, for example, upon speaking and the organic
    • outside. When he is awake and the astral body is working in the
    • During waking life, fat acts as a constant lubricant; during sleep,
    • during what is called his waking life — although it really
    • evidence to us all that the whole process of digestion is taking
    • digestion, properly speaking, has to take place in the brain. When we
    • potatoes, it becomes incapable of thinking in the real sense,
    • the purpose of really active thinking and little by little man loses
    • incapable of genuinely spiritual thinking. It is through the front
    • happened is that really deep and inward thinking began to wane in
    • thinking, can easily be imposed upon. The potato as a foodstuff is
    • Thinking
    • astral body and the “I” are still only making their way
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmic Workings In Earth and Man
    • and waking; the regular rhythm of breathing, circulation of the
    • can literally bellow when he is talking, you need not worry whether
    • is lacking. Man's need of iron for his free will is shown
    • in us that has to do with thinking. For soda is sodium carbonate
    • that is connected with our thinking, with our head, with our inner light,
    • serves the process of the taking of nourishment. And so there is: a
    • and the Mars forces are not working well together. Mars creates in us
    • think about what did. But a man who is always thinking about things
    • so general nowadays. It is crippled thinking ... after all, when
    • people continuously lie what is it but crippled thinking!
    • it is not the iron which is lacking, or the chlorine, but the trouble
    • when the two cannot come together one needs to strengthen the working
    • it is a matter of looking for something which is not just at the end
    • than his nose. (Those people to-day who are always looking through
    • ordinary iron. Why? The connections can only be discovered by looking
    • when something is inwardly lacking in a human being — as
    • is connected with an irregular working of Mercury in the organism. If
    • something is outwardly lacking, this is connected with an irregular
    • working of Mars.
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmic Workings In Earth and Man
    • soon as our cerebellum is not in full working order, we become
    • able to follow its working right into the sap. It is really so.
    • dangerous. It is shocking when there are only geologists, botanists,
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmic Workings In Earth and Man
    • speaking about the insects recently, we heard
    • its own specific way of working. Arsenic is sometimes used to destroy
    • living there begin by taking tiny quantities of arsenic without any
    • very striking contradiction! Such contradictions are to be found not
    • only in human thinking — which as a rule is full of them
    • course, live without drinking
    • alternate in waking life, only the alternation is so rapid that it is
    • there is a constant swing: waking, sleeping; waking, sleeping. And
    • tiny quantity of arsenic, or if he is in the habit of taking such a
    • because he is taking it already) then the astral body begins to be
    • body is more active than it was before, when he was taking no arsenic.
    • someone who was once in the habit of taking arsenic and then is
    • rid of the habit of taking arsenic. They collapse before they reach
    • when a baby is drinking the lukewarm mother's milk, one of the
    • body. And this drinking of black coffee really means that every time
    • the taking of food because it actually works
    • The habit of drinking coffee fulfils a useful purpose, for it helps
    • they feel extremely comfortable. And so the drinking of spirits
    • the blood. Speaking quite generally, therefore, it can be said that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Schücking. Sehen Sie, die Leute
    • müsse. Schücking sagte zum Beispiel: Ja,
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture I: Cimabue, Giotto, and Other Italian Masters
    Matching lines:
    • that is named after him) — Cimabue was working at about the
    • are connected with the Mystery of Golgotha and with its workings.
    • something working in with abundant power from distant worlds.
    • enter fully into the material reality, taking leave for a time of
    • experiences of every single man, a looking away from the golden
    • Earth. St. Francis and his followers, looking away from all these
    • in space, rather than speaking to us out of the flat surface.
    • long been working at his Hymn to Nature — the great and
    • copied from the reality of earthly life, looking out from the
    • source to which I just referred, working its way into an ever
    • wonderful progression in human feeling. Looking at this work of
    • expressions of these men: ‘Ours is, indeed, a kingdom not
    • human characters are working under the impression that has been
    • itself, seeking to penetrate into the human being. It is
    • Angelico. He emancipates the human working once more towards a
    • high degree, the Leonardo da Vinci, there is a working-together
    • working-out of human characters. Especially in his Last Supper,
    • him working very, very long at this wonderful picture, for he
    • this power of composition, this working from the single parts
    • an echo of the working from the whole into the single parts, a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture II: Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking of former epochs,
    • speaking. And when in later times it emerged again — in pietist
    • other day when speaking of St. Francis, — it was imbued with quite
    • kingdom; going but a little way above, a super-earthly. We might almost
    • the working of the formative
    • hand was working, therefore, from a many-sided understanding of the
    • him afterwards, on his return to Florence, working at a battle-picture,
    • over Rome, making Florence arise again in Rome.
    • intensely into all that was taking place through the political conditions
    • this undertaking was an element which could not but inspire him with
    • as it were, alone within the time; and yet taking its start from Raphael,
    • of an artist seeking for inner clarity, completeness and perfection.
    • him which comes out especially when, instead of taking the chronological
    • at a serene composition while seeking to express individual character
    • before he reached his independence, working in Florence, perhaps under
    • and Michelangelo was working at it in the very latest period of his
    • by achieved the final composition, but that this whole way of thinking
    • the cosmos, — Beings into whom the whole cosmos is working. They
    • working then: — how the artistic life sought and found its place
    • speaking most of freedom have any understanding at all of what freedom
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture III: Dürer and Holbein
    Matching lines:
    • things will always feel through it the working of ancient runes,
    • working more from within outward — from the impulses of Will
    • and not contemplative vision. This imagination, working forth from
    • you will realise, working in all this, a Northern impulse that
    • contemplative Vision — the Southern impulse, properly speaking,
    • conceptions of Nature, seeking to unite with bold intelligence
    • Heaven and Earth — seeking to comprehend all other things by laws
    • Faust himself working and weaving in the wondrous twilight of the
    • this most wonderfully. Here we already recognise the working of the
    • and all that lives therein. This is Dürer's kingdom. Hence he
    • earthly kingdom.
    • works derived more out of the Gothic thinking. We will show some
    • of the working-together of Southern and Mid-European impulses, we
    • than any other, was working at the perfection of the hands, in
    • there lived, artistically speaking, a goodly piece of Faust.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture IV: Mid-European and Southern Art
    Matching lines:
    • what I might call a slow and silent working towards the deepening
    • movement and emotion — all this was working its way up from
    • Renaissance) has essentially the quality of looking upward to the
    • the human soul — this speaking from an inwardness of soul in
    • looking down towards her. If you could see the face you would see
    • 18. King Stephen. (Cathedral at Bamberg.)
    • 19. Head of King Stephen. (Detail of above.)
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture V: Rembrandt
    Matching lines:
    • indicated when speaking of Michelangelo, there came the
    • truly as an outsider. Fundamentally speaking, even Leonardo, Michelangelo
    • in the ever more perfect working out of light and darkness. Color to
    • his life, because of the elemental forces working in him so strongly,
    • were, to reveal the working of the pure distribution of light and darkness
    • somehow is lacking in depth.
    • long time, my dear friends, making one observation or another about
    • at the outward reality, not merely seeking to observe it realistically,
    • of Rembrandt and his wife; they are both looking into a mirror:
    • 547. Adoration of the Magi. (Buckingham Palace.)
    • in which, beside all the devastation that was taking place in Europe,
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VI: Dutch and Flemish Painting
    Matching lines:
    • several figures are already made larger or smaller in proportion, taking
    • We see a King, for example,
    • is actually looking at the picture must entirely obliterate himself!
    • making itself felt.
    • 5. Angels making Music
    • the idea which is here expressed. Not by man seeking in pride to rise
    • beyond himself, seeking to kill his lower nature, but by experiencing
    • which we here find expressed. The Lamb is One, yet no one being is striking
    • continued working at it for many years, and scholars have long been
    • Hayden's work, there is a certain drama in the working together of the
    • One of these is King Philip
    • of Burgundy; this one, who is just taking off his hat, is Charles the
    • transferred into the artist's immediate present. For the Kings who come
    • of things is working its way through more and more. Man as an artist
    • how strongly the Southern influence is already working in the element
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VII: Representations of the Nativity
    Matching lines:
    • Plays of which we have been speaking in the last lectures. We shall
    • taken from an old Gospel Book. We see them looking up in adoration,
    • their inner being, and looking up to the Star wherein the Spirit Who
    • that the Gospel is taking into account the connection with all that was
    • Shepherds, and then of the Three Wise Men or Kings.
    • hold of here by all that I described to you — the working out of
    • 34. Fra Angelico. Adoration of the Kings. (St.
    • 41. Giovanni Bellini. Adoration by the Kings.
    • 42. Rogier van der Weyden. Adoration by the Kings.
    • (Buckingham Palace.)
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VIII: Raphael and the Northern Artists
    Matching lines:
    • view are by no means the only ones), — looking at it in a Christian
    • Looking at some of Raphael's
    • and principle had to be working in his very soul. This is, indeed, the
    • age of thirty-seven, he is working at the Transfiguration, which
    • Looking back once more over
    • of the cities, working its way towards the Reformation. Nor does he
    • a cosmic principle working through his soul, as we can in Raphael. But
    • and its seeking, its longing and striving.
    • Looking at such a portrait,
    • the time, expressing the mighty transformation that is taking place.
    • 44a. Holbein. Death and the King.
    • to the King, to tear him away from his royal life.
    • with the whole system of the Church, working its way upwards with its
    • But it must be said that the people whose home was in the German-speaking
    • the spatial working of the light itself. Space is born, as it were,
    • succeeds in making any real distinction between foreground and background.
    • might call it) are seen, you have to look high up above. We are looking
    • and woodcuts, — is lacking still.
    • surface, but working forth from the flat surface with the help of light,
    • the impulses working in the different regions of Europe — you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture IX:
    Matching lines:
    • they are working hard to turn him into a kind of carnivorous monkey.
    • as working towards the ideal, to “monkeyfy” the human race.
    • In looking at the several
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture I: Man as Microcosm
    Matching lines:
    • of the earth, or below it. When we consider the kingdom of the birds,
    • of looking at things. I have often drawn attention to the fact that,
    • When looking at the etheric bird one immediately comprehends that the
    • perception into the nature of the sun's working, we understand why the
    • convolutions of your brain? What makes your brain capable of taking up
    • that inner salt-force which is the basis of thinking? What really
    • is thinking like a peacock, when he is thinking like an eagle, or when
    • he is thinking like a sparrow. Apart from the fact that the one is
    • upper air to the bird-kingdom; away from all that lives in the
    • And now, if we wish to look at what is similar in man, again seeking
    • earth-forces, which project their working into its digestive organs
    • nature within himself as I have shown, that he bears the bird-kingdom,
    • the lion-kingdom, the essential being of the cow within him, then we
    • upwards to the bird-kingdom. If one is to understand the human breast
    • points back to ancient customs. It is a striking phenomenon that
    • against the ancient Hindu religion — it is striking that in his
    • course. If you look at the cocoon of the silkworm you are looking at
    • egg-formation is taking place. In the etheric this certainly
    • again in the kingdom of nature.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture II: The Sun in Relation to the Outer Planets
    Matching lines:
    • outermost part of our planetary system the working together of Sun,
    • the Sun in such a way that they are composed of the working together
    • our present age something particularly alluring is working upon the
    • sound through the world seeking to tempt him with their allurement.
    • but weigh, count and measure, making everything else disappear. For
    • with the working of air, with the forces of the circumference, and
    • everything connected with the working of the stars, would be
    • west, so that it would succeed in spreading its way of thinking and
    • one-sided way in this kind of thinking and mental attitude, then, in
    • the animal kingdom, if we can conceive it as an immense and mighty
    • shibboleth of man's strength, and thinking, and activity:
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture III: Physical and Spiritual Substance
    Matching lines:
    • as to be adapted to the beings of the kingdoms of nature, up to the
    • physical forces are working. Only we must be clear as to how these
    • forces are working in the physical substance of the head, this
    • bird-kingdom. When we consider the eagle, we are in fact considering,
    • working in the eagle's plumage.
    • representative of many creatures of the animal kingdom. Here digestion
    • spiritualized in the earth through spiritual forces working on earthly
    • his substance, as is done in all sorts of ways by the bird-kingdom as
    • the earth are working into spiritual substance. In the cow
    • bird-kingdom; and what man is unable to do as regards giving spiritual
    • perceive that, fundamentally speaking, knowledge alone can provide
    • making armorial crests; cows are physically useful because they give
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture IV: Butterfly and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of nature which we know today did not then exist, how the
    • behind in the earth what, speaking in the widest sense, may be called
    • time in which, speaking generally, earth-evolution took its course
    • the Sun-metamorphosis. Broadly speaking, this is what we find when we
    • element, or better expressed, the working of the forces of weight into
    • shimmering, to the working-in of Saturn-Jupiter-Mars. The
    • plant-world are assuaged in looking up to the insects, in particular
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture V: Butterflies, Birds and Bats
    Matching lines:
    • environment of earth-existence, the direct working of Saturn-activity
    • super-sensible spiritual forces, which are reflected in our thinking,
    • naturally I am still speaking pictorially — as though in the form
    • ever and again flash up into light — what the bird-kingdom, what
    • kingdom of the birds. If we call to mind something which is already
    • This is not the case with the bird-kingdom. The birds lay their eggs.
    • same way the bird, in speaking of itself, would only speak of the
    • speaking in an absolute sense when we say that fundamentally the bird
    • rucksack growing out of his back, making him appear a perfect
    • cosmic memory; and by the kingdom of the birds — this is cosmic
    • thinking; and by the bats — they are the cosmic dream, cosmic
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VI: Evolution of Animals and Man
    Matching lines:
    • plant and mineral kingdoms, which are connected with man, we must
    • higher beings and human kingdoms have evolved out of what is lifeless,
    • that the animal kingdom was added, then during the Moon-period the
    • plant kingdom; and the mineral kingdom, as we know it today, is in
    • seen as having its representative in the eagle. The bird kingdom arose
    • Sun-period there arose the first rudiments of that kingdom of the
    • when the sun separated from the earth, working from outside, only then
    • when the force of gravity was working, giving form to what is
    • extremely crude form, and were in fact walking stomachs and entrails,
    • walking stomachs and intestinal tubes. And only later, during the
    • distinguished-looking head-system. Only look at the frogs and toads,
    • thinking away everything of an earthly nature which has alighted upon
    • the bird a being of warm air, taking account also of the nature of its
    • a diagram. [* earlier diagram of Cosmic memory & thinking with
    • rays what the bird-kingdom yields up to the cosmos every time a bird
    • dies, so that the spiritualized matter from the bird-kingdom is rayed
    • one beholds a shimmering corona emanating from the butterfly kingdom
    • taking into consideration the fact that in the blood-circulation life
    • We shall now have to penetrate further into the plant-kingdom, and
    • then into the kingdom of mineral-being, and we shall see how the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VII: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Relations to Ethers and Plants
    Matching lines:
    • into the whole weaving and working of plant-life.
    • need such a superfluous thing — a training in thinking? The
    • have no liking at all. They bustle about in the earth with ideas of
    • strong connection with the earth, to avoid taking on earthly form.
    • universe. They can only yield themselves up to the weaving and working
    • have its ego within itself but in the bird-kingdom, that it is at the
    • inter-working of sylph-light and undine-chemistry. This is a
    • Plant within the plant from light, and from the chemical working of
    • And what now results from the combined working of gnome-activity and
    • idea that marriages should be taking place over every meadow. This
    • only the physical plant is seen, but also that wonderful working of
    • inter-working of the downwards streaming force of love and sacrifice
    • this inter-working, where the two streams meet, plant-life develops
    • inter-working of world-love and world-sacrifice with world-gravity and
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VIII: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Relations to Various Animals
    Matching lines:
    • depend upon the etheric body when making use of his soul, and upon the
    • physical body when making use of his spirit. The physical body, which
    • head to those animals where this is lacking. Birds, however, as I
    • complement the bird-kingdom in regard to what corresponds to the
    • with the earth, that is the bird-kingdom. The sylphs are indebted to
    • the bird-kingdom for their ego, or at least for the consciousness of
    • were attacking him from all sides, as if the light were something
    • sleeping-dream, so can he also penetrate through waking-day life. But
    • also man is totally unable to perceive how, in his waking life, he
    • can remain completely in waking consciousness, but nevertheless stand
    • thinking being, while standing firmly on the earth, then he will
    • for instance, those which I described yesterday as working in the most
    • latter are always drawn more to the plant and mineral kingdoms,
    • whereas the ill-disposed are drawn to the animal and human kingdoms.
    • kingdoms of the plants and the minerals. But one can gain quite a fair
    • quite clear. Here below processes are taking place — let us leave
    • out the rhythmic man — and here above processes are again taking
    • place. If you look at the processes taking place below as a whole, you
    • and gnomes. Generally speaking, when we go back to these more ancient
    • inter-working of both these kinds of beings does one really understand
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture IX: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Various Activities and Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • beings about which I have been speaking and shall continue to speak in
    • sea, something which proceeds from north to south; and looking at
    • kind of being existing in the world shares in the task of working upon
    • There they take part in the life of the earth by working on the
    • plant-kingdom in the way I have described. Then, however, they pour
    • always present in what is there taking place; and the fact is —
    • the weaving and working of these beings, that we ourselves take part
    • idea of how these beings of the elemental kingdom characterize
    • walking, in our standing, in our moving of the arms and hands,
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture X: The Origin of the Different Systems of Man: Metabolism, Rhythmic, Nerve
    Matching lines:
    • mineral kingdom. We live in a state of reciprocal action with the
    • mineral kingdom. We take the mineral element into ourselves through
    • within us. If you eat a grain of cooking-salt, this grain of salt must
    • kingdom inasmuch as he develops the plant-element within himself. He
    • the Earth-epoch — thereby making our further studies of this all
    • the phenomena, from the taking of food into the mouth, from the way
    • always on the way to making our whole organism ill. Every digestive
    • circulatory system. Speaking broadly one substance induces quicker,
    • But through this curative working upon the digestive process he
    • through the inter-working of all these activities man came into being
    • what must already be made use of in pure thinking when developing the
    • into spiritual processes; and, working backwards, spiritual processes
    • thinking should be schooled by means of more perceptible things,
    • the whole working of the head-processes, and their relation to the
    • We must only apply them to man. This is the wonderful inter-working of
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture XI: Food, Digestion, Plants, and Carnivorous Animals
    Matching lines:
    • surroundings, what belongs to the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms
    • earthly. Everything, for example, that comes from the mineral kingdom
    • cooking salt, or whether it becomes so as with sugar — into
    • result that they produce a heavy sleep, and dull the brain on waking.
    • yourself in its place, thinking: What would such a Kamaloka be like
    • is not good to promote them by the drinking of milk. In the case of
    • consumption of milk the formative forces working from the head
    • spheres of the spiritual: the kingdoms of nature — mineral, animal,
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture XII: Convention and Morals, Bones and Hatred
    Matching lines:
    • imagine man to be a firmly built form taking into itself the products
    • fundamentally speaking, in so far as he is a spiritual being, man only
    • actual etheric corpse. Here we are looking at something which no
    • taking with them as they go what remained unnoticed during life
    • of love. And to the degree in which these qualities are lacking, moral
    • but think with it, then, thinking with our hand we follow our Karma.
    • word occurs to me — comes from the fact that all his thinking is
    • not in a dull way, but marking the beauty of his step, and what is
    • with t he walking man, the grasping man, man as he moves his fingers.
    • spiritual beings of the higher worlds are there working together with
    • man. They work with those human beings who are working upon
    • blossoms of the plant-kingdom we see, as it were, human conscience
    • animal and plant kingdoms really are here on earth, and into the acts
    • mistletoe — spiritually speaking — it sucks its life from
    • — speaking spiritually — a parasite in human nature.
    • dear friends. Its way of thinking in the cultural sphere is the same
    • the civilization-carcinoma about which I have been speaking. Well, at
  • Title: Lecture: How Can We Gain Knowledge of the Supersensible Worlds?
    Matching lines:
    • organization at the moment of waking up, in the same way in which
    • falling asleep to the moment of waking up, we therefore confront
    • between sleeping and waking. It is not an analogy, but an
    • takes place in the cosmos. If we discard old habits of thinking,
    • falling asleep to the moment of waking up, we pass through the
    • processes. Does not man's waking condition resemble autumn and
    • which the summer produced? Our waking hours are the soul's winter
    • say, of the waking condition. During our waking condition, the
    • thinking, only to the extent of asking: What external realities
    • way of looking upon thought: it can be measured in accordance
    • in our ordinary waking life. Consequently the CONTENT of thought
    • have confidence in our thinking, for we cannot find our way in
    • thinking and can trust in the guidance of our thought. Imagine
    • could not rely upon our thinking! This would shatter us; it would
    • physical world we learn to rely on a kind of thinking which finds
    • waking condition. We know that the habits of thinking during the
    • human being finds support and strength by checking the fear that
    • thinking power and we ignore our subconscious fear. But this also
    • it limits itself to speaking of the spirit in general, but they
    • their time in checking all the calculations presented to them in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Position in the Cosmic Whole, the Platonic World-Year
    Matching lines:
    • direction of a future scientific manner of thinking, but this
    • than our modern scientific thought, and this new manner of thinking
    • greatest life-element, namely, the alternating conditions of WAKING
    • sleeping and waking. Indeed, in a certain way, we may consider the
    • alternation of sleeping and waking in analogy with the breathing
    • sleeping and waking. For when we take up in ourselves our ego
    • in and out. Thus, we have a movement of the etheric, taking place in
    • falling pertaining to our waking up and our falling asleep.
    • marking the barometrical heights on one particular day. He then
    • scientific way of looking at things, and in order to make the right
    • the human beings. Those who are now working their way up to
    • and of waking up. When we fall asleep and when we wake up, in these
    • waking up, this moment will be the best one for entering into
    • communication with the dead — particularly the moment of waking
    • waking up. To gain full control of the moment of waking up, means, in
    • Mysteries, certain feelings were first cultivated, before taking into
    • a physical body, we really mean, when speaking of man's physical
    • manner of speaking which I have just now characterized. The Russian
    • present, distorted way of thinking of materialism. For this reason, I
    • from a methodical aspect, only in regard to its way of thinking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Overcoming of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • the kingdom of man, and as retarded Angel-Being's they are active
  • Title: Lecture: Entry of the Michael Forces
    Matching lines:
    • of Michael. We have accordingly considered the working of these
    • Intelligence. But Michael's impulses are strong and powerful. Taking
    • Hierarchies are working with man and upon him. It is thus that the
    • Working as they do upon the whole human being, they work also very
    • connected with him. Since then, Michael himself has been taking part
    • refined workings of karma he became incapable of using his
    • friend or someone else coming and taking him away to a different
    • and matter-of-fact way. He was prevented from partaking in what was
    • of Michael into the physical world was taking place in the last third
    • thinking, as we see him, where can this man belong? We think it a
    • and antipathies. Now all this is taking place already now in a
    • connection things are taking place which reach up into the next
    • kingdom of the Hierarchies. For you must see, there is a counterpart
    • learns to find his way still more deeply into the spiritual kingdoms
    • separation is taking place. To this, my dear friends, I would now
    • single and uniform kingdom of the Angeloi is being turned into a
    • twofold kingdom of Angeloi, a kingdom of Angeloi with an upward
    • Looking more deeply into the world to-day, one can perpetually
    • the intense conflict that is taking place, as between the things that
    • everyone is smoking his pipe or his cigar like a chimney-pot, and you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • necessity. There is, however, something much more striking than the
    • thinking: such a demand can only be made of a very few. But we must
    • from our time. The heart is often lacking for such artistic
    • ego gains for itself by working upon it. And in spiritualizing the
    • from us, which leaves us looking after I with a certain sadness,
    • attacking and the blue retreating — which makes you feel that you
    • speaking thus, but we have to approach this future with an eye
    • asking: What does this or that mean? We do not have to ask what the
    • have not accustomed ourselves to stop asking about symbols and
    • talking about the “spiritualization of the human soul,” that
    • us in thinking of the narrower affairs of spiritual science with all
    • looking in at our windows.
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: Artistic and Moral Experience
    Matching lines:
    • into the fleeing red. We shall then be taking part with our whole soul
    • when, looking at the picture of Capesius, he says: “I fain would
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • fell into a kind of waking dream, and saw, as if issuing
    • this one case, making it as comprehensible as possible.
    • swearing and the cracking of his whip could not deflect her.
    • the horses plunged into the river. Thus the shocking incident
    • developed, in the other thinking.
    • Thus an “epoch-making” discovery was made by a
    • fact that men are divided into thinking men and feeling men is
    • knocking upon the doors of knowledge. Seekers are also
    • thinking humanity the problem of the restlessly slumbering,
    • this thinking works. I ask you if it is sensible to say:
    • thinking is not only to become therapy, but take the lead in
    • Schopenhauer was working upon his thoughts.
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • thinking type, and the feeling type. From this starting point
    • he assumed that in cases of the thinking type, subconscious
    • nebulous thinking, without working out your
    • scruples of the ordinary consciousness, taking the
    • will be a nice contribution to thinking people who
    • events taking place in the 14th and 15th centuries were
    • quite perverted thinking, his whole statement. Many of our
    • lecturers, and speaking in the first person. It would be
    • that it is speaking against walls to try to break through what
    • deepest respect for real scientific thinking, and for the great
    • powers of the soul: thinking, feeling, and willing. Remember in
    • which the soul lives in the spiritual world. Thinking,
    • thinking (yellow). But if I were to indicate their direction
    • have to show how thinking (yellow) becomes independent upon the
    • thinking, will becomes independent too (red, right), as I
    • sketch it here diagrammatically, so that thinking, feeling, and
    • health, then the interaction of thinking, feeling, and willing
    • essential secret of our ego that it holds thinking, feeling,
    • the spiritual world thinking, feeling, and willing
    • left). Then thinking swerves aside (yellow, left), mingles with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • is impossible to seek there anything but a working out of the
    • cannot exist in a world in which individualities are working together
    • evolves through the most diverse working together of intentions. If
    • before us perhaps a working together of fire spirits and undines. One
    • that lives in the human soul, the life of thinking, life of feeling,
    • emerge unless our life of thinking beyond the threshold were not to
    • influence our life of thinking, our life of feeling, and our life of
    • thinking, life of feeling, and life of willing (see drawing, T, F, W),
    • all a system. Meanwhile the life of thinking leads to one world (W1),
    • taking up the struggle to allow what appears to him as evil to be put
    • who are closest to human beings, the spirits belonging to the kingdom
    • of the angeloi, wander about within the human kingdom, because they
    • were thrown out of the spiritual world into the human kingdom and now
    • exist within human impulses, are working through human impulses. I
    • of darkness had remained above in the spiritual kingdom would they
    • which I have spoken, ascending from the earth and taking hold of the
    • period, emphasis must be put today on speaking out, on communication,
    • least intellect, not the least capacity for making resolves, should
    • taking into account at that time the characteristics of earthly
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • them. What man is lacking today is the courage to enter into the real
    • how, following the American way of thinking, an attempt was made to
    • waking and sleeping. Just as man cannot rise above sleep, so, in
    • that showed the working of God in process. They tried to produce the
    • humanity likes to use it in speaking about these things, even
    • only another form of expression for abstract thinking in which such
    • relationship to other substances as within thinking the thought of
    • which the embryo is being formed are working forces from all
    • In the same schools about which we are speaking, virtue
    • which man can become good, but rather by, let us say, taking copper
    • hidden spiritual workings. Only one who knows in the true sense that
    • manner that certain cosmic workings are always interrupted during the
    • through the most materialistic forces, yet working spiritually with
    • earthly existence and, because these spiritual beings working in from
    • actively working beings from the opposing sides of the cosmos are
    • cosmic forces that, through the working together of two cosmic
    • necessary for human beings to prepare themselves by not taking
    • one is constantly speaking in outer, exoteric life, but with entirely
    • involved in making a large number of human beings from all over the
    • as they present themselves to truly unprejudiced thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture One: The Incarnation of Lucifer in Asia in the Third Millenium B.C.
    Matching lines:
    • impulses working at the present time is not a congenial task, for
    • primeval wisdom, a wisdom underlying all the thinking, all the
    • stream then making preparation for Christianity had to be introduced
    • mineral, plant, and animal kingdoms, but they felt that the forces
    • working for his future incarnation must be brought to light.
    • any way to the spiritual. At heart they are always asking: What is
    • soulless devouring of material food leads to the side-tracking of the
    • arrogance! For it means that such persons, making use of ideas which
    • indeed they are working to this day.
    • of which may be expressed in the following way. Ahriman, speaking to
    • them all there in a dossier, but when one starts talking, this lawyer
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture I: The Incarnation of Lucifer in Asia in the Third Millenium B.C.
    Matching lines:
    • deeper impulses working at the present time is not a
    • the thinking, all the perceptions and feelings of those
    • account of which Judaism, the smaller stream then making
    • the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms, but he felt that the
    • Ahriman is working for his future incarnation must be brought
    • always asking: What is the good of it? How will it help me to
    • material food leads to the side-tracking of the spirit. It is
    • persons, making use of ideas which have been presented to
    • in the early Christian centuries; indeed they are working
    • following way. — Ahriman, speaking to Lucifer, says:
    • there in a dossier, but when one starts talking to him he has
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Two: The Advance Preparation of Ahriman for His Future Incarnation
    Matching lines:
    • inevitable result of an Asiatic influence taking effect in the
    • qualitative element is entirely lacking. The number three
    • thinking to experience in connection with all the things of the
    • respect to knowledge, humanity was, relatively speaking, at the
    • themselves on being realistic in their thinking. Darwin and John
    • him. He has not an inkling that he is simply talking about his own
    • banking procedure, or the stock exchange, or single or double entry
    • — I am making no such suggestion. But to come to grips with
    • lacking.
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture II: The Advance Preparation of Ahriman for His Future Incarnation
    Matching lines:
    • Asiatic influence taking effect in the future.
    • element is entirely lacking. The number 3 always remains the
    • it to be reality. It is the ideal of present-day thinking to
    • of knowledge, man was relatively speaking at the zenith. But
    • in their thinking. Darwin and John Stuart Mill are
    • he is simply talking about his own characteristics. This
    • it irksome to acquaint themselves for example with banking
    • tackle the matter again — I am making no such
    • is very largely lacking.
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Five: The Human as a Being of Will
    Matching lines:
    • example in the mineral kingdom, or the plant kingdom, let us say on
    • happened in the mineral kingdom prior to this particular point of
    • time. People think: the mineral kingdom takes its course and what
    • attributed entirely to what once took place in the mineral kingdom as
    • epoch — thinking of it for the moment in the wider sense, as
    • catastrophe to processes in the mineral kingdom; indeed it is a fact
    • not occur to those who base their thinking on the principles of
    • mineral, plant, and animal kingdoms alone.
    • kingdom, the plant kingdom, or the animal kingdom, it is a
    • matter of seeking the causes. The causes lie at certain points which
    • are to be found everywhere. You can picture what I mean by thinking
    • all working together, producing a combined effect.
    • takes place in the mineral, plant, and animal kingdoms on the earth.
    • kingdoms lie within the human organism. (This does not apply to all
    • the forces working in these kingdoms of nature, but to a large
    • these matters, we must not follow the geologist in speaking of an
    • and chemical forces? We are speaking, remember, of present-day
    • being and the mineral, plant, and animal kingdoms of nature today is
    • waking life, human intelligence is of little account as far as the
    • planet earth is concerned. During waking life we cannot really
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture V: The Human as a Being of Will
    Matching lines:
    • kingdom, or the plant kingdom, let us say on November 9th,
    • in the mineral kingdom prior to this particular point of
    • time. Men think: the mineral kingdom takes its course and
    • took place in the mineral kingdom as such; the fact that man
    • our present epoch — thinking of it for the moment in
    • mineral kingdom; indeed it is a fact that one part of the
    • those who base their thinking on the principles of modern
    • kingdoms alone.
    • When something takes place in the mineral kingdom, the plant
    • kingdom or the animal kingdom, it is a matter of seeking the
    • found everywhere. You can picture what I mean by thinking of
    • all working together, producing a combined effect. These
    • the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms on the earth. It is a
    • mineral, plant and animal kingdoms lie within the organism of
    • man. (This does not apply to all the forces working
    • in these kingdoms of nature, but to a large proportion of
    • not follow the geologists in speaking of an earth in the
    • — We are speaking, remember, of present-day humanity.
    • and animal kingdoms of nature to-day is such that his will is
    • the bridge of feeling. But in his waking life, man's
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Four: The Luciferic Origin of Ancient Wisdom, Ahrimanization...
    Matching lines:
    • to its fate, to win humankind for a kingdom alien to the kingdom of
    • of thinking. Speaking and thinking are, in their origins,
    • shall not be withheld. It must be known that the art of speaking and
    • the art of thinking have become part of evolution only because they
    • can still be observed in thinking. Speech, which has for long ages
    • principle is differentiation. What would thinking be if it were not
    • If thinking were not
    • thinking. If you were to contemplate each human individual, each
    • would be little prone to luciferic thinking. But anyone who was to
    • that the universal thinking implicit in pagan wisdom has gradually
    • But the result would be the establishment of Ahriman's kingdom on
    • and of thinking were transmitted to humanity. Just as it devolved
    • Wonderful, epoch-making results have been achieved, above all during
    • words. What is taught in the lecture halls about thinking, feeling,
    • between sleeping and waking, between waking up and going to sleep is
    • of falling asleep and waking up, that sleep is not merely a cessation
    • of the waking state, but bears the same relation to the waking state
    • This kind of thinking has a
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture IV: The Luciferic Origin of Ancient Wisdom, Ahrimanization...
    Matching lines:
    • win mankind for a kingdom alien to the kingdom of Christ.
    • faculties of speech and of thinking. Speaking and thinking
    • from mankind. It must be known that the art of speaking and
    • the art of thinking have become part of evolution only
    • The Luciferic element can still be observed in thinking.
    • thinking be if it were not Luciferic?
    • If thinking
    • Luciferic thinking. If you were to contemplate each human
    • prone to Luciferic thinking. But anyone who were to attempt
    • matter is that the universal thinking implicit in Pagan
    • the result would be the establishment of Ahriman's kingdom on
    • the faculties of speech and of thinking were transmitted to
    • the primeval wisdom has run dry? Wonderful, epoch-making
    • the lecture-halls about thinking, feeling and willing, is
    • sleeping and waking, between waking up and going to sleep is
    • at the moments of falling asleep and waking up, that sleep is
    • not merely a cessation of the waking state, but bears the
    • same relation to the waking state as debts bear to
    • thinking has a great deal to do with the present situation.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture I: The Power and Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • plant, animal, and human kingdoms, but that we have to deal with
    • the one which exists in the various kingdoms of the earth. Consider,
    • with our blood-circulation, speaking in the sense of external
    • intention to make the kingdom of man and the rest of the earth,
    • prejudice, we must enter an unbiased sphere of thinking. We must
    • ourselves to be deceived into thinking that by giving a certain name
    • prevail today. If we are serious in our anthroposophical thinking and
    • decisions. We are faced with the necessity of taking very seriously an
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • from the general popular thinking of the last few centuries. But I
    • thoughts which relate us to the bodily element. Thinking, willing,
    • this is not possible, all scientific thinking has taken on the
    • being, regardless whether we are speaking of soul or of body. From the
    • for sense perception or for thinking, we have to look far back into
    • In a certain respect our head has become our organ of thinking. Our
    • organ of thinking is that part of us which, if we may use the
    • sense perception and thinking, it would be continually dying. Its
    • are constantly cancelled, do thinking and sense perception take place
    • Whoever in a materialistic fashion attempts to explain thinking and
    • thinking are breaking down processes, processes of destruction. The
    • destroyed; then above the organic process of destruction the thinking
    • namely sense perception and thinking. If a soul undergoes the
    • thinking, to sense perception, and simultaneously perceive what
    • breaking down process which has continually to be compensated by the
    • animal, but with an evolution already retrogressive; with a breaking
    • moment of waking up; with a part of our being we sleep the whole day
    • through. We are awake only in regard to our thinking and sense
    • waking up. But if we ask: By what path alone can knowledge of the
    • head, through sense perception and thinking, but only to the path that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture III: Michaelic Thinking.
    • Michaelic Thinking. The Knowledge of Man as a Supersensible Being. The Michael Path and the Deepest Impulses of the Social Question
    • in making the human head as living as is the rest of the organism.
    • Physiologically speaking, it is Lucifer's constant endeavor to send
    • Psychically speaking, Lucifer is constantly endeavoring to give to the
    • Speaking from the soul aspect, I would have to say: everything that
    • of the upward trend by looking upon that which leads the human being
    • consciousness at every moment of waking life constitutes the Michaelic
    • mode of thinking; to cease conceiving of the human being as a
    • reason in our thinking about the being of man.
    • prevented from making the human being desert his predestined divine
    • battle of the beautiful with the ugly. For only by looking upon the
    • which really, at every moment of day-waking life, is conscious of the
    • making himself understood to the human being. The greatest Messenger
    • today cannot be solved with the thinking of the past. They can only be
    • “Change your thinking, for the time is at hand!” At that
    • time, however, human beings were still able to change their thinking
    • thinking we have merely the image of reality. Thinking would be of no
    • consequence for us if we would exist within reality with our thinking,
    • if thinking were not merely an image. We must become conscious of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • thinking in order to comprehend what prepared
    • the Mystery of Golgotha and what followed it. Greek thinking became of
    • What took place in the thinking, feeling and willing of the Greek was
    • certain mode of thinking, a certain way of visualizing.
    • how he was the great teacher of thinking, of that thinking which,
    • mode of thinking is only the last echo of the Mystery culture, for
    • were gradually lost. But the way of thinking developed by the Mystery
    • thinking, then, again, in Medieval thinking, in the thinking of the
    • Christian theologians who acquired this Greek thinking in order to
    • continuation of Greek thinking, that which has flowed into the world
    • of Golgotha and Greek thinking. The elaboration, the
    • Greek thinking, of Greek dialectics. Up to the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • dialectics, Greek thinking. Then the Mystery of Golgotha takes place.
    • must employ his thinking in a way that is quite different from the
    • mode of thinking took hold of mankind. In the middle of the fourteenth
    • humanity was trained for natural-scientific thinking. It is easiest
    • With the fifteenth century A.D. a new way of thinking begins which we
    • might call thinking in the style of Galileo. The period of time that
    • of thinking and the Mystery of Golgotha. But while the latter period
    • nature. To be sure, since the appearance of Greek thinking the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • them part of his question of taking fully into account — I made
    • the natural-scientifically orientated thinking began to take hold of
    • Let us focus our attention upon this natural-scientific thinking in
    • natural-scientifically orientated thinking which might be mentioned,
    • nature and human freedom. The natural-scientific thinking
    • natural-scientific thinking. If we think about the being of man in the
    • thinking with the thinking about human freedom. Some people take it
    • concept of God was more and more elaborated in human thinking, a
    • concepts still held sway. In thinking about the Divine Being, people
    • Wisdom was considered the fundamental attribute of the Divine Being. The concept of Omnipotence only gradually penetrated the idea of the Divine Being, from the fourth century onward. It continued to develop. The concept of personality was abandoned and the predicate was transmitted to the mere order of nature, which is conceived of more and more mechanically. And the modern concept of the necessity of nature, the omnipotence of nature, is nothing but the result of the evolution of the concept of God from the fourth to the sixteenth century. Only, the qualities of personality were abandoned and that which constituted the concept of God was taken over into the structure of thinking about nature.
    • they are thinking without prejudice about man by considering him as
    • includes man; for the animal kingdom will only be included later on in
    • taking these beings into consideration. And these beings, who are, as
    • is still asleep today in his waking state. Man does not notice how
    • recognize where the Christ impulse is lacking. Yesterday we showed
    • present-day human thinking, the holding sway of an instinctive life
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • wind, the perception of the shaking tree was no different for him from
    • People said: If a tree is shaking, this is the God outside, and if I
    • lost. That means, we have to acquire the ability of taking hold of
    • post-Atlantean cultural period. Roughly speaking, we might say: In the
    • have been made to enable human thinking to grasp the Mystery of
    • that the air of the earth has become soul-void, making it impossible
    • but spirit, soul, and body working into one another. This will be
    • of the earnestness that is necessary in taking a stand in these
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture I: The Waldorf School, Spiritual Science, Outer World, Inner World
    Matching lines:
    • proficient individuals capable of working in the spirit of
    • to anything of a spiritual nature. When talking about
    • with a specific case. When speaking about any ideology today,
    • explains to him his way of thinking, how he sees man's
    • in the wrong way; we must consider this manner of thinking an
    • unhealthy, sick thinking. We must replace the merely logical
    • — which expresses itself in atomistic thinking. This
    • feeblemindedness through atomistic thinking concerning the
    • working in the way it did during the first seven years, then
    • a certain manner of thinking, feeling and willing for human
    • speaking and the following is pointed out: Everything that is
    • of public life. They are incapable of taking these things
    • the earth, they oppose each other, seeking to gather a great
    • realities when we stop talking about right or wrong and begin
    • speaking about healthy or sick. We begin to rise to realities
    • when we cease talking about programs of parties or world
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture II: Materialism, Party Line
    Matching lines:
    • areas, it is a matter of looking in the right direction.
    • held that what dwells as thinking, feeling, and willing in
    • this; he is just thinking-matter. Today, the time has come to
    • transcend the state of being merely thinking-matter. One can
    • accomplish this by thinking thoughts that have not been
    • thinking, but they wish to think these thoughts with their
    • physical thinking. They sank deeper and deeper into the
    • their own thinking was something that should have given them
    • only brains that were thinking; materialism was quite
    • only say concerning Y that a brain was thinking
    • have become body-bound and that their thinking, along with
    • the way of looking into the spiritual world that leads to the
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture III: Man's Twelve Senses in Relation to Imagination, Inspiration, Intuition
    Matching lines:
    • linking it to an old theme already familiar to many of you.
    • You know that in speaking of the senses one usually lists sight,
    • is, materially speaking, much more inward than tasting.
    • organized in a much more inward way, materially speaking of
    • consciousness in the waking condition; when we perceive that
    • world, we can say: Ego sense, sense of thinking, word sense,
    • completely inward processes taking place within us, which
    • the body through the sense of thinking, we penetrate into the
    • and the sense of thinking but only as impressions of
    • manner of speaking, upon our senses. Through these senses,
    • waking consciousness, which is something you are not aware of
    • whether we are walking or standing still, jumping or dancing.
    • particular and striking thing we discover is that when we
    • that when one speaks from beyond the threshold, speaking out
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture IV: World Events, Initiation Knowledge and the Impulse toward Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • By linking much
    • expects of each individual seeking to participate in it that
    • a little thinking, researching one or the other subject which
    • the way indicated above without looking left or right,
    • knowing much about it, but nevertheless thinking along these
    • a sense with the natural scientific mode of thinking. On the
    • they are imprinted into humanity's whole thinking, attitude
    • to have fallen victim to such pathological thinking. As I
    • the world by the initiation knowledge of old is lacking in
    • One aspect is lacking, however; there is no reference at all
    • had his own ways and means of seeking out his pupils and
    • working with certain forces and impulses of the group soul
    • kingdoms, also constitutes us human beings in the physical,
    • our thinking and our conceptual capability. When we reflect
    • thinking, and permeate these with what we call our religious,
    • capable of taking a completely different viewpoint from that
    • what is frequently called thinking, feeling and willing today
    • knowing. What is taking place in the process of cognizing
    • paradoxically. We cannot persist today in talking in the
    • speaking, a falsehood, because in reality one only pictures a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture V: Forming Sound Judgment
    Matching lines:
    • looking at things. The course of human evolution is such that
    • really are. Speaking from the other side of the threshold,
    • making judgments is concerned. When I say that a person makes
    • This implies that We are capable of taking the side of the
    • counter-forces so as to remain in balance in spite of taking
    • responsibility to face what is actually taking place.
    • means of thinking. One has to clearly understand that some of
    • governing and taking charge. If a person occupies an
    • this out by thinking about it. One must be in harmony with
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VI: New Social Forms, Soul, Material World
    Matching lines:
    • seeking the divine, or the spiritual underlying our human
    • spiritual world of which we are speaking — I have
    • base it solely on time, thinking of it as a world of time.
    • proud and arrogant regarding its thinking, yet it can
    • to overcome space within our thinking. Otherwise we will
    • doesn't come anywhere near the etheric body by just thinking
    • spiritual, only by transforming our thinking to what is
    • general thinking of natural science. We can no longer develop
    • of thinking that humanity has become accustomed to owing to
    • any demands on people's thinking. It is precisely here that
    • an organism asking to be understood by means of its symptoms.
    • — began talking about all sorts of social questions,
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VII: Trends of Souls in People of the East, West, and Middle of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • humanity. In an age of abstract thinking and mere
    • differences in the mode of thinking, and so on, you will also
    • Europe, in the East, people imagine that they are thinking
    • what is really taking place. Thus, people will live to see
    • that in our thinking we continue life after death, but not
    • looking up into the supersensory world, which was brought
    • establishment of kingdoms, the social structure of the
    • thinking. The West will have to experience that something it
    • It is a form of thinking
    • thinking brings about what I have often described as the
    • them with those of the East. On looking back to the ages when
    • social organism. Fundamentally speaking, all that we have
    • studies how this manner of thinking has pervaded and lives in
    • for economic thinking; and one day, when the economic life of
    • made the mistake of applying their form of thinking to
    • thinking is in order when we train ourselves by means of it
    • arrives at economic thinking in the West. For both directions
    • view of life is concerned, this Western thinking then does
    • particular thinking of Mill, Buckle, and Adam Smith
    • originates. We find that Oriental thinking has basically
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VIII: East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking of the
    • science, popular books, or journalism. There, all thinking
    • thinking which can then be utilized in the economic part of
    • kind of thinking which stems completely from the
    • he had used this same thinking to set up factories and social
    • man had the misfortune of breaking a leg as the result of a
    • breaking a bone. That is to say, he who already in the second
    • this West is asking for the ascent into what lies beyond
    • thinking, trained by natural science and the
    • form of thinking which should be applied neither to
    • comprehended in their working together and in their
    • all the details of this structure. Looking even at its
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture IX: Hegel
    Matching lines:
    • attempts at working out his own ideas of a world view. He
    • thinking, but in such a manner that one sees how these
    • that Hegel underwent while working out his
    • physically speaking, the Luciferic force is that element in
    • ossification, calcification. Speaking of the soul level, man
    • and intellectualistic sphere. Spiritually speaking, man must
    • awake again and again, striking through him with a violence
    • sinking down into matter. As in a picture, humanity appears
    • to be sinking into the material element, with Hegel standing
    • in the center, working himself out of it with all his might
    • liberation, without which we will not achieve pure thinking.
    • element dwelling in man, but can rise into human thinking.
    • actually has to be saved for human thinking. On the other
    • himself on Hegel, taking up Hegel's thinking, but is gripped
    • found that it is the economic thinking that flourishes
    • particularly in the West; in the East, spiritual thinking
    • since been enacted historically in such a shocking way. The
    • life, the tendency that is seeking to transform even the
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture X: The Tapestry of the Senses, Memory, and the Spiritual World, -or- Spiritual-Cosmic Tasks of Man
    Matching lines:
    • mankind has reached the point of looking at itself, so to
    • speaking sweats out of itself what is present as organs in
    • than those gained from waking life, from what lies between
    • when speaking of the hierarchies of the Angeloi, Archangeloi,
    • working world through the human being. The reason man has
    • evoking chills. This cold, rigid world of forces holds the
    • experience the time between falling asleep and waking up.
    • between waking up and falling asleep. The whole of modern
    • is actually referring to these forces when speaking in this
    • fmd the bridge to a certain form of social thinking.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XI: Man as a Mediator of the Spiritual Beings of the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • waking, but in reality we then dwell in it without
    • Inasmuch as we go through the world as thinking beings, we
    • take place? Well, social thinking is different from thinking
    • out of the spirit. In the case of spiritual thinking,
    • In the case of social thinking, one can, for instance, figure
    • are easily obtained by taking a thousand twenty year-olds
    • spheres of thinking and forming judgments. One has to
    • thinking of the West, statistics play a major role. Yet, the
    • thinking during this catastrophic, world-historical moment
    • the past. That does not work. The world is asking to be built
    • here as if asking, “Does the world confront this with
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XII: The Members of the Human Being and their Relationship with the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • thinking developed throughout the central regions of the
    • Orient originally possessed no actual political thinking,
    • particularly not what we today define as juridical thinking.
    • from the mode of thinking defined in the Occident as
    • economic form of thinking has developed in the West. As I
    • followed in consequence of this in a manner of speaking. From
    • tinged by legalistic thinking. There is a radical contrast
    • conception. This legalistic thinking lies entirely outside
    • predisposed for the juridical and political thinking.
    • to examine how a purely juridical thinking is produced from
    • partly a fully conscious thinking; something that is, for
    • example, the special charm of Hegel's mode of thinking. A
    • Western economic thinking. Here, for the first time, mankind
    • humanity's thinking by becoming acquainted with the attempts
    • thinking, say, the attempts of Spencer, Bentham, particularly
    • scientific way of thinking. A strange feeling pervades us
    • thinking, for instance, about the state, about the legal
    • thinking. He would experience something like the following.
    • on the other hand, in the West as primitive economic thinking
    • self-preservation, and the whole animal kingdom's struggle is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XIII: The Interrelationship between the Human and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • the animal kingdom, we cannot help but say that the human
    • kingdom as the evolution theorists would have it. He is not
    • kingdom; he is also a composite at a higher stage. Therefore,
    • the plant kingdom, it has the tendency to become plantlike,
    • to the kingdoms of nature surrounding us. With our astral
    • the content born out of the mineral kingdom. He creates from
    • is, basically speaking, transformed mineral kingdom.
    • example, that you are looking at a Greek statue. There is, of
    • consciousness from the mineral kingdom.
    • kingdom. Whoever pursues these matters without prejudice will
    • transformed content won from the mineral kingdom.
    • kingdom.
    • kingdoms of nature on the one side; on the other side, we are
    • and ego that we carry out in successive earth lives. Looking
    • This gives our soul a certain configuration. Simply speaking,
    • the mineral kingdom; it is something that we basically carry
    • Animal Kingdom
    • Plant Kingdom
    • Mineral Kingdom
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XIV: The Connection of the Members of Man with the Kingdoms of Nature, the Necessity of the Threefold Order
    Matching lines:
    • kingdom, the astral body toward the plant kingdom and the ego
    • toward the mineral kingdom. We have seen how, as a result of
    • speaking of ourselves; for we lived under quite different
    • added what results from economic thinking. Bacon was one who
    • this Western economic thinking which, as I have indicated,
    • their thinking to bring order into economic relationships,
    • when employing their particular kind of thinking for the
    • Later, legalistic, political thinking began in Greece and
    • at first, by way of Greek thinking, and then quite strongly
    • by way of Latin thinking. Thus we must say that our entire
    • himself as mere intellect within the economic thinking of the
    • thinking habits of the present it is not an easy task to
    • age. That is what is meant by working toward realities.
    • looking at the realities of the future. What is to be real in
    • thinking, feeling and will. There is only one social reform:
    • modern thinking with the same ardor with which world outlooks
    • that now is taking hold already of the physical environment.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XV: The Great Cosmic Signs in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • of the cosmos by looking up to the course of the stars. One
    • life taking on the aspect of life in the barracks. We also
    • are taking place in the world, one behaves as one has always
    • said that, fundamentally speaking, all our spiritual life is
    • imperial Roman time, juristic thinking was developing out of
    • those benign spiritual powers capable of working against
    • produce thinking. We know that this is not so. Those
    • the liver or the stomach would cause no thinking at all. Up
    • thinking. If you wish to focus on those brain processes that
    • have something to do with thinking, and you wish to compare
    • quite dir dreams. We arrive at clear thinking precisely
    • Thinking only functions parallel to processes of elimination.
    • useless to it that thinking establishes itself out of the
    • thinking that has developed especially since the middle of
    • the fifteenth century, the thinking of which modern man is so
    • scientific thinking of the past few centuries has emerged
    • thinking processes. Do not think that what we develop without
    • processes employed are thinking processes! If you try to
    • destructive, just as thinking processes in the brain cause
    • destruction — exactly the same thing. Thinking, applied
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XVI: Changes in the Meaning of Speech, -or- Dreams and Human Development
    Matching lines:
    • become used to this way of thinking; based an spiritual
    • manner of thinking. No attempt is made to find one's way into
    • the transformed new way of thinking.
    • thinking and conceptions comes about for no other reason than
    • language. Because of their easy-going habits of thinking,
    • something lacking in capacities, lacking in images. This
    • element lacking images only unites with the ego. It is
    • animal kingdom, the plant and the mineral kingdoms, is not
    • those images, or, strictly speaking, those forces of
    • referring to the soul when I am now speaking of
    • is the same as not thinking of a miller who grinds corn when
    • imaginations for their waking life. Even those who have
    • was walking along a path; everything around him filled him
    • being today, namely, making inner soul demands out of sleep
    • fifteenth century. Man brought along into the waking state
    • must gradually begin to bring into waking life what has been
    • spiritually experienced between falling asleep and waking in
    • from the earthly manner of thinking, and will draw us with
    • Golgotha into the central point of human thinking and
    • the imaginations halfway by making pictures of our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture I: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual impulses working through the physical human beings. If
    • taking form. In the delineation of such a scene one has nothing to
    • Looking at the German, the Weimar
    • of the smoking wreckage and the blood of her slaughtered loved
    • who didst fold the outcast daughter of the mighty king in your
    • seeking for the
    • king.
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture II: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • midway between speaking, or reading, which are not artistic, and
    • organism. One must learn to trace this working of the spirit in the
    • I saw pale kings and princes too,
    • tell Court-huntsmen, that the King will ride,
    • Aske for those Kings whom thou saw'st
    • rare mood of good humoured and friendly mocking. It comes from
    • pedantic number; but, generally speaking, we may say that the
    • second inhaled and exhaled; and, striking into this, the rhythm of
    • strikes, as it were, upwards; thus we have the will-pulses striking
    • heart-rhythm striking into it: long, short, short; long, short,
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture III: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • who, working in this way out of a folk-disposition, give poetic
    • Thus be my thoughts disperst, thus thinking
    • nurseth a thinking,
    • In Manala’s lowest kingdom,
    • outward: and instead of checking consciousness before it leads to
    • morning morning’s minion, king-
    • King Hrodgar
    • Came to the King.
    • The intention was to show you, taking the art of recitation and
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Thought and Will as Light and Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • is constructed in such a way as to be specially capable of taking in
    • life on earth. Roughly speaking, we have our head because our limbs
    • This is what in future will become our head: thinking man. But we
    • of a human being, but he sees objectively the thinking man which his
    • that it is not a question of thinking in terms of a new physical
    • world, a new edition of it, as it were, if we contemplate thinking man
    • seen as light, or better, experienced as light. Being thinking men, we
    • because as thinking men, it is ourselves. You cannot see that which
    • see the thought-element as light. So that in speaking of the whole
    • This is precisely your thinking, it is a working in light. You are a
    • But your thinking which you unfold, is living in the light. And I you
    • light — by day of course; but in reality you are looking at this
    • at myself therefore as a thinking man, I should see myself radiating
    • Thus it is a question not merely of making for oneself a picture of
    • the world through speculation, but of taking in the world with the
    • blue crosses over to the red. That is our own colour. So that, looking
    • pedantic thinkers, merely working with the head; we know that what
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: The Connection of the Natural with the Moral-Psychical. Living in Light and Weight.
    Matching lines:
    • connection there is, on the one hand, in the Kingdom of Nature with
    • the human Kingdoms; a condition however which would somehow, even if
    • and say: as we now go through the world as thinking men, these also
    • went as thinking beings with human character through that world. That
    • that the phenomenon of sleeping and waking means that man is released
    • consciousness. Think of the moment of waking: what is it? When
    • awaking, we say: In going to sleep, man passes out from the field of
    • feeling of being possessed again by weight on awaking, as a personal
    • You note, we are speaking of several different weights, issuing from
    • of the soul. We are seeking, again, in looking out into universal
    • are looking at the world physically, and, at the same time, morally.
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IV: Poetry and the Art of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • in working with speech itself. Just as a painter can learn most
    • speech from speech itself: from actual speaking, from handling the
    • to artistic speaking. This aberration might almost be called
    • Speaking about the art of reciting
    • gestures. It will all flow into this special way of speaking, so
    • Of all forsaken, and forsaking all;
    • reality, the recitative-declamatory speaking of prose-poetry is the
    • perceptible in this kind of recitation. In speaking a prose-poem
    • trembling, trembling and unfolding, a breaking light, an opening
    • flower, it spread in endless succession to itself, breaking in full
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in the larynx, a second man, in a manner of speaking, who is, to be
    • frontal lobe in the speaking man. The thyroid must co-operate with the
    • When we breathe and this breathing expresses itself in speaking or singing,
    • in movement, reciprocally conditioning each other in motion, that thinking
    • consequence is that chaotic or sloppy thinking transforms the rhythmic
    • thinking as such carries within it the tendency to slow down the rhythm.
    • manner of thinking as well which one can compare with what happens in
    • figures. He cannot understand a geometric figure by looking at it. However
    • concurrently and you can tell by looking at the person — that
    • imitation, as in speaking “E” the larynx carries out exactly
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of vowels today, we will speak purely of the meaning of
    • out, one could make it more complicated by taking more positions; one
    • is to be easily tired in walking as well. That is a technical difference:
    • to walk awkwardly and to tire in walking are two different things. When
    • the person is tired by walking, one has to do with the
    • tired by walking would be technically expressed as not being able to
    • making the “O” so often and by extending it to this
    • dynamic tendencies at work in making a person obese is in fact carried
    • first as children often react to taking medicine: with resistance. They
    • will follow the various workings further. If you have a person with
    • by carrying them out in walking. And you will achieve a great deal for
    • “E”-motion as we have just done it in walking; he should
    • In taking a step forward
    • while walking. You will say that complicated movements appear as a result;
    • in the form that one carries out while making the consonants, as though
    • consonant, first with the right hand, now with the left, but taking
    • it backwards, now taking the right hand back, and “M” with
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • of living into the world vigorously; of making himself selfless and
    • this going out and taking hold in the external world of what man today
    • place in speaking it; since — in respect to the characteristic
    • of which I am thinking at the moment — the eurythmic element must
    • taking place inwardly.
    • narrowed and the lips can vibrate. You can see that in speaking one
    • etherically speaking, a fat-head — not really a fat-head, but
    • how this inward E-making in man sums itself up into the vertical. As
    • clearly what one observes taking place in weaklings. They have the tendency
    • case however: they try to stretch the etheric body thereby making a
    • that once again. Before we proceed to working out the sounds particularly,
    • testieren”, is expressed more what comes from within, the working
    • cause of illness; I am speaking in coarse words now — but then
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • this B in walking as well. Try to walk in such a manner, however, that
    • and this particular manner of making sounds, of making consonants.
    • with an attempt at making knock-knees.
    • attached to it. One should accompany the H in walking as follows: one
    • vowels. As we considered the making of vowels in eurythmy I had to draw
    • pronounce an R, who are quite shocking in their pronunciation of the R.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • happen. But because one in reality doesn't go to sleep while making
    • consists in shaking the head to the right and left with the movement
    • at the same time that you don't collide. It is this taking notice of
    • oneself to doing this movement with the shoulders and making an A with
    • the possibility of making this etheric body into a workable instrument.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • us make clear to ourselves what is taking place here, proceeding however
    • association of sounds. That is something which man in his waking,
    • and the astral body glide over what they are taking in, they live into
    • is awake. During this dampened sleep taking place in the listener the
    • while listening. You can see what is actually taking place.
    • of growth in the human being. You are working directly into the person's
    • editor) is taking place here. When the rhythm pulses up against it,
    • transition taking place between the chaotic vigour in the lymph and the
    • what spiritual activity is: when man thinks and from out of his thinking
    • the case — with making war and so on. These peoples must see these
    • possibility of working most effectively in this direction; one can bring
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • what lies without the planetary sphere a formative working into the
    • connection we may conceive of these cosmic powers as working centripetally
    • forces working in from outside and not from the planets, for in that
    • this such a process of secretion is taking place. When you descend further
    • is working centrifugally, thus making the head large, and, in doing
    • have a deformation of the joints. That is an outwardly-working tendency
    • ray outwards, leaving the human being instead of working within him as
    • thing crosses the other; then an inward silent speaking joins what is
  • Title: Colour: Part One: Colour-Experience (Erlebnis)
    Matching lines:
    • figures walking over a green meadow; or blue beings generally, they
    • must, of course, speak comparatively when speaking of experiences in
    • greenness is, indeed, in its physical body, making green peculiar to
    • dividing it abstractly, taking the greenness from the plant, it is
    • but this colour, speaking generally, is that of the human skin. Let us
    • flesh-colour. What this means can best be realized by looking at a man
    • turn to the mineral kingdom, but we will try in another way to form an
    • If we take the kingdoms of Nature in this way — the lifeless
    • kingdom, the living kingdom, the ensouled kingdom, the spiritual
    • kingdom, we ascent — precisely as we ascend from the lifeless to
    • plant, animal and spiritual kingdom — in as far as man is the
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Luminous and Pictorial Nature of Colours
    Matching lines:
    • speaking. So that we can get this colour only in a roundabout way, and
    • Taking the colours we found yesterday, we may say as follows: By its
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Phenomenon of Colour in Material Nature
    Matching lines:
    • or, as we say, applied to the Vegetable Kingdom. And so in the
    • Vegetable Kingdom we have expressed the real origin of applied colour
    • that the Vegetable Kingdom was
    • Kingdom darker in its separate shades and then to cover it with the
    • generally speaking an inartistic element has been introduced into
    • you the breaking away of the moon, as you find it described in my
    • with the sun. But, generally speaking, if we look simply at the earth,
    • workings of the Cosmos. We cannot explain the colouration of inanimate
    • And now you will find that we can ascend again to the Animal Kingdom.
    • If you want to paint a landscape in which the Animal Kingdom is
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • of natural science is as far removed as possible from embarking
    • life, where we meet primarily our thinking, feeling, and
    • a first result we realize the absolute folly of speaking of
    • more materialized. Working in this inner direction, not
    • organism, and so forth. Looking at them within, you reach a
    • When speaking of the power of memory, I drew attention to the
    • systems, in lung, kidney, liver, and heart, after making a
    • describes. You need only to take a step in walking and a
    • taking place is not simply the chemical process which may be
    • the standpoint of ordinary life. Let us take a striking case: A
    • of good reasons for existence, but everything working in
    • pointing out to you an idea, asking you to think about it
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture One: Ahrimanic and Luciferic, Human Body, Soul, Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • working in manifold ways. This initiation science has to select all
    • satisfied in today's scientific thinking when we are ahrimanic, when
    • guardian of beauty and art. So in seeking the right balance between
    • instance in the alternating states of waking and sleeping. In the
    • waking state the spiritual part of our being is fully given over to
    • form are only real if we are capable of perceiving the working and
    • adequately comprehended in the right way by thinking and by contact
    • circle or another recently I have a number of times given a striking
    • working population from following their radical social-democratic
    • this example not because it is political but because it is a striking
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Two: East, Weat, and Center, -or- Asiatic Spiritual Life
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • about important aspects of life. We see congresses taking place
    • who are speaking with one another but members of various nations.
    • speaking with one another. What is actually speaking through each one
    • that it is the folk daemons who are speaking with one another, rather
    • and with the utmost impartiality, if we refrain from looking with
    • This special spirituality of today has the characteristic of taking
    • scientific thinking and have sought those impulses of social life
    • which derive from scientific thinking and which mankind will need in
    • a global working together in the spirit should take place can be seen
    • thought forms into his own thinking. If you are thoroughly familiar
    • Soloviev with a thinking prepared in the West you will have to
    • today only imagine a person to be capable of speaking in the way
    • is a working together of the different regions of the earth, and this
    • order to enter into the kind of global working together which will be
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Three: The Development of Religious Experience in Post-Atlantean Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • preparations for today's waking state, and also their dream
    • whom we are speaking, however, religion and the content they
    • courage and their will. Thus, speaking of their own deeds, they were
    • life more outside the earthly realm than within it. Looking for
    • of this globe are distinguished from one another. Looking eastwards
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Six: Methods of Initiation, Old and New - 1
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • only way of speaking about the Christ-being. We naturally use the
    • thinking became more mobile and more intense. At the same time it
    • These days all such things have to be attained by working with soul
    • enabled to perceive their element of spirit and soul by partaking of
    • to understand, when speaking about earthly evolution, that the
    • withdrawn from the element of spirit and soul. The working of the
    • the Middle Ages to be the cosmic working of ‘the prince of this
    • something ahrimanic working in them. Flushed redness, on the other
    • prince of this world’, on the working of the human head.
    • for man. So by looking at what is going on in a general way we come
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Seven: Methods of Initiation, Old and New - 2
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • stated that the human being seeking initiation is capable of
    • Only by taking possession of the body can it become capable of making
    • which had the external task of working for the community and caring
    • which relieves human beings of the effort of thinking, but it does
    • along and relieves us of the effort of thinking. In ordinary life we
    • think with our body, our body is our thinking apparatus. If we pursue
    • for thinking but would itself be able to think. This is, basically,
    • the organ that does the thinking so far as higher knowledge is
    • first person that second one develops, capable now of thinking
    • perceived in initiation is a strengthened thinking which does not in
    • into him. In taking this first upward step towards higher knowledge
    • grow up from childhood our spirit and soul element keeps making an
    • times. But it would still be incapable of thinking. As I have said,
    • the events which take place between going to sleep and waking up. The
    • through our external eyes. Our will exercises are not aimed at making
    • looking through our eyes. And we do not see into the spiritual world
    • directly, but only by looking through ourselves.
    • thinking to an extent which makes it independent of the brain, and
    • world of colours without looking through the eye. We have to look
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Eight: The Passage of the Human Soul and Spirit through the Physical Sense-Organization
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • what lives in our thinking during earthly existence. If we seek to
    • that period of human life about which I am now speaking. In the life
    • use expressions which will seem unusual as far as ordinary thinking
    • goes, but ordinary thinking lacks points of reference which might
    • serve to describe these things. Ordinary thinking lies far from all
    • between falling asleep and waking up again. If they were to look down
    • the way to making us into an image of our physical earth, of the
    • mirror. So, in speaking of immortality, there is absolutely no point
    • of the different kingdoms of nature, this culture saw everywhere the
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Nine: The Threefold Human, Reincarnation, Heathens, Jews, Christians, Calderon
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • feelings. Human beings felt the world as well as thinking it. Only at
    • thinking, this life has died. But our sympathy with the world around
    • speaking pictorially — in the convolutions of the brain. And
    • Thinking
    • a corpse in the power of thinking. The real spiritual vision, which
    • Alexandria was incapable of looking back — it all turned into
    • different kingdoms of nature, are external manifestations which pose
    • as we do today, but also the working of divine, spiritual beings in
    • and a new birth, taking no account of the side of man which belongs
    • absolutely shies away from looking at the externally
    • centuries of the Middle Ages we see the struggle taking place most
    • Cyprianus, a kind of miracle-working magician; in other words he is,
    • Cyprianus feels incapable of making a full approach to Justina, so he
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Ten: The Threefold Human, Four Elements, Imagination, Inspiration, Intuition
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • the temple with the four Kings.
    • working to bring the second part of the drama to a conclusion, Goethe
    • the earth, so that ever since then, when seeking the spirit which
    • Looking
    • So, looking at the human being of nerves and senses, we can say that
    • making contact with the airy element. The rhythmic life is
    • taking place at a previous level. We see how Justina tears herself
    • eighties of the last century, Schröer was working on
    • rather vague intuitive faculty when making his diagnoses. Instead of
    • observe things from vantage points not open to most, he is seeking an
    • be made, although the most urgent warnings can be shockingly
    • But the only real way of taking up a stance with regard to these
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Eleven: Faust and Hamlet in Relation to the Turning Point of the 15th Century
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • a representative of all those seeking personalities who lived at that
    • personality living in the midst of this seeking and striving that had
    • see that the special nature of this seeking and striving, as it
    • post-Atlantean period were still working in him.
    • centuries. Goethe has depicted him strikingly well, for this is just
    • that of Professor Faust himself — I am speaking only of Faust
    • any sense of all the various commentaries. We are talking about a
    • this is not only the working of his daytime consciousness with its
    • resembles a looking over one's shoulder in a dream. Think of the mood
    • he is simply speaking about what he senses to be the riddle of his
    • age; he is speaking not theoretically but out of what he actually
    • King Lear
    • What the poet learnt by taking these human characters and leading
    • the kings. He does not follow this specific theme in the historical
    • dramas, but the indeterminate forces work on. Taking Shakespeare's
    • Goethe is attacking this
    • system of princes and looking back to times which preceded the age of
    • from Shakespeare in seeking what they wanted to find through their
    • spiritual intentions, whereas they see what is taking place on earth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Twelve: The Transition from the 4th to the 5th Post-Atlantean Period, Shakespeare, the Spiritual Struggle of Schiller and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • speaking about the tasks facing the leaders of spiritual and cultural
    • soul, but what is still entirely lacking, what was still quite
    • continue working on the drama.
    • situation which led Goethe, on once again taking up work on his
    • to the forces working together in the human being. Goethe, not only
    • the fact that Goethe gave up speaking about the being of man in
    • times when, in seeking knowledge, human beings caused beings from the
    • Goethe, the statement that thinking, feeling and will work together
    • instead he depicted a place where there were three kings, one of
    • being of man by using the kind of thinking to which intellectualism
    • if we succeed in not thinking, then it is given unsought, unbidden.
    • of course be achieved without thinking — but in order to
    • not mean merely a dull absence of thinking. But he is quite sure that
    • with it by means of our intellectual thinking. This is even the
    • witches’ multiplication table? Goethe did not like speaking
    • Thinking comes to a standstill! So then you enter into a state of
    • any thinking. — Such things are always an aspect of Goethe's
    • youth he was not at all sure whether looking into the universal
    • extricate himself from that confounded capacity of thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Thirteen: The Transition from the 4th to the 5th Post-Atlantean Period, Shakespeare, Schiller, Goethe, -or- The Search for the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • nevertheless a kind of looking back to the time when human beings
    • by taking the side
    • King Lear,
    • historical dramas about the kings, he goes over more into realism
    • working together of the spiritual with the physical —
    • which the spirit plays. The East flees from the external working of
    • he was making the acquaintance of Schiller, Goethe felt impelled to
    • to go through the world without asking too many questions. As a
    • to describe such things. But if what is taking place in mankind is to
    • this clearly, even almost in grotesque detail. Looking at the human
    • I have chopped wood! In what is taking place out there in the
    • looking in a mirror! If someone were to do exactly what the words
    • taking the interconnections into account is it possible to understand
    • waking. The Grail was seen as the place where all truly Christian
    • set out on conquering expeditions under such mottos, thus working
    • the spiritual realm working everywhere in the social realm. People
    • themselves, at best looking in the mirror as if they are owls, they
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Fourteen: The 5th Post-Atlantean Period, the French Revolution, Schiller, Goethe, the Freedom Problem, -or- Berlin University Course Report - 2
    Matching lines:
    • the working of Lucifer and Ahriman in the threefold organization of the
    • here on earth of human thinking, feeling and willing. This is
    • kings learnt from the priests about the will of human evolution as it
    • Roman times, the times of the Roman kings, the endeavour was made to
    • human beings achieve satisfaction with regard to their thinking,
    • say: The human being is actually only free when he is working
    • is capable of working artistically he is also capable of unfolding
    • could not be given to him through logical thinking and that it could
    • removed themselves from a thoughtful and hard-working way of life. It
    • the recognition of the spiritual in thinking. In Schiller's
    • experience must be added a free experience in the realm of thinking
    • to offer in the realm of thinking is something unfree, something
    • can also be recognized in the realm of thinking and in the realm of
    • that in such heads every capacity for thinking clearly has ceased;
    • and for what is healthy and unhealthy in human thinking and in human
    • lacking amongst our contemporaries. Most of them do not notice these
    • things, they read them without taking them in.
    • For human beings definitely need that freedom of thinking in their
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • earthly organism — does not yet contain the faculty of walking
    • pre-earthly existence, orientation does not refer to walking and
    • with the thoughts we have here as with the thinking. Thinking is
    • we first focus on the mediating member of man, man's speaking,
    • civilization lies in speaking. Through speaking, people come together
    • here on earth; speaking is the bridge between two persons. Soul
    • unites with soul. We feel that in speaking we have an essential
    • speaking of these forms, one is not always referring only to the
    • sculptural form of the human organization. Not speaking symbolically
    • looking at them fundamentally from the viewpoint of the consonants,
    • the breathing process unites with the movements taking place along
    • also into the head-breathing. When man shifts from speaking to
    • our thinking system. It is the thinking system that influences speech
    • Lacking the bodily instrument, one enters a tonal world colored in a
    • world of the stars. Though it appears that I am speaking
    • it sings to you in speaking, speaks in singing, and your perception
    • is actually a hearing of this speaking-singing, singing-speaking.
    • speaking human beings in two ways. Take the consonantal human
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • give a biographical description of man's waking life, so one
    • human being experiences during his waking hours is experienced
    • one speaks of man's waking experiences, they necessarily
    • waking life. Likewise, man is in another world during sleep; this
    • in the waking state, we turn our eyes or other sense organs in the
    • that dwell in all things. Our organ of thinking is simply something
    • bearer of his physical and etheric bodies. In a manner of speaking,
    • bodies. In a manner of speaking, man withdraws his experience of the
  • Title: Lecture I: The WHITSUN Mystery and its Connection with the Ascension
    Matching lines:
    • another, but, speaking generally, at the time when the Mystery of
    • earthly mission. The Ahrimanic and Luciferic powers working in
    • takes its course, as we know, in the alternation of waking life and
    • from the time of falling asleep until that of waking, the ego and the
    • is taking place. There are many such happenings, but the everyday
    • conclusion: ‘This is the path man's etheric body is taking. The
    • upon a man's waking state, but it can make no impression on his sleeping
    • produced its effect in the waking life of men who had no knowledge of
    • between falling asleep and waking — and this is only possible
    • when knowledge of this Impulse has been acquired in waking life.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Looking
    • human being, our way of speaking of body, soul and spirit, of the ego
    • the year's course.) Pictorially speaking, the modern human being has
    • who, after drinking a glass of water, says his tongue produced the water.
    • Not exhaustively so, for he still had a vivid experience of thinking,
    • how this expression roused Greeks to a direct and striking perception
    • of the hero; so striking that he stood before them in his essential
    • between thinking and organism was as self-evident as the connection
    • within human evolution while looking for the divine in his forebears.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Well, this is only one detail. But all contemporary thinking tends
    • of the past, though not a very ancient past, asking to be understood:
    • Therefore no artistic person will say: That human being is striking
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • red with the green, then the green with the red, making these motions
    • tickets to a play enacted on a stage closed on four sides? Though speaking
    • working up out of the depths. At first it was Dionysus alone, then Dionysus
    • of will, making use of human beings to bring to manifestation not the
    • Muse descends and, making use of man through his head, proclaims man's
    • the subterranean will of the gods rises up from the depths, making use
    • working their way upward through men's wills. We have to penetrate earth
    • the epic element sinking down from above; he experiences the lyrical
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • I discussed during the last two lectures. Looking at the physical
    • Through thinking man strives to solve the riddles of existence. Modern
    • perhaps awakens him to the full meaning of earthly existence by making him
    • working. He took up what was robustly earthly without feeling any necessity
    • presentation. Oh, there exists no more striking satire on novels about
    • And, again, no more striking satire on the mawkishly emotional trying
    • he sends packing.
    • in which mankind, looking up to the divine-spiritual, strove to create, in
    • for a new unfolding of spiritual life, must give up seeking for what
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • our looking for this culture in present-day primitive peoples) we must
    • everything on earth a reflection of events taking place in its cosmic
    • thought-form the after-image of a constellation. Thus his thinking
    • Thus man as thinker felt as though the force of his thinking were
    • images of his thinking existed in the heavens.
    • most certainly felt, asking, Am I allowed to do that? to fix with my
    • a dinner party where poems were presented making fun, satirically, of the
    • Speaking of the Soma drink, they felt themselves in direct soul communion
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • into the sensory, proclaiming its being even in the sensory. By speaking
    • forsaking the living-in-color.
    • colored as they are, it would be a great offense. I am now speaking
    • Mary must be in every instance, artistically speaking, an offense. But
    • Apostles; we cannot conceive of them otherwise than looking upward in
    • or view a picture in a frame, we can imagine ourselves looking out through
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Dimension, Number and Weight
    Matching lines:
    • for the greater part of the time between falling asleep and awaking.
    • between awaking and going to sleep. Animal “wakefulness” is
    • You see, when a man is in the state between going to sleep and waking
    • Man with his waking consciousness sees only the outside of minerals
    • beauty. But there is no sense in speaking of goodness among these
    • Waking Consciousness:
    • want to have the idea of goodness, we must turn to the state of waking
    • way of looking at things, to the state of sleep. And as I have always
    • no more important than knitting a stocking, because after all the
    • gave their pictures the luster of gold, making it irradiate them from
    • We see how in all provinces it is a question of making an effort, of
    • mankind waking up. It is this we ought to take up — this impulse to
  • Title: Lecture IV: The Sun-Initiation of the Druid Priest and His Moon-Science
    Matching lines:
    • on the Earth, but, when it is a question of taking the spiritual
    • way even today penetrate into the whole manner and mode of working of
    • But we must always bear in mind that we are here speaking of an epoch
    • information about the time of the year. The only booking in existence
    • emanate from the Sun-forces, but from the Moon-forces working together
    • kindling his human being even into the physical. Yet this working into
    • swept with its giant forces over the Earth, working destructively;
    • their right limits in the kingdoms of Nature. The chosen places where
    • working and weaving of wind and weather as they sweep over the Earth
    • — the working together of the water and the airy nature, the
    • plant kingdom. Then they observed what happened to the plants when
    • they came to the point of taking the plants themselves, and imitating
    • The Druid priests said to themselves: “Looking out into this
    • world of Nature we behold the destructive working of the giants, of
    • had a remedy against this habit of sinking into one's inner being, or
    • Cosmos, seeking for his religious, social and medical conceptions from
    • giants is working with threatening danger and destruction works
    • Thus the Druid in his way perceived the varied forces and workings of
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Hierarchies and the Nature of the Rainbow
    Matching lines:
    • the warmth interests him. He is talking nonsense, of course, for when
    • And now comes the Fourth Hierarchy. I am speaking now with the thought
  • Title: Lecture VI: The WHITSUNTIDE Festival: Its place in the study of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • it in the mineral kingdom, the etheric as we find it working in the
    • plant kingdom, and the astral as we find it working in the animal
    • kingdom — all these are to be found in the environment of man here
    • when you are looking at a small fragment of Ether, you see nothing with
    • Universe, revealing its presence, making itself known in the blue of the
    • stroking you, holding the fingers a little apart, and you were then to
    • — like the gently stroking fingers — on the etheric organism
    • Universe. It lasts far longer than the stroking of your cheek. But in
    • there is a “stroking” of shorter duration. For it is true
    • time looking into the flow of Time.
    • looking into the Sun we are looking out of Space into the world of Time.
    • we are looking out of Space. And from that world, outside of
    • stroking. The Spirit-Selfhood that is behind them is indeed the Being
    • true Sun-movement — an image cast into Space. If we are speaking
    • then the moment came when they experienced the working of this mighty
    • — the working and weaving of the Hierarchies.” It is
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture I: On Spengler's "Decline of the West"
    Matching lines:
    • fact that a few chimneys are smoking again and the trains are
    • the question: How can we orient thinking so that pessimism
    • inner nature of what is working in social, political, and
    • spiritual life, one who sees how all that is so working strives
    • traditions of the past, you will be making something which is
    • instincts,” that you are speaking on the same basis as
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture II: Oswald Spengler - I
    Matching lines:
    • ideas — was making the effort to present a sort of
    • thinking was itself involved in this decline; and because he
    • the obtuseness of thinking which by no means is equal to the
    • thinking of the present, I have again and again found it
    • striving of present-day thinking for clarity of view, I have
    • ordinary thinking does not discover how resilience works in
    • thinking is employed.
    • definite kind of thinking is what humanity has achieved since
    • simplest and most primitive kind of pure thinking, can he
    • thinking, as it holds sway in lifeless nature, can later rise
    • to the other processes of thinking and of seeing —
    • present-day thinking rests upon. And those who have become
    • aware of this power in the thinking of our time know that this
    • thinking is active in the machine, that it has brought us
    • modern technical sciences, in which by means of this thinking
    • start to deal with plant-life, this kind of thinking,
    • thinking — appropriate in its abstractness to the mineral
    • thinking about the plant-world, will have before him in the
    • confused thinking, a mysticism in the very worst sense of the
    • the means by which he has developed his clear thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture III: Oswald Spengler - II
    Matching lines:
    • poor opinion of thinking in general. For Oswald Spengler
    • what results from thinking, but in his opinion the more
    • with him thinking really floats above life, as something
    • gained from thinking; and I said more or less jokingly:
    • speaking, in the middle part of the Middle Ages.
    • to do with these events. Looking back into ancient times we
    • people were not thinking about the mass, the elementals began
    • thinking if they wished to use their minds; but they have no
    • think; everything just rolls past. The tiny bit of thinking
    • with active inner thinking has been slowly and gradually
    • almost entirely given up thinking. If a lecture is given
    • because active thinking does not enjoy a high degree of favor
    • thinking. Since the sixteenth century an extraordinary
    • meals — well, that is speaking figuratively, for usually
    • arising from indeterminate powers and working into the
    • — what cannot even be employed for sausage-making is used
    • and of course, we are not speaking at all in an accusing
    • lacking — in other words, there is no lady. The muse
    • clothes-closet of modern thoughts. Thinking does not exist at
    • is lacking is the substantial content which should come from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture I: Historical Requirements of the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • Fundamentally speaking, everything that is said about the
    • taking place in Asia and about which Europe is still silent
    • consider a machine. It is entirely transparent to our thinking.
    • what sucks out the human heart and soul, making man dry and
    • thinking about nature; that is, thinking fashioned after the
    • humanness. If they were to continue thinking in the way they
    • child's education by doing, thinking, and feeling only what he
    • Nothing is worse than for a child to get accustomed to making
    • will have to be consciously directed toward awaking in a child
    • right way, freedom is lacking; and when imitation is not
    • behind Oriental and Occidental thinking are very different; but
    • lack of will. It is courage that is lacking, courage to look
    • proletariat, the working class, strives upward. It still has
    • to a real taking hold of the social problems of our time. There
    • social thinking of the present adheres to these three
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture II: The Social Structure in Ancient Greece and Rome
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and willing.
    • means to risk taking such a step. So, he went to his home town
    • have to develop our conceptual ability as pure thinking.
    • to birth. Our modern thinking has been bestowed upon us so that
    • we may reach with this pure thinking our spiritual nature as it
    • does not comprehend the fact that it possesses thinking in
    • To the Oriental the activity of working by means of machines,
    • making the sparks ignite the tinder, he is connected with
    • thinking to a knowledge of reality that does not stop with the
    • working one's way up to the spirit as I have stated, there is
    • ourselves to will out of the spirit. Our thinking has to be
    • modern man feels when looking at this picture is something gray
    • Sistine Chapel. One is stirred to asking how it was possible
    • to looking into the origin of man and the life after death.
    • Truly, the most striking fact of modern life is that there are
    • from the seventh to fourteenth year, thinking, feeling,
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture III: Commodity, Labor, and Capital
    Matching lines:
    • human thinking. Therefore, observing these thought-bereft facts
    • from imaginative thinking. Otherwise there will be no
    • imaginative thinking is not incorporated in the social organism
    • yourself in sports and use your working power in this way. You
    • speaking of democracy, not at all of monarchy). Civil rights
    • accustomed to thinking what they have thought for ages. Today
    • Steiner's social thinking these rights are only those which
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture IV: Education as a Problem Involving the Training of Teachers
    Matching lines:
    • looking them up in a handbook. The examiners pay no attention
    • we can say that our way of thinking is inclined to place these
    • inwardly mobile thinking, this unschematic thinking. For only
    • thinking, feeling, and willing live. The idea that this ego
    • systems, in speaking about immortality, chiefly bear in mind
    • toward head-thinking, the unegotistical point of view urges him
    • astral body that is active in walking. Now the child becomes
    • life-giving element of the chest-man, the walking. What remains
    • the astral body in walking; the ego through growing. Thus, the
    • relationship to the world. A walking child discloses to you the
    • astral body. The gesture of his walking — every child
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture V: The Metamorphoses of Human Intelligence: Present Trends and Dangers
    Matching lines:
    • IN THE observations we are making here we have to enter
    • see; by merely thinking I only grasp what is
    • transformation of intelligence is taking place. Although it is
    • another element will be added by taking in what can be gained
    • become active for the good only through taking in the true
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture VI: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time, Conquering Egotism
    Matching lines:
    • we feel for his soul after death, our thinking about the world
    • questions of destiny, is the most striking phenomenon.
    • women use the concepts of the present in their cooking, in
    • their cooking as something particularly desirable, but the
    • cultures. In looking upon our cultural surroundings we have not
    • the working age up to his death, in the form of a pension. It
    • adjust ourselves to a genuine transformation in our thinking
    • influenced by the working together of our anthroposophical and
    • graciously the people who show an interest in looking at this
    • humanity's spiritual powers; making men more amenable to what
  • Title: Karma: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • like to begin by speaking to you about the conditions and laws
    • begin by looking at the so-called lifeless nature which,
    • indeed, confronts us most clearly in the mineral kingdom, in
    • kingdom of the lifeless we can find the causes themselves.
    • causes within this very same kingdom. In fact, we proceed in
    • kingdom.
    • be, you should seek the cause of its forms in the kingdom of
    • the lifeless itself. And thus, this lifeless kingdom shows
    • now proceed further. Let us consider the plant kingdom. Here we
    • lie in the plant kingdom itself — that is, in the same
    • kingdom in which the effects appear. Certainly, there is today
    • the plant kingdom. Different forces must be active from wide
    • plant kingdom are not in the plant kingdom of the earth itself;
    • we must actually cross over to a second kingdom of the world,
    • kingdom.
    • plant kingdom. We must say that the causative forces of
    • the plant kingdom conn* down to earth out of the reaches of
    • if we look at the living, at the plant kingdom, and become
    • aware that the causative forces for this kingdom come out of
    • kingdom.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • human being from the mineral kingdom come in a roundabout way
    • through the senses. We see the mineral kingdom, we hear it, we
    • being consumes comes from the plant and animal kingdoms. And
    • what we receive from the mineral kingdom relates itself in a
    • can be shown by experiment, by taking a pair of scales —
    • taking a bath. By simply sitting in the bath he found that his
    • the mineral kingdom, that what we receive into ourselves as
    • independent of what exists in the surrounding mineral kingdom.
    • He takes into himself from the mineral kingdom only that which
    • acknowledge that the mineral kingdom actually exists as the
    • mineral kingdom, we would not be free beings. For the moment we
    • ascend into the plant kingdom, we are no longer independent of
    • that kingdom. It only seems as if we directed our eyes toward
    • the plant kingdom in just the same way we direct them toward
    • the crystal, toward the widespread mineral kingdom. That is,
    • however, not the case. Here, on the earth, the plant kingdom
    • Through this ether body we are related to the plant kingdom.
    • Certainly, if we look upon the mineral kingdom, we see about
    • plant kingdom. For the moment we attain imaginative knowledge
    • such a nature that they are enclosed in the mineral kingdom.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • without striking against objects. Instead, it was filled
    • what wells forth from human thinking is caused in the
    • people, however, contradict themselves in talking at all. As I
    • certain causes, which bring my walking into effect.” This
    • looking at this, you may assert the following. You may say:
    • walk is also there. No one feels interfered with in walking by
  • Title: Karma: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • in asking: Whence come the individual members of human nature
    • have to describe the process more in detail by taking the
    • their fellow-man, or boxing his ears, striking him, or doing
    • aid education, but in looking concretely into life in order to
    • (generally speaking, at least; matters may, of course, be
    • lives. Generally speaking, the human beings of, let us say, the
    • question: “How would it be if I, walking down the
  • Title: Karma: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • must do it in the following way — shocking though it may
    • Shocking as it may be to human beings of today, if they are
    • modern human being's way of thinking, this question is
    • him in his later life. The human being who, working on himself,
    • heredity, this has even passed over into our way of speaking.
    • your liking that you should come down again to earth in some
    • this, they become flabby, lacking in energy and vigor in the
    • visible in his environment, he remains incapable of working in
  • Title: Karma: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • of the human being. His soul life can be divided into thinking,
    • feeling, and willing. Thinking finds its physical expression
    • in waking life and our dreams. Our feelings have no greater
    • dreams. If on awaking from sleep we recollect our dreams and
    • as a visualization — your taking hold of the watch,
    • in time. And by looking back, you must really always insert the
    • present. Thus, in looking back in memory, in spite of the fact
    • sway; only, even in the waking human being, they are sunk in
    • even during our waking life.
    • thinking occurs. And in order to add a further stimulus —
    • of the impressions, making pictures of them. These are only
    • by looking inward, you visualize the blue. The first
    • So that our day-waking consciousness is actually to be found,
    • waking-day consciousness we visualize — there only
    • let us descend into the region, psychologically speaking, of
    • feeling; corporeally speaking, of the rhythmic organism,
    • thinking. Were it not concerned with our thinking, with that
    • by us. And while we are working with the beings of the second
    • looking downward we relate ourselves, between death and a new
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • states of sleeping and waking. In the sleeping state it is represented
    • only by chaotic dreams. In the waking state, not content with
    • It is in this ego that are really enacted all the thinking, feeling
    • ranged above man, just as below him are ranged the three kingdoms of
    • nature — the animal, plant and mineral kingdoms. As soon as we
    • forces we call the Luciferic and the Ahrimanic, the Luciferic working
    • outer world of the senses, or the historical life of man taking its
    • form of thinking different from that which I recently described to
    • Taking people as they are and being quite clear that everyone is as
    • not far wrong in calling Ahriman a “prowling lion seeking whom
    • of ideas have been devised for making the world happy! And in the
    • thinking is of an airy kind, soaring aloft and taking no account of
    • in our earthly existence which is connected with space through taking
    • difficulties for Western thinking is to form a conception of
    • of Form. They play into the kingdom of evolution in time. But
    • is constructed, and so is our thinking dependent upon our bodily nature.
    • is working in his soul. We know why the time is past when man could draw
    • forces working upon him in time.
    • sense. That, however, is really no different from speaking of a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture II: The Fifth Epoch, Semitic and Greek Cultures, the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • climax, the climax of the usefulness of their working within human
    • that, strictly speaking, in the Atlantean epoch (I am talking not of
    • to what I said recently: when Lucifer is working particularly
    • sphere. On the contrary, it means that, because Lucifer is working
    • the Luciferic was working with great strength, and times when the
    • Nietzsche has called the “tragic age,” we are looking
    • waking they first caught sight of the sun. They did not talk merely
    • us with warmth and light, making of each one of us a
    • this I made clear when speaking to you about the perception of the
    • one or other person was thinking would concern us very little. We can
    • very well take the measure of the Luciferic in a man by asking: Is he
    • the opinions of others. Had the Luciferic gone on working in
    • in their souls, each thinking only of his own affairs, each holding
    • speaking, valid only for earthly evolution; we are intended to become
    • the working of the Christ Impulse into mankind during the centuries
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture III: The Mystery of Golgotha Must Be Approached Supersensibly
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • speaking yesterday, and have repeated in essence to-day.
    • abstract way of human thinking, and had come in other
    • in the kingdom of nature. It is just on this account that He has been
    • them first together with his complete awareness of the inter-working
    • to the unconscious working of these inherited forces. Things
    • example, we are learning about folklore, we are always speaking about
    • are speaking of qualities belonging to the realm of heredity,
    • with the mysteries of birth, is indeed a wide realm, and when talking
    • about external life we are often speaking of the facts and forces of
    • have shown — we count human death among the phenomena taking
    • thinking falsely because, were it able to think in accordance with
    • making our picture without them — then we should have a picture
    • characteristics as a direct continuance of the working of the God
    • nature, seeing it as the direct working of Jahve — for as long,
    • working of inherited characteristics.
    • that fact evoking its opposite. Man's life runs its course in the
    • Ahrimanic spirits. And the effect on the soul of looking for heredity
    • way human thinking wasted astray; it was unable to see that the
    • the kingdom of Lucifer.” That was the true meaning of their words.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture IV: Consciousness Soul and Scientific Thinking, Sorat and 666
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • that these are in line with scientific thinking. This line is
    • we have to consider pursue a scientific kind of thinking, but that
    • working in the general life of men, even when they believe themselves
    • Everywhere to-day in external life, in the widest circles, thinking
    • achievements and of the scientific kind of thinking that goes with it.
    • speaking of Richard Wahle, who has written two big books and all
    • prove, out of the scientific method of thinking, that there ought to
    • scientific thinking.
    • convinced that the majority of you, on taking up these books, would very
    • working with inadequate means.
    • speaking of the spiritual knowledge most suited to this particular age.
    • everyone should be speaking with conscious awareness, and that is
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture V: Free Human Personality by Self Training, Justinian and the Schools
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • for example, some event prevents our undertaking something we should
    • intellectually, never asking what might have happened — it is
    • given. We fed the working of unknown forces. And it is strange that
    • the keenest thinking was united with a certain visionary capacity
    • would have arisen, but materialistically thinking men, men entirely
    • arisen, with its particular method of thinking? What I am now about
    • scientific method of thinking, as I described it for you yesterday,
    • Western scientific thinking.
    • little do men to-day know of the sources of what is working in their
    • souls that they imagine they have a scientific thinking free from
    • prejudice, whereas this “impartial scientific thinking
    • that has so deeply influenced Western thinking, and can in fact be
    • are seeking solid matter, there is in truth nothing, and they find
    • Strictly speaking, we get no more than this image from what is taught
    • — I think, therefore I am. Men believed that in thinking they were
    • the moment we develop purely inward thinking, we are no more.
    • throughout life he experiences as a conceiving, thinking being. Then
    • speaking to you; only the images of it have been allowed to pass
    • must just put up with it. It is no good thinking out a poison, like
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • later developed as the scientific method of thinking was already then
    • Jundí Sábúr, in the new Persian kingdom. And
    • beginning of our era without the working of the impulse of the
    • of Christianity, seeking to find in Manichaeism an answer to the problems
    • speaking, outside the narrow circle of Christ's activity, this would
    • keep people from understanding them, even from asking what anything
    • earth-shaking occurrences which precede a great spiritual event of
    • was seeking to enter the world sacramentally, they looked to
    • been speaking to-day, to be understood from the standpoint of the
    • by human evolution; but in such a way that while looking at the forms
    • taking from Christianity as much as suited it, became the Catholic
    • people nowadays who believe they do a great deal of thinking, in fact
    • fact as we have been speaking about yesterday and to-day is of very
    • the name which goes with the empty phrase-making of rhetoric —
    • the kind of phrase-making which anyone really permeated by
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture I: East and West from a Spiritual Point of View
    Matching lines:
    • inevitable. I have said that what we are seeking to set
    • Indeed, this is the very thing that has been lacking for
    • lacking in social understanding. It is not surprising,
    • manner of speaking will vary greatly among themselves, for
    • instinctive so long as the impulse is lacking to see the
    • that the image of the human being lurking instinctively in
    • discover, after taking into account all the historical
    • does not belong at all to Romanism. In English-speaking
    • be altogether the product of the Latin way of thinking,
    • a strange manner, working just as a nightmare does when it
    • something that is working in our own epoch for the first
    • future as the undertakings of the British Empire becomes a
    • insight are such as pertain to the character of our thinking,
    • and the manner in which this thinking streams forth from the
    • is that the thinking characteristic of the Old Testament
    • haunt our age in spectral forms. This Old Testament thinking,
    • “Upon what forces does such thinking as that of the Old
    • This thinking
    • thinking, what lives in our blood, is Old Testament thinking.
    • Our thinking is made up of two members, two parts. One part
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture II: The Present from the Viewpoint of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • their thinking. But the events that have occurred over a
    • not been accompanied by thinking. The leading classes have
    • with their thinking, the modern proletariat has evolved out
    • of humanity may in the future be followed with our thinking.
    • working for a certain number of hours in order that I may
    • This very habit has taken form among the bourgeois of looking
    • presented to you, there is no question of anyone's looking
    • accomplished by that vague way of talking I have heard even
    • satisfied with the mere abstraction, the unthinking
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture III: The Mechanistic, Eugenic and Hygienic Aspects of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • social thinking should take today. I should like now to add
    • speaking of an inevitable historical phenomenon, and not for
    • asking ourselves what must be done for our epoch? What are
    • harmony with reality. We are working against reality when we
    • approximately with the founding of the ancient Roman kingdom,
    • sentences I uttered today of making an absolute principle out
    • societies of the English-speaking peoples. This is something
    • Secret societies among the English-speaking peoples, on the
    • politics — were those of the English-speaking peoples,
    • West, among the English-speaking population of the world,
    • the English-speaking peoples, are taken in the last analysis
    • This is the mistake of thinking, “But what good does it
    • shall not employ merely that kind of thinking generally
    • English-speaking peoples. The essence of the matter is to
    • make the English-speaking peoples into a population of
    • English-speaking peoples. Mechanistic occultism will not only
    • English-speaking peoples. This is known in their secret
    • English-speaking peoples, but only of the inborn
    • regards conception and birth from taking its course according
    • circles of the English-speaking peoples that these capacities
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture IV: Social and Antisocial Instincts
    Matching lines:
    • today precisely in his thinking, in his conceptions, he likes
    • his soul, according to thinking, or conceiving, feeling and
    • must see clearly as regards conceiving, thinking, that in
    • fact that man is a thinking being, he is antisocial. In this
    • state of dreamless sleep between falling asleep and waking,
    • you are then, with regard to your thinking — and I
    • speak now solely with regard to conceiving and thinking
    • develop through your conceptual life, through your thinking,
    • through our thinking into still another antisocial stream in
    • the waking state. Suppose you stand face to face with a
    • confronting individual persons. You are a thinking human
    • not a thinking being. I am speaking now only about thinking;
    • thinking human being in the presence of another person, it is
    • other. What must you do, therefore, as a thinking person? (Of
    • your thinking to sleep, not your feeling and willing. Now, if
    • you wish to continue to be a thinking human being, you must
    • thinking. You have to take defensive measures against being
    • thinking. Of course, this does not come into the ordinary
    • enemy of our thinking. We must defend our thinking against
    • thinking, and can become social beings only by educating
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture V: Specters of the Old Testament in the Nationalism of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • ahrimanic and luciferic powers working against man must
    • human souls and the clamor for social harmonizing, working
    • a nature that is distributed over the whole animal kingdom.
    • the waking state. While man is asleep, he stands in a
    • waking is similar to the life that we live from conception
    • the life of abstract thinking, which was called in the Old
    • abstract thinking is, of course, the brain. This brain is
    • continual vibration occurs: with exhalation, a sinking of the
    • process of abstract thinking. This is the secret of the Old
    • thinking. Jehovah wisdom is adapted to abstract thinking.
    • his breath from falling asleep until waking. Because of this
    • between falling asleep and waking. Now, this was not
    • things are not so simple as people suppose in thinking that
    • to the objective of making well. In a certain way, this is
    • confront for the first time what is working in the whole
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture VI: The Innate Capacities of the Nations of the World
    Matching lines:
    • is typical of the abstractly thinking man, living entirely in
    • inclination toward abstraction, toward a thinking alien to
    • of thinking, great significance therefore attaches to the
    • revolutionary thinking by those men who are conceived,
    • revolutionary way of thinking gives rise to certain
    • regime they were seeking to establish what would really
    • the will of the people and proletariat thinking were driven
    • back into the old habits of thinking and acting, just as
    • where such thinking is revealed in its illusory character,
    • configuration of this thinking. I wish to show you by means
    • of individual examples how this thinking betrays its utter
    • striking so-called victory — it came about in a strange
    • something brilliant in a merely abstract way of thinking when
    • thinking of such a revolutionary manifests itself in a
    • thinking, developed in connection with what these people have
    • brought to your attention the fact that the English-speaking
    • under the influence of the English-speaking peoples. The
    • English people — I am by no means speaking of
    • descent who are united with the English-speaking peoples. The
    • structure of the English-speaking peoples. It is decisive,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • year 1875, thus in this very period of which I am now speaking. In
    • fulfillment of what men were seeking in the time now past, in the
    • illuminating circumstances making possible the present untrue fight
    • his regiment. I am not making polemics, I am simply citing a
    • awake, and it was out of their waking consciousness that such things
    • waking consciousness, the latest inevitable achievement, the
    • not making polemics, I am merely stating historic facts. But these
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • declared all modern thinking to be heretical. Then on top of that
    • fact is awake and is working systematically against the approaching
    • the difficulties of working on the faithful in modern times and
    • Pope Clement XIV, who had a great liking for the Jesuits and was at
    • world history, history made by Frederick II, King of Prussia, and by
    • never states whether he is speaking ‘ex cathedra’ or
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • But really the dream differs far less from ordinary thinking than is
    • same as what underlies one’s thoughts, only that in thinking
    • thinking ordered in accordance with quite external relationships, is
    • Century has certainly been sufficient for the making of technical
    • have something to do, and just as the statesman is always making
    • the purpose of making of it a dull communal consciousness. Now one of
    • seeking to emerge as individual consciousness in the souls of men. It
    • is a fine undertaking so to work under authority as to write articles
    • from rancor, one is making a great mistake. Naturally, we must fight
    • is a mighty and diabolical undertaking.
    • means of working on human beings. These magical means do exist. And
    • investigate such things, and I set myself the task of making certain
    • did not spend their time in the way they do but were working at
    • undertaking which in a certain sense they had been given. But I was
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • habit of looking at these systems within rigid contours, we
    • realize that the so-called etheric body is working in this
    • fundamentally speaking. It is dependent upon planetary
    • organization. Suppose I am walking, simply walking. When I am
    • walking, I take hold of my warmth organization with my ego
    • actually making the legs tremble. The thing is inconceivable,
    • and so on. For if the human organism, working from out of the
    • organization. Suppose the ego organization is taking too
    • ego organization is taking hold of the kidneys but in the way
    • kidneys if you really succeed in making equisetum
    • organism with the cosmos and with the three kingdoms of
    • looking through the microscope? The aim is to be able to see
    • enormously magnified people imagine that its workings will be
    • looking at something that is untrue. Microscopy is only of
    • week. We had been speaking of bees and a very interesting
    • the typically modern way of thinking said that surely a bee
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • develop the material given yesterday by speaking of the
    • components of it. These are the peripherically working
    • must be included. Looking at the physical body of man as it
    • nothing fundamentally in common with the forces working in
    • physical body is destroyed by the forces that are working in
    • so that, finally, if the ego organization is working
    • again. When the body is no longer capable of taking food, it
    • sum total of the destructive forces working inwards. It
    • of nourishment. In every single organ there is a working
    • in-working processes of disease, and of a continuous dying
    • life. In the waking state (I shall yet have to speak of
    • nonsense, gives a picture of the process of the breaking-up
    • sense organs. With the eye we are exposed to the working of
    • and ego are working on the human being. Therefore the heart
    • separate components of the milk is like taking a clock and
    • looking at the brass, the silver, the other metals in it, the
    • thinking with the mind of the mechanic, when we are concerned
    • processes of nourishment are continually taking place. I am
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of the earth. In speaking of the etheric body, we found that
    • from the periphery, from the cosmos. Taking these two kinds
    • thing is that when we are walking, the head, the brain,
    • condition, is not changed when we are walking. Nor is this
    • true only of our walking, but, in a curious manner, it is
    • reality, not heavy. But it is so, nevertheless. Thinking of
    • of an earthly nature but only from the in-working cosmos. I
    • looking at a skeleton. Take away the skull and you have taken
    • the earthly forces of the possibility of taking shape; this
    • thought. It is a striking fact — a fact to which no
    • therefore, we see that there are working, within the human
    • being, the same forces as are working in magnesium in the
    • thinking about them — thereby, we become a personality,
    • looking, say, at this piece of chalk, not to be entirely
    • caught up in the simple act of looking at the chalk.
    • speak of something that is very striking in connection with
    • interesting about magnesium. When speaking about education I
    • antimony to the etheric forces. This is a striking case, but
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • working of the mica by way of the ground water. The etheric
    • Dornach we are working from esoteric impulses. People have
    • growth of an attitude which aims at making the remedies
    • understanding will begin to realize that with the taking of
    • Whenever he came to a district where the soil was strikingly
    • the district, one does not easily take a liking to them. They
    • found, in its most concentrated form, in the mineral kingdom,
    • form, the drop form in the plant kingdom. The principle of
    • working through the human being make the nails grow again.
    • being arrested, a congealment taking place and the smell and
    • quicken life in your medical thinking.
    • the soul receives in looking out into the universe around.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • sections of the work. And you who are seeking to find your
    • today by looking at the root, stem, leaves, flowers, pistil,
    • my dear friends — the root, sinking into the soil,
    • on speaking about hydrogen, oxygen, carbon, nitrogen, sulfur,
    • working in the human head, the warmth that provides the rest
    • theoretical ideas but with inner, moral impulses. Looking at
    • were looking at the Sistine Madonna. A scientist might come
    • the fire there is working, active will.
    • Yes, but how do I get to know that there is active, working
    • wherever there is fire, there, too, is active working will
    • there is active, working will. In order that you may also be
    • you actually see it as active, working will. When you are
    • working, active will is akin to fire. You will live out into
    • working will; it belongs to me, just as my own finger belongs
    • think of fire as active, working will — if you can take
    • – Working, Active Will
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and sense observation could only be applied to those
    • thought has been working. The forms in the human organism of
    • ascend from thinking to imagination. With imagination we can
    • counter-working. There is always action and reaction with
    • you insist upon thinking along the ordinary lines, you can,
    • thinking to an inner comprehension of the world, as I have
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • of the hand, or a stroking and then what is happening is that
    • for generally speaking, the life of soul is otherwise
    • Naturally, the purely chemical working is not excluded, but
    • what is working in a muscle when we attain to pictorial,
    • of the working of the healing forces, so that medicine would
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • with looking at things as they are looked at in ordinary
    • walking.
    • takes you into the realm of the forces working between earth
    • the world. Speaking generally, it is dangerous for the human
    • soul is in the body, and you are looking at a human being,
    • working in oxygen. In the etheric body, as you know,
    • realization by taking the following meditation, not as mere
    • be a real exercise. You must practice with the aim of making
    • practice with the aim of making your body into something that
    • waking life, too, the condition must be such that although
    • the more delicate workings of the organism—and the
    • taking the vowel sequence: A(ah), E(ay), I(ee), 0, U, in
    • to the lecture thinking that he would find confirmation of
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the most striking example of a human-cosmic relationship that
    • also hold good in the working of mantric power. Mantric power
    • constellations of the stars in the working of a mantram.
    • with lead, with silver — then you are working in
    • the human being and you are looking not into the past but
    • intellectual striving and, to begin with, taking the content
    • it be in your consciousness, then your ego is working in you
    • therefore, the cosmic forces were working upon man's nature;
    • moon and in the sun were working in the human being because
    • moon and sun lies in the forces working in from the cosmos.
    • if you observe this inter-working truly you can see how, if
    • time, working into the physical very strongly and having,
    • that it damages the model by striking up against it
    • shrinking back, a wish to mold the in-taken substances more
    • his astral body and his ego are taking hold of the milk you
    • must realize the remarkable process of working up what is
    • an excessively strong working of the spirit and soul, the
    • a too feeble working of the spirit and soul which wavers in
    • make in the act of ordinary, intellectual thinking.
    • long as we persist in thinking that evolution goes forward in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary theologians). All kinds of people are looking and
    • seeking for knowledge of the being of man. The only ones who
    • are not seeking for it are the lawyers, because jurisprudence
    • ought to be speaking of something quite different. You should
    • physician I was looking for something different in scientific
    • former colleague. He was speaking of a peasant doctor in the
    • important. You are right in thinking that I did not want to
    • abusing it for they are talking about something of which they
    • capable of working also in the world, so that the real will
    • patient comes. But what is lacking is the kind of thinking
    • severe poisoning. This was still working in him. I told him
    • lacking, the most significant things will be forgotten. That
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • centrifugal forces are working within the human being and
    • were only capable of making him into a round, spherical body.
    • You find the form which the working of these forces produce
    • working from a position in front of the Pleiades and the
    • because the constellations of Mercury and Venus are working
    • we are inwardly ensouled because the sun is working together
    • are not here speaking of the sun's own forces). It is then
    • working, in the air, upon what affects us through our
    • primal substance, from the Saturn forces that are working in
    • afterworkings in the human being and it is an influence quite
    • spiritual life finds a place in what, figuratively speaking,
    • the moon regulates his form, Saturn — working from the
    • power is lacking, so that the human organism is becoming too
    • their origin. They remain through tradition. Human thinking
    • they cannot, properly speaking, become memorized truths. You
    • present time, of course, I am speaking much more radically
    • Taking human
    • of knowledge — such men are, speaking in the widest
    • for eating, drinking, walking, standing, sitting, but they
    • working for civilization.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • working for some centuries.
    • (1561–1626) and with his kind of thinking which was
    • natural-scientific thinking, from the West. Such was the path
    • that are working in natural science and especially in
    • mode of thinking. Those who have read the first course of
    • medical thinking. The reason can be found if we can
    • factor alone that modern orthodox medicine is working. No
    • speaking, no heed is paid to them, least of all is any heed
    • led back to the element of warmth. Saturn is working in the
    • evolution — it is all working in the human being, but
    • Saturn is working in the human being; we must understand how,
    • in the phenomenon of fever, the cosmos is working in by way
    • of the Saturn forces which, spiritually speaking, have been
    • once, not as something that is now working on the earth but
    • as the after-working of the Old Sun, when with true feeling
    • how far the substances that are working in the human being
    • are not taking on the human form but are adhering to their
    • workings of metabolism, you are, in reality, investigating
    • this attitude we should be able to feel, when we are speaking
    • really lacking and has been killed, in spite of the fact that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • physical world in waking consciousness, the spirit and soul
    • organ ego organization and astral organization are working,
    • when the human being is in waking consciousness.
    • organization. This, speaking quite generally, is the cause of
    • physical illnesses. Speaking generally, the cause of physical
    • dreamy than he was before taking the melissa preparation. In
    • in walking, for instance, is all known — if I may put
    • in the real sense, produces a gentle working of the spiritual
    • human being is in waking consciousness, the soul-spiritual
    • is taking on the structure of the physical and etheric, when
    • body or ego organization, or one of their parts, taking form
    • physical-etheric are interlinked in the waking consciousness
    • thinking were actually touching them, so that it seems as if
    • the embryo were tangible to your thinking and you were
    • harder, but, on the contrary, as if he were sucking at you.
    • foam of a breaking wave or along the surface of clay. This,
    • There will ring forth in cosmic tones The working of
    • looking at things, the deathblow is struck at what he
    • entered into our external, material way of looking at things,
    • the modern age was lacking in understanding in this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Appendix: Evening Gathering with Young Medical People
    Matching lines:
    • imaginative thinking — we have the drop form. One
    • today. The thinking which is accepted today is brutally
    • Speaking
    • One is looking at a bird's structure or skeleton in the wrong
    • making images through expansion and indentations in this way
    • want to form imaginations you should get used to looking at
    • has the possibility of working upon the surface and that the
    • by taking some soft, plastic material or clay with one hand
    • happens first if one is in the habit of thinking in a
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 1: Soul and Spiritual in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • human being is studied by modern scientific thinking,
    • the earthly human without speaking of the etheric body which
    • if we are thinking merely of the solid organism which is shut
    • that by taking these different organisms into account we come
    • Etheric body — Thinking — Fluid Organism — Chemical
    • waking; therefore the interworking of the Chemical Ether and
    • falling asleep to the moment of waking, the astral body is
    • organism during waking life. We can speak in a similar way of
    • mechanistic thinking takes no account at all. But everything
    • during the waking state; the Ego and the astral body are
    • to consider waking life, from what has been said we shall
    • during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • cosmos and which in waking life we have driven out through
    • Waking life
    • permeated by the cosmic spirituality which on waking we drive
    • out through our Ego, for in waking life it is the Ego that
    • of waking to that of falling asleep. But thereby we come to
    • principles of spiritual-scientific thinking and do not
    • in waking mental activity and perception. Nevertheless at a
    • waking, finds that he is feverish or is suffering from some
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 2: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness known to us in waking life from the moment of
    • waking to the moment of falling asleep. We perceive the
    • waking consciousness, there is dream consciousness, and we
    • again on waking. It is through the deprivation undergone
    • between falling asleep and waking that we are able to feel
    • Taking this
    • Through our theoretical thinking, matter —
    • pictorial thinking, matter and cosmic energy are
    • world-order — which in actual fact it does by speaking
    • thinking, and the ideas thus formulated constitute a force of
    • ever and again be asking ourselves: How can any moral
    • stars, they were speaking of spiritual beings.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 3: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Happenings
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, contemplative beings on the one hand, and as doers,
    • the pole of thinking and the pole of deed, of action. Only
    • through the fact that we are thinking beings are we human in
    • thinking human being in this way, when we realize that the
    • — Not by taking in as many thoughts as possible from
    • the sphere of thinking, the more spiritual we become. When we
    • like. Thereby, however, our thinking becomes what I have
    • ‘pure thinking’. We think, but in our thinking
    • within us lies in the sphere of thinking. But pure thinking
    • thinking we reach the realm of will, when we become inwardly
    • free; our thinking attains such maturity that it is entirely
    • thinking we prepare ourselves for what I have called in the
    • has now become thought, or our thinking that has now become
    • ever mightier and mightier force in our thinking.
    • contained. But think how, in speaking, deliberate intent and
    • organic life; speaking is largely connected with organic
    • life; walking really very little; what we do with the hands,
    • inherent force, into our thinking, when we permeate our
    • thinking with will. We bring will into thinking and thereby
    • develop freedom in our thinking by letting what is of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    Matching lines:
    • every thinking man.
    • if you understand the heart's language, hear it asking from its unconscious
    • the surging waves of thinking, feeling and willing confront him. So
    • he looks into himself, asking: How is Nature related to my soul? he
    • kingdoms of Nature, experiencing all this in his fluctuating inner world,
    • we are looking at a wide ocean. The waves rise and fall. There is a
    • On looking
    • matter, making this a vehicle for the radiant expression of the
    • the questions Anthroposophy has to answer. Human hearts are speaking
    • in the way we have described and asking where they can find that knowledge
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture II: Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • at all. Though we see how man, through eating, drinking and breathing,
    • of the different kingdoms of Nature. They are, today, just what they
    • different from those of today. What we see around us in the kingdoms
    • we may regard our physical organism as organised for taking in external
    • so to strengthen our power of thinking — the power whereby we form
    • ordinary thinking I am really quite passive. I allow something to happen
    • through the force of inner thinking itself. In this way our thinking
    • stronger if we use our arms. At length we notice that this thinking
    • When we have so strengthened ourselves within that our thinking has
    • same time, to perceive with our strengthened thinking the external things
    • my dear friends, I look at a stone with such strengthened thinking.
    • a crystal of salt or of quartz with this strengthened thinking, there
    • thinking. So we may say that, if a man takes trouble to develop such
    • thinking he perceives, besides the physical, the etheric in himself,
    • In the external, mineral kingdom alone it plays no part; still, it is
    • is only present in me in the waking state, not when I am asleep. If
    • going on during both waking and sleeping states. One might doubt this
    • my raising an arm can only take place in the waking state. The etheric
    • in order to strengthen our thinking, but eliminating again the strengthened
    • thinking so acquired — i.e. emptying our consciousness —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture III: The Transition from Ordinary Knowledge to the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • that way of looking at things of which I spoke in the lecture before
    • On looking back on my life it seems as if every step had been so ordained
    • to say more than other people while talking just as they do; it really
    • — will say: True, I don't hear a person speaking within me, if
    • lives in the depths of our will is, indeed, like a waking dream; but
    • he hears those with whom he has a karmic connection speaking from within
    • him. Of course he remains sensible and does not walk about speaking,
    • we can deepen our consciousness on looking out into the wide spaces
    • of the cosmos, and on looking into man himself. And the more we look
    • there is no sense in merely speaking of abstract laws of Nature. These
    • speaking, actual events have nothing at all to do with the laws of Nature.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IV: Meditation and Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • inner need of finding, or at least seeking, the paths of the soul to
    • one quite simple fact. You are looking, let us say, at some part of
    • life, i.e. our thinking, which can confront us fairly clearly, our feeling,
    • thinking, feeling and willing.
    • you bear within you your soul life — your thinking, feeling and
    • we fall asleep to the moment of waking, a certain time elapses; and
    • when, in the waking state, we look back on this interval of time, we
    • joy in life, no firm foundation, no security. With the form man's thinking
    • saying: True; man's thinking, in the form it has so far actually taken,
    • thinking.
    • we cannot, by mere thinking, influence our own ‘will-organism’.
    • To feel deeply the powerlessness of this thinking is to receive the
    • but thought; you cannot begin to think about the world except by thinking.
    • Our thinking, however, is not fitted for this. So we are unavoidably
    • — a way by which our thinking may penetrate more deeply into
    • we may say, consists in experiencing thinking in another way than usual.
    • in this way. We must begin to experience thinking. One does this by
    • taking a thought that is easily comprehended, letting it stay in one's
    • of my arm thereby. So, too, we strengthen our thinking when we exert
    • contain nothing but what one is actually thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture V: Love, Intuition and the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • are working. Here is weaving the ether revealed to one in
    • ‘pictures’ when one has strengthened one's thinking in the
    • Here we have only a kind of appearance — a beam. It is like looking
    • there was once a Spanish king who was shown how complicated the structure
    • fact it is always there, working into man. The 3rd of January 1904,
    • stage was that of ‘strengthened thinking’ in which we
    • attained by emptying our consciousness after strengthened thinking.
    • stage in cognition is attained by making the power of love a cognitive
    • life on earth, working in subconscious depths, that is the ego proper.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VI: Respiration, Warmth and the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • expressed in the alternating states of waking and sleeping. It is from
    • the facts before us. In the waking man there is, first, the inner
    • during sleep; sense activity and the thinking based upon it are, however,
    • the active life of feeling that connects willing and thinking, standing
    • taking place between the psychical and the external world, cease in
    • waking life we are aware that our thoughts act upon our bodily
    • active, in sleep as in the waking state. Moreover, all the processes
    • a vitalising, but a devitalising element. Physically speaking, we take
    • the spiritual beings of the cosmos speaking ‘into’ him. He
    • we receive a striking impression. It is as if what confronts the sleeping
    • during waking life, initiating, with the help of the inhaled air, the
    • during waking life, begins to be very conscious in sleep. It comes before
    • warmth-processes, you perceive the real ego, working from times long
    • active within, working upon the breath provided by the mere respiratory
    • processes. You behold the real, active ego of man, working from primeval
    • state, or has returned to his former lives on earth. When talking simply
    • explained. It is this that manifests as the rhythmic alternation of waking
    • All this becomes quite different at death. The most striking change
    • is so. Thinking, feeling and willing live in our soul, but over and
    • sort of thing is a very model of confused thinking. For the whole belief
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VII: Dream-life and External Reality
    Matching lines:
    • speak of the alternating states of sleeping and waking, which are known
    • waking state, when we have full use of our bodily organs and experience
    • is not a real experience; it is merely looking at them externally,
    • pictures of waking life — those pictures that it otherwise takes
    • body between falling asleep and waking up.
    • to the end, we can compare our result with a man's behaviour in waking
    • in life as in dreams; in the weak man instincts are working, and once
    • study the alternating states of waking and sleeping in this intimate
    • then advances beyond the ordinary more or less empty, abstract thinking
    • to a thinking inherently pictorial, called ‘imagination’.
    • through conception and birth — strictly speaking, from before
    • And we cannot help asking how this comes about.
    • making up his mind to do something, forming certain intentions.
    • dreams and, on waking, take these very seriously; indeed, they take
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VIII: Dreams, Imaginative Cognition, and the Building of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • with waking life. I have often emphasised that one who attains really
    • more painstaking, conscientious observer than without the faculty of
    • present I am only speaking of ‘imagination’ — is quite
    • more seriously. Indeed, only imagination justifies us taking our dreams
    • as follows: a countenance comparatively wise looking, perhaps even somewhat
    • One might also say, speaking paradoxically (one must begin to speak
    • really swing to and fro, as it were, between dreaming and waking if
    • life on earth. What he experiences in the waking state is the relic
    • imagination leads directly from a study of the waking and sleeping man
    • is preserved in memory occupies a quite special place in the waking
    • up to the present. Time becomes space. It is like looking down an avenue;
    • To take it for a reality is like taking a cross-section of a tree trunk
    • to the other kingdoms of Nature, has another side. Let us assume that
    • though he calls the lion the king of beasts, he still feels himself,
    • as a human being, superior. Man feels the creatures of the other kingdoms
    • to judge him. He is above the other kingdoms of Nature.
    • the inferior kingdoms of Nature, but kingdoms of the spiritual world
    • that are superior to him. He feels himself as the lowest kingdom, the
    • man's life on earth. There are waking states interrupted again and again
    • what the gods think about the deeds and thoughts of our waking life,
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IX: Phases of Memory and the Real Self
    Matching lines:
    • man experiences in concrete, everyday life, in thinking, feeling and
    • we may say that, after all, all learning consists in linking new
    • method depends on finding the most rational way of linking the new things
    • and, strictly speaking, only our unsatisfying, painful or sorrowful
    • the ordinary kingdoms of external Nature — mineral, plant and
    • animal kingdoms — for these belong to the earth. But in that world
    • external kingdoms of Nature, so now, with spiritual beings of different
    • is taken from us. Through our body we hold together what is really seeking
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • states of sleeping and waking. In the sleeping state it is represented
    • only by chaotic dreams. In the waking state, not content with
    • It is in this ego that are really enacted all the thinking, feeling
    • ranged above man, just as below him are ranged the three kingdoms of
    • nature — the animal, plant and mineral kingdoms. As soon as we
    • forces we call the Luciferic and the Ahrimanic, the Luciferic working
    • outer world of the senses, or the historical life of man taking its
    • form of thinking different from that which I recently described to
    • Taking people as they are and being quite clear that everyone is as
    • not far wrong in calling Ahriman a “prowling lion seeking whom
    • of ideas have been devised for making the world happy! And in the
    • thinking is of an airy kind, soaring aloft and taking no account of
    • in our earthly existence which is connected with space through taking
    • difficulties for Western thinking is to form a conception of
    • of Form. They play into the kingdom of evolution in time. But
    • is constructed, and so is our thinking dependent upon our bodily nature.
    • is working in his soul. We know why the time is past when man could draw
    • forces working upon him in time.
    • sense. That, however, is really no different from speaking of a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture II: The Fifth Epoch, Semitic and Greek Cultures, the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • climax, the climax of the usefulness of their working within human
    • that, strictly speaking, in the Atlantean epoch (I am talking not of
    • to what I said recently: when Lucifer is working particularly
    • sphere. On the contrary, it means that, because Lucifer is working
    • the Luciferic was working with great strength, and times when the
    • Nietzsche has called the “tragic age,” we are looking
    • waking they first caught sight of the sun. They did not talk merely
    • us with warmth and light, making of each one of us a
    • this I made clear when speaking to you about the perception of the
    • one or other person was thinking would concern us very little. We can
    • very well take the measure of the Luciferic in a man by asking: Is he
    • the opinions of others. Had the Luciferic gone on working in
    • in their souls, each thinking only of his own affairs, each holding
    • speaking, valid only for earthly evolution; we are intended to become
    • the working of the Christ Impulse into mankind during the centuries
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture III: The Mystery of Golgotha Must Be Approached Supersensibly
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • speaking yesterday, and have repeated in essence to-day.
    • abstract way of human thinking, and had come in other
    • in the kingdom of nature. It is just on this account that He has been
    • them first together with his complete awareness of the inter-working
    • to the unconscious working of these inherited forces. Things
    • example, we are learning about folklore, we are always speaking about
    • are speaking of qualities belonging to the realm of heredity,
    • with the mysteries of birth, is indeed a wide realm, and when talking
    • about external life we are often speaking of the facts and forces of
    • have shown — we count human death among the phenomena taking
    • thinking falsely because, were it able to think in accordance with
    • making our picture without them — then we should have a picture
    • characteristics as a direct continuance of the working of the God
    • nature, seeing it as the direct working of Jahve — for as long,
    • working of inherited characteristics.
    • that fact evoking its opposite. Man's life runs its course in the
    • Ahrimanic spirits. And the effect on the soul of looking for heredity
    • way human thinking wasted astray; it was unable to see that the
    • the kingdom of Lucifer.” That was the true meaning of their words.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture IV: Consciousness Soul and Scientific Thinking, Sorat and 666
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • that these are in line with scientific thinking. This line is
    • we have to consider pursue a scientific kind of thinking, but that
    • working in the general life of men, even when they believe themselves
    • Everywhere to-day in external life, in the widest circles, thinking
    • achievements and of the scientific kind of thinking that goes with it.
    • speaking of Richard Wahle, who has written two big books and all
    • prove, out of the scientific method of thinking, that there ought to
    • scientific thinking.
    • convinced that the majority of you, on taking up these books, would very
    • working with inadequate means.
    • speaking of the spiritual knowledge most suited to this particular age.
    • everyone should be speaking with conscious awareness, and that is
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture V: Free Human Personality by Self Training, Justinian and the Schools
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • for example, some event prevents our undertaking something we should
    • intellectually, never asking what might have happened — it is
    • given. We fed the working of unknown forces. And it is strange that
    • the keenest thinking was united with a certain visionary capacity
    • would have arisen, but materialistically thinking men, men entirely
    • arisen, with its particular method of thinking? What I am now about
    • scientific method of thinking, as I described it for you yesterday,
    • Western scientific thinking.
    • little do men to-day know of the sources of what is working in their
    • souls that they imagine they have a scientific thinking free from
    • prejudice, whereas this “impartial scientific thinking
    • that has so deeply influenced Western thinking, and can in fact be
    • are seeking solid matter, there is in truth nothing, and they find
    • Strictly speaking, we get no more than this image from what is taught
    • — I think, therefore I am. Men believed that in thinking they were
    • the moment we develop purely inward thinking, we are no more.
    • throughout life he experiences as a conceiving, thinking being. Then
    • speaking to you; only the images of it have been allowed to pass
    • must just put up with it. It is no good thinking out a poison, like
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • later developed as the scientific method of thinking was already then
    • Jundí Sábúr, in the new Persian kingdom. And
    • beginning of our era without the working of the impulse of the
    • of Christianity, seeking to find in Manichaeism an answer to the problems
    • speaking, outside the narrow circle of Christ's activity, this would
    • keep people from understanding them, even from asking what anything
    • earth-shaking occurrences which precede a great spiritual event of
    • was seeking to enter the world sacramentally, they looked to
    • been speaking to-day, to be understood from the standpoint of the
    • by human evolution; but in such a way that while looking at the forms
    • taking from Christianity as much as suited it, became the Catholic
    • people nowadays who believe they do a great deal of thinking, in fact
    • fact as we have been speaking about yesterday and to-day is of very
    • the name which goes with the empty phrase-making of rhetoric —
    • the kind of phrase-making which anyone really permeated by
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture I: Thomas and Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • once when I had put before a working-class audience what I must
    • part in all that empty phrase-making which went out into the
    • crown of creation on earth, the kingdom of man as the highest
    • kingdom or at least as the crown of the animal kingdom.
    • still walking it, is to it only a pitiful remnant of that being
    • the man now walking the earth. The being now walking on earth
    • kingdom of light itself. But the demons have managed
    • sense in which one is justified in speaking of cause and
    • distinguish, as we do, between thinking and outward use of the
    • world, the world really of the kingdom of the spirit. I might
    • the sea, and looking upward to the surface of the water, we saw
    • looking up to the spiritual triumphed in Western Europe —
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture II: The Essence of Thomism
    Matching lines:
    • the thoughts of the philosophers of what was taking place in
    • those Western people who rejected the idea of taking the whole
    • but rather a question of taking a definite stand, whether
    • what surroundings this thinking took place. It was not a
    • thinking that took place as it now takes place in the noisy
    • otherwise far from the busy world. It was a thinking that
    • understand it, if we consider, looking beyond what I already
    • found, but by taking both one finds the divinity at the point
    • — but working throughout life as understanding. That is
    • understand the working of the Schoolmen's souls without taking
    • form of world-problems, this form of thinking, and thus stands
    • centuries; it is to be attained with thinking, with the most
    • by looking into things. We cannot — it is the
    • the First Cause. It is inherent in logical thinking to
    • so united, forming such a unity, that everything working
    • the thinkers before Albertus and Thomas speaking of two truths.
    • through Christ seriously. But they had not the thinking power
    • Aquinas died in 1274 this question, historically speaking,
    • find the grounds for thinking that the creation in Time is the
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture III: Thomism in the Present Day
    Matching lines:
    • psychic as working itself into the physical. When through
    • existence is assured through my thinking. My roots are, so to
    • evening before to the morning, but we have not been thinking.
    • thinking, soul-life, not by being content with everyday life or
    • seeking to range itself as a corrective side by side with
    • and what I see thus is just what is lacking in the visible
    • branches. I gain reality by working for it. Through the fact
    • himself by changing ordinary thinking into what I called
    • “pure thinking,” which rises to the
    • thinking and human soul-life.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture I: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • Anyone speaking of the Christmas Mystery today must make
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture II: The Quest for Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • in this: that they are there in the present, working as seeds for the
    • to the wise men from the East This was the twofold working of the
    • luciferic. Of course if we are speaking of the inner aspect of the
    • Working in man:
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture III: The Magi and the Shepherds: The New Isis
    Matching lines:
    • Mystery of Golgotha. Speaking generally, however, what we are going
    • perception of the starry heavens. Looking at the starry heavens in
    • as the mineral and plant kingdoms in their spiritual reality. It was
    • and therefore of green looking different from what it does today, and
    • Guardian of the Threshold means that willing, feeling, thinking
    • Just as man, the knower, must realise that his thinking,
    • higher knowledge: Submit to the separation in thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • not only work into the lower kingdoms but also within the human
    • the earth kingdoms below him. And as in olden times man was much more
    • workings of the earth within him expressed themselves more in his
    • really be so, something else must, after all, be working in man,”
    • God. But then there arose this strong instinct: “Looking into
    • refrain, thinking of the famous speech in Shakespeare's Julius
    • earth with her covering). This same power-giving Being, working from
    • taking of certain substances. In the East, men tried to quicken
    • vision of the macrocosm by drinking certain juices from plants; in
    • external means, by the taking of substance which they called
    • of times, relatively speaking, not very long ago.
    • the workings of many substances we use in everyday life. We stand
    • within these workings and experience them. Modern scholarship does
    • intercourse between the banks and industrial undertakings and most
    • executant musicians. Self-seeking interests and rivalry have put off
    • cannot help asking: Where then are the cultural interests of the
    • practical life what can come out of Spiritual Science are working,
    • adheres to a way of thinking which rejects the Saviour. It is such
    • everything that he said. When I was speaking afterwards I said that I
    • me a few days ago and was talking to me about his studies. All that I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • related to thinking: the ego sense, the thought sense, the word sense,
    • way of looking at the matter is not satisfactory, because the province
    • thinking is something quite other than the perception of the thought
    • Customary thinking overlooks the fact that hearing, since its physical
    • inwards than is the sense of hearing — I am not talking about the
    • words, about what he says to you. Just as in drinking vinegar you have
    • an unpleasant experience and in drinking wine a pleasant one, so in
    • drinking wine or vinegar or eating some kind of food. Everything
    • inner experience. You do not feel this chalk; roughly speaking, what
    • quite objective processes, for physically speaking it is a matter of
    • of movement is only there in order that what is taking place in the
    • is a world-process that is taking place. But I cannot say that what
    • Such a way of looking at things as I am now putting before you is
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • related to thinking: the ego sense, the thought sense, the word sense,
    • thought, and is incapable of thinking that there could be any other
    • seeking to apply an intellectualism, the spiritual origin of which had
    • modern thinking really has its roots in the sense of smell, in that
    • thinking is bound up with the brain — thus not at all with the
    • How can that be done? On the one hand by attacking the doctrine of
    • dogmatic belief can seek out its kingdom.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • related to thinking: the ego sense, the thought sense, the word sense,
    • THIS cleft in human nature of which I have been speaking also finds
    • speaking about the being of man himself or of his relationship to the
    • death and even plant death, all in the same way, without taking into
    • and that will is entirely lacking. The fact is that feeling and will
    • Why are we making a point of this? Because to-day man needs to be able
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the hours of waking life only. The physical body is closely
    • looking at a human being he stands there before us in his
    • of going to sleep and waking.
    • in speaking, in thinking, in whatever is revealed through the
    • brain into the perfected organ of thinking, the elaboration
    • as observation of a human being during his waking hours the
    • going to sleep to the moment of waking, two biographies of
    • in the life as a totality. Indeed the evolution taking place
    • connected with the waking life for certain forces in the
    • rôle played in human life by speaking, by speech in
    • in waking life participates in the act of speaking. The
    • physical body in the act of speaking may cause surprise. But
    • the physical body is doing in acts of speaking, whereas the
    • etheric body in acts of speaking — activity which then
    • this: because in speaking the main part is played by the
    • speaking is dependent upon the physical sounds. We, as the
    • the moment of going to sleep until the moment of waking. We
    • ordinary way between going to sleep and waking.
    • human environment. The life of feeling, willing and thinking
    • sleep and waking, he has to cultivate intercourse — if
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • material life, we call the kingdoms of Nature. We speak of
    • the three kingdoms of Nature — mineral, plant and
    • must be regarded as a fourth kingdom; but then we must go
    • higher and assume the existence above man of the kingdom of
    • the Angeloi, above that the kingdom of the Archangeloi, then
    • the kingdom of the Archai, and so on.
    • kingdoms are not, to begin with, accessible to external
    • sleeping and waking in human life. Today I should like to add
    • still working from the spiritual world.
    • his life the child's waking hours are few: that is to say,
    • the three visible kingdoms of nature and their forces. When
    • going to sleep until that of waking has, however, a great
    • deal to do with the earthly world and with the three kingdoms
    • kingdoms described in my book,
    • elemental kingdoms, the world of beings who are at a level of
    • nature. These beings of the elemental kingdoms indwell as it
    • were the other three outwardly manifest kingdoms of
    • earthly kingdoms; while he sleeps, he lives — in his
    • beings of the elemental kingdoms.
    • with the elemental kingdoms. Just as in the waking state in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking
    • mineral, plant, animal and human kingdoms, extend on into the
    • four kingdoms of mineral, plant, animal and man. If we then
    • continuation of these kingdoms: the kingdom of the Angeloi,
    • Archangeloi and Archai, the kingdom of the Exousiai, Dynamis
    • and Kyriotetes, and the kingdom of the Thrones, Cherubim, and
    • we shall look at it from the other side, as it were, taking
    • organ of our thinking merely taps the cosmic reservoir of
    • thought forces, taking the thoughts into itself. Accordingly
    • by degrees during the course of human evolution. Looking back
    • would not perceive music as something taking place within us
    • ‘I am making music’ was senseless to them. But it
    • something working in them personally but as something they
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • so on. These, then, are the three kingdoms behind the world
    • receives the impulses at work in his thinking through the
    • Archai. The result is that thinking, although it remains
    • reflection of a spiritual struggle taking place behind the
    • Thinking of one
    • constantly interpenetrate. A reflection of what was taking
    • ourselves to the following study, by asking: What would have
    • are looking at Europe, in the West the impulses of the
    • speaking, the Archangeloi take a South-to-North direction,
    • working from North to South. Something deriving especially
    • West-to-East impulses (diagram). And, working together with
    • from the typical thinking of evangelical Protestantism but
    • speaking only of an abstract Divinity no true vision is
    • happenings taking place behind the scenes of world-history in
    • We see how, in the East, Archangeloi working for the good as
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • in our time a mighty event is taking effect. It is the event of
    • them when seeking to find the causes of world-happenings and
    • though he was seeking to find in them the causes of his own
    • men were seeking primarily for the origin of the world, but
    • cosmic thoughts and to promote thinking, the unfolding of
    • received the task in the cosmos of linking the thoughts of
    • incarnation, when looking back on the earlier one, we should
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • vitalization of thinking in order to grasp the living content
    • real nature of human thinking. In the present age, since the
    • well-known point of time in the 15th century, our thinking
    • imagery. People take pride in this kind of thinking which as
    • above-mentioned epoch; previously to that, thinking had been
    • pictorial and was therefore a living thinking in the real
    • ourselves of the essential character of thinking as it is
    • today. The living essence of thinking was within us during
    • postAtlantean epoch, our thinking is the corpse of that
    • living thinking between death and a new birth. It is just
    • because our thinking now is devoid of life that our
    • thinking that is only a corpse of what thinking was in us
    • sense-world outside us and the dead thinking within us to be
    • thinking. But then, is there death also outside in the world?
    • sense-world by means of thinking, because dead thoughts are
    • thinking. Man thinks, then, in an element quite other than
    • birth, our thinking is the corpse of what it was before our
    • itself in the sphere of thinking and knowledge in the form of
    • thinking; it is this that is responsible for the fact that
    • modern style and based on the modern way of thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • an important event — in connection with what was taking
    • interesting when, here or there, striking phenomena are still
    • striking phenomenon, mention is made of the fact that the sun
    • thinking which have very little to do with the whole being of
    • thoughts — and this is the striking characteristic of
    • soul, precisely through our thinking, we have united with the
    • are weary of thinking about these things, when they have
  • Title: Healing Factors for the Social Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the same way of thinking and research with which our times thinks
    • different conclusion, than the conclusions of logical thinking.
    • as in the both kinds of logic, also exists for the working of the
    • traditional religious confessions, and for the working of
    • magnified just through this one-sided speaking about the eternal
    • civilisation of the earth, but towards making people really die
    • today. Indeed, today people bypass each other without taking
    • thinking in the supersensible element. Whoever shies away from
    • thinking, in your abstract thinking, turn to the divine: you
    • recognises such connections is lacking very often in the sleeping
    • you find a speaking, to be sure, out of the decadence of a
    • this thinking loose from matter. However, the tearing loose from
    • matter, from this true materialism, is not merely the taking on
  • Title: Healing Factors for the Social Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • then is reality, effective working. We are concerned with the
    • abstracting, making thin his inner soul experiences.
    • animal kingdoms, and let us ask ourselves: what is then actually
    • coming to a religious consciousness merely through looking upon
    • earth development he needs the taking up of the spiritual element
    • worked hard for, by the human being. Thus the taking up of the
    • science of the spirit is not a theory, but rather is the working
    • out, the working for, of something real. It is the filling out,
    • comes thereby only to making the inner into something external,
    • working toward comfortably convenient practices) into all sorts
    • beings who constitute the highest kingdom of nature there, is the
    • senses. Fundamentally speaking it is the stimulation by all the
  • Title: Anthroposophy/Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • as Salt, Mercury, Sulphur, or Waking and Sleeping of Man, Formerly and Today.
    • Waking and Sleeping of Man, Formerly and Today.
    • the world as fluid; then when with especial vividness looking
    • interchange between waking and sleeping, that the physical and
    • spirit seize the physical body more than in waking, and that
    • as if they were just waking up, they felt themselves especially
    • from the body. What you call waking, for us is sleeping,
    • right. We wake up from our moment of waking until we go to
    • is the time from sleeping to waking up. Thus, it is that we
    • waking condition, but now we are in just that period when
    • we have to be wakened up into a new waking state. What
    • the heavens are creaking,” Stickl (who is half asleep),
    • “Let them go on creaking, they are old enough.” Of
    • memory of the ancient waking condition.
    • must learn to come out of his physical body in a waking
    • “Stickl, the carters are cracking their whips in the
    • street.” “Well, let them go on cracking, they have
    • world secrets by means of energetic thinking. But that is just
    • thinking, because it is thought which first of all seeks to
    • this kind of thinking with such energy.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture I: The Human Soul in Relation to World Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge, there well up impulses of thinking, feeling and
    • within his thinking, feeling and willing, and, on the other, in
    • impulses. Between thinking and will lies the sphere of
    • between, linking itself to either, the life of
    • concrete process is taking place in the external world.
    • Therefore, our soul life appears threefold: as thinking
    • as will. The two opposite poles, thinking and will, are
    • being physical. Speaking symbolically, we could say that light
    • process is unconsciously taking place in a comparatively
    • taking place in the eye itself (see diagram) we can actually
    • continuation of processes taking place in the external
    • have for making comparison — also in regard to the external
    • speaking of the soul, for a spiritual-scientific method
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture II: The True Nature of Memory - 1
    Matching lines:
    • Taking the lungs as an example I showed that the moment we rise
    • moment of our waking life. This reveals that whenever we
    • the process taking place parallel to that of forming mental
    • taking into account his soul nature, then from one
    • gradually filled with all that results from the process taking
    • into the process taking place when memories are formed
    • and pain in the events taking place in the world. This means,
    • world-shaking event. And certainly those who experienced
    • the parallel process taking place beneath it. This approach of
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture III: The True Nature of Memory - 2
    Matching lines:
    • to the alternating states of waking and sleeping and we know
    • states of consciousness in ordinary life — waking, dreaming
    • consciousness we experience thinking — i.e., forming mental
    • consciousness than thinking. Feelings surge through the soul
    • state between waking and sleeping. Anyone who has a sense
    • consciousness is the movement of our limbs or the event taking
    • place in the legs when walking or in the arms when we lift them
    • falling asleep and waking. So we can say that while we are
    • awake we experience all three conditions of waking,
    • waking; and, on the other, as willing, feeling and thinking.
    • between falling asleep and waking up, is outside of what is
    • speak, neutral fashion. When we dream, either on waking or
    • you can see that the soul is taking hold of something
    • therefore, within us when after waking we begin to think. We
    • us? We can perhaps find a point of reference by looking at
    • draws into our organism by taking hold of the breath as we wake
    • towards the brain. In our waking state the astral also moves
    • Our soul life is dependent on the material processes taking
    • suddenly make mistakes repeatedly when speaking. He does not
    • ailment, and the mistakes in speaking are merely a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture IV: The Human Soul in Relation to Moon and Stars
    Matching lines:
    • distinguished realm, thus making it feel closer to his human
    • taking place in the stomach or intestines or in any other
    • This also leads to a significant insight into the working of
    • am taking into account only the sun's apparent
    • till waking. At first, we do not see ourselves. When we have
    • described it: We feel ourselves to be within the sun, making
    • One simply cannot speak about man's soul without speaking also
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture V: The Human Soul in Relation Sun and Moon
    Matching lines:
    • interpretations. So it must be said that a thinking which is
    • going out is accomplished in pure thinking in the way it is
    • sought; here one goes out with a thinking that has become
    • independent of matter. It is a thinking that sustains
    • itself, so that, through this self-sustaining thinking, the
    • emphasis on thinking. According to them it is just too
    • making something which will be destroyed together with that
    • world with his Christianized thinking, to transform from
    • thinking. Independent thinking can still be restored within
    • personality except for the very last: pure thinking. The latter
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VI: The Formation of the Etheric and the Astral Heart
    Matching lines:
    • speak of puberty as marking the actual birth of the astral
    • comparable with making an impression on an elastic
    • makes — no longer kicking, but reasonable movements
    • all this taking place in man's inner being, practically nothing
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VII: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of nature, the men of those times beheld spirit and
    • the surrounding world. Suppose a man of that time was walking
    • our senses and nervous system as instruments of thinking. The
    • taking place, of which we are normally unaware because the
    • also experienced a soul element in his thinking within the
    • process of thinking, which he had hardly felt as a function of
    • Thus, the Yogi did not feel thinking to be merely a
    • shadowy, logical process, he rather felt how thinking
    • followed the breath. When he inhaled he felt he was taking
    • then let flow with the breath into his thinking. With his
    • thinking pervading his whole being. This made him aware
    • of his thinking particularly in the rhythmic air-current within
    • does not pay attention to his thinking as such. His senses
    • thoughts into the breath. This soul-filled thinking pulsated
    • the breath, but along the more inward path of thinking itself.
    • sequence; it is a thinking that is much more alive.
    • ancient times. He blended thinking with breathing, thus
    • thinking from breathing. Thinking is not on this account
    • torn out of rhythm, because as thinking becomes separated from
    • external rhythm. By setting thinking free from the breath we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VIII: The Elementary World and its Beings
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of nature, in every star, in every moving cloud, in
    • explained yesterday, this has the effect that thinking, by no
    • thinking out of ourselves into the external world, whereas the
    • one has in mind their physical aspect only, when speaking about
    • through our thinking with the world rhythm, then we shall
    • seven or eight, making out that two times two makes eight, or
    • Nothing is achieved by looking at these things merely from an
    • spiritual stream is seeking to enter our present civilization
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture IX: The Contrasting World-Conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • is obvious that our contact with the world between waking and
    • course and content of his waking state. However, our existence
    • within the world embraces not only the waking state but also
    • Between waking and sleeping he felt that thoughts were granted
    • speaking, it is only in regard to this region that man in sleep
    • of his thoughts, during waking life, it was because during
    • not inspire man directly during his waking life; they did it
    • is now. This is assumed both in regard to his thinking, feeling
    • orientated towards the external world. In his waking state he
    • waking state. You will remember how I have often spoken about
    • remains unconscious even during the waking state. In
    • man's natural evolution prevents him, to begin with, from taking
    • between falling asleep and waking, but his present nature
    • his waking state all that remained of this experience was a
    • he only felt after waking that he was inspired.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • research so that it will be the foundation for making life in
    • thinking is devoted nowadays to justifying those ideas,
    • feel that he stands solidly in reality. Only a person working
    • based on sense observation, experiment, and a thinking
    • from sense reality that are combined by thinking. One
    • the manifestations, the inner experiences of thinking,
    • designated as an intermingling of thinking, feeling and willing
    • actually, this thinking, feeling and willing between
    • thinking and feeling grow. As the body calcifies and we see it
    • phenomena of thinking, feeling and willing gradually
    • in mere thinking, feeling and willing. The ancients perceived
    • death. What lies beneath — of which thinking,
    • man birth and death are only outer manifestations. Thinking,
    • knowledge of etheric and astral man, of which thinking, feeling
    • combination of thinking, feeling and willing cannot defend the
    • to the modern way of thinking, what has the ego, this true
    • of thinking, feeling and willing conceived of as a single,
    • with every sleep but underlies both the sleeping and waking
    • sleeping and waking as the foundation for both, needs to be
    • sleeping and waking.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture II: Soul Exercises in Thinking, Feeling, and Willing
    Matching lines:
    • Soul Exercises in Thinking, Feeling and Willing
    • II - Soul Exercises in Thinking, Feeling and Willing
    • differing completely from that of abstract thinking in which it
    • we must develop a way of thinking that takes its course in the
    • the scientific thinking we utilize in mathematics or natural
    • Such fully conscious, pictorial thinking that relates itself to
    • “When I think in the physical organism I am making use of
    • it as a tool. To be sure, thinking itself does not run its
    • thinking; thereby I become conscious of it. “
    • Without the physical organism the thinking of ordinary
    • realize clearly that all ordinary thinking takes place only
    • that in meditation a pictorial thinking activity is brought
    • thinking. But when the imaginative thinker — at the level
    • the full consciousness of ordinary thinking what the
    • taking it in with his ordinary, healthy understanding he feels:
    • thinking is attained, a true philosophy will be restored
    • senses or from thinking. The soul must be awake but have
    • consciousness lives itself out in thinking, feeling and
    • senses and his sense-bound thinking, he now confronts the
    • thinking. Now, however, we must try to place these events in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture III: The Imaginative, Inspirative, and Intuitive Method of Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • physical body; a different activity from that of thinking,
    • Thinking certainly takes on the character of reality. Just for
    • this reason — that man now feels himself in his thinking
    • growth, or his life processes — this imaginative thinking
    • supersensible thinking would also reflect back into man's
    • super-sensible thinking man would alter his physical and
    • the faculty of hovering, as it were, with his thinking in the
    • etheric world, he can look back in this thinking upon his
    • etheric thinking has not interfered with it.
    • With this etheric thinking you feel quite outside your physical
    • this etheric thinking one moment — which is experienced
    • entirely real — and in the next moment, as this thinking
    • etheric realm. Then a true imaginative thinking is achieved. I
    • imaginative thinking works.
    • thinking to such a degree that one can test what the spiritual
    • perceiving the world through his senses and for thinking.
    • development, thinking, and so on. Man now surveys
    • abstract thinking separate from the general forces of growth
    • faculty of abstract thinking. The metamorphosis of a part of
    • its forces of life and growth into the forces of thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture IV: Cognition and Will Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • of earth existence behind man's thinking, feeling and willing.
    • one can also gain a conception of what thinking, what the
    • consciousness, grasp the real nature of thinking and the
    • the person was alive. Even so, in looking at the corpse,
    • thinking or mental picturing that we have in ordinary
    • thinking and conceiving were something quite different; they
    • as our ordinary power of thinking is a remnant of that
    • realize that we must treat this thinking as a corpse of the
    • earthly thinking back to a supersensible, life-filled
    • thinking.
    • ordinary concepts and thinking signify, if we trace them back
    • reflection. This reflection is our ordinary thinking and
    • this ordinary thinking is fundamentally remote from
    • aspect of thinking, we vaguely feel that the way it appears in
    • thinking and conceiving of ordinary consciousness. Then only
    • thinking is basically brought to life again through the
    • true nature of our ordinary thinking, we can also, by means of
    • behind human thinking; that is discernible through inspiration.
    • thinking and forming of ideas as of something that is dying,
    • thinking as a young child is to an old man, except that in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture V: The Soul's Experiences in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • human soul undergoes between going to sleep and waking.
    • in a man's life than experiences of waking consciousness.
    • humanity's outer progress, the waking hours are of
    • their after-effects play into waking life. Man's general mood
    • of soul during his waking hours is permeated by the
    • permeated also. They too are influenced during waking life by
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Except for the
    • what in waking consciousness is cultivated in his soul as
    • of reality to a philosophy worked out during waking life.
    • being undergoes from the time of falling asleep to waking
    • this stage of sleep, occurrences of waking life now
    • experiences in waking life as inner religious devotion to
    • and that Mystery during his waking life, have after-effects in
    • live in the physical and the etheric body and work into waking
    • “markings” of all the relationships we have had
    • day consciousness that man's general mood, making itself felt
    • lacking morality, and on the other side a moral world order
    • waking life. So, we can say that what the soul experiences in
    • the cosmos between going to sleep and waking is more real and
    • constellations such as we have in waking life. Instead, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VI: The Transition from the Soul-Spiritual Existence in Human Development to the Sensory-Physical
    Matching lines:
    • falling asleep and waking. These moon forces, that is their
    • own working toward earthly life that is to come. If, here in
    • in this philosophical conception is lacking. It
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VII: Christ in His Relationship to Mankind and the Riddle of Death
    Matching lines:
    • man finds himself in waking and sleeping, have always belonged
    • be pictured as different from the thinking, feeling and willing
    • difference that exists between waking and sleeping in man today
    • states of waking and sleeping, and between them, dreams. While
    • pictorial “waking-dreaming,” as one might put it.
    • waking consciousness. These pictures were similar in form
    • have this, namely, that in looking back upon my pre-earthly
    • contrast between sleeping and waking, and, in between, the
    • sense world and upon a thinking based on impressions and
    • cosmos by means of looking up to the cosmic Christ Being.
    • man. Looking back to the pre-Christian mysteries one can say
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VIII: Ordinary and Higher Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • When we look at the two conditions of waking and sleeping
    • thinking, feeling and willing is also extinguished. Everything
    • Meditation must first deal with ordinary thinking in
    • order to produce imaginative thinking. I have described
    • When thinking is used in meditation in the manner I have
    • degree, thinking is, as it were, for a short time forgotten. It
    • in his soul than he has had earlier. Thinking begins again.
    • higher state of consciousness, man possesses a thinking with
    • our capacities of thinking, feeling and willing were
    • certain sense man passes from ordinary thinking across an
    • abyss to a thinking that experiences its own etheric body.
    • developing imaginative thinking in this way, strict
    • moments when you are within this imaginative thinking. The
    • thinking comes to the surface, which now has as its content his
    • thinking. From the vantage point of imaginative consciousness
    • he can now look back on ordinary thinking and arrive at
    • unconsciously, carrying this substantial thinking within
    • as active thinking, slips in ordinary consciousness into the
    • At the moment, however, when active thinking sets in through
    • imagination there is substance in thinking. In every
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture IX: The Continuation of Ego Consciousness after Death in Relation to the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • inwardly experienced manifestations of thinking, feeling
    • other hand, in the waking condition only that enters clearly
    • in his waking state, man were fully capable of
    • astral body, there would descend into his waking consciousness
    • complete ego being during waking consciousness, he would
    • this is suppressed during ordinary waking consciousness.
    • Man experiences nothing in waking consciousness of the ether
    • experience in ordinary waking consciousness of the many
    • their activity from the moment of waking up until the moment of
    • being is reflected during waking life onto the physical body.
    • next occupy ourselves with the details of how the waking
    • speaking, the head's activities would be completely
    • physical organism, making it feasible for a spirit organization
    • alternating states of waking and sleeping may also be
    • characterized by saying that during the waking state the astral
    • appearance of man's etheric body during the periods of waking
    • becomes increasingly undifferentiated during the waking
    • has an abundance of shapes in these areas during waking hours.
    • of the astral organism in the waking state exercise their
    • possessed by the rest of the etheric organism during the waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture X: The Experience of the Soul's Will Nature
    Matching lines:
    • existence on earth come to expression in thinking, feeling and
    • thinking relates in a specific way to the head organization;
    • When we examine how the nature of the thinking-soul is
    • etheric replica of the part of the soul involved in thinking:
    • therefore, when man really thinks in waking everyday life, he
    • cannot actually observe the process of thinking in himself but
    • because the replicas of what goes on in thinking can really be
    • as is the case with the thinking-soul, nor is it a rhythmical
    • this: When, for example, our thinking-soul takes hold of a
    • arriving at an act of the will. Through the thinking activity,
    • belongs to the thinking-soul spreads out from the head
    • in a weak replica in thinking, it appears on as an impulse in
    • thinking-soul, revitalizing ones in the willing-soul. This
    • between birth and death. Inasmuch as we are thinking soul
    • soul elements represented inwardly as thinking, feeling and
    • difference between making a child memorize only so much
    • as is good for it, or making it memorize too much so that its
    • Now, if we gain insight into the various kingdoms of nature
    • in part the animal kingdom — we find everything
    • can only be perceived by looking into man's organism in the way
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture I: Human Being and his Relationship to the World
    Matching lines:
    • am astonished to find certain people thinking that the
    • arranged entirely according to the thinking of the physical
    • in thinking and feeling; standards and judgments otherwise
    • thinking, the ordinary judgments applied to the physical world.
    • thinking and of feeling must be acquired for the spiritual
    • the physical plane we are accustomed through our thinking,
    • apply in acts of thinking, feeling and willing, nothing we do
    • whatever we apply in the form of feeling or thinking in order
    • whatever we do in thinking, feeling and willing in order to
    • us no knowledge of the higher worlds. Through thinking our soul
    • of investigation, this kind of thinking, does not help him in
    • thinking and investigation are of significance only because
    • through this thinking and investigation the soul becomes more
    • skilful, more mobile, that trains our thinking, makes our
    • detail in my books, by making ourselves ready to receive the
    • someone is looking at a bunch of flowers, then with his Ego and
    • you extend over the horizon which you survey. In waking
    • the egoity of ordinary waking consciousness. We exclude
    • everything that is connected with the egoity of waking
    • spiritual world only by taking what it presents to us as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture II: Identification with the Signs and Spiritual Realities of the Imaginative World
    Matching lines:
    • thinking system, feeling system, willing system.
    • declares that the face he sees when looking in a mirror,
    • said yesterday that, generally speaking, we can regard these
    • which I have been speaking. Z his must be realised. What I have
    • whom we are seeking. As a rule, in such striving, curiosity
    • an undertaking presuming in advance that it will succeed,
    • speaking, as I am doing now, of a theme like this which
    • any resemblance to be found between what we are seeking and the
    • into me. Now I am thinking what the dead is experiencing in his
    • soul. That is what I am thinking now. I am connected
    • with him; he is now speaking to me and I am listening to
    • keep my former example, that of speaking with one who is dead,
    • the dead is speaking from within the Zodiac.
    • Now the world at which we are looking is within our
    • saying; he is speaking within the circumference ... I hear him
    • Once again, I will return to our example. — I am seeking
    • sinking down into the pictures, I become one with them. At this
    • speaking from the periphery that we ourselves have formed
    • thinking that what I have described has anything to do with the
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture III: Inner Experiences and 'Moods' of Soul as the Vowels and Consonants of the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • this is speaking in the abstract. We could also ask: All that
    • can only happen through someone taking away from us the
    • death. Whenever we are thinking, whenever we are active in our
    • over you, guard and protect you, taking away from you what you
    • concentration, something approaches which one is seeking
    • Cosmos. And then it is like waking up, but not out of a sleep,
    • waking, we know: This was not sleep! We have not passed through
    • have gone through something as a thinking being (only
    • “thinking” here has a much higher significance than
    • thinking being. But however highly developed you are as a human
    • function of thinking for you and think in you. You cannot
    • yourself do the thinking. You can only remember afterwards what
    • this Being thought in you. It was an Angelos who was thinking!
    • kingdoms. On yonder side of death we enter the realm of the
    • made by making the physical world a motive for a kind of occult
    • mineral kingdom and is as if a soul were expressing in living
    • understand this by thinking of the cases in life where a man on
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture IV: Inner Mobility of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • their place and in their own mode of working are entirely
    • birth, then — I am not speaking of myself here but quite
    • generally, of one who has seership and is seeking for a dead
    • the way to him. When we are seeking one who is dead, this idea
    • Angeloi. But it is no longer correct if we are seeking for a
    • lives at this point, 1914, and is seeking a dead soul or a
    • weaving and working of the Cosmos, not only one-pointedly,
    • spiritual generality, but a living weaving and working in a
    • our own achievement, our thinking, feeling and willing. The
    • into greater detail. But the characteristic weaving and working
    • most easily by taking the physical body in the same way as we
    • what he has to communicate to you, what he is thinking, feeling
    • obliterating it again, figuratively speaking, when it is no
    • accustomed to taking words differently from what is the case
    • not merely look at a man kneeling or making some gesture, but
    • word. The building on which we are working is intended in its
  • Title: Imaginative Cognition and Inspired Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • with our waking state. To the unprejudiced observer our feeling
    • will-impulse, in the expression, the working, of the will, is
    • moment of falling asleep to that of waking.
    • consciousness, so that, even during our waking hours, what
    • experiencing it as an idea. Sinking ourselves in these
    • would be like something happening outside in nature, taking
    • necessities from which our thinking would be unable to free
    • thus definitely. In the life of soul, we see what is taking its
    • thinking as an actual process — feel it to be as real a
    • the material nature of thinking, of the conceptual faculty; we
    • mineral kingdom (see red in drawing).
    • our thinking. In fact, to Inspired cognition the thinking
    • drawings, of all our thoughts. It is the working and weaving of
    • the ego in mineral kingdom, in that kingdom which alone makes
    • it possible for us to possess the faculty of thinking.
    • crept in — that it is the purely spiritual ego making
    • taking place it is driven inside. It is the life-giving process
    • forces within us, but through those actually working from
    • thinking, through the relation of the ego to the mineralised
    • accompanies thinking is a mineral process in us, something
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • have been speaking are present, and how we need to stand consciously within what is essential and
    • in lack of control where the life of thinking is concerned. For, rightly conceived, the life of
    • thinking that they seldom find their way into the spiritual worlds.
    • this. And something else is connected with the present unreality in thinking namely, men are
    • surprised. But they will not have anything to do with what is really working in the world, and
    • Working merely with ideas, one can from any side
    • upon himself the task of making a real study of both the life of Goethe and that of the spirits
    • essence of human thinking appears. This conception is upheld by Santayana, a professor at Harvard
    • and is entirely characteristic of present-day thinking. The appearance of
    • you have eyes to see it, this kind of thinking meets you in every sphere of so-called modern
    • fundamental evils. One fundamental evil shows itself in the sphere of thinking, another in the
    • In the sphere of thinking we have gradually reached
    • the point where men can only think in the way the thinking takes its course when it is strictly
    • bound up with the brain. But this thinking, so closely connected with the brain, this thinking
    • and confined. And the most significant symptom of present scientific thinking in particular is
    • soul, and not just with abstract thinking, will see that it makes a man more dexterous and fits
    • murdered, looking-glass, the murderer's victim. And they sit there, poor lambs, in front of the
    • three words murderer, looking-glass, the murderer's victim, and are supposed to look for a
    • victim has a looking-glass in which the murderer is reflected so that the victim is able to save
    • on his victim and sees himself in a looking-glass. His face appears to him in it as the face of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • should like to give this sketch in such a way that it can be said: we are looking at the profile
    • of speaking about the limits to human knowledge would be the following. In observing the world it
    • by making this whirlpool in front of him, as it were, salute man. So that here he is surrounded
    • barrier. Did this limit, this barrier, not exist you would always be looking down into what is
    • particularly in the case of many such mystics who really believe that in looking within
    • united with the external world, otherwise in the waking condition everything would go through
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • the fifth post-Atlantean epoch, and it is still impenetrable. And people are knocking at the
    • already today these things are breaking through, though not very often. I have frequently
    • making their presence felt in the soul of an extraordinarily gifted man who cannot act in
    • the desire to order and harmonise this life of soul through what can be acquired by working for
    • The things of which I am speaking now were actually
    • that coming-in — no longer perceptible to the external world. When speaking to most
    • that should only come later. Whereas in oriental thinking, in oriental conceptions, even in the
    • In this trekking through the primeval forest, in
    • here, not merely the "what" — the feeling that in all this something greater is speaking
    • sounds much more as though the man were speaking out of whet lived within him as a kind of
    • seeking to found for himself the Kingdom of the spirit. This would be possible only were certain
    • that of America then is recognised. The most striking feature of the American tendency, as you
    • means for making these things known, and for removing the scales from men's eyes! For this reason
    • picture — this is one of seeking to receive spiritual knowledge as if it were a lullaby to
  • Title: i Spirituality: Lecture 1: Historical Symptomology, the Year 790, Alcuin, Greeks, Platonism, Aristotelianism, East, West, Middle, Ego
    Matching lines:
    • which humanity will perceive the working of Christ in the etheric world.
    • points to a way of looking at history like this, a way which looks to significant moments, such a
    • and a Greek also living at that time in the kingdom of the Franks. The
    • theory that this Greek developed from his thoroughly Greek mode of thinking, which was now just
    • Now criticism of Alcuin's way of thinking is not
    • on speaking in the way he had just done, but moves the whole problem into a completely different
    • And we are directed, by looking at these two individuals, to that fluctuation which took place on
    • impulses. For what is expressed in these ways of thinking went over later into the feeling life
    • thinking right down to Plato — the impulse of eternity of an ancient world-view —
    • oriental way of thinking, reaching to Plato, and what followed later is expressed in this
    • spread of Romanism? There had entered that way of thinking which one has to comprehend through
    • of all, a legal one. The Occident brought logical, legal thinking so strongly into the oriental
    • way of thinking that we ourselves find religious feeling permeated with a legalistic element. In
    • thinking. There was nothing there like guilt and atonement or redemptinn. For
    • [in this oriental way of thinking]
    • the concept of karma. Later, however, everything was fixed into a way of looking at things which
    • within this occidental culture, the way of thinking which comprehends primarily what takes place
    • of dialectics, of logical-dialectical-legal thinking is there, in which everything is tending
    • — this is a pupil of Kant's speaking like this! And Fichte says:
    • in which he is actually asking: `How must the world be so that things can be proved
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 2: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • which humanity will perceive the working of Christ in the etheric world.
    • importance. For it is not simply a matter of individual human beings thinking in an egotistical
    • way, 'we are individuals': it is rather a matter of the whole development of humanity taking such
    • action of spiritual powers working into the physical life of humanity on earth. But precisely
    • in earlier epochs, and very exceptional things are making their appearance within humanity's
    • scientific way of thinking about social life, a certain view of life has been developed. This
    • Strike movement are significant precisely as a characteristic of what is taking shape in this
    • This arises because the Bolshevism making itself felt there is in fact a foreign
    • all that was then forced upon the social life through the modern scientific way of thinking and
    • all its achievements. This way of thinking and its achievements, together with the inherent
    • a completely economic way of thinking, out of the impulses of economic ideas. This is why
    • arose. On the other hand, in the West where thinking follows the lines of economics in the sense
    • brutal — this arose nevertheless from an economic thinking. When, in modern times,
    • what preponderates here is economic thinking. Whereas Germany has gone to pieces because the
    • completely different spirituality is working into present-day human beings and it will be an
    • fact that it is given to the West to develop a specifically economic way of thinking. The
    • This is the characteristic we find when looking
    • expression of the present epoch — in economic concepts, economic thinking.
    • heritage and, on the other, there is also working in him that which comes out of the present
    • dreams, or simply during sleep, so that the human being in a waking state then bears within him
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 3: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • which humanity will perceive the working of Christ in the etheric world.
    • soul-configuration of the people living in the Orient; by working as imaginations into the
    • consciousness of certain human beings of the East — perhaps by working during sleep into
    • it, in the after-effects during waking. And in this way they bring in everything they wish to pit
    • dialectical thinking. So what came from oriental wisdom penetrated then into Western
    • thinking. And one can only understand the role played by what then developed out of the Roman
    • understood by looking at it in this way. This human being, as regards his soul-configuration, his
    • pre-eminently suited to adopting and Anglo-Saxon developing natural-scientific thinking and to
    • Let me state expressly that what I am talking about
    • were the people of the West. Initially they left the spirit out of consideration, taking body and
    • artificial head on top as spirit, in the materialistic way of thinking that arises out of
    • in their true nature we can say: When they were awake there was working in them something of the
    • of thinking in the
    • inclination in the whole people to adopt the natural-scientific way of thinking, which is so
    • exceptionally suited to the economic life. I have shown you how this scientific way of thinking
    • from the working together of what pressed from the West as reason and what pressed in from the
    • and revelation from the East came together. Both influences were working in the human being and
    • the economic life without having economic thinking. For everything that the economy did in this
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 4: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 3
    Matching lines:
    • which humanity will perceive the working of Christ in the etheric world.
    • the King of Wisdom (the Golden King), the King of Semblance (the Silver King), the King of Power
    • (the Copper King) and in which the Mixed King falls to pieces. Goethe wanted to deal with this in
    • it in these three kings; in the Golden, the Silver, and the Copper King. And what cannot hold
    • together he gives in the Mixed King.
    • a certain way — even though Goethe had not himself yet done so — how the Golden King
    • the King of Semblance, the Silver King, would correspond to the political State: how the King of
    • Power, the Copper King, would correspond to the economic aspect, and how the Mixed King, who
    • instincts and that of the free aesthetic mood — and in Goethe's three kings — the
    • Golden King, the Silver King, and the Copper King — we see a prefiguration of everything
    • in the social organism, the Golden King; to the political element in the social organism, the
    • Silver King; and to the economic element, the Bronze, the Copper, King.
    • soon as it gets hold of the economic life in the uniform State, in the Mixed King, destroys that
    • life. The working together of the spiritual limb of the social organism with the economic element
    • organism, one should be under no illusion that the economic thinking of the present is a
    • could also be the preparation for acquiring that configuration of thinking
    • become Goetheanists feel how, in the very nature of German Central Europe, this singular working
    • between rational knowledge and revelation is attributable to the working of the spirits of the
    • Golden King; from the West the sphere of the Copper King. From the East, Wisdom; from the West,
    • Power. And in the middle is what Goethe represented in the Silver King, in Semblance; that which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 5: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 4
    Matching lines:
    • which humanity will perceive the working of Christ in the etheric world.
    • spirits are again working which in earlier times were perceived by the human being in nature. In
    • everything must be added to it which supersensible research is seeking to find.
    • will again develop a kind of group-soul, taking in hand what the individual at present cannot
    • who calumniate and slander one when, working out of the modern scientific approach, one tries to
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 5
    Matching lines:
    • which humanity will perceive the working of Christ in the etheric world.
    • the form of speaking about the Mystery of Golgotha in the way that was possible with these
    • but in which this intellectuality already lived. Dialectical-legal thinking spread out and, in
    • turn, led to civic-political thinking. This spread from the South into those northern regions
    • forms. Many external facts show how this dialectical-legal, political thinking, in which the old
    • speaking of the time in which the Mystery of Golgotha approached or was already accomplished.) In
    • the kings and other princes — were ascribed with a certain authority on earth, and ascribed
    • dialectical-legal mode of thinking, calumniates everything which resists being fitted into the
    • the modern age arose. And we see this mutual interlocking particularly in the first half of the
    • old what is still left by a dreadful tightening of taxation or they fill what is lacking by
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 7: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 6
    Matching lines:
    • which humanity will perceive the working of Christ in the etheric world.
    • habitually stick to what was once instilled into them. At most, one can notice a breaking out
    • and yet understood nothing of the situation mankind is in - when these people began talking about
    • this earth; a being who, not with theological mendacity but in very truth can say: "My kingdom is
    • For man will have to say to himself: 'My kingdom is not of this world.'
    • how lacking in knowledge is this official 'erudition which has the education of contemporary
    • is what is working under the name of 'scientific conscientiousness' in official science.
    • prepared to look where things are lacking, we will not make progress. All declaiming about social
    • born of deep need. But without also looking, in truth, at everything that is blocking this
    • inner pleasure-seeking, to bow down to tradition — and if people do not want to be aware
    • 4. 'My kingdom is not of this world' John: 18,36. Return
  • Title: Abbreviated Title: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • wanted to apply materialistic thinking consistently, he would examine the
    • this thinking and pointed out that what is generally called materialistic
  • Title: "Heaven and Earth will pass away but my words will not pass away"
    Matching lines:
    • kingdom through the Archangeloi. The dream-conception of the Moon-man
    • Jupiter's animal kingdom. The concepts of earth-man develop —
    • body, so that in our waking life on earth we are able to perceive
    • awaking and falling asleep, — by these ‘contents’ we mean
    • And so, during waking
    • clear perceptions of waking life. And yet this Moon man resides in us,
    • on the Moon: he dreams. And because, during waking life, we do not
    • take notice of them. As we go through the world with our waking
    • equivalent to our vegetable kingdom shall come into existence,
    • should produce a vegetable kingdom; in the depths of their souls they
    • laboratories, etc., we shall find that everything is working in the
    • production of the equivalent of our vegetable kingdom — is
    • adding, upon the mineral and vegetable foundation, another kingdom, the
    • imaginations, foundation of an animal kingdom through the
    • human being of the earth himself to erect his kingdom upon Jupiter, and
    • significance for the various kingdoms of nature, — for instance,
    • no means, the same process in the human kingdom as in the animal world.
    • human kingdoms this abstract manner as identical, one could with equal
    • biologists, thinking themselves particularly advanced, say: As many
    • only in an unreal, dead Ahrimanic thinking. And more and more will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture I: Tree of Life - I
    Matching lines:
    • two aspects: that which man receives as knowledge, as inner working
    • natural, has made use of already existing ideas in asking itself:
    • ever working in a living way. Hence it could only grasp the mystery
    • inwardly feels the continued working of the divinity animating the
    • should have experienced the after-working of the dried up, fading
    • of the old Romans, and the Latin culture had gone on working in them,
    • after-working of the Latin knowledge in the European life, and that
    • two-fold utterance and its working in early times in the development
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture II: Tree of Life - II
    Matching lines:
    • The alternation of sleeping and waking
    • particularly in specially clear and aware moments of waking up, can
    • come before his soul that at the moment of waking he, as soul-being,
    • from waking up to going to sleep. It will certainly have already
    • struck many people, in waking, that they lived during sleep in an
    • they were when awake. The majority of men must on awaking have said
    • that I cannot bring clearly enough into the waking consciousness. And
    • waking up to going to sleep. One was with one's whole being
    • completely forgotten in the moment of waking.
    • waking life. This fact too, of which everyone can really very easily
    • evolution which has entered through the partaking of the Tree of the
    • sleep as for waking. But this was not to happen. And thus for the
    • how we actually spend our life between going to sleep and waking. We
    • spend this life from going to sleep to awaking
    • echoes to us in waking, then this weaving and living in what does not
    • the Jahve-Godhead that on awaking he should possess in his etheric
    • that on his awaking the etheric weaving and living which has been
    • awaking. I have already in various lectures indicated that it is
    • sleep to awaking, in the element of which we men are to know nothing,
    • But in the moment of waking, something
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture III: The Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • mere sense perceptions to thinking about percepts
    • every moment of his waking life — does not feel
    • world-conception that the thought, the act of thinking, is an
    • actuality in our inner self as man, that we do something by thinking,
    • that thinking is an inner activity, an inner work.
    • It goes on working continually and again and again replaces what dies
    • externally, but we are always working upon our being through our
    • speaking, until our death. Thought is thus at the same time a
    • definite inner activity, a working on our own
    • consciousness arise, in our Western thinking, that thinking is
    • the result that man does not get a conscious feeling: thinking is
    • connected with inner fashioning, but feels instead that thinking is
    • separated. Thus in respect of thinking they evoke a feeling that it
    • Thus they falsify our thinking.
    • thinking in this manner, alter it, externalise it, who endeavour to
    • in thinking one must seek for the inwardly forming, shaping of the
    • the living element of thinking about the external. What they get hold
    • applying thinking to outer things. Lucifer must of course cooperate
    • this element of making thought human into the external form and
    • actively working and weaving thoughts had been gathered up and poured
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture IV: Harmonizing Thinking, Feeling and Willing
    Matching lines:
    • Harmonizing Thinking, Feeling and Willing
    • way — especially in the case of Western thinking
    • the same time as he is conceiving and thinking, something is also
    • willing, and as his outer world his thinking, which leads over to
    • our thinking, our intellect and conceptual life, is connected with
    • in which we, as human beings, apprehend our thinking and conceiving
    • lives in our intellect and shuts us off from looking into the inner
    • thinking.
    • conceiving and thinking in the right way with human nature. This they
    • relate thinking to ourselves as we do now, but we should look back to
    • thinking wished to unite with our inner being, wanted to belong to
    • the moment we now pass over to thinking, we look back to the Old
    • instead of merely looking to Christ Jesus, a whole cosmology is
    • with the Mystery of Golgotha? Because it is asking too much of them
    • and human kingdoms, it is not possible to observe such a birth. That
    • breaking in pieces. And so it is with the whole of outer nature.
    • and spoke with us, so, on looking at the earth we should look back on
    • working upon another person e.g., upon Man #1 (Diagram Pg 2) and if
    • already in him. But that reverberates below; during the waking day
    • whether the working upon the medium of the living, of what lives in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture V: Tree of Knowledge - I
    Matching lines:
    • causality, there need be nothing lacking in the chain of cause and
    • thinking of the Sleeping Beauty) passes out of time and enters the
    • only Lucifer who bewitches us into thinking that our concept is now
    • if we truly grasp what I have said, we are really looking into
    • thinking of possessing a piece of water, flowing along in a brook.
    • taking the red in an object, eliminating the space-boundary and
    • poet produces something in such simple incidents as a boy's plucking
    • describes the simplest incident of the plucking of a rose. For into
    • Boy declared: I'm picking
    • Rosebud said: I'm pricking
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture VI: Tree of Knowledge - II
    Matching lines:
    • adapted for making perceptions as the human being makes perceptions
    • just as they are during waking life; only the ego and astral body are
    • obvious that just the same would happen as during waking. We can
    • is perception of the outer world and working-over of the perception
    • activities. Thus the direction of the Luciferic working radiates from
    • leave them that man in his thinking would look back to the old
    • Moon-existence, and in this thinking would apprehend what the
    • another. Only through the working of Lucifer is it possible for us to
    • other side. He penetrates not only speech but thinking, and out of
    • questioner to a gradual working himself out of the illusions of life
    • oneself be held back through this from making the way into the
    • this circle, Lucifer and his hosts were assuredly lurking
    • ordinary waking state, there meet together in the periphery of his
    • sense-periphery, my dear friends, we come to thinking, to the
    • in its turn on the physical body. And this working upon the physical
  • Title: World Downfall and Resurrection
    Matching lines:
    • of John Scotus Erigena emanate from a mode of thinking
    • the middle of the 4th century onwards, the thinking of men
    • were attributed to the Angel working within the human being. An
    • soul. This very fact indicates that man's whole way of looking
    • mode of thinking of the first centuries of Christen' dom.
    • now we must try to understand the kind of thinking in which such
    • it must be remembered that the forces working in the body of
    • kingdom within it, the forces of the Earth are working
    • colder zones. The bodily nature and the forces working in the
    • is done — simply by sinking plates in the Earth. The Earth
    • the blood, in the whole human body, were held to be workings of
    • were working upon the being of man, but this is not the
    • case. The Moon is working in the neighbourhood of the Earth. In
    • short, the Earth is not working alone, but together with the
    • forces working upon body and blood were woven into this ancient
    • he saw an Ideal world. He beheld the workings of certain forces
    • Father God had never succeeded in working alone but had been
    • combined with the kingdom of Nature. It was from this
    • Nature Gods are working in Nature but at a certain stage they
    • by speaking of God not as essentia but as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Art As A Bridge Between The Sensible And The Supersensible
    Matching lines:
    • wrong even so to see it as a matter of looking at this alone. Well into
    • standpoint with regard to even the most mature way of thinking. The
    • nature builds up the human countenance — making every
    • all have the mineral kingdom. We have this mineral kingdom to a certain
    • — we were talking about artistic monuments
    • said, much of recent art is formed on the basis of this way of thinking,
    • hardly come to any other judgment than in asking themselves,
    • naturalism, but strictly speaking it is
    • attempted to do in various fields, making clear to ourselves what the
    • Yes, my dear friends, in taking counsel with oneself quite honestly, one
    • experience to act of themselves as necessity demanded. In speaking to one
    • connection. In one's presence, while speaking, people
    • that one would be incapable of doing something, merely because making the
    • beyond our immediate circle; albeit really and truly! Taking these things
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • complete truth — that in America they are thinking of declaring
    • ruler or king and so forth no longer express the feelings about the
    • consistency, for the way of thinking was so different then from what
    • consideration. That a king has real divine power and dignity is
    • back to the oldest form of imperialism, we find it based on the king
    • priestly, where the priests were kings; on the other hand the
    • year 1806, but more as a shadow, retained in kings and paladins as
    • to crown them. Istwan I was also crowned king of Hungary by the Pope
    • were symbols for an inspirational kingdom of heaven.
    • the west that the Anglo-American people lived, the king, who earlier
    • The English speaking peoples bring other
    • king at the top. Naturally a person whose head has been cut off
    • imperialistic, without having a king. It has to do with the mood of
    • But the English-speaking peoples
    • during the first imperialism the kings, in the second imperialism the
    • earthly reality; the priest-king came from the mysteries. The second
    • Only then can there be a kingdom of Christ
    • on earth. For in that empire a reality must exist: “My kingdom
    • is not of this world.” In the kingdom of this world, in which
    • the kingdom of Christ will propagate, there will exist much that has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • be especially possible if all English-speaking peoples realize that
    • so radically, as they can be seen through by the English-speaking
    • societies which possess great power in the English-speaking
    • platitudes, so that we have, especially in the English-speaking areas
    • first in the English- speaking world, then in the rest of the world,
    • far east as they would go when they became the apostolic kings of
    • far. One doesn't advance today with small thinking. It is necessary
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • write in: “The king's will is sublime law” — what
    • completely lost: that the spiritual kingdom shines through into the
    • physical kingdom. And then one arrives at such definitions as I
    • common: “The tree is green.” This is a manner of speaking
    • of human thinking and feeling will have to take place within the
    • influence of the thinking characteristic of the second stage this is
    • arises, when we realize that we are living in the kingdom of
    • for a knowledge of the spirit, one which speaks of an invisible kingdom,
    • a kingdom which is not of this world in which the Christ-impulse can
    • Apostolic King of Hungary, King of Bohemia, Dalmatia, Croatia,
    • titles was also “King of Jerusalem!” The Austrian Emperor
    • also carried, until he was no longer emperor, the title “King
    • real thinking again when the inner soul-life is filled with substance
    • were seeking mystical spirituality turned to those whom they had
    • the seriousness of life. We avoid looking at the truth inherent in
    • himself a Christian who has not grasped the saying: “My kingdom
    • This means that the kingdom of
    • Christ must become an invisible kingdom, a truly invisible empire, an
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 1
    Matching lines:
    • honest seeking. For all this can only constitute a basis for
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
    • the spirit, it resorts to mocking spiritual knowledge.
    • third beast is lazy thinking, the kind of thinking that would
    • the world's phenomena with passive thinking. Man is too lazy
    • and comfortable to activate his thinking. Humanity's thinking
    • cannot. And existence cannot be comprehended by thinking with
    • thinking if we want to grasp the spirit.
    • thinking and we want to activate thinking, if we do not wish to
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
    • the Threshold, what is necessary in feeling, willing, thinking
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 2
    Matching lines:
    • Then do you turn your anxious seeking soul
    • sensation that by looking out into the external world we gain
    • such insight were provided to everyone walking down the street
    • Mightily working, in the cosmic ether,
    • that this looking back, the perception in looking back,
    • knowledge which reveals the contamination in our own thinking,
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
    • thinking. When we create with ordinary consciousness we create
    • correctly prepare ourselves for creative thinking, the
    • spiritual world streams into our creative thinking. And then,
    • our thinking, feeling and willing in order for the three beasts
    • to be defeated: thinking, the thought - phantom; feeling -
    • from real knowledge, firstly in our thinking. Normal human
    • thinking is reflected in the thought-phantom of the first
    • is the image of ordinary human thinking which thinks about
    • thinking is a corpse. Where did the being live whose corpse
    • this ordinary thinking is?
    • contemporary civilization - when thinking from waking in the
    • us in school and in life itself, our thinking is a corpse. It
    • human figure. You must imagine this related to thinking. A
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 3
    Matching lines:
    • which one will actually take when seeking access to the
    • leads to the spiritual world, and provided the thinking is not
    • thinking, your feeling, your willing are held together by the
    • physical body. You are a threefold human being: a thinking,
    • immediately becomes a triple being. His thinking goes its own
    • thinking flies out into distant space and that his feeling goes
    • his feeling does not stay with him. Thinking at least goes out
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
    • this threefold splitting in which one's thinking goes its way,
    • Of thinking, that denies itself
    • Forsaking the spirit-force
    • The second beast's mocking countenance
    • our gaze within in order to be alert to what our thinking
    • that they instruct us what should enter into our thinking,
    • in our thinking to accept the challenge with our selfhood which
    • Just as through the first mantric verse we enter thinking, we
    • enter the inner world of thinking through the second.
    • aside thinking and try to observe your own feelings. In
    • thinking everything is semblance. But when we descend into
    • First of all, selfhood had to “revere” by sinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 4
    Matching lines:
    • of the gods with all your thinking, all your feeling, all your
    • speak to you, appealing to your thinking, feeling, willing, and
    • different relationship of thinking, feeling and willing in us
    • everyday consciousness, thinking, feeling and willing are bound
    • closely bound together thinking, feeling and willing are in
    • possible to separate thinking from feeling in the artistic
    • esoteric is said, it must be possible to separate thinking from
    • we do not understand them if we do not use pure thinking to do
    • engendered through thinking. Such feelings should be developed
    • from thinking.
    • from out of the esoteric, he is speaking from the godly sphere
    • which pertains to thinking, can by grasped only when we feel
    • thinking:
    • able to withstand the separation of thinking, feeling and
    • thinking, feeling and willing together for everyday
    • the conception of my thinking also arose. If the tree didn't
    • exist, I would not be thinking today. My hand is only necessary
    • order that I can be a thinking being. Why should the hand be
    • in a field looking up at a star-bedecked sky. It becomes
    • heights are speaking. And just as we can grow in love together
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 5
    Matching lines:
    • constitutes man's inner self - thinking, feeling, willing -
    • became clear to us how in a certain respect thinking, feeling
    • the spiritual world, in a certain sense thinking, feeling and
    • evening. Thinking, however, is the force which relates upwards
    • thinking the higher powers.
    • in the plant, mineral, animal kingdoms, to which we have access
    • to human beings. So here we stand, apart, looking inwards at
    • our thinking, feeling and willing, aware that our thinking,
    • materialistic age we have even ceased asking humans, because
    • also when looking into the inner human we see what for normal
    • consciousness is passive thinking, with which we can indeed
    • own thinking, that every thought is captured light - both for
    • thinking is in your head. Think that your willing is none other
    • than the moving, living, active air element working within.
    • thinking that you are, if you do not begin to experience the
    • fact that when you are thinking you are living in the entire
    • say to himself: If in my thinking I merge completely with the
    • I merge with the light in my thinking, light-beings grasp hold
    • thinking, make him one with the light, rend him from all the
    • aware of the true nature of thinking. Therefore we should
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 6
    Matching lines:
    • gets to know the world by observing the kingdoms of nature
    • which are external to his own being - the animal kingdom, the
    • vegetable kingdom and the mineral kingdom. These relations
    • what is revealed between the things. We see the three kingdoms
    • friends, behind the kingdoms of nature we have what is called
    • them as we speak of the other beings of the nature-kingdoms,
    • vegetable kingdom. There is something in you that is as sleepy
    • toward the kingdoms of nature when we feel that we belong to
    • them as well. We feel the inner relationship to these kingdoms
    • look out at the animal kingdom. We observe the indolent animals
    • because we stand alone and the kingdoms of nature are beyond
    • can see how in reality all thinking - this is unknown to people
    • - is nothing other than a refined breathing. Thinking is
    • breath circulating there is known as thinking in the physical
    • world; sublimated breathing is thinking.
    • in this abstract thinking existing as a kind of tenuous
    • which we designate as thinking.
    • thinking. When breathing, completely refined, strikes the sense
    • refined-to-thinking breathing process is like an organized
    • rapid speaking ...] a mineralization process. One
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 7
    Matching lines:
    • taking the School seriously must lead to the cancellation of
    • Generally speaking, it is not difficult for a person to leave
    • being which expresses itself psychically in thinking, feeling
    • and willing. In reality they are three humans: the thinking
    • naively appears physically to be.) In looking up you must
    • and other earthly forces. In our thinking - which as earthly
    • thinking is only capable of understanding the earthly - we must
    • verse is spoken while making the sign before the head:
    • speaks the verse while making the sign before the breast:
    • speaks the verse while making the sign pointing downward:
    • the sensory world we think that the site of thinking and mental
    • But this thinking in the head is always mixed a little bit with
    • the sensory world the whole extent of thinking and a small
    • reverse: a small amount of thinking and much widespread willing
    • know that when thinking is not considered as a function of the
    • that thinking does not belong to an individual, but to the
    • Thinking's germinal-waking cosmic-life.
    • thinking as feeling in respect to cosmic being, when you
    • thinking to be concentrated in the head, here [in the first
    • thinking is brought directly into connection with the limbs,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 8
    Matching lines:
    • questions about any field of life posed by honestly seeking
    • wish to begin today's lesson - without you taking notes, only
    • listening at first - by speaking the mantric formula which
    • world, in the kingdoms of nature, see the colors and the
    • star, cloud on cloud, creatures of the kingdoms of nature which
    • that he will realize: In this light-filled kingdom of earth the
    • soul-life, thinking, feeling and willing, here is this
    • earth-life are held together by our physical bodies. Thinking,
    • this. Feeling (green) extends into thinking (yellow); willing
    • following [drawing again]: thinking (yellow) is freed,
    • physical body had held thinking, feeling and willing together,
    • soon as we leave our physical bodies with our thinking, we
    • perceive this thinking as one with all that is manifested in
    • instrument of our thinking. But now we begin to feel the stars,
    • the other planets. Between what we experience as thinking in
    • What must be perfectly clear however, is that our thinking, our
    • thinking.
    • Dear friends, dear sisters and brothers, this thinking which
    • before we descended to this physical world a living thinking
    • earthly corpse-thinking. From it spring forth - but dead - the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 9
    Matching lines:
    • First - without taking notes - let us be reminded of the
    • my warmth; one must say: I enlighten myself by thinking through
    • man, see yourself in the kingdom of elements.
    • holds thinking, feeling and willing together through its own
    • experiencing, thinking, feeling and willing are no longer one,
    • thinking and separated from willing.
    • if we are able to grasp thinking in such a way that thoughts
    • are freed from physical existence, it is as though our thinking
    • the threshold: my thinking rests in the resting stars; my
    • unites with the earth forces. So thinking, feeling, willing are
    • not need to bind thinking, feeling and willing together,
    • unity. Thinking, feeling and willing would be constantly
    • other side of the threshold, they are divided so that thinking
    • doing this we must experience thinking, feeling and willing in
    • such a way that we can communicate to thinking, which has gone
    • thinking and willing; to willing, which is bound to the earth,
    • something of thinking and feeling. This something we indeed can
    • there is where your thinking lies. But I will bring the starry
    • incorporated feeling and willing into thinking, which is bound
    • system. Then I have assigned thinking and willing to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 10
    Matching lines:
    • within — if only by means of thinking — and become
    • to the mineral, vegetable and animal kingdoms around us. And
    • gawking, but of reading. And what we read are the spiritual
    • to imagine that someone is speaking to you from a spiritual
    • depth, as though you were not thinking it, but as though you
    • were hearing it, as if another being were speaking. You really
    • imagine that another being is speaking to you from an unknown
    • which you are doing. As though someone were speaking to you from
    • current streams through our thinking, feeling and willing. And
    • leave the physical body behind with our thinking, this magical
    • thinking which we experience through the gravity of our soul's
    • given here without first asking permission. Only with
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 11
    Matching lines:
    • active. We notice that when the head is ailing, thinking is
    • about this; we are only taking into account what is visible
    • activity on earth: our thinking. And so we must imagine:
    • The angel answers, looking upward to the source of the trumpet
    • The Angelos replies, speaking to the gods in the circling
    • world is speaking” as we can say “We are
    • speaking”. This gradually enhances the character of the
    • walls. It is all becoming clear for the soul's senses, making
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 12
    Matching lines:
    • this working and weaving.
    • the point where you can sense the speaking, that you sense the
    • you are speaking. Try to sense the speaking in your organism,
    • something, due to someone talking to me or some other event
    • Well, if you have learned to sense speaking, then you will
    • easily be able to sense the thinking which is directly induced
    • sense than speaking, but it can be sensed. And you can learn to
    • sense, to feel thinking by sensing speech.
    • thinking. Then you will be able to touch, touch internally that
    • profile]. When speaking is sensed so that it must be moved here
    • [red], you will sense thinking here above
    • [green]. That is, the sense of thinking is moved
    • speaking, but where we inwardly meditate hearing. We imagine
    • Listen to the field of thinking.
    • of thinking through a spiritually cosmic experience.
    • That is the Guardian speaking.
    • Behold the forces working in your thinking.
    • apprehend thinking; we do not sense it, we do not feel it. The
    • admonishes us: “Behold the forces working in your
    • thinking.”
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 13
    Matching lines:
    • souls how by concentrating on the field of thinking we could
    • Not meant is our everyday thinking, but
    • the thinking which acts behind that everyday thinking, which
    • thinking.”
    • thinking can be perceived in the human organism itself
    • loud, we feel the speaking within and we can designate the
    • place where we feel the speaking within us. Then we have a
    • And over the speaking, more toward the
    • rear of the head, we can find the inner thinking through
    • which we can discover the Angeloi; in the speaking itself the
    • Archangeloi; and in remembrance, under the speaking, the
    • speaking:
    • Perceive the field of thinking:
    • Behold the forces working in your thinking.
    • – the cosmic distances speaking to us, the
    • Guardian of the Threshold speaking to us, the ranks of the
    • hierarchies speaking to us, if we can vividly imagine it as
    • come to sense the thinking above the place of speech in the
    • Cosmic being in spirit kingdoms:
    • Imagine yourself walking, and perhaps moving your
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 14
    Matching lines:
    • normal human waking life.
    • Thus the person realizes that before he enters the kingdom of
    • from the physical, when one — symbolically speaking
    • impure willing, feeling and thinking — that they first
    • willing, feeling and thinking appear in three animals —
    • Then the Guardian of the Threshold shows us how thinking, feeling
    • we associate with the beings of the three nature kingdoms and
    • that when we cross over with separated thinking, feeling and
    • are still present in this thinking, feeling and willing.
    • paralyzed, though otherwise in a fully waking state, has been
    • One gets to know this way of speaking in all its intensity, my
    • ourselves speaking the words after the Guardian has been
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 15
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of nature, much of what is derived from them being
    • be found in all the kingdoms of nature; that it cannot be
    • asking. This answer, which the cosmic-powers themselves
    • abyss, warning us with his right hand extended, asking us
    • the higher spiritual beings as we do about the three kingdoms
    • outside of us the essence of stone, of the mineral kingdom,
    • standing among the three kingdoms of nature. We must also
    • kingdoms of nature. Just as we must learn to be physical
    • we have learned to know the beings within the three kingdoms
    • of nature. We belong to the three kingdoms of nature with our
    • etheric-physical nature. We belong to the three kingdoms of
    • three kingdoms of nature and to let them flow through us, to
    • kingdoms of nature.
    • Feel! as we feel in your thinking.
    • in our thinking; it is their feeling. They bring it to our
    • consciousness. And just as the Angeloi feel in our thinking,
    • something. Human thinking, human feeling, human willing, are
    • not mere processes in humanity. While we are thinking, the
    • Feel! as we feel in your thinking.
    • solidity the way minerals do. In our thinking we would not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 16
    Matching lines:
    • existence speaking to us.
    • belonging to the kingdoms of nature. We observe the glorious
    • over the abyss, for with our thinking, feeling and willing
    • Feel as we feel in your thinking.
    • Will the spirit's cosmic working in the
    • passed through the gate of death, looking back at our earthly
    • situation: the speaking Guardian of the Threshold — his
    • Guardian of the Threshold seeking help. It is a unique
    • experience: not yet light, but the light is making itself
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 17
    Matching lines:
    • We saw how the Guardian then speaks to the I, asking three
    • — looking up from the earth
    • as it appears in memory, looking from behind, then the rainbow
    • colors, taking them into their own being.
    • resurrecting world comes into existence through the workings of
    • Thus we hear them speaking, not to us; we are witnesses to a
    • meditation that we hear the beings of the hierarchies speaking to
    • with the spirit's eye something else taking place. We have
    • Feel our cosmic working:
    • When we create thinking;
    • Feel our cosmic working:
    • When we create thinking;
    • Feel our cosmic working:
    • When we create thinking;
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 18
    Matching lines:
    • Feel our world working:
    • When, thinking, we create.
    • Something. And we call the Nothings the kingdoms of nature. That
    • deeply, deeply: We now know that we have gone from the kingdom of
    • illusions to the kingdom of truth. Earnestness, holy earnestness
    • is silent. Now we are witnesses to the gods speaking to each
    • beings in their thinking.
    • That we may illuminate their thinking.
    • Angeloi receive enlightens, without our knowing, human thinking.
    • Now we realize what acts and weaves in human thinking: the
    • That we may illuminate their thinking.
    • human thinking. And we feel: everything in the compass of cosmic
    • kingdoms here in earth.
    • That we may illuminate their thinking.
    • person from olden times. When he was not working, and was resting
    • was thinking back, pictures arose which he experienced in his
    • Bearing with me thinking's legacy,
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 19
    Matching lines:
    • hear them speaking in harmony as a chorus.
    • Feel our world working:
    • When, thinking, we create.
    • When human words resound, then human thinking
    • resounds, then cosmic thinking speaks through the spirit's
    • hierarchies. They form and shape everything in the kingdoms
    • Thinking soul-forming at work:
    • Thinking soul-forming at work:
    • Thinking soul-forming at work:
    • word-created cosmic thoughts. It is not mere thinking, it
    • is not mere speaking, it is force, forces streaming in the
    • Cosmic-Word, cosmic-thinking, cosmic-body; the
    • speaking, thinking cosmic-body is what the Guardian's third
    • Thinking soul-forming at work:
    • this in the spiritual world. We should always keep looking
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XX (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophy before the world with all his thinking, feeling
    • you — I'm speaking now to those of you who are here for
    • middle and below. Let us look at the mute kingdom of minerals,
    • at the sprouting plant kingdom, at the mobile animal kingdom,
    • at the thinking kingdom of humanity on earth; let us direct our
    • seeking, my dear sisters and brothers, you will be rewarded to
    • grows and exists and lives around us in the kingdoms of nature.
    • phenomena and instead seeking an abstractly chaotic path; but
    • cloud formation taking shape, it becomes human-like, not
    • in its threefold character of willing, feeling and thinking. We
    • force of healing: human willing, human feeling, human thinking.
    • feeling, thinking in their true form — the Guardian
    • Begat this ghost within your thinking;
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXI (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • We heard him speaking: for everything spoken here resounds from
    • feeling, our thinking appear before the countenance of the gods
    • thinking is not yet human; it is still animal-like. There the
    • beast emerge, which represents thinking.
    • Mockingly it lies with warped countenance,
    • Begot this ghost within your thinking;
    • mockingly it lies with a warped countenance,
    • Begot this ghost within your thinking;
    • our thinking; about the second beast, which is interwoven with
    • earthly thinking.
    • this thinking by which we acquire the things and events of the
    • unreal. What is then this thinking?
    • must place what this thinking really is before our souls in
    • the thinking that we have between birth and death is the corpse
    • of the living thinking we had before descending into earthly
    • Only, my dear sisters and brothers, when we feel our thinking
    • true thinking, the dead afterimage of which lives and pulses
    • long as we consider thinking as something living, we are not
    • coffin of dead thinking, and we feel it deeply, are we
    • when we turn from thinking and observe our feeling, then we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXII (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • true bridge to what the human being needs for his thinking, for
    • his willing, for his working in the world if he wishes to be
    • willing, feeling, thinking — appear to the eyes of the
    • thinking, feeling and willing, he shows us — in the
    • down into our thinking, but that this thinking is of a seeming
    • [While speaking the trochaic rhythm symbols
    • correctly in our souls. Only when this speaking down to us by
    • [while speaking, the iambic rhythm symbols
    • [While speaking the spondaic symbols ( — — ) are placed over the
    • speak to our thinking so that it integrates itself in the
    • grace, speaking about humanity's true wisdom.
    • The Guardian instructs us on Willing, Feeling, Thinking:
    • must look above if our thinking wants to unite itself with the
    • because he wants to instruct us about thinking, feeling and
    • In that realm, where your thinking
    • now we must again consider, looking back at earthly life
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXIII (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • of all the kingdoms of nature and all the kingdoms of spirit to
    • thinking as they appear before the visage of the spiritual
    • above, where a battle is taking place between the light and the
    • dark powers in the realm from which the force of our thinking
    • the right way, by seeking knowledge, the origins of our
    • thinking, the force of our thinking in our humanity — to
    • look up to that realm from which our thinking comes, where
    • the light which wants to guide thinking along the right track,
    • and the powers of darkness, who want to divert thinking from
    • thinking is rooted above. We must know it to be so rooted if we
    • selfhood and find the equilibrium for our thinking between
    • the warmth of soul are working all the luciferic powers, the
    • unfree and lacking independence if they were to catch us.
    • there we are at the yawning abyss of being, still looking, as
    • behind us the gleaming colorful kingdoms of nature, to which we
    • In that realm, where your thinking
    • In that realm where your thinking
    • O man, observe yourself in the elemental kingdom.
    • O man, observe yourself in the elemental kingdom.
    • powers. Then he lives with his soul in the spiritual kingdom of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXIV (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • enough, from all the kingdoms of nature and the hierarchies of
    • what the true shape of our willing, feeling and thinking is
    • feeling and thinking. It must be a shattering experience for us
    • however, how our thinking, as we use it in normal life, is the
    • corpse of the living thinking which was in us before we
    • thinking, which lies in the coffin as a corpse. But we use this
    • corpse for our usual abstract thinking between birth and
    • Once we grasp how dead this thinking is, we can learn from the
    • our thinking when we become aware of its deadness, and realize
    • that it is the corpse of the living thinking that was in us
    • gradually find the transition to living thinking, we should
    • our thinking — when we look up to the cosmic thinking in
    • which our earthly-physical thinking is rooted — between
    • from this apparent thinking, from this dead thinking
    • into the living essence of thinking. For this we must be
    • When you enter the spiritual world with your thinking, you may
    • flying for your thinking when you are in the spiritual world.
    • strength to grasp thinking in a way that it can serve you in
    • Guardian of the Threshold therefore teaches us about thinking
    • realize that our thinking is at first animal-like. We must
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXV (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • him from all the kingdoms of nature and from all the spiritual
    • thinking, we grasp the world feeling, we act in the world by
    • willing. But thinking, feeling and willing are interwoven in
    • thinking, feeling, willing — is closely related to our
    • world. We are at one in thinking, feeling and willing.
    • illusion of thoughts as in ordinary thinking.
    • ourselves: There is our flowing, living thinking. It doesn't
    • thought, all our thinking, is there as the first brightness
    • thinking merges with willing? The thought — of what is
    • will be — in thinking, feeling and willing — no
    • universe, we are Three: our thinking merges with light across
    • thinking: All our senses and thoughts are distributed over the
    • (thinking, feeling, willing; man is split in three)
    • Look: thinking, the spirit's head, becomes the will; feeling
    • remains feeling, but rays out to thinking on one side and
    • will's thinking, your thinking's will, the awakening seed of
    •     Will's thinking, thinking's will.
    •     Will's thinking, thinking's will.
    • think that — the will's thinking, the thinking's will
    • beside ourselves. Then the will's thinking becomes the thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXVI (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • asking the will of Michael, which since the last third of the
    • kingdoms, what sparkles down from the stars, what acts into our
    • not come walking with earthly feet, where one flies with the
    • been looking at what appeared to you as black, night-cloaked
    • his thinking through the impulse of the head. 
    • is like looking into a dark cell, for you do not see the
    • thinking over there in the sensory world is mere seeming, mere
    • earthly thinking is the corpse - as we have heard in previous
    • lessons - of a living thinking in which we were immersed in the
    • There thinking lived!  Now thinking rests as dead
    • thinking, as seeming thinking in the coffin of our bodies. And
    • all the thinking we use in the sensory world is dead thinking.
    • what has this thinking accomplished? It has created everything
    • which rests within as thinking's support, has been created by
    • living thinking. [The interior of the head, yellow, is drawn on
    • the blackboard.] It is living thinking that creates the support
    • for our earthly semblance of thinking.
    • brothers, observe the semblance of thinking in the dark cell,
    • then you will find in what is felt above as thinking [drawing:
    • thinking, so that each thought is streamed through with will.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.



The Rudolf Steiner e.Lib is maintained by:
The e.Librarian: elibrarian@elib.com